<?xml version="1.0"?>
					<rss version="2.0" xmlns:g="http://base.google.com/ns/1.0">
					<channel>
					<title><![CDATA[fedtest1]]></title><link><![CDATA[https://conductscience.com]]></link>
					<description><![CDATA[This product feed is created with the WP Product Feed Manager plugin. For more information visit https://www.wpmarketingrobot.com]]></description><item><g:id>RWD-R600-NL-0.5L/ R600-NL-1LS/ R600-NL-2LS/ R600-NL-1L</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Breathing Bags]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Introduction</h5>
Breathing bags in an anesthetic system are collapsible ellipsoid containers that serve as a reservoir for anesthetic gases and as a means for manual ventilation. The reservoir bags, also known as counter lungs, allow visual assessment of the presence and estimation of the volume of ventilation. These bags form a crucial part of most anesthetic systems, since, during normal spontaneous inspiration, anesthetic machines are incapable of providing the needed peak inspiratory gas flow.

Breathing bags are elastic and are available as disposable and reusable variants. Disposable bags, in comparison to reusable variants, are usually thinner and lighter, yet they provide reasonable durability. Generally, the reservoir bags are made of natural rubber (latex); however non-latex versions are also available for subjects with latex allergies. To improve the grip, they are usually textured. However, hourglass-shaped breathing bags are also available to allow a better grip.

Breathing bags are usually mounted at or near the carbon dioxide absorbent canister with the help of a T-shaped fitting or at the end of a corrugated tubing leading from the T-connector in a circle breathing system.
<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
Breathing bags are generally made of rubber although latex-free disposable versions are also available. The bag materials are non-slip, non-permeable, and do not absorb or adsorb the gases. The neck of the reservoir is connected to the breathing system using two female conical fitting connectors having internal diameters of 15 mm and 22 mm. The tail end of the bag has a tubular extension that is at least 2 cm long and functions as a relief mechanism. The size of the bag is dependent on the size of the subject.
<table data-id="64bcb79">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Weight of Animal (kg)</th>
<th>Bag Size (L)</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>0 - 4.5kg</td>
<td>0.5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.6 - 9kg</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9.7 - 27.2kg</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>27.3 - 54.4kg</td>
<td>3</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&gt; 54.4kg</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Precautions</h5>
In case the pop-off valve has been accidentally kept in the closed position, and gas inflow continues, the pressure-volume characteristics play a crucial role when the breathing bag is inflated. Reservoir bags are one of the components that usually cause the failure of anesthetic machines in the pressure test. Breathing bags deteriorate over time; thus, it is important to inspect them regularly. Cracks and holes around the neck of the breathing bag are often the cause of leakage.
<h5>References</h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Ehrenwerth, J., Eisenkraft, J. B., &amp; Berry, J. M. (2013). Anesthesia equipment: Principles and applications. Philadelphia, PA: Elsevier Saunders.</li>
 	<li>Fish, R. E. (2008). Anesthesia and analgesia in laboratory animals. Amsterdam: Elsevier.</li>
 	<li>Križmarić, M. Functions of anesthesia reservoir bag in a breathing system. Retrieved from http://vestnik.szd.si/index.php/ZdravVest/article/view/2204/21564.67</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/breathing-bags/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/qq_20180409154038-1.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>25.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-NBC-F(JR)/ R-BC-DL</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Breathing Circuit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Option 1: Mapleson F Non-rebreathing Circuit (Jackson-Rees)
Option 2: Breathing Circuit Duo-limb, 22mm(M)/15mm(F), 1.5m
<h5>Introduction</h5>
Anesthetic breathing circuits/systems deliver oxygen and anesthetic gases to the subject. They also assist in ventilation and removing exhaled carbon dioxide. These systems can be divided into two main categories: re-breathing and non-rebreathing systems. Re-breathing systems involve the passing of expired gases through a soda lime canister or other chemical absorbers to eliminate carbon dioxide. The subject then rebreathes this filtered gas. However, the use of rebreathing systems is recommended in subjects that weigh over 7 kg since the unidirectional valves used in the maintenance of flow direction lead to increased resistance to breathing.

On the other hand, non-rebreathing circuits are generally used for subjects under 7 kgs. These systems deliver oxygen and anesthetic gases with less resistance to breathing. Unlike, the rebreathing systems, non-rebreathing systems rely on specially designed circuits and higher gas flow to exhaust carbon dioxide.

While selecting a breathing system, it is important to consider that different types of breathing systems yield different degrees of resistance to breathing and vary in dead space volumes. The respiratory efforts put in by the subjects are highly influenced by the degree of resistance offered by these systems. Greater the resistance to the gas flow, the greater the respiratory effort by the subject; excessive effort can lead to respiratory muscles fatigue, depress respiration, and increase the oxygen need of the animal. The volume of dead space determines the amount of expired carbon-rich gas that remains in the breathing system. Significant re-inhalation of this gas by the subject can result in a rise in blood carbon dioxide concentration and other adverse effects.

Other factors to be considered when selecting a breathing system, apart from the ease and efficiency of carrying out assisted ventilation, are tidal volume and minute volume of the subject’s respiratory system. Tidal volume refers to the volume of gas drawn into the respiratory tract with each breath, while minute volume is calculated as the product of the tidal volume and the respiratory rate. However, the latter measure may not always be equivalent to the flow of gas delivered by the breathing system. Usually, the gas flow must be three times the subject’s minute volume. Regardless of the choice of anesthetic breathing system, a face mask, nasal tube or an endotracheal tube will be required to connect it to the subject. Many breathing systems are equipped with a reservoir for unused gas to reduce the required fresh gas flows by anesthetic machine.

The following table shows the recommended fresh gas flow rates for different anesthetic breathing systems,

Body weight (kg) Estimated tidal volume (ml) Minute volume (l) Flow rate(l/min)
Open system T-piece or Bain’s system Magill Closed circuit
30 0.3 0.015 0.045 0.03 – –
200 2 0.1 0.3 0.2 – –
500 5-7.5 0.4-0.6 1-2 1-1.5 – –
1 10-15 0.5-1 1.5-3 1.5-2.5 – –
3 30-45 1-1.5 3-4.5 2.5-3.5 – –
6 60-90 1.5-3 4.5-9 3.5-7.5 – 0.2
10 100-150 3-6 9-18 6-12 3-6 0.3
<h5>Open Breathing Systems</h5>
The open face mask is the most widely used breathing system, which provides a simple and convenient way of delivering anesthetic agents to the subject. For these systems, the gas flow should be sufficiently high to avoid rebreathing of exhaled gases and the dilution of anesthetic gases. The expired gases pass around the edges of the face mask.

This system relies on a relatively high gas flow for larger animals. In smaller subjects, the concentric face mask may be used, however, in currently available masks, the gas extraction rate is usually quite high resulting in dilution of fresh gas. Alternatively, low flow masks combined with a passive scavenging system or down-draft table may be used to remove WAGs. Further, open breathing systems only allow manual compression in case assisted ventilation is needed.
<h5>T-Piece System</h5>
Ayre (1937) first described the T-piece system as a low-resistance, low-dead-space breathing system for use in infants and young children. The system uses a T-shaped tubing; one end is connected to the subject while the other end is attached to a length of tubing to serve as a small reservoir for anesthetic gases. This system reduces the required gas flow to about twice the subject’s minute volume without rebreathing.

The volume of the reservoir limb should exceed one-third of the subject’s tidal volume. During expiration, exhaled gas fills this limb which is then washed out by fresh gas from the sidearm during the pause between the next inspiration. Ventilation can be controlled using an open-ended reservoir bag to the expiratory limb or with the help of a mechanical ventilator attached to the reservoir limb.

Effective usage of this system can be done by directly connecting the T-piece to the endotracheal tube or a close-fitting face mask. Measures to reduce dead space should be taken to extract the full potential of this system. The T-piece system is ideal for use in small subjects since it offers low resistance to breathing and can be easily constructed using Luer adaptor ‘Y’ and plastic tubing.
<h5>Bain Coaxial Breathing System</h5>
The Bain system has the fresh gas inflow tubing running inside the reservoir limb and functions similarly to the T-piece system. The system has a lightweight design that reduces the pull on the endotracheal tube and the possibility of accidental extubating. Further, since the positioning of breathing valves and bags are away from the subject, this allows assisted ventilation without disturbing the subject’s environment or surgical procedures. The system has a low dead space and allows easy scavenging of waste anesthetic gases.

The system has two available modifications; the expiratory limb can be terminated with a pop-off valve and a reservoir bag, or the limb can be mounted with an open-ended reservoir bag. The pop-off value may not be a suitable addition to the system when used for small subjects since the valve increases the resistance of breathing. Mechanical ventilators can also be connected to the reservoir limb as in the T-piece system.
<h5>Magill Breathing System</h5>
The Magill system uses a reservoir bag that is connected to the subject via a length of corrugated tubing. The system uses an expiratory pop-off valve as close to the subject as possible to reduce equipment dead space. However, the system is not suitable for use in subjects with a body mass under 10 kg. For effective use of the system, it is recommended that the system is attached to the subject by an endotracheal tube or a close-fitting face mass. On correct usage, the WAGs can be scavenged by a suitable attachment to the expiratory valve.

The Magill breathing system is economical due to its preferential elimination of carbon dioxide-rich alveolar gas. When the subject first exhales, the expired gases are from the subject’s anatomical dead space making it carbon dioxide-free. This gas travels up the corrugated tubes into the reservoir bag. As the pressure increases, the remaining expired gases are exhausted through the expiratory valve. The continuous flow of fresh gas flushes any remaining carbon dioxide-rich alveolar gas during the pause before the next inspiration, down the breathing system.

However, in small subjects, the system imposes a significant resistance to expiration. Additionally, the typical dead space of the system represents a significant portion of the tidal volume of the subject.
<h5>Closed Breathing System</h5>
The Closed breathing systems usually employ soda lime canisters for the absorption of carbon dioxide. The system is usually used in the anesthetization of large animals (&gt;20 to 30kg) due to considerably lower fresh gas flows. The circle system is the most popular variety of closed breathing systems in use. However, lightweight disposable systems with low-resistance values have gained popularity in use for small subjects.

The use of nitrous oxide should be avoided if possible due to the build-up in the concentration of this gas in the breathing system which consequently affects the concentration of oxygen. Another important aspect to remember while using closed systems is that the concentration of anesthetic shown by the vaporizer will not reflect the actual value. Apart from these considerations, an advantage of the closed system is that they conserve heat and moisture.

A semi-closed breathing system allows some rebreathing of expired gases and does not use carbon dioxide absorption.

<strong>Rebreathing circuits</strong>

Rebreathing circuits permit recirculation and reuse of expired oxygen and anesthetic vapors, making them more economical than non-rebreathing systems. The humidification of the inspired gas and the heat generated from the soda lime during absorption of CO2 help preserve the heat and moisture of the subject. However, the one-way values of the system, soda lime canister, and pressure relief valve lead to resistance to gas flow.

<strong>Non-rebreathing circuits</strong>

Non-rebreathing systems offer less resistance and less mechanical dead space. These systems allow rapid manipulation of the depth of anesthetic by the adjustment of the fresh gas inflow. However, these systems produce significantly greater waste of carrier gas and anesthetic agent making them less economical than the rebreathing systems. Further, the high flow dry cool gas can impact the heat and humidity loss in the subject.
<h5>References</h5>
Fish, R. E. (2008). Anesthesia and analgesia in laboratory animals. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Flecknel, P. (2009). Laboratory Animal Anaesthesia. Elsevier.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/breathing-circuit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Modified_Mapleson_D_system_Bain_Coaxial-1-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>95.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:title><![CDATA[Microtube Homogenizer (6 Plate Unit)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[This microtube homogenizer uses intense speed and a three-dimensional shaking method to break down up to 6 samples at a time. Programming requires selecting the speed, time, number of cycles, and desired pauses between cycles ? then selecting ?Start?. To optimize processing time, the last programmed parameters remain in the settings. A variety of bead materials and sizes are available depending on the sample type.

Specifications:
- Speed: 4.00 to 7.00m/s in 0.05 increments
- Acceleration/Deceleration: ? 2 seconds
- Capacity: 6 x 2.0mL or 2 x 5.0mL* (*requires 5.0mL adapter, sold separately)
- Cycle time: 0 ? 90 seconds in 1 sec increments
- Pause between cycles: 0 ? 90 seconds in 1 sec increments
- Number of cycles: 1 ? 10
- Noise level: &lt;65db
- Ambient Operating Temperature: +4? to 45?C
- Dimensions: 8.6?W x 14?D x 8?H (22 x 35.5 x 20.5 cm)
- Weight: 20lbs. (9kg)
- Electrical: 100-240V, 50-60Hz]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/microtube-homogenizer-6-plate-unit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Microtube_Homogenizer_6-Place_ES59463_01__00003.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>0.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0004-M</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Brain Microdialysis Surgery Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Mouse Kit</h5><p> </p><table border="1"><tbody><tr><td><b>Cat.No.</b></td><td><b>Product Description</b></td><td><b>Qty</b></td></tr><tr><td>S31011-01</td><td>11# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S32001-12</td><td>Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S33007-12</td><td>ZIEGLER Knives-4mm Cutting</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12003-09</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/9.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12004-09</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/9.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S14014-11</td><td>Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/11.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12005-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>2</td></tr><tr><td>F12006-10</td><td>Forceps-Light Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F22002-10</td><td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Str, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>2</td></tr><tr><td>F31047-12</td><td>Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F35205-60</td><td>Sutures w/Needle-△3/8/2.5×7/30㎝/6-0 (50/Box)</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>F22003-10</td><td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Cvd, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>2</td></tr><tr><td>SP0000-P</td><td>Instrument Storage Portfolio,32*22cm</td><td>1</td></tr></tbody></table><p> </p><h5>Rat Kit</h5><p> </p><table border="1"><tbody><tr><td><b>Cat.No.</b></td><td><b>Product Description</b></td><td><b>Qty</b></td></tr><tr><td>S31011-01</td><td>11# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S32001-12</td><td>Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S33007-12</td><td>ZIEGLER Knives-4mm Cutting</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12005-10</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/10.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12006-10</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/10.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S14014-12</td><td>Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/12.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12010-10</td><td>Dressing Forceps-Str, 1.9mm Tips, 10.5cm</td><td>2</td></tr><tr><td>F12011-10</td><td>Dressing Forceps-Cvd, 1.9mm Tips, 10.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F22006-12</td><td>HALSTED Mosquito Forceps-Str, 1.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td><td>2</td></tr><tr><td>F31047-12</td><td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F35205-60</td><td>w/Needle-△3/8/2.5×7/30 /6-0 (50/Box)</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>R22009-01</td><td>ALM 4x4 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 7cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F22007-12</td><td>HALSTED Mosquito Forceps-Cvd, 1.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td><td>2</td></tr><tr><td>SP0000-P</td><td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td><td>1</td></tr></tbody></table><p> </p><h5>Introduction</h5><p>A brain microdialysis surgical kit is used for intracerebral microdialysis. Intracerebral microdialysis is a surgical technique primarily used for in vivo sampling of neurotransmitters. The method is widely used in neuroscience for sampling, assessment, and quantification of neuropeptides, hormones, drugs, and other molecules in the brain, periphery, and interstitial fluid. The technique is also applied for the investigation of the pharmacological effects of potent drugs on amino acid and monoamine neurotransmitters.</p><p>There are two basic types of brain microdialysis experiments namely conventional microdialysis and no-net-flux microdialysis. In the conventional microdialysis, neurotransmitter-free artificial cerebrospinal fluid (aCSF) is perfused through the cannula, and the neurotransmitter is collected in the dialysate. And, in the no-net-flux or zero-net-flux method, aCSF with several different concentrations of neurotransmitter is pushed through the probe and the amount of the analyte of interest increased or decreased in the probe is measured (Vladimir, Alexis, Agustin, &amp; Shippenberg, 2009). Both methods are applied for brain microdialysis in rodents.</p><p>Microdialysis is prominently used for sampling of molecules from several organ systems including the blood, muscles, liver, eyes, etc. The history of the use of microdialysis as a sampling technique dates back to 1960s when it began with the push-pull method, which used a semi-permeable membrane to sample electrolytes and amino acids from the neuronal extracellular fluid. The development of the dialysis bag further developed the technique for sampling. The quantification, characterization, and sampling of neuropeptides and neurotransmitters in awake-freely-moving laboratory animals are the most widely used applications of brain microdialysis.</p><p>The microdialysis sampling technique is based on the law of diffusion. The law of diffusion explains the passive movement of molecules across the concentration gradient developed between the membrane and the interstitial fluid. The microdialysis procedure is an interchange between the dialysis membrane with “the probe,” the perfused liquid, the target tissue or organ, and the interstitial or extracellular fluid. An equilibrating fluid is perfused in the membrane tissue fluid to outside the membrane (Darvesh et al., 2011). The molecules of interest such as electrolytes, neuropeptides, amino acids, hormones, neurotransmitters, or neuromodulators, etc. are present in the dialysate outflow after equilibration.</p><p> </p><p>Surgical microscope</p><p>Surgical tools and supplies</p><p>Preoperative Set-Up and Anesthesia Induction</p><p>Prior to the surgical procedure, examine the animals physically. Monitor the animals for nutritional status, fur quality (thinning, dirty), and behavior (limbs and trunk movement, abnormal gait, rigid walking, and a flat abdomen). Also, inspect the natural orifices for discharge from the nose, increased salivation, and filths around the anus and genitals, and observe the condition of the eyes. Monitor the breathing pattern of the subjects because non-manifesting subclinical pulmonary diseases may lead to severe respiratory failure following general anesthesia with subsequent death of the animal.</p><p>Anesthetize the animals with halothane (1.5-2% in a 50:50 O2/NzO mixture). After anesthesia induction, asses the depth of the anesthesia using the toe pinch test. Observe and assess the subjects for physiological parameters throughout the experimental procedures to ensure that the anesthesia is effective.</p><p> </p><h5>Brain Microdialysis Procedure</h5><ol><li>Place the subject in the stereotaxic frame and set the incisor bar at 3.3 mm.</li><li>Implant a semi-permeable membrane-containing probe or guide cannula in the ventral hippocampus.</li><li>Allow the animals to recover for 24 hours.</li><li>Pump the perfusion fluid into the probe via a perfusion pump slowly at an optimal rate (generally 1.8 – 2.2 μl/min) and collect the dialysate with the help of the collection device after equilibration.</li><li>Quantify and characterize the analyte as per experimental needs.</li></ol><p> </p><h5>Post-Operative Care and Pain Management</h5><p>Recover the animals on a flat paper bedding (sterile paper towels, etc.). For a speedy recovery, keep the animals warm. Place the recovery cage half-on a heating pad so that animals can choose their preferred temperature as they recover from the anesthesia. The animals which underwent surgery must have regained the ability to move in the cage freely. Monitor the animals post-operatively for unexpected signs of illness and pain. To regain weight quickly, provide the animals with proper analgesia and food.</p><p>Keep the animals under observation for five to seven days after surgery. Animals should be bright, alert, and active after the recovery. The animals should generally be interacting with the cage mates, eating and drinking. Depression, anorexia, or sluggishness indicate abnormal behavior. Food/fluid intake is essential to recovery. Provide animals with easier access to food and water. Inflammation, redness, swelling, discharge (purulent or serious), pain, anxiety or the opening of the incision (dehiscence) are the signs of inflammation. Treat the symptoms with proper ointment.</p><p> </p><h5>Applications</h5><p><strong>Comparison of the effects of intra-cerebrally administered MPP + (1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium) in mouse and rat: microdialysis of dopamine and metabolites (Rollema et al., 1989)</strong></p><p>Intracerebral microdialysis was used to measure the basal output of dihydroxyphenylacetic acid (DOPAC), Dopamine (DA), homovanillic acid (HVA) and 5-hydroxyindole-acetic acid (5-HIAA) from rat and mouse striatum in vivo. DOPAC/HVA ratios in the output dialysates from the mouse and rat striatum were 1:2 respectively. It was observed that the extracellular dopamine levels were 3 times lower than the level in the tissue concentrations. Similar effects of the intra-cerebrally administered dopaminergic neurotoxin l-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium (MPP +) were seen in both the subjects. The metabolites output accompanied the immediate and massive release of dopamine. At 5-12 h after MPP + administration the basal dopamine release was not detectable, and the subsequent MPP ~ perfusion did not potentiate the dopamine release. The brain microdialysis enabled the researchers to compare and analyze the effects of the test molecules in rodents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Assessment of changes in 5-HT release in the ventral hippocampus in rats </strong>(Wright, Upton, &amp; Marsden., 1992)</p><p>The study was conducted to combine in vivo microdialysis with behavior on the elevated X-maze in Sprague-Dawley rats to determine the levels of 5-HT release in the ventral hippocampus. Brain microdialysis was used to sample the 5-HT and 5-HIAA. The subjects were exposed to elevated X-maze for 20 minutes. An increase in the extracellular 5-HT in the ventral hippocampus was observed. However, there was no change in the level of extracellular 5-HIAA. The release of 5-HT in the extracellular was increased when the rats were exposed to either the closed or the open arms of the elevated X-maze, however, the 5- HT levels were not significantly increased when the subjects were restricted to the open arms as compared to the closed arms restriction. Diazepam (2.5 mg kg- 1 IP) treatment significantly reduced the level of extracellular 5-HT in the ventral hippocampus and induced anxiety over 5 min and 20 min X-maze exposure. The results suggested that the 5-HTIA receptor partial agonist ipsapirone (1 mgkg -1 IP) inhibits the release of extracellular 5-HT in the ventral hippocampus but does not has any effect on the animal’s behavior. The novel anxiolytic F2692 (10mgkg -1 IP) was found as antagonistic to the increase in extracellular 5-HT in the ventral hippocampus and induced anxiety over the 5 min but not in the 20 min period on the X-maze. The brain microdialysis enabled the measurement and characterization of the anxiolytic compounds on extracellular 5- HT levels and helped to delineate their behavioral profile on the X-maze.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Evaluation of the basal levels of neurotransmitters in the brain extracellular fluid </strong>(Boschi, Launay, Rips, &amp; Scherrmann, 1995)</p><p>Brain microdialysis has been the feasible technique to sample the neurotransmitters from small brain areas of OF1 (iffa Credo mice) mice. In the study, dorsal hippocampus and nucleus accumbens were the brain regions of interest. Using the brain microdialysis, biogenic amine metabolites were quantified in the dialysate samples and were measured then by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) accompanying the electrochemical detection (ED). DOPAC (3,4-Dihydroxyphenylacetic acid), MHPG (3-Methoxy-4-Hydroxyphenylglycol), and HVA (homovanillic acid) in the dorsal hippocampus were obtained soon after the probe was inserted, whereas 5-HIAA (5-Hydroxytryptamine indole acetic acid) concentration declined gradually. After 80 minutes the levels of DOPAC, HVA, and 5HIAA were stabilized in the nucleus accumbens. The compounds collected from the nucleus accumbens could be used for the assessment of drug-induced interactions. The brain microdialysis allowed the measurement of the basal levels of neurotransmitters and could allow the correlation of biochemical changes and pharmacological effects. The method can also facilitate further pharmacokinetic and biochemical research in rodents.</p><p> </p><p><strong>Assessment of the effects of aripiprazole on dopaminergic and serotonergic systems in rodents </strong>(Bortolozzi et al., 2007)</p><p>In the study, the in vivo effects of aripiprazole on serotonergic and dopaminergic systems were evaluated using the brain microdialysis. The research was conducted using male albino Wistar rats and C57BL/6 mice. It was observed that the 5-HT (5-hydroxytryptamine output was reduced in the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) of the hippocampus and the dorsal raphe nucleus in the rat following aripiprazole systemic administration. Also, the extracellular levels of 5-HT were reduced in the mPFC of wild-type (WT) but not in the 5-HT1A (−/−) knockout (KO) mice after the aripiprazole administration. The results suggested that aripiprazole has a reversal effect on extracellular 5-HT output potentiated by the 5-HT2A/2C receptor agonist DOI local application in mPFC. However, dopamine output in mPFC of WT was increased because of the aripiprazole. Whereas, the dopamine level was not increased in the 5-HT1A KO mice. In contrast to these, the haloperidol increases the activation of dopamine neurons in the ventral tegmental region of the brain. The dopaminergic activity was moderately reduced following the aripiprazole administration. The study indicates that the aripiprazole regulates the in vivo 5-HT and DA release in the medial prefrontal cortex by activating the 5-HT1A receptors. It was also concluded that the aripiprazole serves as a partial agonist at dopamine D2 autoreceptors, an action that is contrasting to the effects of haloperidol. The brain microdialysis technique is a feasible and reliable method to delineate the in vivo effects of atypical antipsychotic drugs.</p><p> </p><h5>Precautions</h5><p>Do not exceed pre-anesthetic fasting beyond 2 hours because of the high metabolic rate of the rodents as extended food deprivation can disturb the balance leading to the metabolic acidosis, and hypoglycemia. Handle the animals gently to avoid stress which may lead to cardiac arrest following tachyarrhythmia during the general anesthesia. Also, the strain and breed of the laboratory animal must be selected as per the experimental requirements. During the surgical procedures, take care not to damage the surrounding tissues and muscles. Use clean home cages for animals to avoid contaminating the surgery area.</p><p> </p><h5>Summary</h5><ul><li>In vivo brain microdialysis is a quantification and sampling technique used to measure the levels of the neurotransmitters in the brain extracellular fluid.</li><li>Brain microdialysis has been widely used to evaluate the physiological and pharmacological effects of potential drugs in the extra-neuronal fluid.</li><li>Rodent brain in vivo microdialysis has also been employed to assess the region-specific neurochemical changes induced by psychotic drugs and pharmacological compounds in the freely moving and awake rodents.</li><li>The technique has enabled the researchers to measure the changes in concentrations of neurotransmitters and their respective metabolites following the drug administration.</li><li>In vivo microdialysis helps to characterize the neuropharmacological agents such as the drugs of abuse, antidepressants, and antipsychotic agents.</li><li>In vivo brain microdialysis has been considered as the backbone of neurological disorders treatment.</li></ul><p> </p><h5>References</h5><ol><li>Bortolozzi, A., Díaz-Mataix, L., Toth, M., Celada, P., &amp; Artigas, F. (2007). In vivo actions of aripiprazole on serotonergic and dopaminergic systems in rodent brain. Psychopharmacology (Berl), 191(3), 745-58.</li><li>Boschi, G., Launay, N., Rips, R., &amp; Scherrmann, J. M. (1995). Brain microdialysis in the mouse. J Pharmacol Toxicol Methods, 33(1), 29-33.</li><li>Darvesh, A. S., Carroll, R. T., Geldenhuys, W. J., Gudelsky, G. A., Klein, J., Meshul, C. K., &amp; Schyf, C. J. (2011). In vivo brain microdialysis: advances in neuropsychopharmacology and drug discovery. Expert Opin Drug Discov. 2011, 6(2), 109-127.</li><li>Rollema, H., Alexander, G. M., Grothusen, J. R., Matos, F. F., &amp; Castagnoli, N. (1989). Comparison of the effects of intracerebrally administered MPP+ (1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium) in three species: microdialysis of dopamine and metabolites in mouse, rat and monkey striatum. Neurosci Lett., 106(3), 275-81.</li><li>Vladimir, I. C., Alexis, C. T., Agustin, Z., &amp; Shippenberg, T. S. (2009). Overview of Brain Microdialysis. Curr Protoc Neurosci.</li><li>Wright, I. K., Upton, N., &amp; Marsden., C. A. (1992). Effect of established and putative anxiolytics on extracellular 5-HT and 5-HIAA in the ventral hippocampus of rats during behaviour on the elevated X-maze. Psychopharmacology (Berl)., 109(3), 338-46.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/brain-microdialysis-surgery-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/SP0004-M-Group-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>499.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0005-M/SP0005-R</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Stereotaxic Surgery Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
 	<li><a href="#spe">
Specifications
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#introduction">
Introduction
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#app">
Apparatus
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#ste">
Protocol
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#app">
Applications
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#pre">
Precautions
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#ref">
References
</a></li>
</ul>
<h4>Specifications</h4>
Brain Microinjection Surgery Instrument Kit for Mice
<table data-id="4797f69">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 230px;">Model No.</th>
<th style="width: 665px;">Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S31011- 01</td>
<td>Scapel Handels with Ruler 3# solid-12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S32003-12</td>
<td>11# Scapel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine scissors (Round Type)- S/S Str/23*5mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12004-09</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine scissors (Round Type)- S/S Str/24*46mm/9.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S14014-10</td>
<td>Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/32.7*8.45mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Str, Tip width 1mm, teeth length 14mm, 10cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12006-10</td>
<td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Light Cvd, Tip width 1mm, teeth lenght 13.5mm, 10cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F22002-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Str/20*0.8mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F31047 -12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 10*2.15mm/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F35204-70</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Str/20*0.8mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F22003-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Cvd/20.8*1mm/10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R51003-11</td>
<td>Dual-end Micro Spatula w/tip W. 2mm x Thk. 0.3mm - Cvd/11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/neurosurgery.png" sizes="(max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/neurosurgery.png 512w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/neurosurgery-300x300.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/neurosurgery-100x100.png 100w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/neurosurgery-150x150.png 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/neurosurgery-75x75.png 75w" alt="" width="512" height="512" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery.png" sizes="(max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery.png 512w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-300x300.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-100x100.png 100w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-150x150.png 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-146x146.png 146w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-50x50.png 50w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-75x75.png 75w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-85x85.png 85w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/plastic-surgery-80x80.png 80w" alt="" width="512" height="512" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/robotic-surgery.png" sizes="(max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/robotic-surgery.png 512w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/robotic-surgery-300x300.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/robotic-surgery-100x100.png 100w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/robotic-surgery-150x150.png 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/robotic-surgery-75x75.png 75w" alt="" width="512" height="512" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Mouse-Brain-Maze.png" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Mouse-Brain-Maze.png 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Mouse-Brain-Maze-300x300.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Mouse-Brain-Maze-100x100.png 100w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Mouse-Brain-Maze-150x150.png 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/Mouse-Brain-Maze-500x500.png 500w" alt="" width="600" height="600" />

Brain Microinjection Surgery Instrument Kit for Rat
<table data-id="df6b853">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 230px;">Model No.</th>
<th style="width: 665px;">Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S31011- 01</td>
<td>Scapel Handels with Ruler 3# solid-12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S32003-12</td>
<td>11# Scapel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine scissors (Round Type)- S/S Str/23*5mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12006-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine scissors (Round Type)- S/S Str/22*45mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12010-10</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps-Str, Tip width 1.8mm, teeth length 15mm,10.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12011-10</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps-Cvd, Tip width 1.9mm, teeth length 15mm, 10cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F21001-12</td>
<td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Str/23.5*1mm/12.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F21002-12</td>
<td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Cvd/24*1mm/12.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F31047 -12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 10*2.15mm/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S14014-12</td>
<td>Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/37.6*8.5mm/12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F35204-70</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Cvd/20.8*1mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R22009-01</td>
<td>ALM 4x4 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 65mm Spread, 7.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R51003-11</td>
<td>Dual-end Micro Spatula w/tip W. 2mm x Thk. 0.3mm - Cvd/11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
Stereotactic neurosurgery is the surgical technique used in pre-clinical research to engraft a needle or electrode at a pre-defined location in the rodent’s brain. Stereotactic neurosurgery employs advanced imaging techniques and surgical tools to translate rodent brain-related research into human applications.

In 1887, Sir Victor Horsley, while studying the connections of the cerebellum, realized that a specific method to allow precise lesioning of the cerebral nuclei is essential. This realization led to the introduction of stereotaxy in neuroscience research. Stereotactic neurosurgery has enabled the localization of targets of interest with a multifaceted set of techniques that can assess anatomic, metabolic, and functional aspects and allow precise interventions in the brain or spinal cord regions (Barbara, Damien, &amp; Catherine, 2014).

Horsley and Clarke pioneered the principles of stereotaxic surgery. Stereotaxy required radiological tools to visualize the cranial vault and its contents before the development of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). The stereotactic technique was later modified with the introduction of MRI to visualize and assess the tumoral pathologies. Over the last two decades, stereotaxic surgery has well established itself in the research. The stereotaxic surgery is widely applied for the symptomatic treatment of motor disorders, assessment of tumoral pathologies, interstitial radiotherapies, treatment of hydrocephaly and epilepsy, and evaluation of cerebral arteriovenous malformations. The stereotaxic methodologies integrated with computed imaging techniques have made stereotaxic surgery an important technique in neurosurgery.

Stereotactic neurosurgery is the surgical technique used in pre-clinical research to engraft a needle or electrode at a pre-defined location in the rodent’s brain. Stereotactic neurosurgery employs advanced imaging techniques and surgical tools to translate rodent brain-related research into human applications.

In 1887, Sir Victor Horsley, while studying the connections of the cerebellum, realized that a specific method to allow precise lesioning of the cerebral nuclei is essential. This realization led to the introduction of stereotaxy in neuroscience research. Stereotactic neurosurgery has enabled the localization of targets of interest with a multifaceted set of techniques that can assess anatomic, metabolic, and functional aspects and allow precise interventions in the brain or spinal cord regions (Barbara, Damien, &amp; Catherine, 2014).

Horsley and Clarke pioneered the principles of stereotaxic surgery. Stereotaxy required radiological tools to visualize the cranial vault and its contents before the development of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). The stereotactic technique was later modified with the introduction of MRI to visualize and assess the tumoral pathologies. Over the last two decades, stereotaxic surgery has well established itself in the research. The stereotaxic surgery is widely applied for the symptomatic treatment of motor disorders, assessment of tumoral pathologies, interstitial radiotherapies, treatment of hydrocephaly and epilepsy, and evaluation of cerebral arteriovenous malformations. The stereotaxic methodologies integrated with computed imaging techniques have made stereotaxic surgery an important technique in neurosurgery.
<h4>Apparatus</h4>
<h6>Pre-operative Set-up and Anesthesia Induction</h6>
Before beginning the surgical procedure, it is essential to check that the animals are in good health by analyzing their appearance and general behavior. The subjects can be examined clinically to detect certain anomalies. If any abnormality is found, it is necessary to not use that animal as a subject in a neurosurgical procedure because the abnormality may cause anatomical or behavioral alterations and could interfere with the experimental results. The investigator should not use the animal if it shows reduced appetite, weight loss, abnormal exploratory behavior, bite marks, scratches, self-mutilation, prostration, hyper-responsiveness, patchy, dull, and/or ruffled fur, and abnormal posture or facial expression. Assess the animal for its health and activeness.

<strong>Anesthesia Induction</strong>

Before beginning the surgical procedure, give the animal a dose of an analgesic. After 15 minutes of the analgesia induction, induce anaesthesia and give a a subcutaneous injection of local anesthetic agent at the sites of the incision and the pressure points of the stereotaxic apparatus.
<h4>Stereotaxic Surgery Protocol</h4>
<strong>Shearing</strong>

Shearing is performed to eliminate hair and facilitate the disinfection of the skin. Do not injure the skin while shearing, since any inflammation can potentiate local superinfection and weaken the tissues of interest. Shearing should be performed in the preparation zone after the animal is sedated or anesthetized.

<strong>Setting Up the Animal in the Stereotaxic Instrument</strong>

After achieving adequate anesthesia place the animal in the stereotaxic apparatus. Make sure that all the surgical instruments are ready and available nearby the surgical area.

<em>First Ear Bar Placement</em>

Fix the bars in the instrument carefully. Gently grasp the head of the animal by the sides of the instrument to direct the ear canal towards the fixed bar. Carefully maneuver the head horizontally onto the bar and position the tip of the bar behind the aural bone spur. A soft characteristic click will confirm the accurate placement, do not confuse it with a louder snap that indicates the eardrum rupture if the bar is inserted deeply.

Note: Do not place the finger around the neck to hold the head of the animal, since it could block the trachea. Make sure that the animal is adequately anesthetized and appropriately positioned as poorly maintained head position can cause asphyxiation.

<em>Second Ear Bar Placement</em>

Maintain the head of the animal in a horizontal position to place the second bar into the second ear canal. The head of the animal cannot move from side to side if the ear bars are placed properly. Make sure that the movements are possible only at Antero- and retro-flexion points.

<em>Tooth Bar Placement</em>

Align the head with the centerline of the stereotaxic frame after the ear bars are properly placed. After the head alignment, fix the upper incisors of the subject on the tooth bar. For this, move the bar towards the animal, open the mouth, and slide the tooth bar behind the upper incisors. Gently pull the head of the animal forward and move the bar behind the teeth.

<em>Nose bar Fixation</em>

To lock the snout in position, lower the nose bar. Firmly fix the nose bar with the setscrew, but do not apply excessive pressure to ensure that the head is immobilized without injuring the animal. The head cannot move after the incisor bar and nose bar are appropriately placed.

<strong>Operating Zone Preparation</strong>

Before disinfecting the surgical site, put a rectal temperature probe in place. To minimize trauma and discomfort apply Vaseline. After the ear bars are placement under sterile conditions, disinfect the skin where the incision will be made by washing with a sterile gauze (soaked with alcohol, antiseptic soap, and solution). Discard the gauze pad if it touches the edge of the shaved zone. Antiseptics are used to disinfect the skin and kill the local flora. The antiseptic spectrum varies depending on the product and the quality of its application.

<strong>Draping </strong>

Cover the entire animal with the drape to prevent any contamination. Make sure that the overall procedure of draping remains coherent.

<strong>Cranial Surface Incision and Exposure</strong>

To incise the scalp, use a scalpel with a new blade. Make the incision confidently and precisely to avoid damaging the edges which can affect healing. The linear incision should begin rostrally, in front of eye level, and run caudally 0.5 cm behind the ear bar alignment line and includes all the layers of the skin.

<strong>Stereotaxic Landmarks</strong>

Identify the stereotaxic landmarks: bregma and lambda by visualizing the different suture lines of the bone plates on the skull surface. The accurate and precise determination of the two reference points will determine the quality of approaching the target structure. Bregma is the intersection point of the sagittal and frontal plate sutures at the rostral level of the animal's skull. Lambda is the point on the midline and at the base of the triangle formed by the intersection of lambdoid sutures and the sagittal suture. Lambda is parallel with the virtual interaural line shown at the axis of the ear bars. Sometimes lambda is situated just anterior to the interaural line, but it could never be posterior to this line.

Make sure that the distance between the bregma and lambda is about 8.7 ±0.3 mm to ensure the accuracy of the lambda coordinates. The determination of coordinates is incorrect if the distance is greater than 9 mm or less than 8.4 mm.

<strong>Suturing</strong>

Use a sterile needle for suturing. Suturing is done to bring together and maintain the edges of the wound for rapid healing and recovery. Sutures minimize inflammation, infections, and accidental or spontaneous wound opening. Following is the procedure for suturing;
<ol>
 	<li>Hold the needle at its distal third with the help of a needle holder, and pierce one edge of the wound.</li>
 	<li>Push the distal portion of the needle through while maintaining its curvature.</li>
 	<li>Release the needle and grasp once again with the needle holder between the wound edges. Repeat the procedure for the opposite edge of the wound.</li>
 	<li>Position the needle holder between the two ends of the thread and wrap it once by the needle strand and then lift the short tail strand.</li>
 	<li>Drag the long strand towards the wound and establish a simple single overhand throw. Repeat the procedure and make a second overhand throw in reverse order. Knot both the threads.</li>
</ol>
<h4>Post Operative Care and Handling</h4>
Place the animal on absorbent paper in a cage to prevent dust or litter from contacting the suture. Treat hypothermia until the anesthesia lasts. Maintain an appropriate temperature in the recovery room either by using an incubator, lamp, or a heating pad. Place some moistened food pellets in the cage to encourage feeding. Return the animals to the husbandry after complete awakening. Animals should be closely monitored postoperatively. Observe the animals for any discomfort or pain and treat the symptoms as needed. Change the cage bedding frequently to avoid contamination. If needed, clean the sutures with the help of a sterile cotton swab soaked with disinfectant. If the wound bleeds, apply direct pressure for a few minutes. If bleeding persists, re-anesthetize the animal to manage hemostasis. Suture opening can contaminate the wound so must be treated as a traumatic lesion. Antibiotics can be applied to foster healing. Treat the pain by injecting analgesics.
<h4>Applications</h4>
<strong>Assessment of the Effect of Stereotactic Implantation of Biodegradable 5-Fluorouracil-loaded Microspheres </strong>(Menei et al. 1996)

The stereotaxic neurosurgery was used to assess the efficacy of poly (lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) (PLAGA) microspheres for interstitial chemotherapy of brain tumors. In the study, two types of 5-Fluorouracil-loaded microspheres were stereotactically implanted in female Wistar and Sprague-Dawley rats. One type of 5-FU presented a fast release profile (FR), and the other exhibited a slow release pattern (SR). It was observed that the implantation of 5-FU-loaded PLAGA microspheres in the rat brain does not present any evident toxicity. The results suggested that the microspheres possess a longer sustained delivery period in vivo as compared to in vitro. It was concluded that intra-tumoral implantation of SR-type 5-FU-loaded microspheres significantly reduced the mortality of C6 tumor-bearing rats. The neurotoxic surgery has enabled the researchers to evaluate the in vitro efficacy of chemotherapeutic loaded microsphere in the rat brain.

<strong>Increasing the effectiveness of intracerebral injections </strong>(Mathon. et al., 2015)

The stereotaxic neurosurgery is a promising surgical technique for the assessment of the effects of intracerebral injections in adult and neonatal mice. The study was conducted to increase the effectiveness of intracerebral injections in adult mice and neonatal mice using the stereotaxy. The stereotaxic injections in adult mice performed in 20 min had &gt;90% efficacy. While in neonatal mice, injections were performed in 5 min. The results suggested that the intracerebral injections using the stereotaxic neurosurgery present increased efficacy in adult and neonatal mice. It was concluded that the precise determination of intracerebral location increases the efficacy of intracerebral injections in small-sized animals such as mice. The technique using the stereotaxic arm presents a higher precision as compared to the freehand techniques.

<strong>Stereotaxic Neurosurgery for Intracerebral Microdialysis </strong>(Yanjun, Joanna, Li, &amp; Hartmut, 2006)

Stereotaxy is also used for sampling of neurotransmitters such as microdialysis in rodents. Microdialysis enables the researchers to directly measure the unbound tissue concentrations and monitor the physiological and biochemical effects of drugs in vivo. The technique allows the sampling and quantification of substances in blood and tissue, including neuropeptides, neurotransmitters, enzyme concentration and activity, electrolytes, hormones, and pharmaceutical agents. The method also provides with an in-depth observation of pharmaceutical effects of various drug candidates on extracellular levels of endogenous substances.

<strong>Transplantation of Neuronal Stem Cells </strong>(Kevin. et al. 2011)

In the study, neuronal stem cells were transplanted using the stereotaxic neurosurgery in the mice infected with the neurotropic JHM strain of mouse hepatitis virus (MHV). The MHV results in a pathological condition similar to the demyelinating disease Multiple Sclerosis (MS). The results suggested that the stereotaxic transplantation of neuronal stem cells into the spinal cords of mice, affected by MHV, improved the re-myelination and clinical outcome. The study validated that the cell replacement therapies are vital to the treatment of chronic neurologic diseases and the in vivo models are essential in understanding the complex interactions between the transplanted cells and the host tissue microenvironment.
<h4>Precautions</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Take note of the entire life experience of the animal to consider other factors that could affect the surgery such as transportation, individual history, and housing and feeding.</li>
 	<li>Before starting the surgical procedure, consider the conditions such as operant conditioning, food/drink restriction, irradiation, environmental distress, disease conditions, and exposure to predator scents.</li>
 	<li>Identify the pain and distress symptoms pre-and post-operatively to ensure the animal's health and safety.</li>
 	<li>If found treat the pain with the proper administration of analgesic.</li>
 	<li>In the case of survival surgery, it is essential to observe the subjects post-operatively closely. Follow-up observation must include monitoring of animal behavior and evaluation of pain and distress.</li>
 	<li>Do not perform stereotaxic surgeries in paralyzed animals without anesthesia. Always combine neuro-muscular paralytics with anesthetic agents in stereotaxic neurosurgery.</li>
 	<li>Before starting the surgical procedure, ensure the adequate depth of the anesthesia using a toe pinch test or other anesthesia assessment tests.</li>
 	<li>Carry out the whole surgical procedure under aseptic conditions.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Summary</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Stereotactic neurosurgery is the most widely used surgical technique for precisely locating the brain regions relative to an external frame of reference.</li>
 	<li>Stereotactic neurosurgery has provided precise localization of targets of interest to assess the anatomic, metabolic, and functional aspects of the brain regions.</li>
 	<li>Stereotaxic surgery is applied for the treatment of motor disorders, interstitial radiotherapies, assessment of tumoral pathologies, hydrocephaly treatment, neuronal stem cell transplantation, and evaluation of cerebral arteriovenous malformations.</li>
 	<li>Neurotoxic surgery is used to assess the in vitro efficacy of chemotherapeutic loaded microsphere in the rat brain.</li>
 	<li>The stereotaxic transplantation of neuronal stem cells into the spinal cords of mice, affected by MHV, improved the re-myelination and the pathological condition.</li>
 	<li>Stereotaxic neurosurgery should not be performed in paralyzed animals without anesthesia.</li>
 	<li>Make sure that the entire surgical procedure is performed under aseptic conditions.</li>
</ul>
<h4>References</h4>
Barbara, F., Damien, G., &amp; Catherine., V. (2014). Stereotaxic neurosurgery in laboratory rodents. Lyon: Springer.

Kevin, S. C., Jason, G. W., Lucia, M. W., Chris, S. S., &amp; Thomas, E. L. (2011). Surgical Transplantation of Mouse Neural Stem Cells into the Spinal Cords of Mice Infected with Neurotropic Mouse Hepatitis Virus. J Vis Exp, 53, 2834.

Mathon., B., Nassar., M., Simonnet., J., Duigou., C. L., Clemenceau, S., Miles., R., &amp; D.Fricker. (2015). Increasing the effectiveness of intracerebral injections in adult and neonatal mice: a neurosurgical point of view. Neurosci Bull, 6, 685-96.

Menei., P., Boisdron-Celle., M., Croué., A., Guy., G., &amp; Benoit., J. P. (1996). Effect of stereotactic implantation of biodegradable 5-fluorouracil-loaded microspheres in healthy and C6 glioma-bearing rats. Neurosurgery, 39(1), 123-4.

Yanjun, L., Joanna, P., Li, Z., &amp; Hartmut, D. (2006). Microdialysis as a tool in local pharmacodynamics. AAPS J, 8(2), E222–E235]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/stereotaxic-surgery-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/SP0005-M_group.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>693.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0007-M</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Rodent Dissection Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Mouse Kit</h2>
<table data-id="d49b0af">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S12003-09</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/24.5*5mm/9cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12004-09</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/24*4.6mm/9.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S13003-11</td>
<td>STEVENS Fine Dissecting Scissors (Flat Type)-B/B Str/25*4mm/11.5cm#</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S13004-11</td>
<td>STEVENS Fine Dissecting Scissors (Flat Type)-B/B Cvd/28*5mm/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S15001-09</td>
<td>SPENCER Ligature Scissors (Slender Type)-20.3*4mm/9cm#</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S32003-12</td>
<td>Scalpel Handles with Ruler 3# Solid-12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S31015-01</td>
<td>15# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Str, Tip width 1mm, teeth length 14mm, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12006-10</td>
<td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Light Cvd, Tip width 1mm, teeth length 13.5mm, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F22002-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Str/20*0.8mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F22003-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Cvd/20.8*1mm/10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F13029-10</td>
<td>IRIS 1x2 Teeth Tissue Forceps-Str, Tip width 1.3mm, 10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F31047-12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 10*2.15mm/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F35305-50</td>
<td>Absorbable PGA Sutures w/Needle-○1/2/4×10/90㎝/5-0 (50/Box</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R22005-45</td>
<td>3x3 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 30mm Spread，5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R31005-04</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 4*0.75mm/16mm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R42002-12</td>
<td>Spinal Cord Hook - Tip Dia. 3mm/12cm#</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R34001-14</td>
<td>Clip Applicator for R31005- and R31006-Clamps-8.4*5mm/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SP0000-P</td>
<td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Rat Kit</h2>
<table data-id="5886506">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12006-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12010-11</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S13005-14</td>
<td>Dissecting Scissors (Round Type)-B/B Str/14.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S13006-14</td>
<td>Dissecting Scissors (Round Type)-B/B Cvd/14.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F21001-12</td>
<td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Str, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F21002-12</td>
<td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Cvd, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12010-10</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps-Str, 1.9mm Tips, 10.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12011-10</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps-Cvd, 1.9mm Tips, 10.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F13029-10</td>
<td>IRIS 1x2 Teeth Tissue Forceps-Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F31047-12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S15001-11</td>
<td>SPENCER Ligature Scissors (Slender Type-11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S32001-12</td>
<td>Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S31015-01</td>
<td>15# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F35305-50</td>
<td>PGA Sutures w/Needle-○1/2/4×10/90㎝/5-0 (50/Box</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R22009-01</td>
<td>ALM 4x4 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 7cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R31005-06</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 6*1mm/15mm</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R42002-12</td>
<td>Spinal Cord Hook - Tip Dia. 3mm/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R34001-14</td>
<td>Applicator for R31005- and R31006-Clamps-14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SP0000-P</td>
<td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Small Animal Kit</h2>
<table data-id="c812b07">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S12009-11</td>
<td>RIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12010-11</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S12031-11</td>
<td>Standard Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Full Cvd/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S13005-14</td>
<td>Dissecting Scissors (Round Type)-B/B Str/14.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S13006-14</td>
<td>Dissecting Scissors (Round Type)-B/B Cvd/14.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12010-13</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps-Str, 2.1mm Tips, 13cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F12011-13</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps-Cvd, 2.1mm Tips, 13cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F21001-12</td>
<td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Str, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F21002-12</td>
<td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Cvd, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S15001-11</td>
<td>SPENCER Ligature Scissors (Slender Type-11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S32001-12</td>
<td>Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S31015-01</td>
<td>15# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F13014-12</td>
<td>1x2 Teeth Tissue Forceps-Str, 1.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F31047-14</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F35305-50</td>
<td>PGA Sutures w/Needle-○1/2/4×10/90㎝/5-0 (50/Box</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R22015-02</td>
<td>WULLSTEIN 3x3 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 13cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R31008-26</td>
<td>Schwartz Micro Clamps-Str/26mm</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>R42002-12</td>
<td>Spinal Cord Hook - Tip Dia. 3mm/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SP0000-P</td>
<td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Introduction</h5>
Dissection is a Latin word meaning “to cut to pieces.” It is the process of disassembling the body parts of laboratory animals for research purposes. The dissection is an exciting and illuminating aspect of medical science, allowing the researchers to learn the complex anatomical structures of the laboratory animals as well as enabling them to perform experimental manipulations for biomedical research.

Basic biomedical research includes the characterization of genes/proteins, the study of anatomical structures and physiological functions, and the identification of normal and pathological states in a variety of animal species. This knowledge is then employed to understand these same processes in humans. Likewise, the information obtained in the field of human medicine can be mined to advance veterinary medicine because of the commonalities among species that form the basis of comparative medicine. Rodents are the most preferred species to be used as animal models for biomedical research due to their anatomical, physiological, and genetic similarities to humans. Unlike larger animals, the advantages of rodents include their small size, ease of maintenance, shorter life cycle, and abundant genetic resources.
<h5>Pre-operative Set-up and Euthanasia</h5>
Rodents are euthanized before the dissection procedures. Different methods of euthanasia are applied, enabling a rapid death with reduced pain for the animal as well as the safety of the field workers. Recommended physical methods for euthanizing the rodents include:
<h6>Cervical Dislocation</h6>
Cervical dislocation is one of the widely used procedures for euthanizing. The protocol aims at dislocating the cervical vertebrae from the skull quickly. The technique ensures a rapid loss of consciousness and makes sure that dislocation is cervical and not lower in the vertebral column. The cervical dislocation is recommended to be used only for small-sized rodents (mice and small rats). This method should be applied if there are a few animals to be euthanized to prevent human error due to fatigue. It includes pulling the head from the body to dislocate the neck with a sudden jerk. The method is described as follows:
<ol>
 	<li>Hold the head with one hand and place the thumb and the index finger on either side of the neck at the base of the skull.</li>
 	<li>Pull the base of the tail with the other hand quickly.</li>
 	<li>Just press the thumb tip firmly into the neck behind the skull immediately.</li>
</ol>
Cervical dislocation is usually applied to animals that can be handled easily. However, as wild or large animals become aggressive and more stressed by human contact, the following methods are recommended to euthanize the larger animals.
<h6>Carbon Dioxide Inhalation</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Place the cage containing the animal in a chamber with a flow of 100% CO2 gas initiated.</li>
 	<li>Monitor the flow of CO2 gas using a gas flow meter to reach 20-30% of chamber volume per minute (a higher flow rate may result in animal stress due to pain before the loss of consciousness, whereas a lower rate would be too slow).</li>
</ol>
The euthanasia method employing CO2 is inexpensive, non-flammable, non-explosive, and poses a minimal hazard to the handler when assisted with properly designed equipment.
<h6>Overdose of Inhalant Anesthetic Agents</h6>
While euthanizing the animals using inhalant anesthetic agents, euthanize in open-air places, far from the other captured animals. Enflurane, isoflurane, sevoflurane, methoxyflurane, and desflurane with or without nitrous oxide are recommended. As these anesthetic agents are non-flammable and non-explosive under ordinary environmental conditions. Chloroform and ether are not satisfactory because chloroform is toxic and recognized as carcinogenic and ether is irritating, flammable, and requires an extended waiting time before processing the animal. Use an appropriate hermetic container resisting the agents to store the anesthetic agents.
<h5>Dissection Protocols</h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Place the animal with the ventral side up on a clean dissection board and pin it. Avoid holding the animal in one hand to keep your hands clean and to cut the organs accurately.</li>
 	<li>Using soaked cotton, clean the ventrum to avoid the introduction of animal hair into the body that may infect the organs.</li>
 	<li>Hold the skin with dissecting forceps and raise it above the abdomen.</li>
 	<li>Make an incision through the body wall muscles by putting the scissor just anterior to the genital opening and continue cutting on one side of the midline, ventral to the thoracic cavity.</li>
</ol>
Note: blunt-ended scissors (either two blunt-end scissors or one blunt, one sharp point scissors) are recommended to prevent organ damage.
<ol start="5">
 	<li>Keep the fur away from the body by pulling the skin from both sides of the thoracic cavity.</li>
 	<li>Isolate the larger parts of the lungs and store them in the cryogenic tubes quickly.</li>
 	<li>Clean the forceps and scissors using a solution containing bleach, water, and ethanol.</li>
 	<li>Find the spleen by moving the stomach to the left (the spleen has a triangular shape).</li>
 	<li>Pull the spleen out by holding it with the forceps and get rid of the white tissue with the help of sharp pointy scissors.</li>
 	<li>Clean the forceps and scissors with the cleaning solution.</li>
 	<li>Displace the bowels to find the kidneys beneath the intestines.</li>
 	<li>Separate the kidneys and place them in two cryogenic tubes for storage (if the kidneys are too big, cut them into pieces).</li>
 	<li>Clean the dissecting instruments with the cleaning solution.</li>
 	<li>Dissect the diaphragm and keep it in a cryopreservative tube.</li>
 	<li>Place the cryogenic tubes containing the dissected organs in a liquid nitrogen tank (Do not open the tank again and again rather put the tubes at one time to prevent nitrogen evaporation from the tank).</li>
 	<li>Wash the forceps and scissors with the solution containing bleach, water, and ethanol).</li>
 	<li>Identify the sex of the animal by observing the genital organs and counting the embryos or measuring the size of the testes.</li>
 	<li>Tag the leg of the animal. Using fine point forceps, perforate the skin and introduce the string.</li>
 	<li>Place the animal into an ethanol-filled jar.</li>
 	<li>Clean and wash the dissection board and the operative area.</li>
</ol>
<h6>Dissection of Mouse EDL and Soleus Muscles (Bröllochs, 2017)</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Fix the leg of the animal with pins in a flexed position to the dissecting dish and cover the leg with Ringer solution.</li>
 	<li>Remove the skin of the leg and get rid of the excessive fascia surrounding the muscles.</li>
 	<li>With the help of the forceps, hold the Achilles tendon. Use the bodkin side of the scissors to rub the gap open between the Achilles tendon and the other tendons. Cut the Achilles tendon as close as possible to the foot when the gap is visible.</li>
 	<li>As the gap starts to open, support that gap to open up fully.</li>
 	<li>The Soleus muscle will be visible as the gap opens up to the knee. The Soleus muscle is dark pink, identify it by its color. Carefully cut the tendon near the knee.</li>
 	<li>Hold the Soleus muscle from its upper tendon gently with the forceps and pull it down slowly and carefully while (if needed) removing the surrounding fascia that is still holding it. Cut the lower tendon after freeing the whole muscle from the fascia.</li>
 	<li>Isolate the Soleus muscle from the leg and remove the leftover fascia. For more comfortable handling, one should move the muscle to a new dissecting dish, fix it with pins, infuse it with Ringer solution, and store it at 4 °C.</li>
 	<li>To dissect the EDL muscle, place and pin the leg into a stretched position first and remove the fascia.</li>
 	<li>Rub the lower leg’s tendons. The 4 EDL tendon ends are next to the V-looking Tibialis tendon. Carefully lift the tendons to observe the EDLs. The toes of the paw stretch while lifting. Make an incision at the ends of the tendon as close as possible to the foot.</li>
 	<li>A pocket will open up as the ends are cut. Remove the surrounding fascia. Isolate the EDL muscles from the pocket to visualize the upper tendon. Dissect the upper tendon then.</li>
 	<li>Isolate the EDL muscle from the leg and remove all the fascia and the fat.</li>
 	<li>Place both the dissected muscles in a clean dissecting dish. Lightly stretch the muscles and pin them. Cover the dissected muscles with a 3.7% PFA.</li>
 	<li>Store the dish at 4°C overnight after covering it with the parafilm.</li>
</ol>
<h6></h6>
<h6>Gross Postmortem Location and Examination of Heart, Lungs, Liver, Kidneys, and Spleen Method (Parkinson et al., 2011)</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Examine the animal for skin and coat abnormalities, emaciation, or dehydration.</li>
 	<li>Keep a log of artificial manipulations, implants, or surgical scarring, if any.</li>
 	<li>With the help of the dissecting microscope examine all the external orifices (ears, eyes, nose, anus, genital openings, and oral cavity) for secretion or bleeding.</li>
 	<li>Place the euthanized animal in dorsal recumbency on a clean dissection board.</li>
 	<li>With the help of dissection scissors, make an incision through the skin from the length of the ventrum extending from the anus to the chin, reflecting the skin and incising the abdominal wall, opening the abdominal viscera, salivary and preputial/clitoral glands, and cervical and axillary lymph nodes. Examine the thoracic viscera by making 2 incisions laterally up on each side of the ribcage, then make a cut across, at the top of the sternum, to open a wide space enough to observe all the lobes of the lung thoroughly.</li>
 	<li>Observe the musculoskeletal structure.</li>
 	<li>Assess the condition of all the organs for abnormalities. Locate and identify the heart and the lungs in the thoracic cavity. Observe the liver, kidneys, and spleen in the abdominal cavity. Check the organs for any color changes, size differences, and absence or dislocation. Record the consistency of surfaces, any additional tissue (e.g., masses), fluid pockets, or the presence of fluid in the abdominal/thoracic cavities.</li>
 	<li>Examine the gastrointestinal tract for contents, lack of contents, thickened walls, masses, blood clots, and hemorrhage. Using a sharp blade, cut the kidneys (left-longitudinal section, right-cross section, on the midline, but off-center) to assess parenchyma for any abnormality. Check the presence of any large lymph nodes on the mesentery.</li>
 	<li>Observe the urogenital system and check for any blockage, fluid pockets, hemorrhage, or other abnormalities.</li>
 	<li></li>
</ol>
<h6>Postmortem Collection of Heart, Liver, Kidneys, and Spleen for Histopathology</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Collect a container filled with a suitable amount of 10% neutral buffered formalin (NBF), and make sure that the container is appropriately sized and labeled.</li>
 	<li>Adjust the amount of 10% NBF to obtain a 20:1 ratio of fixative to tissue.</li>
 	<li>Lay the animal’s carcass in dorsal recumbency on a clean dissection board and expose the tissues of interest.</li>
 	<li>Isolate the tissues from the animals’ carcass with the help of dissecting forceps and scissors.</li>
 	<li>Scrap the tissues to remove fat and unnecessary connective tissue carefully. The blood should be clean; use normal saline to rinse.</li>
</ol>
Note: Do not use distilled or tap water to rinse the tissues.
<ol start="6">
 	<li>Place the dissected tissues in the container containing 10% NBF.</li>
</ol>
<h4></h4>
<h6>Postmortem Collection and Perfusion of Lung Tissue</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Fill a container with 10% NBF and adjust the volume of 10% NBF to obtain a 20:1 ratio of fixative to tissue.</li>
 	<li>Lay the animal to be dissected in dorsal recumbency on a clean dissection board.</li>
 	<li>Expose and display the trachea, heart, and lungs.</li>
 	<li>Remove the skin and muscle overlying the ventral thoracic and cervical regions using the dissecting forceps and scissors.</li>
 	<li>Trim the ribcage to expose the heart and lungs near the clavicle to open space, ample enough to observe all the lobes of the lung thoroughly.</li>
 	<li>Remove the neck muscles surrounding the sternum and ribs and ranging to the jaw, including those overlying the trachea.</li>
 	<li>Make two cuts by inserting the scissors under the anterior edge of the rib cage, one cut on either side, to remove the section of bone overlying the trachea.</li>
 	<li>With the forceps hold the trachea near the jaw and cut the trachea entirely by placing the scissors above the forceps</li>
 	<li>Pull out the trachea with the help of the forceps and cut the ventral tissue connections with scissors until all the thoracic tissues are removed from the body.</li>
 	<li>Place the lungs flat on the shelf.</li>
 	<li>Stitch the trachea with suturing material loosely.</li>
 	<li>Fill a syringe with a fixative and attach a needle, small enough to enter the trachea (For mice, a 1ml or 3ml syringe with a 26 gauge needle works well. For rats, a 5ml syringe with an 18 gauge syringe is accurate).</li>
 	<li>Hold the trachea with the forceps and insert the needle into the trachea. Fill the lungs with fixative slowly. Keep filling until the lungs are fully inflated. Do not over-or underinflate. The amount of fixative needed depends on the age, strain, and health of the animal.</li>
 	<li>Fluid seeping and foaming from the tissues indicate over-inflation.</li>
 	<li>Flat lungs indicate under-inflation.</li>
 	<li>Withdraw the needle from the trachea.</li>
 	<li>Tighten the stitches on the trachea to prevent backflow of fixative out of the lungs.</li>
 	<li>Keep the inflated lungs into the fixative with a 20:1 fixative to tissue ratio.</li>
</ol>
<h6>Postmortem Collection of Brain</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Bring an appropriately sized, labeled container(s) and fill in the required amount of 10% NBF and adjust the amount of 10% NBF to obtain a 20:1 ratio of fixative to tissue.</li>
 	<li>Place the animal carcass in ventral recumbency on a clean dissection board.</li>
 	<li>Remove the skin and the muscles surrounding the calvaria with the help of dissecting scissors.</li>
 	<li>Dislocate and remove the head from the animal’s body.</li>
 	<li>Insert the bottom blade in the foramen magnum (the opening where the skull opens into the spinal canal) with the help of small scissors, keep the scissor tips pointed upwards, and begin cutting through the midline of the calvaria.</li>
 	<li>Reflect both halves of the calvaria and expose the brain.</li>
 	<li>Place the exposed brain encase in the skull into a fixative.</li>
 	<li>Invert the skull gently so that the tissues fell from the skull because of the gravity.</li>
 	<li>Move the forceps under the brain starting at the olfactory lobes and along the outer edge of the brain, moving under the cerebrum and towards the cerebellum carefully. Gently pinch the connective tissue or nerves, with the help of the forceps, inhibiting the brain from falling from the skull.</li>
 	<li>Place and keep the brain into the fixative using an approximate 20:1 ratio of tissue to fixative.</li>
</ol>
<h6>Postmortem Collection of Respiratory Aspirate</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Place the animal to be dissected in dorsal recumbency on a clean dissection board.</li>
 	<li>For bronchial aspirate collection in rats, get access to the respiratory tract through the trachea. For nasal aspirate in rats, reach the respiratory tract either through the trachea or the nasopharyngeal meatus. For bronchial or nasal aspirates in mice, approach the respiratory tract from the nasopharyngeal meatus.</li>
 	<li>Tracheal Access (recommended for rats):</li>
</ol>
<ul>
 	<li>Expose the subcutaneous tissues by moving the skin away from the cervical area.</li>
 	<li>Separate the salivary glands and cervical musculature to expose and visualize the trachea.</li>
 	<li>With the help of sterile dissecting instruments, cut the trachea to reach its lumen.</li>
</ul>
Note: Maintain asepsis throughout the collection.
<ol start="4">
 	<li>Nasopharyngeal Meatus Access:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
 	<li>Cut the temporomandibular (jaw) joint and move the mandible away from the maxilla to expose the nasopharyngeal meatus.</li>
</ul>
Note: Maintain asepsis throughout the collection.
<ul>
 	<li>Draw approximately 1ml of sampling fluid into a sterile pipette.</li>
</ul>
Note: Sampling fluid may be normal saline, phosphate-buffered saline, or trypticase soy broth.
<ol start="5">
 	<li>Bronchial Aspirate:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
 	<li>Inject the sampling fluid slowly into the bronchi and the lung by caudally inserting the pipette into the trachea. Pipette out the sampling fluid from the bronchi and the lungs and remove the pipette from the trachea.</li>
</ul>
<ol start="5">
 	<li>Nasal Aspirate:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
 	<li>Cranially direct and insert the pipette into the nasopharyngeal meatus (mice) or tracheal lumen (rats), and pour the sampling fluid into the nasal cavity.</li>
 	<li>Access the nasal cavity by contacting the nasal palate with the pipette tip, or by observation of fluid forced into the cavity, seen as menisci forming at the nasal orifice (nares) or as fluid visible through the translucent oral palate.</li>
 	<li>Draw the sampling fluid from the nasal cavity into the pipette and remove the pipette from the meatus.</li>
 	<li>Transfer the sample to an appropriate media or container for testing.</li>
</ul>
Maintain asepsis throughout the procedure.
<h6>Dissection of Mouse Parotid Glands</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Euthanize the mice using the cervical dislocation method.</li>
 	<li>Cut and open the skin of the chest and head/neck region from the epigastrium toward the limbs.</li>
 	<li>Open the thorax by making a trapezoid cut.</li>
 	<li>Make a small incision in the apex of the left ventricle, insert the perfusion cannula into the incision and gently push into the aortic arch.</li>
 	<li>Perfuse [4% paraformaldehyde (PFA) in PBS with RNase-free water at pH 7.4] for 2–3 min.</li>
 	<li>Lift the parotid glands with a pair of forceps to locate the borders of the organ and cut out, including a part of the main excretory duct.</li>
 	<li>Separate the parotid glands from the surrounding tissues.</li>
</ol>
<h6></h6>
<h5>Mouse Dorsal Root Ganglia (DRG) Isolation Protocol</h5>
<h6>Spinal Column Isolation</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>After submerging the fur with 70 % ethanol, make a small incision in the dorsal skin at the level of the hips, and remove the pelt from the head to hind limbs.</li>
 	<li>Remove the head by cutting at the base of the skull (C1–2 level) and cut the arms beneath the shoulders to aid the removal of the skin.</li>
 	<li>Make an incision through the abdominal wall muscles and continue laterally to the spinal column in both directions.</li>
 	<li>Before the viscera detachment, incise the ribs closer to the spinal column from both sides.</li>
 	<li>Cut the femurs, and remove the spinal column by cutting transversely at the level of the femurs.</li>
</ol>
<h6></h6>
<h6>Spinal Cord Exposure</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Cut the muscles, fat, and other soft tissues from the spinal column with the help of curved scissors. The T13 level DRG pair present at the caudal ribs is used as a landmark.</li>
 	<li>Remove the spinal nerves projected from the column.</li>
 	<li>Once cleared of soft tissues, cut the column into three pieces, with one cut at the level of the last rib to orientate the dissection.</li>
 	<li>Place the column segments dorsally with the side facing up.</li>
 	<li>Use thick forceps to secure the spinal column dorsal side up, before cutting it into two halves along the midline.</li>
 	<li>Pin the Hemi-segments of the spinal column in Petri dishes with the medial side up, using two insect pins through intervertebral discs, before rinsing with ice-cold PBS.</li>
</ol>
<h6>DRG Extraction and Cleaning</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Peel the spinal cord from the pinned column in a rostral to caudal direction.</li>
 	<li>Identify the transparent meningioma sheets of tissue covering the DRG, and carefully remove it, making the DRG easier to see.</li>
 	<li>Dissect out the individual ganglia by grasping and lifting with forceps, and find the distally projecting axon bundles on the lateral side of the DRG. Do not damage the DRG with the forceps.</li>
 	<li>Pinout the DRG via their axons, and remove any residual meninges, before cutting the axons close to the DRG.</li>
</ol>
<h5>Applications</h5>
<strong>Diagnostic Necropsy and Selected Tissue and Sample Collection in Rats and Mice (Parkinson et al., 2011)</strong>

Proper collection of tissues for histological processing may impact the quality of research. As proper inflation of the tissues with fixative is necessary, the lung collection and perfusion are challenging to enable thorough histological evaluation. Brain collection can be similarly challenging as the tissue is soft and can be easily damaged. Collection of the mesenteric lymph node enables the detection of many infectious agents as the enteric viruses persist in the lymph node for longer. Infectious agents in the respiratory tract can be identified by performing bacterial culture or PCR testing of nasal and bronchial fluid aspirates taken at necropsy. The dissection procedure helps the researchers to perform histological analysis as well as anatomical investigations on rodents.

<strong>Rapid Isolation of Mouse Dorsal Root Ganglia (DRG) (Sleigh, Weir, &amp; Schiavo, 2016)</strong>

The procedure involves the dissection of the spinal column, by cutting from the base of the skull to the level of the femurs, before extracting the DRG and removing unwanted axons. The protocol allows the easy and rapid isolation of DRG with minimal practice and dissection experience. The method is faster and simpler than <em>in situ</em> column extraction of the ganglia after dorsal laminectomy. Also, the approach is less time-consuming, efficient, and safe for the collection of DRG. The method increases the chances of collecting healthy primary DRG cultures with high-quality and reproducible experiments using the DRG tissue.

<strong>Isolation of High-Quality RNA from Murine and Human Parotid Tissue (Watermann et al., 2016)</strong>

The procedure is a simple and optimized surgical method to perfuse and isolate murine parotid glands. The research compared the two common RNA extraction methods for their high-quality yields containing intact RNA from human and murine parotid gland tissues either snap-frozen or immersed in RNAlater stabilization solution. The murine and human parotid tissues exhibited the best RNA quality showing a significant difference between the perfusion-fixed group and the other experimental groups, independent of the isolation method.
<h5>Precautions</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Keep a note of the preservative solution.</li>
 	<li>Rinse the preserved animals under running water immediately upon removal from the preservative solution.</li>
 	<li>Work in a well-ventilated area.</li>
 	<li>It is recommended that contact lenses should not be worn while dissecting animals that are in preservative solution. As the fumes from the solution can penetrate between the eye and contact lens are irritating the eyes. Wear prescription glasses instead, with safety glasses over them.</li>
 	<li>Be aware of issues such as allergies and chemical sensitivities from handling freshly euthanized or recently defrosted or preserved animals.</li>
 	<li>Be aware of possible microbial aerosols and unpleasant odors released from freshly euthanized or recently defrosted animals if the stomach/intestines are accidentally cut.</li>
 	<li>If using frozen animals, defrost overnight in a refrigerator beforehand and dissect within 24 hours.</li>
 	<li>Observe good hygiene practices throughout the procedures by keeping the hands away from the mouth, nose, eyes, and face during and after the dissection and wash the hands immediately after handling the dissection material.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>In biological research, dissection is the process of cutting and disassembling the body parts of the laboratory animals to study their anatomical structures.</li>
 	<li>Rodents are the most preferred species to be used as animal models for biomedical research due to their anatomical, physiological, and genetic similarities to humans.</li>
 	<li>The rodents are euthanized before the dissection procedures. Different methods of euthanasia are applied, enabling a rapid death with the reduced pain for the animal and the safety of the field workers should be selected.</li>
 	<li>The dissection procedure helps the researchers to perform histological analysis as well as anatomical investigations on rodents.</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Bröllochs, A. (2017, August 11). Dissection of mouse EDL and Soleus muscles. Retrieved from Protocols.io: https://www.protocols.io/view/dissection-of-mouse-edl-and-soleus-muscles-jcrciv6?step=13</li>
 	<li>Parkinson, C. M., O'Brien, A., Albers, T. M., Simon, M. A., Clifford, C. B., &amp; Pritchett-Corning, K. R. (2011). Diagnostic Necropsy and Selected Tissue and Sample Collection in Rats and Mice. J Vis Exp, 54, 2966.</li>
 	<li>Sleigh, J. N., Weir, G. A., &amp; Schiavo, G. (2016). A simple, step-by-step dissection protocol for the rapid isolation of mouse dorsal root ganglia. BMC Research Notes, 9(82).</li>
 	<li>Watermann, C., Valerius, K. P., Wagner, S., Wittekindt, C., Klussmann, J. P., Vogt, E. B., &amp; Karnati, S. (2016). Step-by-step protocol to perfuse and dissect the mouse parotid gland and isolation of high-quality RNA from murine and human parotid tissue. BioTechniques, 60, 200-203.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/dissection-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/SP0007-R_group-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>900.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0002-G</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[General Ophthalmic Surgery Instrument Kit for Rodents]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>General Ophthalmic Surgery Instrument Kit for Rodents</h2>
<table data-id="19a3de6">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 211px;">Model</th>
<th style="width: 746px;">Description</th>
<th>Quantity</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11001-08</td>
<td>VANNAS Spring Scissors (Triangular) -S/S Str/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11002-08</td>
<td>VANNAS Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Cvd/5*0.1mm/8.5cmm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11003-08</td>
<td>VANNAS Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S ANGLED/6.3*1.35MM/8.5CM</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type) S/S Str/23*5mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12006-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type) S/S Cvd/22*4.5mm/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S15006-09</td>
<td>O’BRIEN Stitch Scissors S/S Angled/13.5*4mm/9.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F12013-10</td>
<td>Dressing Forceps w/o Serrations 45°Cvd, S/S, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F13019-12</td>
<td>ADSON 1×2 Teeth Tissue Forceps Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps  Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F12006-10</td>
<td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps light Cvd 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F18011-09</td>
<td>McPHERSON Forceps w/5mm Platform-Str, Tip0.4*0.9mm, 9cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F31047-12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 10*2.15mm/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F35401-50</td>
<td>NA Terylene Suturesw/Needle-o3/8/3x10/90cm/5-0 (50/Box)</td>
<td>0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R21027-12</td>
<td>STEVENS Hooks, 1Angle Tooth, 5mm depth, 12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R22029-04</td>
<td>Colibri Eye Specula-15mm spread, 4cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-SP0001-P</td>
<td>Instrument Storage portfolio</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Introduction</h5>
Ophthalmic surgery, also known as ocular surgery, is performed on the eye specifically upon the external surface of the cornea. A thorough and detailed ophthalmic examination provides a rapid and accurate diagnosis of many ophthalmic diseases. Research in vision and ophthalmology improves treatment and quality of life in humans as well as in animals. This improvement stems from advancement in diagnosis and treatment of human and animal diseases and disability. As vision research is aiming at revealing and understanding the morphology and physiology of complex and interconnected biological systems, research on living animals is essential to continue progress in many areas of clinical and basic ophthalmic research.

Earlier animal models of ophthalmic surgery included dogs and cats due to their large eye sizes. However, these models have their shortcomings which include the husbandry cost, handling difficulties and lack of availability of transgenic animals. These disadvantages led to the popularity of rodents as the new model organisms in ophthalmic research. Among rats and mice, the latter has seen more popularity due to the availability of a range of genetically modified mice and the existence of an extensive array of reagents that can be used to further define responses in this species. Rodents, as opposed to the previously used animal models, have shorter breeding cycles and faster regeneration. These qualities combined with their lower costs and smooth handling make them ideal for ophthalmic research.
<h5>Preoperative Set-up and Anesthesia Induction</h5>
Before any surgical procedure, it is necessary to ensure that the apparatus and the equipment used are thoroughly cleaned and sterilized. The instruments can be sterilized by using heat (e.g., autoclave or bead sterilizer), gas (ethylene oxide), or chemical methods (limited to 2% glutaraldehyde). Also, the operation area should be cleaned and sterilized properly.

Record the subject's identification details such as strain and gender, and most importantly note the weight of the subject. Also, make a physical assessment of the subject for its health status and activeness. Ensure that the subject has been appropriately acclimated to the facility. The acclimation process can last from a few days to a couple of weeks.

Anesthesia is induced in the subject via inhalant agents with the help of anesthetic systems that use a face mask or an anesthetic chamber. The dose of the anesthetic agent and the duration of induction are dependent on the weight of the subject among other factors. Once the anesthesia is induced, the depth of anesthesia can be assessed using the toe pinch test. Additionally, physiological parameters can be monitored throughout the procedures to ensure that the anesthesia is effective.
<h5>Rodent Ophthalmic Surgery Protocols</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Measure the thickness of the Inner Plexiform (IPL), Inner Nuclear (INL), Outer Plexiform (OPL), and Outer Nuclear (ONL) layers, and the total thickness by taking the mean value of five different measurements at three points per section.</li>
</ul>
<strong><em>In Vivo</em></strong><strong> Ocular Enucleation Protocol </strong>(Aerts et al., 2014)
<ul>
 	<li>Anesthetize the animal by giving an intraperitoneal injection of a mixture of ketamine hydrochloride (75 mg/ml) and medetomidine hydrochloride (1 mg/kg) in saline.</li>
 	<li>Assess the depth of the anesthesia by toe pinching.</li>
 	<li>Disinfect the eyelids by applying 70% ethanol using a cotton tip.</li>
 	<li>Place the animal on a flat, dry, and smooth surface.</li>
 	<li>Sterilize the forceps with the help of a curved, serrated tip (preferred tip size: 0.5 x 0.4 mm).</li>
 	<li>Press the corner of the eye (canthus) gently with the help of forceps until the eyeball is displaced out from the socket and the optic nerve is accessible.</li>
 	<li>Approach the eye from behind with the forceps. Push and grasp the optic nerve firmly, with the beginning of the curve and not the very tip of the forceps. The grip will help to lift the globe from the socket and to clamp the optic nerve completely.</li>
 	<li>Move the forceps with the least resistance in a circular motion and the mouse swings along the surface according to the direction of the hand movement.</li>
 	<li>Perform this action with gradually increasing speed until the optic nerve is constricted in two (usually between 7 to 15 circular movements, approximately a half to one full turn per second). The detached eyeball is removed.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Ex-orbital and Intra-orbital Lacrimal Gland Excision Protocol </strong>(Shinomiya et al., 2018)
<ul>
 	<li>Anesthetize the animals by intraperitoneal administration of ketamine hydrochloride 100 mg/kg and xylazine hydrochloride 10 mg/kg.</li>
 	<li>Carefully make an incision close to the temporal lid margin to expose the ILG.</li>
 	<li>Excise the ILG from the orbit using ophthalmic forceps with the aid of a stereoscopic microscope.</li>
 	<li>Make an additional incision anterior to the ear, and then expose and excise the ELG.</li>
 	<li>Suture the surgical incisions using 6-0 ophthalmic nylon thread and apply the ointment containing Ofloxacin.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Murine Corneal Transplantation Protocol </strong>(Yin et al., 2014)
<ul>
 	<li>Induce general anesthesia in the animal by IP injections of ketamine (86.98 mg/kg) and xylazine (13.04 mg/kg).</li>
 	<li>Apply Puralube ointment on the eye not undergoing surgery to prevent dryness.</li>
</ul>
<em>Corneal grafting</em>

Obtaining the donor corneal button
<ul>
 	<li>After achieving full anesthesia, obtain adequate mydriasis by administering 1% tropicamide and 2.5% phenylephrine hydrochloride eye drops.</li>
 	<li>Place the head of the donor animal horizontally on a board placed on robust, movable support. With a strip of tape, fix the head of the animal across the neck to ensure the horizontal eye position throughout the entire procedure.</li>
 	<li>With the help of a 2 mm diameter trephine, whose tip is dyed with methyl blue, sketch the central cornea graft site.</li>
 	<li>Using a sharp blade, infiltrate the cornea and inject sodium hyaluronate into the anterior chamber to deepen it reducing the chance of damage to the donor endothelium and the underlying lens.</li>
 	<li>Excise the donor graft with vannas scissors and place it into a dish containing Hanks’ balanced salt solution until use.</li>
 	<li>After the donor graft has been removed, euthanize the donor animal via CO2 inhalation.</li>
</ul>
<em>Graft bed preparation</em>
<ul>
 	<li>Repeat the first two steps mentioned above for the recipient animal.</li>
 	<li>With the help of a 1.5 mm diameter trephine, outline the recipient graft site.</li>
 	<li>Using a sharp blade, infiltrate the cornea and inject sodium hyaluronate into the anterior chamber to deepen it to reduce the chance of damage to the underlying lens.</li>
 	<li>Remove the outlined central corneal button from the recipient using vannas scissors and discard.</li>
</ul>
<em>Graft suturing</em>
<ul>
 	<li>Set the donor cornea over the graft bed in the recipient's cornea. Make sure that adequate sodium hyaluronate is present under the donor cornea to protect the donor endothelial cells from damage by direct contact with the lens.</li>
 	<li>Using super-fine tipped micro-forceps, place the first bite of 11-0 nylon suture into the donor side, through the donor with 90% depth of full thickness to recipient’s side, then tie off.</li>
 	<li>Once the cornea is anchored in place, perform mid-cardinal interrupted sutures such that the cornea has 8 to 10 total sutures and the donor cornea is securely lined up with and attached to the recipient corneal graft bed.</li>
</ul>
<em>Deepening the anterior chamber</em>
<ul>
 	<li>Penetrate the anterior chamber by injecting HBSS or air bubble into the anterior chamber and assess the strength and integrity of the corneal graft for leakage with a cellulose sponge gently.</li>
</ul>
<em>Suture removal</em>
<ul>
 	<li>Anesthetize the animals as mentioned above and remove the lid suture after 48 hours or prescribed time.</li>
 	<li>Anesthetize the animals on day 7 postoperatively. Carefully remove the sutures while securing the cornea. Return the animal to its cage after suture removal and consciousness regain.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Composite Orbital and Periorbital Allotransplantation Protocol </strong>(Zor &amp; Karagoz, 2015)
<ul>
 	<li>Anesthetize the animals by intraperitoneal injection of xylazine (2 % solution) and ketamine (30 mg/kg).</li>
 	<li>Excise the sternocleidomastoid muscle via an anterior incision on the neck and then expose the external jugular vein and two main branches of the common carotid artery.</li>
 	<li>Excise the anterior and posterior bellies of the digastric muscle, omohyoid muscle, and greater horn of the hyoid to get better exposure of the external carotid artery and its branches.</li>
 	<li>Ligate and cut the internal carotid artery and all branches of the external carotid artery except the superficial temporal artery.</li>
 	<li>Prepare the flap containing orbital tissues, external ear and a part of the facial skin.</li>
 	<li>Cut the optic nerve at its most possible proximal end to the eyeball and include it in the flap.</li>
 	<li>Raise the composite tissue flap based on the common carotid artery and external jugular vein.</li>
 	<li>Expose and anastomose the external jugular vein and the common carotid artery via an anterior incision on the neck.</li>
 	<li>Cut the great auricular nerve with fine dissection scissors, and use the proximal stump of the nerve for coaptation.</li>
 	<li>Anastomose the vein of the flap to the external jugular vein of the recipient animal in end-to-end fashion using No. 10-0 interrupted monofilament nylon sutures.</li>
 	<li>Anastomose the artery of the flap to the common carotid artery of the recipient animal in end-to-side fashion using the same suture material.</li>
 	<li>Obtain the perfusion of the graft, and then coapt the optic nerve of the flap to the distal stump of the great auricular nerve of the recipient animal in end-to-end fashion with four epineural sutures.</li>
 	<li>Finally, perform the complete tarsorrhaphy on the eye of the allograft using 8/0 monofilament nylon sutures.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Mode of Operation</h5>
The variable bypass vaporizers are the most commonly used vaporizes. Their working principle involves splitting the fresh gas flow and saturating a small portion completely with the volatile anesthetic before recombining into the main gas flow. This process is achieved by setting of the anesthetic concentration using the control dial and the pressurized chamber of the plenum vaporizers. These devices are also equipped with thermo-compensation capabilities for a steady vaporizer output.
<h5>Post-operative Care and Pain Management</h5>
Preventive measures for postoperative pain in the subject can be done by the administration of opioids such as buprenorphine before incision. After the surgery, the subject must be kept warm in a recovery unit using hot water blankets, hot water bottles, heat pads, and warm sterile saline before returning to its home cage. Recovery from anesthesia should be monitored closely and respiratory support, if needed, should be provided. Analgesic should be maintained postoperatively for up to 48 hours in increments of 24 hours or as required.  The subject can be returned to its home cage once it has recovered.

Check the wound redness, swelling or purulent discharge for at least 5 days. Also, monitor the body weights of the subjects daily. Rarely, postoperative prophylactic antibiotics can be administered to prevent infections. Euthanize the subject in case of an infection.
<h5>Applications</h5>
<strong>Study of Retinal Ganglion Cell Survival in an Optic Nerve Crush Injury Murine Model</strong>

Zhongshu Tang et al. conducted a detailed study on retinal ganglion cell survival using an optic nerve crush injury murine model. In the experiment, axonal degeneration followed by the progressive death of retinal ganglion cells (RGCs) resulted after optic injury, consequently leading to an irreversible vision loss. Traumatic optic neuropathy and optic nerve degeneration in glaucoma are examples of such diseases in humans. It is distinguished by regular transformations in the optic nerve head, progressive optic nerve degeneration, and loss of retinal ganglion cells.

The ophthalmic surgery kit is utilized to create the optic nerve crush (ONC) injury mouse model, which is an essential experimental disease model for traumatic optic neuropathy, and glaucoma. In this model, the crush injury to the optic nerve leads to progressive apoptosis of retinal ganglion cells. This disease model is widely used to investigate the general processes and mechanisms of neuronal death and survival, which is vital to the development of therapeutic measures.

<strong>Performing I<em>n Vivo</em> Ocular Enucleation in the Mouse after Eye Opening</strong>

In the experiment, a more comfortable and straightforward technique for the removal of one or both eyes is designed and validated for mice older than 20 days. Summarily expressed, curved forceps were used to clamp the optic nerve behind the eye. Then circular movements were performed to limit the optic nerve, and the eyeball was removed. The strength of this technique is high reproducibility, minimal to no bleeding, rapid postoperative recovery and a very low learning threshold for the researcher.

Eye enucleation in rodents and many species are widely performed using different methods, which often involve the removal of the eyelids and cutting the optic nerve. These methods are more invasive and have a higher learning curve than the technique used in the experiment. Without removing or suturing the eyelids, the post-surgery recovery time is depreciated, resulting in higher animal welfare and more reproducible results. The <em>in vivo</em> enucleation technique employed in the research has been successfully applied with minor modifications in rats and appears useful to study the afferent visual pathway of rodents in general.

<strong>Development of a Dry Eye Mouse Model Produced by Ex-orbital and Intra-orbital Lacrimal Gland Excision</strong>

Katsuhiko Shinomiya et al. created a new dry eye model by exorbital and intraorbital lacrimal gland excision. The chronic dry eye is an increasingly prevalent condition worldwide, causing loss of vision and adversely affecting the quality of life. They have developed an improved surgical mouse model for the dry eye based on severe aqueous fluid deficiency, by excising both the exorbital and intraorbital lacrimal glands (ELG and ILG, respectively) of mice. After ELG plus ILG excision, dry eye symptoms were assessed using fluorescein infiltration observation, tear production measurement, and histological analysis of ocular surface. Tear production in the model mice was significantly diminished compared with the controls. Histological examination revealed significant severe inflammatory changes in the cornea, conjunctiva or meibomian glands of the model mice after surgery. The rodent ophthalmic model is useful for investigating both pathophysiologies as well as new therapies for the tear-volume-reduction type dry eye.

<strong>Evaluation of Ocular Ischemic Syndrome</strong>

<strong> </strong>

The ocular ischemic model was designed to characterize the functional and morphologic changes caused by Bilateral Internal Carotid Artery Occlusion (BICAO). In the experiment, adult mice underwent BICAO or sham surgery. Variations in ocular blood flow and retinal circulation after surgery were investigated by MRA to verify the retinal blood flow occlusion. The images were taken to measure the thicknesses of the various retinal layers, and then the nucleus from the eyes was removed, and the enucleated eyes were embedded in paraffin for morphological and histological studies. The MRA images suggested that the ligation of both internal carotid arteries significantly diminished ocular blood flow and narrowed the blood vessels. Sham surgery or BICAO for seven days was evaluated by both ocular fundus photography and fluorescein angiography finding. The total retinal thickness and retinal ganglion cell density were reduced as compared with the sham group. However, no such variations were evident in the IPL layer in BICAO group, which was according to the results obtained from OCT images. The researchers successfully visualized the occlusion of blood flow after the BICAO by MRA, and angiography could also demonstrate that BICAO for 7 d was sufficient to maintain the retinal ischemia and induce the morphological changes. The protocol might be used as a mouse model for OIS in the future (Ling et al., 2017).

<strong>Designing Composite Orbital and Periorbital Allotransplantation Model</strong>

Vascularized composite allotransplantation has opened new avenues in reconstructive surgery and provided the researchers to reconstruct the defective tissue with the same tissue. The anatomic and histologic features of the eyeball are unique, and it is impossible to reconstruct the globe. The advancement in allotransplantation provided an option for the transplantation of eyeball. In the experiment, an orbital composite tissue allotransplantation model is designed. The results were encouraging and suggested that periorbital tissues together with the globe could be transplanted to another animal, even if they are not functional. However, a functional repair of the optic nerve might be possible in the future, given the significant advances in the field of neuro-ophthalmic, namely on the survival of the retinal ganglion cells and regeneration of the optic nerve. The allotransplantation model designed is providing essential hints about the issues that need to be studied before eye transplantation. Periorbital tissues with the globe can be transplanted from one individual to another, and the flap can survive, but the regeneration of the optic nerve regeneration and the survival of retinal ganglion cells are still the challenges that need to be overcome.

<strong>Evaluating Solid Organ Transplantation in Murine Corneal Transplantation Model</strong>

Several animal models exist for corneal transplantation and mice are the commonly used species. The strengths of using mice are the relative cost, the existence of various strains (genetically defined) that enable the researchers to study the immune responses, and the occurrence of an extensive array of reagents that can be used to define responses in this species further. The model created by ophthalmic surgery has defined factors in the cornea that are responsible for the relative immune privilege status of the ophthalmic tissues enabling corneal allografts to survive acute rejection in the absence of immunosuppressive therapy. The murine corneal transplantation model has also been used to define those factors that are most important in rejection of such allografts. Consequently, concerning mechanisms of both corneal allograft acceptance and rejection are understood studying murine models of corneal transplantation. The model allows the understudies to test various therapeutic strategies concerning eye diseases in an animal which have an immune system similar to that of humans. To that end, the existence of many reagents that react with murine factors as well as transgenic and gene-targeted mice permits evaluation of many more factors that would be the case with other species. This ability to evaluate numerous different factors, essential to both the success and failure of corneal allografts, is an added benefit of using the murine model as compared to other animal models in which surgery is more comfortable to perform due to the increased size of the eyes of the species.

<strong>Antifibrotic Drug Evaluation in </strong><strong>Glaucoma Filtration Surgical Mouse Model</strong>

Glaucoma is an optic neuropathy, which leads to blindness if left untreated. The most common risk factor in glaucoma is elevated intraocular pressure (IOP), which can be counteracted surgically by filtration surgery. The postoperative subconjunctival scarring response, however, remains the primary obstacle to achieving long-term surgical success. Anti-tumor agents such as mitomycin C is widely used to avoid postoperative subconjunctival scarring. The model of glaucoma filtration surgery in the mouse has shown that the mouse model typically scarred within 14 d, but when augmented with mitomycin C, animals maintained lower IOP for a more extended period. The blebs following mitomycin C treatment resembled morphologically well-documented clinical observations confirming the validity and clinical relevance of this model. The anti-scarring action of mitomycin C is likely to be due to its effects on conjunctival fibroblast proliferation, apoptosis and collagen deposition and the suppression of inflammation. The data supported the suitability of the glaucoma filtration surgery mouse model for studying the wound healing response in glaucoma filtration surgery, and as a potentially useful tool for the <em>in vivo</em> evaluation of anti-fibrotic therapeutics in the eye (Seet et al., 2011).
<h5>Precautions</h5>
The eye is a delicate organ, and requires extreme care before, during, and after a surgical procedure. An expert surgeon should select the appropriate surgical procedure and perform effective eye care. A complete understanding of eye functioning and ocular diseases is necessary to perform ophthalmological operations. The researcher needs to address three critical issues: First, ocular pain and blindness may endanger animal welfare. Second, several ocular diseases are vital signs of systemic disease with significant implications both for pets and laboratory animals. Third, eye diseases may complicate research efforts.

An appropriate strain and breed of the laboratory animal must be selected depending on the requirements of the investigation since the subject’s strain affects the ophthalmic manipulations. Other factors to be considered when selecting the subject are age and gender. Both these aspects influence eye physiology and morphology. Prepare a separate area from the surgical area for pre-operative preparations such as fur removal or hair trimming from the surgical site. The separate preoperative area is vital to eliminate contamination of the operative area. Before beginning the surgical procedure, ensure that all the equipment and the instruments are thoroughly cleaned and sterilized. Make sure that the subject is adequately anesthetized before beginning surgery. During surgery take care not to damage the surrounding tissues and muscles. Prepare an appropriate post-operative recovery area for the subject. Home cages that are to be used after the subject has recovered from surgery should be clean to avoid infecting the surgery area.

Topical application of the drugs may cause systemic absorption more relative to the size of the animal. Systemic absorption of the drugs may interfere with both the treatment of ocular disease and potential side effects, as the drug could act through circulating blood levels as well as by direct ocular penetration. The orbital vascular plexus, present in rodents and lagomorphs, differs substantially between species and understanding its anatomy is essential in orbital surgery and enucleation. Also, when evaluating ocular findings in experimental species derived from laboratory strains, the prevalence of inherited disease must be seen as a background against which other ocular diseases are noted. Background disease prevalence is particularly crucial among inbred strains, in which recessive genes may occur in a given strain not being used to study that specific trait.

Also, look out for the opening of sutures and displacement of pins after the surgery. Follow appropriate pain management protocols to avoid unnecessary discomfort for the subject. Care must be taken when translating results from rodent models of ophthalmic surgery to humans given their small size and skeletal differences
<h5>Precautions</h5>
Rodent models for ophthalmic surgery offer many advantages as compared to larger animals like cats and dogs. Despite the advantage of larger size, the handling and maintenance of large animals outweigh their strengths for being used as models in research. Additionally, the cost of husbandry is high in comparison to rodents. Also, the transgenic animals are not readily available for the larger animals. Rodents, on the other hand, are economical since they are inexpensive and have shorter breeding cycles. Further, rodents are well-researched animals, and their biological processes and responses to diet modifications and drug administration are well-documented. The availability of athymic, transgenic, and knock-out rodents also makes them a viable choice for biomedical investigations.

However, there are significant anatomical, physiological and pathobiological differences between the eyes of the dog and cat and those of the rabbit, guinea pig, mouse and rat which have substantial implications for the investigation of ophthalmic conditions in these animals. For pathological studies, the precorneal tear film glands in rodents may prolapse. Similarly, the orbital vascular plexus, present in rodents and lagomorphs, differs substantially between species and the knowledge of its anatomy is essential in orbital surgery and enucleation. Also, the small size of the globe in many species may complicate the procedures. Investigating conjunctivitis in rodents requires a full and thorough history and clinical examination of individual animals as well as of the group since the conjunctivitis is common in rodents and may be influenced by the environmental conditions, which may interfere with the undergoing ophthalmic research. Many laboratory rodents possess red crusting around their eyes in cases of ocular irritation, upper respiratory tract infection, and stress. Porphyrin pigmented tears in normal amounts are produced by the Harderian glands in several rodent species but mainly by the rat, also some other rodent species. Diseases such as mycoplasmosis and sialodacryoadentitis (SDA), nutritional deficiencies, and other physiologic stresses are the factors that may cause chromodacryorrhea in rodent models for ophthalmic research (Williams, 2007). Appropriate remedial action to remove the stressors (infections, environmental or management conditions) should be taken
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Ophthalmic research involves the improvement of treatments of ocular diseases and conditions.</li>
 	<li>Rodent models have significant advantages over large animal models such as low maintenance and cost, shorter breeding cycles, and faster regeneration.</li>
 	<li>Athymic, transgenic, and knock-out rodent model availability makes them ideal for various research requirements.</li>
 	<li>The precorneal tear film glands in rodents may prolapse in pathological conditions.</li>
 	<li>The orbital vascular plexus, present in rodents and lagomorphs, differs substantially between species and the understanding of its anatomy is essential in orbital surgery and enucleation.</li>
 	<li>Rodent strain, breed, and allergic history among other factors may influence the ophthalmic investigations.</li>
 	<li>Anesthesia induction can be done using inhalants or injectable agents. The depth of anesthesia should be verified before beginning surgical procedures.</li>
 	<li>During surgical procedures, care must be taken not to damage surrounding tissues or muscles.</li>
 	<li>A recovery area should be set-up and fluids should be replaced by subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injection of warm sterile saline.</li>
 	<li>Infections may influence the results of the investigation, hence, euthanizing the subject is recommended should it occur.</li>
 	<li>Appropriate pain management techniques should be followed.</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
Aerts, J., Nys, J., &amp; Arckens, L. (2014). A Highly Reproducible and Straightforward Method to Perform In Vivo Ocular Enucleation in the Mouse after Eye Opening. J Vis Exp, 92.

Ling, Y., Fu, Z., &amp; Wang, Y. (2017). Surgical model for ocular ischemic syndrome in mice. Biomedical Research, 28(14).

Seet, L.-F., Lee, W. S., Su, R., Finger, S. N., Crowston, J. G., &amp; Wong, T. T. (2011) Validation of the Glaucoma Filtration Surgical Mouse Model for Antifibrotic Drug Evaluation. Mol Med, 17(5-6), 557-567.

Shinomiya, K., Ueta, M., &amp; Kinoshita, S. (2018). A new dry eye mouse model produced by exorbital and intraorbital lacrimal gland excision. Scientific reports, 8.

Tang, Z., Zhang, S., Lee, C., Kumar, A., Arjunan, P., Li, Y., . . . Li, X. (2011). An Optic Nerve Crush Injury Murine Model to Study Retinal Ganglion Cell Survival. J Vis Exp, 50.

Williams, D. (2007). Rabbit and rodent ophthalmic. EJCAP, 17(3).

Yin, X.-T., Tajfirouz, D. A., &amp; Stuart, P. M. (2014). Murine Corneal Transplantation: A Model to Study the Most Common Form of Solid Organ Transplantation. J Vis Exp, 93.

Zor, F., &amp; Karagoz, H. (2015). Composite Orbital and Periorbital Allotransplantation Model. In M. Z. Siemionow, Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery (pp. 369-372). Chicago: Springer.ç
<table data-id="98c7e76">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Description</th>
<th>Quantity</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine fine cut-straight / pointed &amp; pointed/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12004-09</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Fine Cut-Bend/Pointed&amp;Pointed/9.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F31047-12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holder (Cut)-Straight/2.15mm Width/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F11001-11</td>
<td>Fine tweezers-straight/tip 0.2*0.12mm/11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-04</td>
<td>Stainless steel micro-vascular clamp-straight/4*0.75mm/16mm</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R34001-14</td>
<td>Vascular clamp holder-with stainless steel micro-vascular clamp/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11001-08</td>
<td>VANNAS Spring Shear-Straight/Mitsubishi/Pointed&amp;Pointed/8cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11002-08</td>
<td>VANNAS spring shear-bent/mitsubishi/pointed&amp;pointed/8cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F22002-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN mosquito hemostatic forceps-straight / 0.8mm wide / 10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F22003-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Hemostat-Curved/1mm Width/10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F35401-50</td>
<td>Non-absorbent polyester suture (with needle) -3/8 round needle / 5-0 (50/box)</td>
<td>0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S32003-12</td>
<td>Scalpel handle 3# (with ruler) -12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S31011-01</td>
<td>Surgical blade-11# (box x 100 pieces/box)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-SP0000-P</td>
<td>Surgical instrument bag-32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/opthomology-surgical-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Opthalmic-surgery.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>810.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0008-M/SP0008-R</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Cardiovascular Surgery Instrument Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Mouse Kit</h5>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="281">Operating Scissors (Round Type)</td>
<td width="286">S/S Str/11.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)</td>
<td width="286">S/S Str/9.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Spring Scissors (Triangular)</td>
<td width="286">S/S Str/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Large</td>
<td width="286">Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Dressing Forceps</td>
<td width="286">Str, 1.8mm Tips, 9cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps</td>
<td width="286">Str, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps</td>
<td width="286">Cvd, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">PGA Sutures w/Needle</td>
<td width="286">o1/2/4×10/90cm/5-0 (50/Box</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Sutures w/Needle</td>
<td width="286"> △3/8/2.5×7/30cm/6-0 (50/Box)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">STEVENS Hooks, 1 Angled Tooth</td>
<td width="286">(5mm long), 12.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">3×3 Teeth Retractors-Blunt</td>
<td width="286">4.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors</td>
<td width="286">Str, 12cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td width="286">Str/L*W 4*0.75mm/13mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Clip Applicator for R31005- and R31006-Clamps</td>
<td width="286">14cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Spinal Cord Hook</td>
<td width="286">Tip Dia. 3mm/12cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Instrument Storage Portfolio</td>
<td width="286">32*22cm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Rat Kit</h5>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="281">Operating Scissors (Round Type)</td>
<td width="286">S/S Str/12.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)</td>
<td width="286">S/S Str/10.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Spring Scissors (Triangular)</td>
<td width="286">S/S Str/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Large</td>
<td width="286">Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">IRIS Dissecting Forceps</td>
<td width="286">Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">HALSTED Mosquito Forceps</td>
<td width="286">Str, 1.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">HALSTED Mosquito Forceps</td>
<td width="286">Cvd, 1.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">PGA Sutures w/Needle</td>
<td width="286">o1/2/4×10/90cm/5-0 (50/Box)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Sutures w/Needle</td>
<td width="286">△3/8/2.5×7/30cm/6-0 (50/Box)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">STEVENS Hooks, 1 Angled Tooth (5mm long)</td>
<td width="286">12.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">3×3 Teeth Retractors-Blunt</td>
<td width="286">4.5cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors</td>
<td width="286">Str, 12cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td width="286">Str/L*W 4*0.75mm/13mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Spinal Cord Hook</td>
<td width="286">Tip Dia. 3mm/12cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Clip Applicator for R31005- and R31006-Clamps</td>
<td width="286">14cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="281">Instrument Storage Portfolio</td>
<td width="286">32*22cm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5></h5>
<h5>Introduction</h5>
Cardiovascular surgery is mainly performed to treat the complexities of ischemic heart diseases, congenital heart diseases, valvular heart diseases, endocarditis, rheumatic heart diseases, and atherosclerosis. It also includes heart transplantation.

The preferred rodent species for conducting cardiovascular research is shifting from rat to mouse. The main advantage of using the rat is its bigger size. However, the development of more sophisticated micro-dissecting microscopes and imaging devices, high-caliber microsurgical instruments, small catheters for hemodynamic measurements, etc., has made microsurgery in the mouse more feasible than rats. Mouse models mimicking human diseases are essential tools in biomedical research, which aim to understand the underlying mechanisms of many disease states. Mouse models have gained popularity because of their small size, rapid gestation age (21 days), relatively low husbandry costs, and convenience in housing and handling. Moreover, the extensively characterized mouse genome and gene-targeting (i.e., knockout) and transgenic overexpression experiments are widely performed using mice rather rats (Tarnavski, 2009).
<h5>Pre-operative Set-up and Anesthesia Induction</h5>
Thoroughly clean and sterilize the instruments used for the surgery.  Autoclave and disinfect the equipment. Clear the operating area of any disturbances and ensure asepsis. Before the surgery, record the subject identification details such as strain and gender, most importantly note the weight of the subject. Also, examine the subject physically to assess its health status and activeness. Ensure that the subject has been acclimated to the facility appropriately. The acclimation process can last from a few days to a couple of weeks.

<strong>Anesthesia</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Anesthetize the surgical subjects with pentobarbital 70 mg/kg in a solution of 15 mg/ml (Use a face mask or an anesthetic chamber to anesthetize the animals). Do not administer analgesics pre-operatively.</li>
 	<li>Shave the chest with a hair clipper or a razor.</li>
 	<li>Place the animal on the surgical stage in surgical position for the subsequent intubation, wire 3-0 silk behind the front incisors, pull taut and fix with tape.</li>
 	<li>Intubate the animal with a 20-ga catheter, attached to the extender.</li>
 	<li>Connect the intubation tube to the ventilator and start ventilating the animal.</li>
 	<li>Perform the surgical procedure at room temperature (except for the ischemia-reperfusion).</li>
 	<li>Prepare the surgical field.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Cardiovascular Surgery Protocols</h5>
<strong>Mouse Cardiac Surgery Protocol (Tarnavski et al., 2004)</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Open the chest with a lateral incision at the 4th intercostal space on the left side of the sternum and retract the chest.</li>
 	<li>Remove the pericardial sac and pass an 8-0 silk suture in the myocardium at the anterior surface of the heart for one second and then remove it.</li>
 	<li>Close the chest wall by approximating the third and fourth ribs with one or two interrupted sutures, return the muscles to their original position, and the skin closed with retract4-0 prolene suture.</li>
 	<li>Gently disconnect the animal from the ventilator.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Aortic Banding (Pressure-overload Model) Method (Tarnavski, 2009)</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Locally anesthetize the animal by injecting 0.1 ml of 0.2% lidocaine subcutaneously at the surgical site.</li>
 	<li>Transversely incise the skin 5-mm with scissors 1–2 mm higher than the level of the ‘‘armpit’’ (with paw extended at 90<sup>o</sup>) 2 mm away from the left sternal border.</li>
 	<li>Separate the two layers of thoracic muscles.</li>
 	<li>Separate the intercostal muscles in the 2d intercostal space.</li>
 	<li>Interpolate the chest retractor to facilitate the view.</li>
 	<li>Pull the thymus and surrounding fat behind the left arm of the retractor. Gently pull the pericardial sac and attach it to both arms of the retractor.</li>
</ul>
The steps mentioned above remain the same for both ascending aortic constriction and transverse aortic constriction.

<em>Ascending Aortic Constriction (AAC)</em>
<ol>
 	<li>Bluntly dissect the ascending portion of the aorta on its lateral side from the pulmonary trunk with Foerster curved forceps.</li>
 	<li>Place Foerster curved forceps from the medial side under the ascending aorta, hold the 7-0 silk suture on the opposite side and pass it underneath the aorta.</li>
 	<li>Tie a loose double knot to create a loop 7–10mm in diameter.</li>
 	<li>Position a needle of proper size into the circuit.</li>
 	<li>Tie the loop around the aorta and needle, and bind with the second knot; immediately remove the needle to provide a lumen with a stenotic aorta. Make another knot to secure the tie.</li>
 	<li>Remove the chest retractor and re-inflate the lungs.</li>
 	<li>Close the chest wound layer-by-layer.</li>
</ol>
<em>Transverse Aortic Constriction (TAC)</em>
<ol>
 	<li>Bluntly depart the thymus, and pericardial sac with slightly curved forceps, then separate the aortic arch from the surrounding tissues and vessels.</li>
 	<li>With the help of a blunted needle, create a way underneath the aortic arch.</li>
 	<li>With a ‘‘wire and snare’’ device, deliver a 7-0 silk suture underneath the aortic arch between the innominate and left carotid arteries.</li>
 	<li>Tie a loose double knot to create a loop 7–10mm in diameter.</li>
 	<li>Position a needle of proper size into the circuit.</li>
 	<li>Tie the circle around the aorta and needle, and secure with the second knot; remove the needle immediately to provide a lumen with a stenotic aorta. Make another knot to bind the tie.</li>
 	<li>Remove the chest retractor and re-inflate the lungs.</li>
</ol>
<strong>Pulmonary Artery Banding (Right Ventricular Pressure-overload Model) Method</strong>

The principle of pulmonary artery banding is similar to that of aortic banding. However, while performing this surgery, be careful of specific challenges.
<ol>
 	<li>Approach the great vessels via the second intercostal space.</li>
 	<li>To supplement the animal with local anesthesia inject 0.1 ml of 0.2% lidocaine subcutaneously at the surgical site.</li>
 	<li>Make a transverse 5-mm incision of the skin with scissors 1–2 mm higher than the level of the ‘‘armpit’’ (with paw extended at 90<sup>o</sup>) 2 mm away from the left sternal border.</li>
 	<li>Separate the two layers of thoracic muscle.</li>
 	<li>Isolate the intercostal muscles in the 2d intercostal space.</li>
 	<li>Interpolate the chest retractor to visualize the organs.</li>
 	<li>Pull the thymus and surrounding fat behind the left arm of the retractor. Gently draw the pericardial sac and attach it to both the arms of the retractor.</li>
 	<li>After moving the pericardium, observe the pulmonary trunk (partially covered by the left atrium).</li>
 	<li>With the help of Foerster curved forceps, bluntly dissect the pulmonary trunk from the aorta (on the left) and left atrium (on the right).</li>
 	<li>With a blunted needle, create a passage under the pulmonary trunk.</li>
 	<li>With the help of a ‘‘wire and snare’’ device, move the 7-0 silk suture underneath the pulmonary trunk.</li>
 	<li>Tie a loose double knot to create a loop 7–10mm in diameter.</li>
 	<li>Position an appropriately sized needle into the loop.</li>
 	<li>Tie the loop around the aorta and needle and secure with the second knot; immediately remove the needle to provide a lumen with a stenotic pulmonary artery. Make another knot to secure the tie.</li>
 	<li>As the heart rate significantly slows down, stimulate the mouse.</li>
 	<li>Remove the chest retractor and re-inflate the lungs.</li>
 	<li>Close the chest wound layer-by-layer.</li>
</ol>
<strong>Myocardial Infarction Model (Permanent Ligation of the Artery) Protocol</strong>
<ol>
 	<li>For local anesthesia, inject 0.1 ml of 0.2% lidocaine subcutaneously at the surgical site.</li>
 	<li>Make an oblique 8-mm incision of the skin (parallel to ribs) 2 mm far from the left sternal border toward the left armpit (1–2 mm below it).</li>
 	<li>Separate the two layers of the thoracic muscle.</li>
 	<li>Separate the intercostal muscles in the fourth intercostal space.</li>
 	<li>Insert the chest retractor to facilitate the view.</li>
 	<li>Gently pull apart the pericardial sac and attach it to both arms of the retractor.</li>
 	<li>Locate the left anterior descending (LAD) coronary artery.</li>
 	<li>Pass the tapered needle with 7-0 silk suture underneath the LAD.</li>
 	<li>Tie the suture with one double and then with one single knot.</li>
 	<li>Remove the chest retractor and close the wound layer-by-layer.</li>
</ol>
<strong>Ischemia-Reperfusion Model Protocol</strong>
<ol>
 	<li>Hold the artery and place the suture (same as step 1-8 above).</li>
 	<li>To create ischemia, tie the temporary suture around the LAD. Cover the incision with wet gauze to prevent drying.</li>
 	<li>Release the tie (do not remove the suture) at the end of ischemia and observe the reperfusion.</li>
 	<li>If the procedure is survival, leave the suture underneath the LAD and close the chest wound layer-by-layer.</li>
 	<li>Retie the suture to demarcate the area at risk by infusion of blue dye.</li>
</ol>
<strong>Coronary Artery Ligation and Intra-myocardial Injection in a Murine Model of Infarction Protocol </strong>(Virag &amp; Lust, 2011)
<ul>
 	<li>Intubate the animals intratracheally by transesophageal illumination using a fiber-optic light.</li>
 	<li>Connect the tubing to the ventilator.</li>
 	<li>Expose the pectoral muscles by making an incision on the chest to view the ribs.</li>
 	<li>For ischemia/reperfusion studies, place a 1 cm piece of PE tubing over the heart to tie the ligature to so that occlusion/reperfusion can be customized.</li>
 	<li>For intramyocardial injections, use a syringe with a sterile 30gauge beveled needle.</li>
 	<li>Complete the myocardial manipulations, close the rib cage, the pectoral muscles, and the skin sequentially.</li>
 	<li>Apply 0.25% Bupivacaine in sterile saline to muscle layer before the closure of the skin.</li>
 	<li>Give a subcutaneous injection of saline and place the mice in a warming chamber until they are sternally recumbent.</li>
 	<li>Return the animals to the vivarium and housed under standard conditions until the time of tissue collection.</li>
 	<li>Anesthetize the mice, arrest the heart in diastole with KCl or BDM, rinse with saline, and immerse in fixative.</li>
 	<li>Subsequently, perform routine procedures for processing, embedding, sectioning, and histological staining.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Postoperative Management</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Administer the first dose of the analgesic (0.1 mg/kg) intraperitoneally at the completion of the surgery.</li>
 	<li>Move the animal to another ventilator in the recovery area with 100% oxygen loosely connected to its inflow.</li>
 	<li>Provide heat by either a 60-W lamp or a heating pad at a low setting.</li>
 	<li>Once the mouse attempts to breathe spontaneously (generally after 45–60 min), disconnect the intubation tube from the ventilator.</li>
 	<li>Keep the intubation tube in the trachea for another 10–15 min until the mouse resumes the regular breathing pattern.</li>
 	<li>Provide supplementary oxygen (the mouse is placed next to the source of oxygen).</li>
 	<li>Extubate the mouse and return it to a clean, warm cage.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Applications</h5>
<strong>Genomic Study of Coronary Diseases in Murine Models</strong>

Mouse models mimicking human cardiac diseases are essential paradigms to explain the underlying mechanisms of many disease states. Several surgical models have been developed that mimic human myocardial infarction (MI) and pressure-overload-induced cardiac hypertrophy. Microarray technologies, used in the research, measure the expression of thousands of genes simultaneously, allowing for the identification of genes and pathways that may potentially be involved in the disease process. In the study, a description of three major surgical procedures has been discussed: 1) aortic constriction, 2) pulmonary artery banding, 3) MI (including ischemia-reperfusion).  The cardiac surgery techniques mentioned have been and will continue to be, essential for elucidating the molecular mechanisms of cardiac hypertrophy and genome profiling.

<strong>Evaluation of Galectin-1: a Biomarker of Surgical Stress in Murine Model of Cardiac Surgery </strong>(Hashmi &amp; Al-Salam, 2015)

Galectin-1 (GAL-1) is a member of the β-galactoside-binding lectins family. GAL-1 regulates cell-cell and cell-matrix interactions, the immune response, apoptosis, cell cycle, RNA splicing, and neoplastic transformation. Satwat and Suhail investigated the effect of heart manipulation secondary to cardiac surgery on the level of GAL-1 in murine heart and plasma. They used male C57B6/J mice for the adopted model of cardiac surgery. Then the heart samples were processed for immunohistochemical and immunofluorescent labeling; Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay and quantitative RT-PCR to identify GAL-1 levels in the heart and plasma during the first 24 hours following cardiac surgery. Results suggested that the GAL-1 is a valuable biomarker of surgical stress.

<strong>Evaluating Coronary Artery Ligation and Intramyocardial Injection in a Murine Model of Infarction</strong>

Mouse models are widely used to study acute injury and chronic remodeling of the myocardium <em>in vivo</em>. With the advancement of genetic modifications to the whole organism or the myocardium and an array of biological and synthetic materials, there is an excellent potential for any combination of these to mitigate the extent of the acute ischemic injury and impede the onset of heart failure according to myocardial remodeling.

The study presented the methods and materials used to perform the microsurgery reliably and the modifications for temporary (with reperfusion) or permanent coronary artery occlusion studies as well as intramyocardial injections. Development of miniature technology for imaging <em>in vivo</em>, analyzing large-scale genomics and proteomics, drug screening, efficacy of cell-based and/or protein therapies as well as biomaterials, combined with the increasingly wide range of genetic manipulations afforded by ubiquitous or tissue-specific transgenic or mutant/knockout mice, the murine model of myocardial infarction, undoubtedly, continue to be an invaluable tool in evaluating acute cardiac injury and long-term remodeling. Therefore, there is an absolute value in being able to perform these experiments reliably and reproducibly.
<h5>Precautions</h5>
Murine cardiac surgical procedures are relatively short, so it is not necessary to withhold food and water from mice before the surgery. Before starting the surgical procedure, ensure the adequate depth of the anesthesia using a toe pinch test or other anesthesia assessment tests. It is important not to disturb or agitate the animal while the anesthetic is taking effect to ensure smooth induction and facilitate subsequent procedures. Do not administer pre-surgical analgesia (buprenorphine) since narcotic analgesics are known to depress the respiratory center and may interfere with the survival after the open-chest surgery. Since the described surgical procedures are relatively short (15–20 min), it is not critical to strictly regulate the core temperature of the mouse. Do not pull apart the pericardial sac with too much force as it may rupture the wall of the left superior vena cava and cause bleeding that can be fatal. The significant challenges that arise during the cardiac surgery are because of the extremely thin and delicate walls of the pulmonary trunk and the incapacity of the right ventricle to undergo stress while the pulmonary artery is being manipulated. Carry out the whole surgical procedure under aseptic conditions.
<h5>Strengths and Limitations of Rodent Models for Cardiac Surgery</h5>
The most widely used rodent species for conducting cardiovascular research is the mouse. The significant advantage of using the rat is its bigger size. However, the development of micro-dissecting microscopes and other imaging devices, high-caliber microsurgical instruments, small catheters for hemodynamic measurements, etc., has made microsurgery in the mouse as feasible as in the rat. Mouse models have gained popularity because of their small size, rapid gestation age (21 days), relatively low maintenance costs, convenience in housing and handling, and fewer compound requirements for pharmacological studies. Use of a simple dissecting scope or magnifying glass and well-lit conditions enable the vasculature to be seen readily. To exterminate the risk of postoperative mortality, it is essential to avoid severing large vessels since the total blood volume of a 25g mouse is less than 2ml. If excessive bleeding occurs, gentle application of pressure or pinpoint cauterization can be used to stop the bleeding. Also, the mouse genome has been extensively characterized, and gene-targeted (i.e., knockout) and transgenic overexpression experiments are more commonly performed using mice rather than rats.
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Cardiovascular surgery focuses on the heart and blood vessels. Cardiac surgery is mainly performed to treat the complexities of ischemic heart diseases, congenital heart diseases, valvular heart diseases, endocarditis, rheumatic heart diseases, and atherosclerosis.</li>
 	<li>Mouse models have gained popularity because of their small size, rapid gestation age (21 days), relatively low husbandry costs, convenience in housing and handling, and fewer compound requirements for pharmacological studies.</li>
 	<li>With the advancement of genetic modifications to the whole organism or the myocardium and an array of biological and synthetic materials, there is an excellent potential for any combination of these to mitigate the extent of the acute ischemic injury and impede the onset of heart failure pursuant to myocardial remodeling.</li>
 	<li>Do not administer pre-surgical analgesia (buprenorphine) since narcotic analgesics are known to depress the respiratory center and may interfere with the survival after the open-chest surgery.</li>
 	<li>The significant challenges that arise during cardiac surgery are the extremely thin and delicate walls of the pulmonary trunk and the incapacity of the right ventricle to undergo stress while the pulmonary artery is being manipulated. Be careful during the operative procedures.</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Hashmi, S., &amp; Al-Salam, S. (2015). Galectin-1: a biomarker of surgical stress in a murine model of cardiac surgery. Int J Clin Exp Pathol, 8, 7157-7164.Tarnavski, O. (2009). Mouse surgical models in cardiovascular research. Methods Mol Biol, 573, 115-37.Tarnavski, O., McMullen, J. R., Schinke, M., Nie, Q., Kong, S., &amp; Izumo, S. (2004). Mouse cardiac surgery: comprehensive techniques for the generation of mouse models of human diseases and their application for genomic studies. Physiol Genomics, 16, 349-360.Virag, J. A., &amp; Lust, R. M. (2011). Coronary Artery Ligation and Intramyocardial Injection in a Murine Model of Infarction. J Vis Exp, 52, 2581.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/rodent-cardiovascular-surgery-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/SP0002-G_group-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>889.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0003-M/RWD-SP0003-R</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Microsurgery Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
 	<li><a href="#spe">
Specifications
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#introduction">
Introduction
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#mic">
Microsurgery
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#appli">
Applications
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#pre">
Precautions
</a></li>
 	<li><a href="#ref">
References
</a></li>
</ul>
<h3>Mouse Kit</h3>
<table data-id="6e2edc9">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Description</th>
<th>Quantity</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine fine cut-straight / pointed &amp; pointed/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12004-09</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Fine Cut-Bend/Pointed&amp;Pointed/9.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F31047-12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holder (Cut)-Straight/2.15mm Width/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F11001-11</td>
<td>Fine tweezers-straight/tip 0.2*0.12mm/11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-04</td>
<td>Stainless steel micro-vascular clamp-straight/4*0.75mm/16mm</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R34001-14</td>
<td>Vascular clamp holder-with stainless steel micro-vascular clamp/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11001-08</td>
<td>VANNAS Spring Shear-Straight/Mitsubishi/Pointed&amp;Pointed/8cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11002-08</td>
<td>VANNAS spring shear-bent/mitsubishi/pointed&amp;pointed/8cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F22002-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN mosquito hemostatic forceps-straight / 0.8mm wide / 10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F22003-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Hemostat-Curved/1mm Width/10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F35401-50</td>
<td>Non-absorbent polyester suture (with needle) -3/8 round needle / 5-0 (50/box)</td>
<td>0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S32003-12</td>
<td>Scalpel handle 3# (with ruler) -12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S31011-01</td>
<td>Surgical blade-11# (box x 100 pieces/box)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-SP0000-P</td>
<td>Surgical instrument bag-32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3>Rat Kit</h3>
<table data-id="f3a2c16">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Description</th>
<th>Quantity</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12005-10</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine fine cut-straight / pointed &amp; pointed/10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S12004-09</td>
<td>IRIS-Fine Fine Cut-Bend/Pointed&amp;Pointed/9.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F31047-12</td>
<td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holder (Cut)-Straight/2.15mm Width/12cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F11001-11</td>
<td>Fine tweezers-straight/tip 0.2*0.12mm/11cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-04</td>
<td>Stainless steel micro-vascular clamp-straight/4*0.75mm/16mm</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R34001-14</td>
<td>Vascular clamp holder-with stainless steel micro-vascular clamp/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11001-08</td>
<td>VANNAS Spring Shear-Straight/Mitsubishi/Pointed&amp;Pointed/8cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S11002-08</td>
<td>VANNAS spring shear-bent/mitsubishi/pointed&amp;pointed/8cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F22002-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN mosquito hemostatic forceps-straight / 0.8mm wide / 10.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F22003-10</td>
<td>HARTMAN Mosquito Hemostat-Curved/1mm Width/10cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-F35401-50</td>
<td>Non-absorbent polyester suture (with needle) -3/8 round needle / 5-0 (50/box)</td>
<td>0.2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S32003-12</td>
<td>Scalpel handle 3# (with ruler) -12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-S31011-01</td>
<td>Surgical blade-11# (box x 100 pieces/box)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-SP0000-P</td>
<td>Surgical instrument bag-32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
Microsurgery is performed under magnification employing advanced diploscopes, specialized precision tools, and various operating procedures. The microsurgical methods are primarily used for tissue transplantation and reattachment of the amputated body parts of the rodents.

The introduction of the operating microscope made microsurgical procedures more comfortable, and with it, microsurgery involving tissue transplantation began. In the 1960s, the microsurgical techniques gained popularity as the rabbit’s ear was replanted using a microsurgical procedure, which was a remarkable achievement in the discipline of microsurgery since the vessels anastomosed were small. The success of the procedure during the 1960s further strengthened the microsurgical composite tissue transfer techniques in the 1970s. During the next decade, autologous tissue transplantation was introduced. The success of the procedures over the years made microsurgery a significant procedure in rodent surgery. Shorter breeding cycles, faster regeneration, lower costs, and easier handling make rodents ideal for microsurgery research.
<h6>Preoperative Set-Up and Anesthesia Induction</h6>
Physically examine the animals before starting the surgical procedure. Animals should be monitored for nutritional status, quality of fur (thinning, dirty), and behavior (movements of the limbs and trunk, abnormal gait, rigid walking, and a flat abdomen as a sign of pain). Also, inspect the natural orifices for discharge from the nose, increased salivation, and impurities around the anus and genitals, and observe the condition of the eyes. It is also essential to monitor the breathing pattern because non-manifesting subclinical pulmonary diseases can lead to severe respiratory failure in general anesthesia with subsequent death of the animal.

Pre-anesthetic medications can be applied to prevent bradycardia and suppress bronchoconstriction. Rat’s liver produces atropine esterase, which may resist the atropine effect; therefore repeated injections might be required. Anesthesia is usually induced in the subject with the help of anesthetic systems using a face mask or an anesthetic chamber. Select the appropriate dose and duration of the anesthetic agent depending on the weight of the animal. Once the anesthesia is induced, assess the depth of anesthesia using the toe pinch test. Monitor the subjects for physiological parameters throughout the surgical procedures to ensure that the anesthesia is effective.
<h2>Microsurgery Protocols</h2>
<h6>Preparation of the Vessel</h6>
<ul>
 	<li>Place a strip of silicon gloves behind the dissected vessel to avoid contamination of the anastomotic area.</li>
 	<li>Gently place a vascular clamp on the proximal and the distal part of the artery.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Note:</strong> The distance between the vessel ends must be 1mm.
<ul>
 	<li>Cut the vessels by perpendicularly placing the scissors on the vessel axis. Irrigate the lumen with a solution.</li>
 	<li>Remove the adventitia from a few millimeters of distance from the edges. If the distal end is not used for anastomosis, ligate the distal end of the vessel.</li>
 	<li>Dilate the lumen of the dissected vessel with tweezers to avoid spasms and widen the diameter to a maximum of 1.5 times the original width.</li>
 	<li>Use an isotonic solution to rinse the wounds. To prevent vasospasms wash the vessel lumen with the solution.</li>
</ul>
<h6>End-to-End Anastomosis</h6>
<h4>Continuous Suture</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>The upper pole is defined as “12 o’clock” and the lower pole as “6 o’clock”.</li>
 	<li>Place the first suture at the center of the posterior wall (12 o’clock).</li>
 	<li>Place the second suture on the anterior wall (6 o’clock).</li>
 	<li>Fix one end of each stitch temporarily in gentle tension to keep the vessel lumen flattened and expanded.</li>
 	<li>Begin anastomosis from 12 o’clock from the posterior wall of the vessel towards 6 o’clock (To avoid the accidental stitching of the dorsal wall place the plastic cannula with the appropriate diameter into the lumen during the suture).</li>
 	<li>Knot the first thread of the suture to one or both strands at 6 o’clock. Complete the continuous sutures by suturing the anterior wall from 6 o’clock to 12 o’clock, where the thread at 6 o’clock is tied to one of the threads at 12 o’clock.</li>
</ul>
<strong>Note:</strong> The artery anastomosis is more comfortable than the vein as the fine venous wall, and the lumen may collapse during the suturing procedure.
<h4>Interrupted Suture</h4>
For the end-to-end interrupted suture technique, clamp the vessels by placing three main sutures and dividing the circumference of the vessels into three equal 120° segments.
<ul>
 	<li>Place the additional sutures between the main stitches on the anterior vessel wall.</li>
 	<li>Then rotate the clamps by 180o to allow the suturing of the posterior wall.</li>
 	<li>Place the posterior and anterior sutures. Rotate the vessel 90°s by traction of the two stay sutures, to present half of the vessel anteriorly.</li>
 	<li>Place the third, fourth, and fifth sutures. After traction on the two stay sutures rotate the vessel 90°s back to its original position.</li>
 	<li>In a further 90° rotation, present the opposite unstitched half of the vessel anteriorly.</li>
 	<li>After completing the suturing process, reposition the vessel to its original position.</li>
</ul>
<h3></h3>
<h3>End-to-Side Anastomosis</h3>
<h4>Continuous Suture</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Knot the corner at the heel of the anastomosis leaving the short end longer so that it can be used for tying later.</li>
 	<li>Stitch the apex of anastomosis at a 180° angle from the first corner knot by taking the second thread.</li>
 	<li>Make a continuous suture of the posterior wall by using the thread from the heel stitch.</li>
 	<li>Gently tighten the suture and tie the knot with the shorter end of the “apex stitch.”</li>
 	<li>Continue suturing the anterior wall by using the longer end of the “apex stitch.”</li>
 	<li>Tie the final knot with the shorter end of the “heel stitch” by tightening the threads.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Interrupted Suture</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Knot the corner from inside to outside by suturing into the graft vessel.</li>
 	<li>Place a stitch from inside towards out in the recipient’s vessel by using the second needle of the same thread.</li>
 	<li>Tie the first knot by gently tightening both vessels.</li>
 	<li>Stitch the second corner at a 180° angle from the first one and knot it. Using a backhand technique, place other stitches on the posterior wall.</li>
 	<li>Place the sutures by starting from the corner towards the center of the anastomosis. Tie the knots consecutively after placing the stitches on the posterior wall.</li>
 	<li>Expose the anterior wall by turning the graft over.</li>
 	<li>Examine the interior of the anastomosis to make sure that the sutures are placed correctly.</li>
 	<li>Complete the suturing of the anterior wall in the same fashion as the posterior wall.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Cuff Technique for Vascular Anastomosis</h3>
The Cuff technique is a more straightforward method of microvascular anastomosis. The cuffing technique employs polyethylene cuffs that are inserted into the donor and recipient vessels. The technique is becoming an alternative method to standard vascular anastomosis for many transplantation models in rats in end-to-end vascular anastomosis.
This method is commonly performed for large rat vessels; however, the method can be modified for biliary anastomosis after liver transplantation. Being inexpensive, comfortable, and fast the cuff technique is preferred over other anastomotic procedures.
Polyethylene or the angio-catheter cuff is used for vascular anastomosis. The cuffs are available in various sizes and are chosen depending on the diameter of the cuffed vessels. After inserting the angio-guidewire or other metal rods into the catheter, create a 1.5 mm long flap and cut the 1.5 mm-long body of the cuff. The flap helps to hold the cuff with a clamp during the implantation.
The basic procedure of the cuff technique involves the following steps:
<ul>
 	<li>Pull the donor vessel through the circular cuff which is held beside the extension handle of the cuff.</li>
 	<li>Fold the vessel over the cuff. Bind the folded vessel to the cuff with a nylon tie.</li>
 	<li>Insert the cuffed donor vessel into the recipient's vessel and knot it with another nylon tie.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Organ Transplantation</h3>
<h4>Kidney Graft Procurement Protocol</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Make a midline incision opening the abdominal cavity of the animal.</li>
 	<li>Remove the retroperitoneal adipose tissue present around the renal artery and vein.</li>
 	<li>Ligate the suprarenal vein and dissect it.</li>
 	<li>Separate the renal vessels from the retroperitoneal tissues.</li>
 	<li>Isolate the ureters from the retroperitoneal tissue and cut them at the distal end.</li>
 	<li>Separate the kidney from the surrounding tissues.</li>
 	<li>Use a solution to irrigate the inferior cava vein.</li>
 	<li>Place the holding clip on the aorta above the stump of the renal artery.</li>
 	<li>Cut the renal vessels nearby the aorta and the caudal caval vein.</li>
 	<li>Remove the excess tissue from the distal part of the ureter and renal vessels so that the ends can be prepared for anastomosis and perfuse the kidney with the saline solution through the renal artery.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Kidney Graft Transplantation Protocol</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Open the abdominal cavity of the animal by making a midline incision.</li>
 	<li>Clean the capillary bleeding from the incision edges.</li>
 	<li>Perform left nephrectomy of the recipient to ligate the renal vessels and ureter and to dissect the renal vessels nearby the kidney hilus.</li>
 	<li>Wash the renal vessel stumps with a cold solution.</li>
 	<li>Begin the arterial anastomosis by placing two fixating stitches at a distance of 40% in diameter from each other on the recipient's renal artery.</li>
 	<li>Place four stitches equidistantly on the anterior side of the arterial anastomosis. Rotate the artery by 180° to complete the stitching of the posterior side of the anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>Put five stitches equidistantly on the posterior side of the anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>Place two fixating sutures on both corners of the recipient renal vein.</li>
 	<li>Perform continuous sutures for the venous anastomosis of the dorsal vein.</li>
 	<li>Start the stitching from the upper polus thread towards the distal polus.</li>
 	<li>Perform the anastomosis on the anterior vein wall in the same manner.</li>
 	<li>Congeal the sutures and take away the fixating stitches. Remove the clips and restore the blood flow to the graft (first from the vein after the artery).</li>
 	<li>Stop the bleeding by pressing with warm sterile gauze.</li>
 	<li>Get rid of the adipose tissue from the recipient and donor ureters.</li>
 	<li>Make two opposite stitches on the ureter-ureteral anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>Complete the anastomosis by putting two stitches equidistantly between the recipient and donor ureters.</li>
 	<li>Flush the abdominal cavity with warm saline and close it in two layers.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Microsurgical Implantation of the Rodent's Heart Protocol</h3>
<h4>Pre-surgery Preparations</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Check the donor's physical condition, weigh the donor animal, and calculate the dose of anesthesia.</li>
 	<li>Anesthetize the donor using a nose cone.</li>
 	<li>Shave the complete incision line and some surrounding skin.</li>
 	<li>Treat the skin using alcohol.</li>
 	<li>Cover the donor's eyes with a proper ointment and put it onto the heating pad with the backside down.</li>
 	<li>Cover the animal with a sterile cloth to provide a sterile field around the incision. Give a single bolus dose of solution for intra-operative pain relief.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Recipient's Preparation</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Open the abdominal cavity by making a midline incision.</li>
 	<li>Clean the blood from the incision edges of the vessels and insert abdominal retractors.</li>
 	<li>Withdraw the bowels to the left side of the animal and wrap them in wet gauze.</li>
 	<li>Uncover the infrarenal portion of the great vessels, 4 cm by length, by dissecting the retroperitoneal fascia.</li>
 	<li>Dissect around great vessels and underneath them using two forceps (one straight, one curved).</li>
 	<li>Ligate all branches with silk. Separate the remaining tissues surrounding the great vessels and put vascular micro-clamps on the inferior vena cava and the abdominal aorta.</li>
 	<li>Put the bowels back into the abdomen and flush them with warm saline during the donor harvesting operation.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Heart Graft Procurement Protocol</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Expose the great vessels by making a midline incision in the abdominal cavity.</li>
 	<li>Collect 5 ml of blood from the aorta in the abdomen.</li>
 	<li>Close the puncture site immediately with a hemostat to avoid excessive bleeding.</li>
 	<li>Inject heparin diluted in cold saline in the inferior vena cava via a needle and congeal the puncture site with the hemostat.</li>
 	<li>Expose the aortic arch by dissecting the thymus and performing the midline sternotomy.</li>
 	<li>With the help of fine forceps, clean the innominate artery and place a long silk suture around to ease the innominate artery catheterization with a blunt cannula and seal it by ligation.</li>
 	<li>Open the innominate artery, insert the blunt cannula heading to the aortic root, and tighten the strap.</li>
 	<li>Clip the rest of the aortic arch with a hemostat and administer cold cardioplegic solution slowly via the aortic cannula to arrest the heart and control the coronary vessels washout.</li>
 	<li>Meanwhile, incise the superior and inferior vena cava to avoid heart-filling and distention. Apply ice to the heart as soon as possible.</li>
 	<li>After heart arrest, take the cannula out from the brachiocephalic trunk.</li>
 	<li>Ligate the right and left lungs close to the hilus with a silk suture and cut both lungs away. Do blunt dissection, ligation, and cut off the inferior vena cava, left superior vena cava, and right superior vena cava.</li>
 	<li>Clean the aorta and pulmonary artery for blood and excessive tissues. Split the aorta just before the brachiocephalic trunk, the pulmonary artery, and just below its bifurcation, in one cut (straight microsurgical scissors).</li>
 	<li>Use the ice-cold cardioplegic solution to keep the heart until re-implantation.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Heart Transplantation Method</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Carefully place the bowels on the recipient's left side and drape them in wet gauze carefully.</li>
 	<li>Place vascular micro-clamps on the inferior vena cava and the abdominal aorta on prepared spots.</li>
 	<li>With the help of a needle, make a small hole in the center of the clipped aortic segment, then perform a midline aortotomy approximately 4 mm long (to match with donor aorta circumference) and immediately flush the lumen.</li>
 	<li>Similarly cut the inferior vena cava; however, the vein incision should be slightly longer (6 mm) to prevent obstruction.</li>
 	<li>Place the donor's heart on the right side of the abdomen and correctly orient it so that the graft aorta leads to the abdominal aorta and the pulmonary artery to the inferior vena cava wrap the graft into gauze soaked in ice-cold saline and add some ice if needed.</li>
 	<li>Perform the suturing with nylon stitches with a round-bodied needle.</li>
 	<li>Place two anchor stitches at the heel and the toe. Stitch continuously from one to the opposite anchor stitch with fine steps.</li>
 	<li>After reaching the opposite anchor stitch, knot the continuous sutures to prevent purse stringing the anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>After completing one side of the anastomosis, flip the heart to the opposite side of the abdomen and finish the other half of the anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>Proceed with the anastomosis of the pulmonary artery and inferior vena cava similar to the aortic anastomosis, but without flipping the heart.</li>
 	<li>Begin with the posterior wall and then finish the anterior part of the anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>Remove the gauze and ice, and check both anastomoses for any gaps, which can be repaired with a single stitch.</li>
 	<li>First, remove the distal clamps and look for any excessive bleeding.</li>
 	<li>Later, remove both proximal clamps and hold the graft aorta closed with fine forceps, and let the potential air exit via needle holes.</li>
 	<li>Place a dry gauze around the anastomosis. Put a soaked gauze over the heart, and the transplanted heart should start beating within 5s.</li>
 	<li>Remove all the instruments and gauze from the abdominal cavity and check for excessive bleeding.</li>
 	<li>In case of no bleeding, replace the bowels carefully in their anatomical position, wash them with warm saline, and close the abdominal cavity in anatomical layers.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Heterotopic Abdominal Heart and Lung Transplantation Protocol</h3>
<h4>Recipient Preparation</h4>
Follow the recipient preparation steps mentioned above with the only difference in the inferior vena cava preparation. Do not anastomose the inferior vena cava and do not clean or ligate the branches of the inferior vena cava.
<h4>Heart and Lung Grafts Procurement</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Steps 1-6 are the same as for the heart transplantation procedure. And the rest of the procedure is discussed below:</li>
 	<li>Ligate the inferior and pos-caval lobe of the right lung with a silk suture, so two upper lobes remain untouched.</li>
 	<li>Ligate and cut the left lung close to the hilus later. Bluntly dissect, ligate, and cut off the inferior vena cava, left superior vena cava, and right superior vena cava.</li>
 	<li>Clean the aorta and cut just before the brachiocephalic trunk.</li>
 	<li>Use the ice-cold cardioplegic solution to keep the heart until re-implantation.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Heart and Lung Transplantation Protocol</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Carefully withdraw the bowels to the recipient's left side and cover them in wet gauze.</li>
 	<li>Put vascular micro-clips to the abdominal aorta in prepared spots.</li>
 	<li>Make a small hole in the center of the clamped aortic segment, then with the help of straight micro-scissors, perform a midline incision of the aorta approximately 4 mm long and immediately flush the lumen with the heparin-saline solution.</li>
 	<li>Put the donor heart on the right side of the abdomen and orient it in the direction that the graft aorta leads to the abdominal aorta and cover the graft with gauze soaked in ice-cold saline.</li>
 	<li>Perform the stitching with a nylon suture with a round-bodied needle.</li>
 	<li>Place two anchor stitches at the heel and the toe.</li>
 	<li>After completing one side of the anastomosis, flip the heart to the opposite side of the abdomen and finish the anastomosis.</li>
 	<li>Remove the cold gauze and ice, and check both anastomoses for any gaps, which can be repaired with a single stitch. First, remove the distal clamps and look for severe bleeding. Later, remove both the proximal clamps and meanwhile, hold the graft aorta close with fine forceps, letting the potential air exit via needle holes.</li>
 	<li>Place dry gauze around the anastomose to support hemostasis. Put gauze soaked in warm saline over the heart, and the transplanted heart should start beating within 5s.</li>
 	<li>Take away all the instruments and gauze from the abdominal cavity and once again examine for potential bleeding.</li>
 	<li>In the case of proper graft functioning with no bleeding observed, put back the bowels carefully in their anatomical position, wash them with warm saline, and close the abdominal cavity in anatomical layers.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Orthotopic Lung Transplantation Procedure</h3>
Orotracheally intubate and mechanically ventilate all the animals, using the same respirator and ventilation management as for donor animals. With the recipient animal positioned for a left thoracotomy, shave the left lateral thorax and clean it with a 75% alcohol solution.
<h4>Triple Axis Stabilizer</h4>
An aluminum plate probed with an L-shaped 2 mm steel wire serves as a base for a 15 cm long steel cylinder. To allow vertical movement in the cylinder, tap the cylinder on the side. Mount a mosquito clamp on top and anchor it with an articulated joint. Intraoperatively, attach an aneurysm clip clamping the cuffed vessels and the recipient bronchus during anastomosis to the mosquito clamp. This construction allows for precise longitudinal movements of the clip on a vertical and horizontal axis as well as rotation on a vertical axis.
<h4>Operating Procedure</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Make a skin incision approximately 1 cm below the inferior margin of the scapula and cut the subcutaneous tissue and muscles exposing the lateral chest wall. For hemostasis, use bipolar cautery. For accurate visibility of the hilar structures, open the thoracic cavity in the fourth interspace reaching from the sternum anteriorly to the thoracic vertebrae posteriorly.</li>
 	<li>Apply a common wound retractor in the 4th interspace between the 4th and 5th rib to enable access to the left hemithorax.</li>
 	<li>Separate the left inferior pulmonary ligament using bipolar cautery and withdraw the left native lung outside the thoracic cavity. Use ordinary Q-tips to anchor the retracted lung.</li>
 	<li>Start the dissection with the mobilization of the left phrenic nerve using a non-touch technique and subsequent preparation of the right wall of the left inferior segmental vein and left central pulmonary vein from distal to central.</li>
 	<li>Begin with the right wall of the pulmonary vein and dissect the anterior aspect of the vein. If the correct layer of tissue is detected, it is possible to dissect the anterior bronchial wall at the same time moving from right to left.</li>
 	<li>Cut the left pulmonary artery and mobilize the vessel as far distally as possible. Observe the fibrous tissue connection between the distal pulmonary artery and the left main bronchus.</li>
 	<li>Cutting off this fibrous fixation leads to extravascular length simplifying the subsequent process of cuffing.</li>
 	<li>To stop perfusion of the left native lung, ligate the distal pulmonary artery and cut distal to the ligature. To keep minimum blood loss, the pulmonary artery must be clamped before the pulmonary vein as early ligation of the vein may cause pooling of blood in the native lung.</li>
 	<li>Dissect the left and posterior venous walls and partially mobilize the main pulmonary vein.</li>
 	<li>To gain extra vessel length, which is of importance for venous anastomosis, mobilize the superior and inferior segmental veins to release the pulmonary vein from its surrounding tissue wholly.</li>
 	<li>Double-ligate the superior segmental vein as close to the venous trunk as possible using a 7-0 silk suture and cut in-between close to the central ligature to not hamper venous cuffing. The inferior segmental vein is used later for anastomosis and is ligated as distal as possible and cut. At this late point of hilus dissection, focus on small veins, e.g., the inferior segmental vein on its posterior aspect proximal to the ligature, as they can be torn apart as the main pulmonary vein is withdrawn after dissection, leading to major retrograde bleedings from the left atrium.</li>
 	<li>All vascular structures have now been dissected and cut. The left main bronchus constitutes the remaining connection to the native lung.</li>
 	<li>Release the trachea thoroughly from surrounding tissue and obstruct vessels on the outer bronchial wall with bipolar cautery. Ensuring hemostasis is essential.</li>
 	<li>Fix the left main bronchus using a microvascular aneurysm clip, cut the bronchus distally, and remove the native left lung.</li>
 	<li>Stabilize the aneurysm clip with the triple-axis precision movement clip holder to limit the movement of the heart and the contralateral lung without touching the heart at all. Introduce the donor lung into the recipient's thoracic cavity and cover the allograft with wet and cooled gauze throughout the process of implantation.</li>
 	<li>Remove the fixators of the trachea and the right main bronchus, respectively.</li>
 	<li>Shorten the donor’s left main bronchus to an appropriate length and get rid of the remnants of the trachea and right main bronchus.</li>
 	<li>To facilitate suturing of the bronchial anastomosis, tapering the donor bronchial stump with a slanting cut from the membranous to the cartilaginous part is recommended.</li>
 	<li>Begin the bronchial anastomosis with two interrupted stabilization sutures at 3 o’clock approximating the membranous part of the recipient and donor bronchial wall, respectively.</li>
 	<li>Complete the interrupted suture technique clockwise and anastomose the anterior half of the membranous part as well as the cartilaginous part of the bronchial wall using approximately 8 single sutures. Then flip the lung over the heart to allow a better vision of the posterior bronchial wall and finish the airway anastomosis with approximately 8 interrupted sutures starting posterior to the initial stabilization sutures and continuing anti-clockwise.</li>
 	<li>Check the airway for patency before the last stitch and remove the intrabronchial fluid.</li>
 	<li>Once bronchial continuity has been restored, remove both the stabilization system and the aneurysm clip and re-inflate the lung. From this moment on, mechanically ventilate the transplanted lung; however, it does not take part in the process of oxygenation, as the recipient circulation is not yet reconnected to the donor’s lung.</li>
 	<li>Examine the bronchial anastomosis for air leakage with 0.9% sodium chloride at body temperature.</li>
 	<li>Flex the lung back with its coastal surface placed on the rat’s back. Place a wet gauze on the lung to re-warm the allograft for the subsequent reperfusion at body temperature.</li>
 	<li>Start the vascular anastomoses by reconnecting the pulmonary artery using the cuff technique.</li>
 	<li>After the initial process of vessel ligation, keep one thread long so that it can now be “orchestrated” through an intravenous catheter together with the pulmonary artery.</li>
 	<li>Similar to bronchial clamping and stabilization, clip the pulmonary artery by using a microvascular aneurysm clamp and stabilize both clip and vessel with the help of the triple-axis stabilizer.</li>
 	<li>Incise the ligature and apply heparin topically on the cut edge.</li>
 	<li>Turn the blood vessel wall over the cuff and fix it using a 7-0 silk suture ligature.</li>
 	<li>Pull the corresponding donor pulmonary artery over this complex of the cuff, evert the recipient’s vessel, and secure the arterial anastomosis with a ligature (7-0 silk suture).</li>
 	<li>The continuity between the recipient and donor pulmonary artery is now restored but can only be checked for patency and leakage following the completion of the venous anastomosis by opening the clamps.</li>
 	<li>Employ the same techniques as for arterial anastomosis but use a 16G tube as a cuff instead to reconnect the vein.</li>
 	<li>To prevent dehydration of the allograft replace the wet gauze at regular intervals. To initiate reperfusion of the transplanted lung remove the venous and arterial aneurysm clips.</li>
 	<li>Administer 25 mg of cortisone to all the recipient animals immediately after opening the clamps to prevent hyperacute rejection.</li>
 	<li>Reperfuse the allografted lungs for 10–15 min.</li>
 	<li>To stop minor bleeding use bipolar cautery or an absorbable fibrillar hemostat. As soon as good reperfusion is obtained, close the thoracic incision with 4-0 Prolene and use 4-0 Vicryl for subcutaneous tissue reattachment and skin closure, respectively.</li>
 	<li>Drain the thorax with an 18G intravenous catheter.</li>
</ul>
Remove the transplanted rat from the ventilator and place the animal under a heat lamp until fully awake.
<h3>Orthotopic Lung Transplantation Method</h3>
<h4>Animal Preparation</h4>
It is recommended to use heavier and bigger animal recipients. Use rats weighing between 250 and 300g as donors and rats weighing between 300 and 350g as recipient animals, respectively. Almost every recipient animal develops a mild pleural effusion within the first postoperative days. The experimental setting should be favorable for animal survival and be giving a gentle pleural effusion place to expand without compressing other major thoracic organs.
<h4>Anesthesia</h4>
Anesthetize the animals.
<h4>Intubation</h4>
Intubate the animals using a 14G intravenous catheter and ventilate mechanically with a small animal ventilator. Transillumination of the neck facilitates quick intubation. Perform all transplantations using a binocular surgery microscope. Place donor animals in a supine position under the operating microscope; place the recipient animals in a right lateral position to allow proper access to the complete left hemithorax.
<h4>Lung Graft Procurement</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Set the donor animal for median sternotomy.</li>
 	<li>Shave the anterior thorax and abdomen and wash the incision sites with a 75 % alcohol solution.</li>
 	<li>Make a median skin incision reaching from the jugular notch to the pubic symphysis and extend it laterally from a mid-abdominal level to a T-shaped incision followed by the cutting of subcutaneous tissue and anterior abdominal musculature.</li>
 	<li>Cut the peritoneum from the xiphoid to the pubic symphysis and, following the original T-shaped skin incision, continue the peritoneal incision laterally to both sides. To allow direct visualization of the significant ascending and descending retroperitoneal vessels, evert the abdominal viscera extra-peritoneally.</li>
 	<li>Separate the abdominal aorta and inferior vena cava and depart both the inferior margin of the liver and the tributary renal vessels.</li>
 	<li>Intubate the infra hepatic inferior vena cava using a 27G needle.</li>
 	<li>Following anticoagulation, detach the thoracic diaphragm from its coastal attachments and the tripartite of thoracic organs until entirely visible.</li>
 	<li>Discontinue the artificial ventilation intermittently to permit separation of the thymus and pericardial tissue from the posterior sternal wall as well as dichotomization of the inferior pulmonary ligaments.</li>
 	<li>Perform a median sternotomy using traditional scissors. Apply needle holders on each side of the transected sternum spreading apart the chest walls.</li>
 	<li>Excise the thymus to observe the large central thoracic vessels accurately and to allow the detachment of the thoracic aorta ascending from the pulmonary trunk.</li>
 	<li>Cut the left atrial auricle to allow drainage of the perfusion solution later.</li>
 	<li>Ischemia starts and the donor rat begins to exsanguinate as the left atrial auricle is cut.</li>
 	<li>Fill the ice in the thoracic cavity to potentiate cardiac arrest.</li>
 	<li>Put wet gauze on the abdominal viscera to avoid dislocation of the intestines into the thoracic cavity.</li>
 	<li>Insert a 21G needle into the pulmonary trunk via the subvalvular pulmonary and myocardial valve and infuse 20 ml of an anterograde cold preservation fluid of low potassium dextran glucose with 20μl/20 ml of sodium bicarbonate in the lungs. Stretch the original median incision cranially to the level of the larynx when the perfusion of the lungs is homogenous.</li>
 	<li>Depart the infrahyoid muscles medially and ligate the trachea with the lungs fully inflated at 100 % of total lung capacity.</li>
 	<li>Cut the trachea proximal to the ligature while keeping the lungs entirely inflated.</li>
 	<li>Excise the cardiopulmonary block by cutting the supra-aortic trunks consisting of a brachiocephalic trunk, right subclavian artery, right common carotid artery, and by transecting the thoracic aorta, inferior vena cava, superior vena cava, and pulmonary ligaments.</li>
 	<li>Put the explanted cardiopulmonary block in a Petri dish with crushed ice and cooled wet gauze.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Lung Dissection</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Clear away the remnants of the left inferior pulmonary ligament spanning between the left pulmonary vein and the right inferior pulmonary margin.</li>
 	<li>Owing to its most anterior position, dissect the left pulmonary vein first.</li>
 	<li>Ligate and transect the right inferior pulmonary and vein draining the right postcaval lobe to gain additional vessel length.</li>
 	<li>By incising the left central pulmonary vein medial to the ligated venous branch and closing the left atrium, create a long donor left pulmonary vein.</li>
 	<li>Congregate the artery carefully and dissect the artery from the pulmonary trunk to the hilus of the left lung.</li>
 	<li>To facilitate the process of implantation and to achieve a maximum vessel length, transect the ligament and cut the artery as close to its origins as possible.</li>
 	<li>Rinse both vessels to prevent local thrombus formation. As the left pulmonary artery crosses the left main bronchus anteriorly, make the left main bronchus the last structure to dissect.</li>
 	<li>Get rid of the peribronchial tissue, which mainly consists of fat. Otherwise, the vision of the bronchial lumen is challenging to gain during anastomosis, and suturing of the airway during anastomosis is impeded.</li>
 	<li>Undertake efforts to keep the lungs entirely inflated for as long as possible as very high positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) is necessary to detach the atelectasis of a fully collapsed transplanted allografted lung.</li>
 	<li>Dissect, ligate, and cut both trachea and right main bronchus distally.</li>
</ul>
<h6>Post-operative Care and Pain Management</h6>
Recover the animals on flat paper bedding (sterile paper towels, etc.) rather than standard animal husbandry bedding. Keep the animals warm as warmth may aid in speedy recovery. Place the recovery cage half-on a heating pad so that animals can choose their preferred temperature as they recover from the anesthesia. Do not return the animals or cages to the holding area until all the animals appear healthy. The animals which underwent surgery must have regained the ability to move in the cage freely. It is essential to monitor the animals post-operatively for unexpected signs of illness. The animals lose a small amount of weight after surgery, but proper analgesia and provision of food may help to regain weight quickly.
Monitor the general condition of the animal for five to seven days after surgery. Animals should be bright, alert, and active post-operatively. The animals should generally be interacting with the cage mates, eating and drinking, and able to achieve standard species-specific postures. Depression, anorexia, or sluggishness indicate abnormal behavior. Consider the possibility of untreated pain or infection. Food/fluid intake is also crucial to recovery. There may be some drop-off in consumption after surgery. Easier access to food and water may aid in mitigating food drop-off. Daily provision of wetted food in the bottom of the cage may also encourage animals to eat. Signs of infection include inflammation, redness, swelling, discharge, pain, anxiety, or the opening of the incision. Wound dehiscence should be dealt with by re-suturing of the wound under anesthesia. If repeated re-suturing fails, allow the wound to heal by secondary intention using an antibiotic ointment.
<h2>Applications</h2>
<h3>Lymphaticovenous Anastomosis Model in Rat (Yazici &amp; Siemionow, 2015)</h3>
Oncological surgical techniques and radiotherapy are valuable tools to fight cancer. Regional lymph node dissections, widely used procedures, seem to progress as they result in lesser morbidity and better recovery; they are the most common cause of secondary lymphedema in the industrialized world. Lower limb lymphedema, gynecological malignancies, or upper limb lymphedema, secondary cases to breast cancer treatment, varying from mild to severe benefit from lymphedema surgery. Relatively new, microsurgical techniques are becoming the backbone of surgical lymphedema treatment. The model enables anastomosis of lymphatic structures and numerous available small-caliber veins around the neck. The lymphatic venous anastomoses model created by the microsurgical techniques in the rat provided the researchers with great insight into the surgical treatment of lymphedema.
<h3>Fallopian Tube Anastomosis (2015)</h3>
The microsurgical fallopian tube anastomosis technique is used to restore fertility in women who underwent tubal sterilization or excision of an occluded or diseased portion of the tube. The microsurgical fallopian tube anastomosis procedure restores fertility with excellent results and allows to avoid disadvantages associated with other popular treatment options including in vitro fertilization. The rat uterus possesses unique characteristics making it analogous to the isthmic portion of the human fallopian tube even though the rat’s fallopian tube is highly convoluted and significantly smaller when compared with humans. Female rats possess a duplex uterus consisting of two tube-shaped horns extending upwards toward the kidneys. Each uterine horn has a uniform caliber similar to that of the human oviduct, a thick muscular layer, and mucosa that is not folded abundantly and does not tend to prolapse. The outer serosal layer receives a vascular supply from the broad ligament, which anchors the horn to the dorsal body wall and has a structure highly analogous to the human mesosalpinx. The rat fallopian tube anastomosis provides an excellent model for research and microsurgical procedures.
<h4><strong>Microcirculatory Models in Plastic Surgery Research (Kusza, Siemionow, &amp; Cyran, 2015)</strong></h4>
Reconstructive surgery procedures involving free-tissue transfer are predominantly used in plastic surgery. It was researched that the state of microcirculation and its reaction to changeable conditions plays an important role in these procedures. In the field of ongoing research on microcirculation, various in vitro and in vivo experimental animal models are devised to assess microcirculatory structure, pathophysiology, and hemodynamics. Unquestionably, experimental research employing microcirculation models has considerably contributed to advances in reconstructive and plastic surgery and has improved postoperative prognosis.
<h3>Transplantation of Small Intestine in Rodents Using Microsurgery (Kudla &amp; Balaz, 2015)</h3>
Small bowel rat transplantation (SBT) is a cumbersome, time-consuming, and technically demanding procedure with high postoperative mortality in the first seven postoperative days. The small intestine transplantation procedure is either heterotopic or orthotopic with the portal or systematic venous drainage. The crucial factor for animal survival is the time of vascular anastomosis (manipulation time). A threshold of manipulation time of less than 45 minutes is recommended. Microsurgical procedure for small intestine transplantation has significantly reduced the manipulation time thereby increasing the animal survival post-operatively. Microsurgery has provided researchers with a straightforward and more comfortable small intestine transplantation procedure.
<h3>The Microsurgical Groin Skin Flap Microsurgery using the Rat Model (Gurunluoglu &amp; Siemionow, 2015)</h3>
The microsurgical groin skin flap model in the rat is accepted widely, as the experimental model offers an inexpensive, practical, and valid instrument and techniques to practice microvascular anastomosis as well as to investigate numerous research questions. The modified rat groin flap employing the inguinal fat pad as an obstacle to minimize the effects of the bed on the skin of the groin flap has further developed the method of the groin skin flap. The standard model of the groin flap and its modifications describe the experimenters about flap design and vascular anatomy. The microsurgical groin skin flap model ensures 100% animal survival for rats post-operatively. The model is not only reliable and reproducible for practicing end-to-end and end-to-side microvascular anastomosis but also a time-saving, less technically demanding, economical, and useful tool to explore numerous research questions that extend from the underlying mechanisms of flap survival to the development of a further surgical design.
<h2>Precautions</h2>
As small rodents possess high metabolic activity, do not exceed pre-anesthetic fasting beyond 2 hours. Extended periods of food deprivation can lead to disturbances in balance, metabolic acidosis, and hypoglycemia. During prolonged fasting, essential intestinal flora dies, which may result in the resorption of endotoxin. Water must never be restricted during the pre-anesthetic period. For more comfortable handling the organs in the abdominal cavity, liquid food can be given in place of solid food approximately 8–12 hours before surgery.

Animal handling should be calm and gentle to avoid the intense release of stress which may cause tachyarrhythmia with subsequent cardiac arrest during the general anesthesia. Animal strain and breed must be selected depending on the requirements of the investigation since the subject's strain affect the experimental results. Also, consider the age and gender of the subject. For pre-operative preparations, the surgical area should be separate from the main surgical site. Thoroughly clean all the equipment and the instruments before starting the surgical procedures. Ensure that the animal is properly anesthetized before beginning the surgery. Avoid damaging the surrounding tissues and muscles during surgical operations.
<h2>Summary</h2>
<ul>
 	<li>Microsurgery is a surgical technique that combines magnification with advanced diploscopes, specialized precision tools, and various operating procedures.</li>
 	<li>Significant purposes of microsurgery are to transplant tissue from one part of the rodent's body to another and to reattach the amputated parts.</li>
 	<li>Shorter breeding cycles, faster regeneration, lower costs, and easy handling make rodents ideal for microsurgery research.</li>
 	<li>Extended periods of food deprivation can lead to disturbances in balance, metabolic acidosis, and hypoglycemia.</li>
 	<li>As small rodents possess high metabolic activity, do not exceed pre-anesthetic fasting beyond 2 hours.</li>
 	<li>A complete physical examination of the animal should be performed before the surgical procedure for a smooth duration of general anesthesia.</li>
 	<li>The most frequently used anastomotic techniques are interrupted, continuous, and sleeve techniques.</li>
 	<li>Microsurgery and free tissue transfer offer plastic and reconstructive surgeons a variety of options. Microsurgical techniques are serving as the backbone of surgical lymphedema treatment.</li>
 	<li>During the surgery, take care not to damage the surrounding tissues and muscles.</li>
</ul>
<h2>References</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Balaz, P., &amp; Kriz, J. (2015). Basic Techniques for Microsurgery Experiment. In P. Girman, P. Balaz, &amp; J. Kriz, Rat Experimental Transplantation Surgery: A practical guide (pp. 49-65). New York: Springer.</li>
 	<li>Gurunluoglu, R., &amp; Siemionow, M. Z. (2015). The Microsurgical Groin Skin Flap Rat Model. In Plastic and reconstructive surgery (pp. 53-62). Chicago: Springer.</li>
 	<li>Kudla, M., &amp; Balaz, P. (2015). Small Intestine Transplantation. In P. Girman, J. Kriz, &amp; P. Balaz, Rat Experimental Transplantation Surgery (pp. 199-213). New York: Springer.</li>
 	<li>Kusza, K., Siemionow, M. Z., &amp; Cyran, M. (2015). Application of Microcirculatory Models in Plastic Surgery Research. In M. Z. Seemionow, Plastic and reconstructive surgery (pp. 71-81). Chicago: Springer.</li>
 	<li>Kwiecien, G. J. (2015). Fallopian Tube Anastomosis. In M. Z. Seimionow, Plastic and reconstructive surgery (pp. 39-43). Chicago: Springer.</li>
 	<li>Yazici, I., &amp; Siemionow, M. Z. (2015). Lymphaticovenous Anastomosis Model in Rat. In Plastic and reconstructive surgery (pp. 33-38). Chicago: Springer.</li>
 	<li>Yu, H., Sagi, A., Ferder, M., &amp; Strauch, B. (1986). A simplified technique for end-to-end microanastomosis. J Reconstr Microsurg, 2, 191–194.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/microsurgery-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Microsurgery_kit_01_3.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>740.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R31005-04/RWD-R31005-06/RWD-R31005-08/RWD-R31005-10/RWD-R31006-04/RWD-R31006-06</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Blood Vessel Clamps_ SS Micro Clamps]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Introducing the SS Micro Clamps, specialized blood vessel clamps designed for precise vascular procedures. These clamps provide exceptional control and stability, minimizing tissue damage during delicate surgeries. Made from high-grade stainless steel, they ensure durability and consistent performance in both research and clinical environments. Perfect for microsurgical applications, our clamps facilitate precise and effective interventions, advancing medical science and patient care.
<h2>Specifications</h2>
<table data-id="5d971d2">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 273px;">Model</th>
<th style="width: 259px;">Blood Vessel Clamps</th>
<th style="width: 509px;">Remarks</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-04</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 4*0.75mm/16mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-06</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 6*1mm/19mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-08</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 8*2mm/18mm#</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31005-10</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 10*2mm/20mm#</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31006-04</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Cvd/L*W 6.3*1mm/17mm#</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R31006-06</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps</td>
<td>SS Micro Clamps-Cvd/L*W 6.6*1mm/17mm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/ss-micro-clamps/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/R31009-26-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>58.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R34001-14</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Blood Vessel Clamps_Clip Applicator]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Helps achieve hemostasis.

Helps apply SS Microclamps.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/applicator-for-ss-micro-clamps/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/R34001-14-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>55.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>CS-WDTBIM</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Weight Drop TBI Model for Mice and Rats]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#doc">
											Documentation
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Apparatus
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#pro">
											Protocol
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#appli">
											Applications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#str">
											Strengths & Limitaions
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#ref">
											References
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
			<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Click here
					</a>
													<img width="1443" height="227" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png 1443w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-300x47.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-1024x161.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-768x121.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-600x94.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1443px) 100vw, 1443px" />													
		<p>The novel weight-drop TBI model employs the use of a glancing blow to the head of a freely moving rodent which transmits acceleration, deceleration, and rotational forces onto the brain. Recently, an increasing amount of scientific evidence has come to light indicating that childhood embodies a major risk period for mild traumatic brain injuries resulting from sports-related accidents, motor vehicle injuries, and concussions from falls. However, there has been a significant lack of progress in the area of developing a reliable animal model of mTBI. While the availability of techniques used for inducing moderate and severe traumatic brain injury (TBI) is widespread, very few of these methods have been extended to generate mild, closed head injuries in rodents.</p><p>Due to the fact that mild traumatic brain injury (mTBI) is thrice as more likely to occur than moderate and severe brain injury collectively, there is a growing need to develop a dependable model of mTBI to assist the research related to physiopathology, neurobiological outcomes and behavioral consequences, and therapeutic procedures.</p><p>When specifically carried out on juvenile rodents, the weight-drop mTBI model generates clinically relevant behavioral outcomes that are depictive of post-concussion symptoms.  The simple and basic nature of this method provides researchers with a dependable model of mTBI that can be utilized in an extensive range of behavioral, molecular, and genetic studies.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>		
		<p>Weight Drop mTBI apparatus generally consists of two main parts: the U-shaped Plexiglas box and the collection sponge.</p><p>The typical weight drop mTBI equipment consists of a U-shaped Plexiglas stand <strong>(38 x 27 x 27cm<sup>3</sup>)</strong>, a plastic guide tube <strong>(1" in diameter, 150cm length, holes at 50cm/100cm</strong>), brass weights <strong>(1" diameter)</strong>, a clamp stand, a fishing line, and a <strong>collection sponge</strong> <strong>(38 x 18 x 25 cm<sup>3</sup>).</strong> The lightly anesthetized rodent is placed supine on a scored tin foil with its head directly in the pathway of the falling weight.</p>		
			<h2>Protocol</h2>		
		<p>All animals must be housed with freely accessible food and water along with properly maintained optimal room temperature. 30 days Post-natal, juvenile rodents can be used for taking part in the experiment.</p><p>The overall goal of the weight-drop mTBI model is to generate mild traumatic brain injury in juvenile rodents. This is accomplished by first preparing the injury induction platform. Attach a metal loop to the top end of the desired weight allowing the fishing line to be fastened to the weight. A tin foil is scored with a razor-sharp blade making certain that the scored tin foil supports the bodyweight of the rodent. The foil is then placed on the U-shaped stage made of Plexiglas and securely taped to it. The U-shaped plastic stage is placed in the accurate position under the guide tube made of clear plastic. The plastic guide tube is held in place with a clamp stand and positioned above the scored tin foil. The fishing line is then attached through the metal loop to the weight ensuring that the bottom of the weight hangs freely over the scored tin foil. The fishing line is then connected to the clamp stand, and the weight is drawn up through the plastic guide tube with the fishing line and secured in its position with an Allen key pin.</p><p>Next, a rodent is taken and lightly anesthetized until it is non-responsive to a paw or tail pinch. The anesthetized rodent is placed face down on the scored tin foil. Once in place, the Allen key pin is pulled allowing the weight to drop and generate a glancing blow to the head. The animal swiftly undergoes a 180° rotation and lands on the collection sponge. The animal is then placed in a supine position and the time it takes to right itself is recorded.</p><p>Like any technical method, certain stages of the protocol are predominantly important to generate reliable outcomes. Primarily, the tin foil should be scored properly to produce the desired effect. If the tin foil is not effectively scored, the force exerted by the weight for the duration of the glancing blow will not be sufficient to thrust the juvenile rodent through the tin foil onto the collection sponge. Hence, the desired rotational acceleration and deceleration will not occur. Secondly, during the induction of the mTBI injury, the level of anesthetic that each rodent is exposed to should remain consistent. An important benefit of this technique over countless other TBI methods is the low level and duration of anesthesiology. However, the juvenile rodent must be non-responsive to a toe or tail pinch to make certain that they do not wake up on the stage before the injury is produced.</p>		
			<h2>Applications</h2>		
		<p>Reliable animal models for inducing mild traumatic brain injury can make use of the modified weight drop mTBI device to induce an injury that strongly embodies the pathophysiology and symptoms related to concussions and repetitive mTBI in the adolescent populations. The implications of this technique extend to the therapy of pediatric concussion and mild traumatic brain injury because the model induces clinically relevant symptomology in a heterogeneous fashion.</p><p>The present definition of mTBI states that the injury must be the outcome of acceleration and deceleration forces affiliated with blunt trauma. Therefore, the modified weight drop model described above is the ideal method to use in experiments aiming to study mTBI and concussion-like injuries as it makes use of a glancing impact to transmit quick rotational acceleration and deceleration forces to the brain of the unrestrained animal. These forces imitate the biomechanical forces specifically linked to sports-related injuries and motor vehicle accidents (Mychasiuk et al., 2014).</p><p>Additionally, this model can be easily modified to observe repetitive mTBI, an incidence that is rising as a severe medical and socioeconomic issue. Evidence indicates that rodents may possibly be exposed to up to 10 distinctive mTBIs with minimum mortality rates. Furthermore, the technique is inexpensive and can be executed quickly, allowing for a highly thorough examination of numerous therapeutic compounds and treatment controls.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>The main advantage of the weight drop mTBI model over others is that the animals are only briefly anesthetized. While the majority of the present TBI techniques impose such intense injuries, it is frequently hard to induce another injury and almost impossible to study repetitive TBI without widespread damage to the entire cortex. However, in the weight drop mTBI technique, a closed head injury is inflicted with no overt damage to the brain which allows the researcher to repeat the injury in the same animal several times.</p><p>Another advantage of the weight drop mTBI model is that there's a rotational component to the injury that generates a more clinically relevant concussive-like symptomology. On the basis of the biomechanical pathophysiology of the induced injury and the behavioral outcomes studied, the modified weight-drop mTBI technique has emerged as a dependable model for the examination of pediatric TBI and concussion. Although preliminary studies of this new model have detected some fundamental molecular and structural transformations, further studies will be required to determine how the brain acts in response to a TBI with this injury etiology.</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li>The weight-drop TBI apparatus is usually comprised of a U-shaped Plexiglas box and a collection sponge and makes use of a plastic guide tube, brass weights, clamp stand, and fishing line.</li><li>The weight drop mTBI model is a technique that generates a glancing blow to the head of a freely moving rodent.</li><li>The blunt force, in turn, transmits acceleration, deceleration, and rotational forces onto the brain that generates more clinically relevant symptoms.</li><li>The closed head injury allows the researcher to study the outcomes of repetitive mTBI in the same animal.</li></ul>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<p>Mychasiuk, R., Farran, A., Angoa-Perez, M., Briggs, D., Kuhn, D., Esser, M. J. A Novel Model of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury for Juvenile Rats. J. Vis. Exp. (94), e51820, doi:10.3791/51820 (2014)</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/weight-drop-tbi-model/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Weight_Drop_TBI_model_03_1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1790.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R600-ET-25</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Endotracheal Tubes]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Introduction</h5>
Endotracheal tubes are used for the maintenance and establishment of clear airways in subjects. These tubes reduce anatomical dead space and allow an easy performance of assisted or mechanical breathing procedures when required. These specific tracheal tubes are almost always inserted through the mouth (orotracheal) or the nose (nasotracheal) into the trachea. The size of the endotracheal tubes is dependent on the size and weight of the subject, and hence, they vary for every species and individual.
<h5>Apparatus And Equipment</h5>
Endotracheal tubes can be made of PVC, polyethylene, polyurethane, silicone rubber, and red rubber. Often reusable tubes are made of rubber. However, with time they tend to deteriorate, become brittle, and are easily kinked. The use of red rubber has also decreased due to its opaque nature and latex allergies.

PVC, polyethylene, and polyurethane have many advantages over rubber tubes. The clear tubes show the appearance of condensation with each breath when placed correctly. On the other hand, silicone tubes are translucent and tend to be relatively resistant to kinking. In certain situations where there is excessive flexing of the head and neck of the subject, using an armored tube reinforced with a wire coil can prevent the tube from kinking while still being flexible enough. However, these tube types should not be used during the MRI procedure.

Endotracheal tubes usually will have a preformed curve to allow better visualization of laryngeal opening during intubation. The tubes have a beveled distal end and may also have a small opening opposite the bevel called the Murphy eye as an additional path for gas in case the bevel is occluded.
<h5>Types Of Endotracheal Tubes</h5>
Endotracheal tubes are primarily either cuffed or uncuffed. The cuffed tubes provide a seal around the tube to prevent leakage of anesthetic gases and aspiration of oral secretions or gastric contents. The cuffed endotracheal tubes are available with cuffs that are low-volume, high-pressure cuffs or high-volume, low-pressure cuffs. Low-volume, high-pressure cuffs provide a narrow seal at the tracheal wall and require high pressure for inflation, while the latter type of cuff allows a greater area of tracheal contact and requires low inflation pressure.
<table data-id="e586a86">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Species</th>
<th>Body Weight</th>
<th>Endotracheal Tube Diameter (Outer diameter)</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cat</td>
<td>0.5-1.5 kg</td>
<td>2-3 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cat</td>
<td>&gt;1.5 kg</td>
<td>3-4.5 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Dog</td>
<td>0.5-5 kg</td>
<td>2-5 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Dog</td>
<td>&gt;5 kg</td>
<td>4-15 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Guinea pig</td>
<td>400-1000 g</td>
<td>16-12 gauge plastic cannula</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Hamster</td>
<td>120 g</td>
<td>1.5 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>25-35 g</td>
<td>1 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Primate</td>
<td>0.35-20 kg</td>
<td>1-8 mm (or purpose-made tube for smallest animals)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pig</td>
<td>1-10 kg</td>
<td>2-6 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pig</td>
<td>10-200 kg</td>
<td>6-15 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rabbit</td>
<td>1-3 kg</td>
<td>2-3 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rabbit</td>
<td>3-7 kg</td>
<td>3-6 mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>200-400 g</td>
<td>18-12 gauge plastic cannula</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sheep</td>
<td>10-90 kg</td>
<td>5-15 mm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
The cuff is inflated via a channel in the tube, equipped with an inflation line, using either a pilot balloon or a 2 to 5 ml syringe. Usually, gases such as nitrous oxide are used to inflate the cuff, but in the case of silicone tubes using the saline solution is recommended due to its permeability to gases.

The deflation of the cuff can be prevented by the non-return valve often present on most disposable tubes or by clamping using a pair of hemostats.
<h5>Mode Of Operation</h5>
Endotracheal tubes are selected based on the species and the size of the subject. A corresponding laryngoscope is also selected based on the same parameters. Commercially available endotracheal tubes tend to be excessively long. Thus, it must be cut down to an appropriate length usually to the approximate distance from the external nares to just anterior to the thoracic inlet. For small animals, an uncuffed endotracheal tube may be a better option. Lubrication of the tubes with a small quantity of lidocaine gel will allow easy passage of the tubes.

Before intubation, the subject must be adequately anesthetized to prevent cough and swallowing reflexes. Also, subjects should be administered with oxygen for about 2 minutes before being intubated to slow the advent of hypoxia should the larynx be obstructed.
<h5>Endotracheal Intubation Methodology</h5>
<h6>Cat, Dog, and Sheep</h6>
Place the subject in sternal recumbency, opening its jaw as wide as possible. Drawing the subject’s tongue forward, advance the laryngoscope towards the pharynx. Apply gentle upward pressure on the subject’s soft palate using the end of the endotracheal tube to disengage the epiglottis to gain an obstructed via of the larynx. It is advisable to spray the larynx of cats and sheep to prevent laryngospasm. Advance the endotracheal tube through the larynx into the trachea and connect the tube to the anesthetic breathing system. If using a cuffed tube, inflate it appropriately, and tie the tube to the animal’s jaw to prevent displacement. Perform assisted ventilation and observe the movement of both sides of the thorax to ensure correct positioning of the tube. Additionally, manual inflation can be performed to observe any issues with the endotracheal tube and its placement.
<h6>Pig</h6>
Place the subject on its back or chest and extend the tongue taking care not to damage its surface on the teeth. Place an introducer inside the tube to straighten and ease the process of tube advancement.

Advance the laryngoscope over the tongue and disengage the epiglottis by pushing on the soft palate using the tip of the introducer if necessary. Spray the larynx with lidocaine once the larynx is visible. Gently advance the introducer-endotracheal tube into the larynx and withdraw the introducer. Gently advance the tube further. If resistance is felt, withdraw the tube slightly, rotate 90°, and reinsert. Repeat this process until no resistance is experienced. Avoid forcing the tube through the larynx as this can result in severe trauma, edema, hemorrhage, and consequent asphyxiation.
<h6>Rat</h6>
Place the subject on its back and gently extend its tongue forward and to one side. Advance the purpose-made laryngoscope or otoscope until the larynx is visualized. Intubation in rats can be performed using arterial cannula between sizes 12 to 16 gauge that has a rubber tubing or certain micropore tape positioned at about 0.75 to 1 cm from the tip to serve as the cuff. Connect the tube to the anesthetic machine using a modified Luer fitting ensuring absolute minimum dead space. Using a silk ligature glued to the base of the Luer mount, anchor the catheter to the subject’s jaw. If using an otoscope, make use of an introducer to pass the cannula.
<h6>Birds</h6>
Open the subject’s beak and gently pull the tongue forward. For larger birds, standard pediatric tubes (&gt;2.5 mm) can be used, while in smaller birds it is advisable to use intravenous or urinary catheters cut to an appropriate length. In birds, only uncuffed tubes should be used since cuffed tubes can cause pressure necrosis of tracheal mucosa.
<h6>Rabbit</h6>
Place the subject on its back and gently pull the tongue forwards taking care to avoid contact with sharp edges of incisors. Introduce the otoscope or laryngoscope and advance it until the larynx is visible. In case the paler triangle of the epiglottis is seen, the structure can be manipulated to allow a clear view of the larynx. The larynx can be sprayed with lidocaine if necessary. Pass the purpose-made introducer (or a dog/cat urinary catheter without Luer fitting) through the otoscope into the larynx and the trachea. After placement of the introducer, remove the otoscope or laryngoscope, ensuring the position of the introducer is not changed. Thread the endotracheal tube onto the end of the introducer. If resistance is felt during the advancement of the endotracheal tube, gently rotate the tube to ease the process. Remove the introducer only after the tube is successfully placed in the trachea. Tie the tube in place to avoid displacement.

Alternatively, blind intubation can be performed on the subject. Place the subject in sternal recumbency position. Gripping the head firmly and extended, lift the subject such that its forelegs are just touching the operating table. Advance the endotracheal tube over the tongue through the gap between the incisors and the premolars towards the larynx. Listen for breath sounds or in the case of a clear tube, observe for condensation. Gently advance the tube, giving a quarter turn as it enters the larynx to ease the passage.
<h5>Intranasal Intubation</h5>
Intranasal intubation is often used as an alternative to face mask. Lubricate the tube before insertion. Generally, the tube should be advanced medially and ventrally. Rotate the catheter slightly to aid insertion. A Luer adapter and oxygen bubble tubing can be used to connect the catheter to the anesthetic machine.
<h5>Precautions</h5>
For cuffed tubes, the cuff must be inflated before use to inspect for tears and evenness of inflation. Wash the tubes thoroughly using hot soapy water or pasteurize when possible. Few endotracheal tubes may be autoclaved or sterilized using ethylene oxide. If using the latter method for sterilization, eliminate all traces of the gas before use. Disposable endotracheal tubes are preferred to minimize the risk of infection.
<h5>References</h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Fish, R. E. (2008). Anesthesia and analgesia in laboratory animals. Amsterdam: Elsevier.</li>
 	<li>Flecknel, P. (2009). Laboratory Animal Anaesthesia. Elsevier.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/endotracheal-tubes/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/endotracheal_tubes_01__00016.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>250.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-DC-1.25</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Ceramic Ferrule Protective Cap]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>Comes in a package of 200.<br />Functions to protect the Ceramic Ferrules PC/UPC end face, as well as the ST/SC/FC patch cord.</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-ceramic-ferrule-protective-cap/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_protective_cap_01__00017.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>10.99 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-LS-Y</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Laser Goggles]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Features</h5><ul><li>R-LS-Y  Laser Goggles against green and yellow light.</li><li>Transmittance T&lt;1%, Applicable wavelength range: 528 nm-561 nm</li><li>R-LS-G Laser Goggles against blue and green light.</li><li>Transmittance T&lt;1%, Applicable wavelength range: 200 nm-550 nm</li></ul><h5>Introduction</h5><p>Optogenetic laser goggles are specially designed safety glasses that protect human eyes from the hazards caused by the laser. The brightness, beam collimation, and coherence properties of lasers can be detrimental to human eyes. Therefore, the ANSI Z136 1 Safe Use of Lasers standard in the US and the international standard IEC 60825 necessitate laser safety glasses while working in laser-equipped labs. </p><p>The widespread use of lasers generally in medicine, industry, and laboratory research, can cause accidental injuries. Out of the four laser classes, the first two are harmless; however, class 3 and 4 lasers are pernicious to the human eye. The visible and near-infrared radiations are concentrated on the retina of the eye. Therefore, the retina is the tissue most vulnerable to injury caused by accidental laser exposure (Barkana and Belkin, 2000).  Powerful laser exposures (with mid-infrared or ultraviolet light) can also result in cataracts and corneal burns. Symptoms of a laser burn include post-exposure headaches, watery eyes, the appearance of floaters in vision, and the permanent loss of vision in extreme cases (Löfgren et al., 2013). Therefore, the use of Optogenetic Laser Goggles is a prerequisite while working with Optogenetics Laser to prevent the eyes from reversible and permanent laser-induced ocular injuries. </p><p> </p><h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5><p>The durable, high-quality acrylic laser safety glasses are lightweight and comfortable to wear. They are specially designed to provide efficient protection against accidental laser exposure. Conduct Science's optogenetic laser safety goggles are available in two variants. One is the R-LS-Y Laser Goggles that protect against green and yellow light. They shield the eyes from rays with a wavelength between 528nm and 561nm. The other variant is R-LS-G Optogenetic Laser Goggles which provide protection against blue and green light and have a wavelength coverage of 200nm to 500nm. Both R-LS-Y and R-LS-G have less than 1% transmittance.</p><p> </p><h5>Applications</h5><p>Optogenetic laser goggles protect the experimenter from accidental laser-induced injuries while working in high-power laser-equipped laboratories. These safety goggles are specially designed to shield the human eye against radiation exposure such as corneal burns, retinal edema and hemorrhage, loss of central vision, cataracts, choroidal infarction, and focal retinal detachment.</p><p> </p><h5><b>Strengths and Limitations</b></h5><p>Optogenetic laser safety goggles have numerous advantages, such as ease of wearing, simpler process, and high visible light transmittance. High-power laser beams are attenuated to a level where they can be rendered harmless to the human eye. However, there are a few disadvantages of the product as well. For instance, people with visual impairments need correcting glasses of certain dioptre power.  One can fix the glasses with certain dioptre strengths to make it a little easier. Moreover, some goggles might not protect the eyes from the radiation reaching from the sides. Therefore, while working with high-power lasers, the experimenter must use closed design goggles. </p><p> </p><h5>Summary</h5><ul><li style="font-weight: 400">High power lasers (of classes 3 and 4) can be harmful to human eyes.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Optogenetic Laser Safety goggles must be worn while working in laser-equipped laboratories.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Accidental laser exposure can cause retinal injuries, corneal burns, and cataracts. </li><li style="font-weight: 400">Laser safety goggles are easy to wear and have high visible light attenuation. They need to have a closed design to shield against radiations coming to the eyes from the sides.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">People having problems with vision need correcting glasses with particular dioptre strength.</li></ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-laser-goggles/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Laser_goggles_01_2.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>160.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-FOC-L200C-39NA</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Ceramic Ferrule & Fiber Optic]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Material: Ceramic
Applicable wavelength: 400-2200nm
Core diameter: 100um, 200um, 300um, 400um
Numerical Aperture: 0.22, 0.37
Outer diameter: 1.25mm (6.4mm long), 2.5mm (10.5mm long)
Core-inserting length: 10.5mm (customized)
Optical fiber length: 2mm-20mm, step 0.5mm (customized)
<h2>Specifications</h2>
<h5>White Series</h5>
<table data-id="aec547f">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 227px;">Item</th>
<th style="width: 435px;">Fiber Optic Cannulae</th>
<th>Core Diameter</th>
<th>Numerical Aperture</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L200C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L300C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L400C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F200C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F300C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F400C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L200C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L300C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L400C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F200C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F300C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F400C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L200C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F200C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L400C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-F400C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Black Series</h5>
<table data-id="1bd58f8">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 227px;">Item</th>
<th style="width: 435px;">Description</th>
<th>Core Diameter</th>
<th>Numerical Aperture</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL200C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL300C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL400C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF200C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF300C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF400C-39NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.39NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL200C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL300C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL400C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF200C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF300C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>300μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF400C-22NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.22NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL200C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF200C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>200μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BL400C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø1.25 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-BF400C-50NA</td>
<td>Fiber Optic Cannulae with Ø2.5 mm Ceramic Ferrule</td>
<td>400μm</td>
<td>0.50NA</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-ceramic-ferrule/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_ceramic_ferrule_01__00012.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>250.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-MS-2.5</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Ceramic Cannula]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Comes in a package of 20. For use in a temporary connection between two optical fibers.

Diameters: 1.25 mm and 2.5
Lengths are 7 mm and 11. 5 mm respectively.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-ceramic-cannula/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_ceramic_sleeves_01__00003.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>8.28 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-FC-L-N2-100-L1</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Optical Fiber]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Choose between core diameter, ferule size, and numerical aperture.
Applicable wavelength: 400nm-1100nm
Numerical aperture: 0.22-0.37
Core diameter: 100um-200um-300um-400um
The default length is 1m, the length of 1.5-5m can be customized, the diameter of step is 0.5m.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-optical-fiber/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_patchcord_01__00009_84cce8f8-79ed-4c9a-9a72-de2e3440e7a3.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>39.99 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-FC-PC-N2-100-L1</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Patchcord]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p> </p><ul><li>Low insertion loss</li><li>Good Repeatability</li><li>High return loss</li><li>Stable temperature</li><li>Good mutual insertion performance</li></ul><p> </p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-patchcord/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_patchcord_01__00011.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>32.50 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-LG473-50-A1</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Rodent Optogenetics Laser Stimulation]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
 	<li>Wavelength: Blue Light 473nm, Green Light 532nm, Yellow Light 593nm.</li>
 	<li>Stability, &lt;5%, &lt;1%, and many other different stabilities for the laser to choose to meet different needs.</li>
 	<li>Output power :0-50mW, 0-100mW and 0-200mW, adjustable.</li>
 	<li>Connect a variety of fibers, FC-PC connectors.</li>
 	<li>Connect the waveform generator or stimulator to control the light output.</li>
 	<li>Reliable performance, long lifetime, average life expectancy is more than 10 thousand hours.</li>
 	<li>Exquisite appearance, compact size, portable.</li>
 	<li>To be used in conjunction with laser goggles.</li>
</ul>
<h4 style="text-align: center;">Documentation</h4>
<h5><b>Introduction and Principle</b></h5>
Optogenetics laser is a widely used technique in bioengineering and neuroscience for delivering focused laser radiations to the targeted areas. Lasers are coherent, monochromatic light sources having narrow wavelengths. The output generated by a laser source is always "in phase." Due to these characteristics, lasers can be used in conjunction with optical fibers. This property of lasers enables them to be used for optogenetic research purposes. This approach is used in neuroscience to study and manipulate deeper brain structures.

Different wavelengths of the visible light spectrum are used in Optogenetics labs. Depending upon the opsins being expressed, an optogenetics lab might require illumination sources in blue (450-480nm), green (520-560nm), yellow (570-600nm), or red (600-780nm). These wavelengths can be used alone or in combination with each other to halt or trigger cellular responses. In this case, we use compound wavelength lasers that provide the same beam while rapidly swapping between wavelengths.

The selection of a laser is critical, and one must do it based on the parameters listed below:
<ol>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The laser's output wavelength must be in accordance with the sensitivity of the appropriate opsin (light-sensitive proteins).</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The incident light must activate the opsin.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The laser power should be adjustable to compensate for all the losses in the fiber optic delivery system.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The power must be stable, and the laser power variation should be less than 2%.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The experimenter should also consider the laser's modulation frequency based on opsins' kinetic properties.</li>
</ol>
<strong><i>Types of Lasers used in Optogenetics </i></strong>

There are two types of optogenetics laser:
<ol>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Laser Diodes: These are economical and available in blue and red wavelengths only. They are modulated directly and have high accuracy and speed. Their stability remains the same at zero power as well as high powers.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">DPSS (Diode-pumped Solid-state) Laser: It is available in many wavelengths and has a limited modulation capacity. The power stability is also limited.</li>
</ol>
<h5><b>Apparatus and Equipment</b></h5>
Optogenetics laser serves as a compact, portable laser source in laser-equipped laboratories. It has an impeccable design, life expectancy of more than 10,000 hours, durability, and reliable performance making it a good choice for the experimenter. Optogenetics laser is available in three colors/wavelengths: blue light of 473nm wavelength, green light of 532nm wavelength, and red light of 593nm wavelength. It can connect to various FC/PC connectors that enable them to work efficiently in high vibration environments. The optogenetics laser can be connected to a waveform generator to control light output during an experiment. The output power is adjustable and varies between 0 to 200mW.  It is used in conjunction with a <b>power meter</b> to check the output of laser power. A high-power laser is harmful to humans; therefore, PPE such as <b>laser safety goggles</b> must be used when working with it.
<h5><b>Applications</b></h5>
<strong><i>Manipulation of neural circuits</i></strong>

Mahmoudi et al. (2017) suggested that "Optogenetics is a neuromodulation approach that manipulates the neural functioning using light.” Optogenetics laser has significant applications in neurobiology. The laser is used to manipulate neurons to study neural mechanisms and neurodegenerative diseases. The laser light uses opsins for neural stimulation. The irradiated opsins generate a potential difference by flowing across the membrane, and the resulting altered membrane potential mimics the 'normal action potential,' thereby stimulating the neurons. This neural stimulation is used to study the mechanism of neural diseases like Parkinson's disease, schizophrenia, epilepsy, and stroke (Arrigoni, 2016).
<h5><b>Strengths and Limitations</b></h5>
The lasers present several advantages over other neural stimulation methods, such as deep brain stimulation (DBS), which can stimulate cells other than target cells, and electrical signaling, which in some cases fails to identify specific cells. Optogenetics laser overcomes all these problems. It provides focused and high-intensity light in a single spot. Moreover, its narrow spectral width enables the researchers to get high intensity at the desired wavelength.

However, there are a few disadvantages as well. For instance, high-power pulsed lasers provide excessive output that can damage the tissue. Achieving sufficient light exposure without overexposing or damaging the brain cells/tissues is the real challenge for neurobiologists (Mahmoudi et al., 2017). We can resolve this problem by using lasers with adjustable power.
<h5><b>Summary</b></h5>
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Laser light, often coupled with optical fibers, is used in optogenetics research.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The optogenetics laser covers the entire visible light spectrum, including red, green, blue, and yellow.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The output wavelength of the laser must be in accordance with the sensitivity of the appropriate opsin.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The laser power must be stable, adjustable, and compensate for all losses that occur during delivery.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">There are two types of optogenetics laser, laser diodes, and DPSS.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Optogenetics laser has a wide range of applications in the field of neurobiology.</li>
</ul>
<h5><b>References</b></h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Mahmoudi, P., Veladi, H., &amp; Pakdel, F. G. (2017). <b>Optogenetics, tools and applications in neurobiology</b>. <i>Journal of medical signals and sensors</i>, <i>7</i>(2), 71.</li>
 	<li>Arrigoni, M. (2016). Lasers for Optogenetics and Multimodal Microscopy: Next ultrafast laser generation opens up a diversifying and dynamic range of non‐linear imaging applications. <i>Optik &amp; Photonik</i>, <i>11</i>(2), 27-30.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-laser/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Opto_R-LG473-50-A1_01__00003.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>7490.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R550IE/RWD-R550SE</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[5ch Multi-output Small Animal Anesthesia Machine]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>R550 is a Multi-output Laboratory Small Animal Anesthesia Machine, which is suitable for the simultaneous anesthesia of 1-5 rats, mice, cats, rabbits, and other animals. Each channel for anesthesia can be controlled independently. It will help you save a lot of time during research. The gas flow of the induction box can be adjusted independently, with a range of 0-2.0L/min.</p>		
			<h3>Specifications</h3>		
                <table data-id="6941b48"><thead><tr><th style="width: 180px"><p>Model</p></th><th style="width: 652px"><p>Product Description</p></th><th style="width: 506px"><p>Remarks</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>RWD-R550IE</p></td><td><p>Enhanced Small Animal Anesthesia Device-Isoflurane ,Easy Fill, 0-4L</p></td><td><p>Contains connection tubing for mask &amp; Induction chamber</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD550SE</p></td><td><p>Enhanced Small Animal Anesthesia Device -Sevoflurane, Easy Fill, 0-4L</p></td><td><p>Contains connection tubing for mask &amp; Induction chamber</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
			<p>Evaporation Tank Details</p>		
                <table data-id="53514b7"><thead><tr><th style="width: 579px">Evaporation Tank </th><th>Specifications</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Calibration method</td><td>Laser calibration technology</td></tr><tr><td>Output concentration</td><td><p>0.50%-5.00% (Isoflurane); 0.50%-8.00% (sevoflurane)</p></td></tr><tr><td>Output accuracy</td><td>±0.1 (0-1%); ±0.15 (&gt;1%)</td></tr><tr><td>Anesthetic capacity</td><td>120 ml (volume between the maximum and minimum two tick marks)</td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h2>Features</h2>		
		<ul><li>Multi-channel design can meet the needs of multiple animals(1-5 small animals) simultaneously</li><li>Accurate oxygen flow meter, Flow control range: 0-4L/min available</li><li>High accuracy vaporizer (Each one has an independent test report)</li><li>Gas toggle switch, button switching gas path, more than 100,000 times of service life.</li><li>Quick oxygenation switches to remove residual anesthetic mixture in the tube or anesthesia induction chamber.</li><li>Oxygen or air can be chosen as a gas supply.</li><li>Easy Fill, Key Fill for adding drugs is optional.</li><li>Can be upgraded into a portable anesthesia machine to save space and facilitate movement</li><li>The gas flow of the induction chamber can be adjusted independently, ranging from 0 to 2.0 L/min.</li><li>Toggle switch, quick switching of the gas circuit, 100 thousand times of life</li></ul>		
			<h2>Protocol</h2>		
		<ol><li> Accommodates animals ranging in size from neonate mice to rabbits.</li><li> Six outputs supply anesthesia to the induction chamber and up to five masks.</li><li> Incorporates two flowmeters: one controls the vaporizer (0-4000cc/min) and the other one controls the induction chamber (0-2500cc/min).</li><li>Allows investigator flexibility in designing protocols without calculations.</li><li> Each output (mask) is individually controlled with a simple ON/OFF toggle switch.</li><li> Push-button oxygen flush purges induction chamber before removing animals.</li><li>Carry handle facilitates safe, easy transport of the unit.</li><li>Available in both tabletop and wall mount, and optional post mount with 5-leg spider base <strong>(ask for  more information)</strong></li><li>The built-in temperature compensator ensures the stable concentration of anesthetic gas at different temperatures and flow rates, the flow range is 0.2-10L/min;</li></ol>		
			<h2>Additional Features & Information</h2>		
		<p>Our RWD-R550 Multi-output Anesthesia Machine (size 13x6.75x12.8inch) is our most advanced system and offers highly efficient, a precise gas flow that is easy to use.</p><ol><li>Mixed anesthetic gas output pressure range △ P ≤ 2.5kPa;</li><li>Applicable temperature range: 10-35 ℃;</li><li>Good tightness, internal 50kPa pressure can be maintained, zero leakage, safe and reliable;</li><li>Internal capacity is not less than 120ml, and the range of isoflurane vaporizer concentration is 0-5% (Sevoflurane: 0-8%);</li><li>Anti-accident open lock structure and closed state security protection structure to ensure safety</li></ol> <p><strong>Note: </strong>manifold with 4LPM Flowmeter Vaporizers, Inlet/Outlet End Caps, are included in the RWD-R550 series anesthesia machine</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li><strong>Multi-output Design:</strong> Can anesthetize 1-5 animals (rats, mice, cats, rabbits) simultaneously.</li><li><strong>Independent Control:</strong> Each channel has its own control, allowing for efficient and flexible research.</li><li><strong>Accurate Vaporizer:</strong> High precision with independent calibration for reliable output.</li><li><strong>Gas Flow:</strong> Adjustable flow for both induction chamber and masks (0-4L/min, 0-2L/min for induction).</li><li><strong>Durable:</strong> Over 100,000 toggle switch operations, with options for oxygen flush and portable upgrades.</li><li><strong>Safety:</strong> Stable anesthetic concentration with temperature compensator and anti-accident features.</li></ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/anesthesia-machine-multimodal-output/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Anesthesia_machine_Multimodal_R550_01_2.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>3330.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R620IE</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Pole Mount Anesthesia System]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Our RWD-R620 is the Pole Mount version of R610 Anesthesia Machine, It allows us to transport the whole units to different sites easily and conveniently. <em>Both wall and post mount are available in one unit.**</em>

<strong>The system includes:</strong>
<ol>
 	<li>RWD-RM300 Veterinary Monitor  (It can be used to test the parameters like SpO2, ECG, RESP, NIBP,TEMP and HR)</li>
 	<li>RWD-R620 Anesthesia Machine</li>
 	<li>RWD-R409 Veterinary Ventilator</li>
</ol>
<h6>Features:</h6>
<ol>
 	<li>The built-in temperature compensator ensures the stable concentration of anesthetic gas at different temperatures and flow rates, the flow range is 0.2-10L/min;</li>
 	<li>Mixed anesthetic gas output pressure range △ P ≤ 2.5kPa;</li>
 	<li>Applicable temperature range: 10-35 ℃;</li>
 	<li>Good tightness, internal 50kPa pressure can be maintained, zero leakage, safe and reliable;</li>
 	<li>Internal capacity is not less than 120ml, and the range of isoflurane vaporizer concentration is 0-5% (Sevoflurane: 0-8%);</li>
 	<li>Anti-accident open lock structure and closed state security protection structure to ensure safety</li>
</ol>
<strong>Note:</strong> Manifold (with Pole Mount stand, 4LPM O2 flowmeter, 1L and 2L breathing bags, and breathing Circuit), vaporizer, one pair of end caps, air hose, one gas canister, and one set of endotracheal tubes are all included in the R620 series Pole Mount veterinary anesthesia machine.

Related Products

<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/20190710060132_509135-450x488.jpg" alt="" width="450" height="488" />
Select options
<h5>Anesthesia Machine Pole Mount</h5>
$4,080.00 – $4,300.00

<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Compact-Anesthesia-System-20190822095055_711115-450x488.jpg" alt="" width="450" height="488" />
Select options
<h5>Compact Small Animal Anesthesia Device</h5>
$1,900.00 – $2,400.00

<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Anesthesia_machine_Multimodal_R550_01_2-450x338.jpg" alt="Anesthesia Machine: Multimodal Output" width="450" height="338" />
Select options
<h5>5ch Multi-output Small Animal Anesthesia Machine</h5>
$2,900.00 – $3,130.00

<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/r540.jpg" alt="Anesthesia Machine: Standard Rodent" width="390" height="390" />
Select options
<h5>Anesthesia Machine: Enhanced Small Animal Anesthesia Device</h5>
$2,200.00 – $2,790.00]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/pole-mount-anesthesia-system/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/guge8496_1-scaled.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>8210.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R583S</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Anesthetic Vaporizer]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Features</h2>
Anesthetic vaporizers are used in the administration of volatile anesthetics. The device works by controlling the vaporization of the liquid anesthetic agent and delivering a reliable concentration to the subject.
<ol>
 	<li>Automatic flow rate and temperature compensation.</li>
 	<li>Flow rate 0.2-10,000cc/min and temperature 10-35℃</li>
 	<li>Safe and reliable tanks with 50kPa pressure tolerance.</li>
 	<li>120cc Liquid capacity</li>
 	<li>Output precise and adjustable concentration</li>
 	<li>Integrated safety lock to prevent unintentional engagement.</li>
 	<li>A large sight glass for at-a-glance liquid level monitoring.</li>
 	<li>Use with Isoflurane 0-5% output or sevoflurane 0-8% output,</li>
 	<li>Pour-fill and easy attachment-fill styles are available for each vaporizer.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
Anesthetic vaporizers are used in the administration of volatile anesthetics. The device works by controlling the vaporization of the liquid anesthetic agent and delivering a reliable concentration to the subject. These devices manage the delivery of the anesthetic concentration by taking into account the varying ambient temperature, fresh gas flow, and agent vapor pressure.

Modern vaporizers have come a long way since their initial open mask design. Classification of vaporizers can be based on many factors such as the method of output regulation and method of vaporization; however, in clinical research, the primary interest is in the deliverance of precise concentration of the anesthetic agent. Vaporizers that allow accurate selection of the final concentration of the agent are known as precision vaporizers.
<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>
Conduct Science’s vaporizer system has a 120 cc liquid capacity with a large sight glass to allow liquid level monitoring at-a-glance. The apparatus has an automated flow rate (0.2 to 10,000 cc/min) and temperature compensation (10° to 35° C) capabilities and is equipped with 50kPa pressure tolerance tanks. To prevent unintentional engagement, the system comes with an integrated safety lock. These vaporizers are designed to be used with isoflurane (0 to 5% output) and sevoflurane (0 to 8% output) and are available as pour-fill, easy attachment-fill, and cage mount-fill styles.

The vaporizer system is composed of a concentration control dial, the bypass chamber, the vaporizing chamber, the filler port, and the filler cap.

Vaporizers are designed to be used with specific anesthetic agents and are equipped with filling systems to enforce the same. The filler tubes are agent-specific. The fittings on the vaporizer and the collar of the bottles are specific to the agent too. This precaution is built into the design to prevent the mixing of the anesthetic agents.

Most modern vaporizers can be seen fitted to the back bar of the anesthetic machines using special mounting systems. These set-ups allow a quick and easy exchange of vaporizers between anesthetic machines. Although multiple vaporizers can be fitted to the anesthetic machine, as a cautionary measure most back bar systems restrict usage to only one vaporizer at a time.
<h2>Mode of Operation</h2>
The variable bypass vaporizers are the most commonly used vaporizers. Their working principle involves splitting the fresh gas flow and saturating a small portion completely with the volatile anesthetic before recombining into the main gas flow. This process is achieved by setting the anesthetic concentration using the control dial and the pressurized chamber of the plenum vaporizers. These devices are also equipped with thermo-compensation capabilities for a steady vaporizer output.
<h2>Precautions</h2>
To ensure the appropriate working of the plenum vaporizer systems, it is important that the system is supplied with pressurized gas. The vaporizer must be correctly attached, and locking mechanisms must be fully engaged to avoid any leakage of the agent and the gas. Vaporizers must not be overfilled or underfilled to prevent failure of the vaporizer systems. It is also important to ensure that the correct anesthetic agent is used to prevent over- or under-dosing the subject. Regular servicing of the vaporizer is also critical for its proper functioning.
<h2>References</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Chakravarti S, Basu S (2013). Modern anaesthesia vapourisers. Indian J Anaesth. 57(5):464-71. DOI: 10.4103/0019-5049.120142.</li>
 	<li>Fish, R. E. (2008). Anesthesia and Analgesia in Laboratory Animals. Amsterdam: Elsevier.</li>
 	<li>Flecknel, P. (2009). Laboratory Animal Anaesthesia. Elsevier.</li>
</ol>
Frequent Asked Questions

Is the Vaporizer a Standalone Vaporizer? Is it a standalone product?

The vaporizer is standalone and it comes with an inlet and outlet caps.

Which are the dosing methods for the Vaporizers?

When using a small animal anesthesia machine and when adding inhalation anesthetics to the evaporation tank, there are three ways to choose:
<ol>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Pour-Fill dosing method (IP): </b>When the Pour-Fill evaporation tank needs to be dosed, open the cap of the anesthetic bottle and pour the anesthetic directly into the dosing port of the evaporation tank at an appropriate flow rate.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Easy-Fill dosing method (IE):</b> Easy-Fill evaporation canister needs to use the dosing adapter. When using it, you need to install the dosing adapter to the anesthetic bottle first, align the adapter to the evaporation can’s dosing port, and press the anesthetic bottle At the end, the sealed dosing can be realized.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Key-Fill dosing method (IK):</b> Key-Fill evaporation tank requires a key filling adapter, which can be inserted into the evaporation tank to ensure slow dosing and minimize the waste of anesthetics. This method is a completely enclosed dosing method.</li>
</ol>
What are the available options to install the Vaporizer?

The Vaporizer can be installed in two options:
<ol>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Cagemount:</b> conventional loading inlet and outlet ports, fixed by screws.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Selectatec:</b> Suspended component installation, evaporator knob adjustment, ready to take away.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/vaporizer/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/vaporizer_01__00008.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>2050.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-VLR419</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Intelligent Anesthesia Ventilator]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>		
                <table data-id="9d49e37"><thead><tr><th style="width: 163px"><p>Product Name</p></th><th style="width: 10px"><p>Model/Specification</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Application</p></td><td><p>Patient weight &lt;=100kg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Gas supply pressure</p></td><td><p>41-87Psi</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Respiration rate</p></td><td><p>2-60bmp(adjustable)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Tidal volume output</p></td><td><p>20-1500ml(adjustable)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>I：E</p></td><td><p>1：1.1-1：4.0(adjustable)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Peak inspiratory pressure</p></td><td><p>5-35cmH2O</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Trigger pressure</p></td><td><p>-9.0〜-1.0cmH2O</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Touch color screen</p></td><td><p>5 inch, 800 × 480</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Dimension</p></td><td><p>253mm×224mm×112mm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Weight</p></td><td><p>3.22kg</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Power supply&nbsp;</p></td><td><p>110v-220v</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>Mechanical ventilation plays a crucial role in the survivability of patients and animals with poor respiratory functions. Ventilation in these situations can be either support or completely replace spontaneous breathing. Inadequate gas exchange indicates the need for mechanical ventilation. This can be indicated by severe hypoxemia despite oxygen therapy (Pa<sub>O2</sub> &lt;60 mm Hg), severe hypoventilation (defined as P<sub>CO2</sub> &gt;60 mm Hg), excessive work of breathing, or severe circulatory shock. Hypoxemia can result from inadequate inspired oxygen, the elevation of the partial pressure of carbon dioxide (PCO2) (hypoventilation), or venous admixture.</p><p>Mechanical ventilation also is a common component of anesthesia practices due to the respiratory system depression caused by most anesthetic agents. Further, to make the handling of animals easier, neuromuscular blocking (NBM) agents are often used during anesthesia and surgical procedures. These agents induce paralysis and hence require the use of mechanical ventilators to ensure adequate respiratory functions. Though specific animal mechanical ventilators are available, mechanical ventilators no longer used for humans can also be repurposed for use in animal-based studies. Mechanical ventilators are selected based on the size and weight of the animal.</p><p>The most common design of large animal ventilators is the bag-in-the-box design system. These systems rely on compressed gas to power a bag or bellow to empty and push a volume of gas into the lungs in a large animal circle system. They provide an isolated interface between the breathing system gases and the gases that power intermittent positive pressure ventilation (IPPV). The bag-in-the-box systems, however, do not offer positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) or are limited to a value of 10 cmH<sub>2</sub>O. Further, they tend to be rather noisy due to their significant dependence on compressed gas to operate. The latest large animal ventilators make use of electrical motors and arrangements for the movement of the gas in the system to overcome the shortcomings of the bag-in-the-box systems. Compared to their older counterparts, the latest mechanical ventilators’ microprocessor capabilities offer a direct and wide range of control of the ventilation parameters. Apart from the achievability of desired patterns, the latest systems also allow a variety of ventilation modes including a wide range of PEEP and do not require disconnection or switching of breathing bags during spontaneous breathing.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>		
		<p>Conduct Science offers a mechanical ventilator for large animals weighing up to 100 kgs. The ventilator can be used for large mammals including rabbits, dogs, monkeys, pigs, sheep. (For small animal ventilators click here and here)</p><p>The 5.8 kg device has a dimension of 22.5 x 2.8 x 3.2 cm. The ventilator comes with two interchangeable bellows of capacity 0 to 300 ml and 300 to 1500 ml. The mechanical ventilator is also equipped with dual LED and sound alarm modifiable trigger settings for monitoring proximal airway pressure in real-time. It also has provisions for multiple gas supplies; O<sub>2</sub>, nitrogen, and clean, dry air. Apart from these features, the mechanical ventilator has the following technical specifications and features,</p><p><strong>Mode Of Operation</strong></p><p>As opposed to manual ventilation, mechanical ventilators allow the precise control of the duration of inspiration and expiration, the volume of gas delivered to the lungs, and the pressure reached in the airway during inspiration. Ventilators achieve controlled ventilation by application of intermittent positive pressure to the airway, which can be accomplished by directly delivering gas to the anesthetic breathing system or indirectly by compressing a rebreathing bag or bellows.</p><p>The first step of ventilating an animal involves the calculation of the required tidal volume (approximately 7 to 10 ml/kg body weight) and selection of the respiratory rate. Generally, the rate is selected slightly lower than the normal resting rate of the animal when it’s conscious. In case the ventilator does not have direct settings for tidal volume and respiratory rate then they are most likely to have settings for inspiratory time and inspiratory flow rate.</p><p>Further, some ventilators may only provide controls for inspiratory time and inspiratory: expiratory (I: E) ratio. The ratio is usually set to 1:2, however, a ratio of 1:3 and 1:4 can also be used without causing significant cardiac depression while maintaining inflation pressures below 20 cm water. Apart from these variables, maximum inspiratory pressure should also be set on the ventilator at less than 15 cm water for small animals and not more than 25 cm water for large animals, under most circumstances.</p><ol><li> </li></ol>		
			<h2>Protocol</h2>		
		<p>Mechanical ventilation in animals is often used in researches that require long-term use of anesthesia or when neuromuscular blocking agents are used during surgeries. Controlling ventilation relies on the use of an endotracheal tube or the placement of a tracheal cannula if the animal is not intended to recover. These methods prove successful in comparison to using a face mask, which risks the inflation of the stomach, and laryngeal masks. Once the tube or cannula is placed, it is then connected to the ventilator to allow mechanical ventilation.</p><p>Prior to beginning the procedures of mechanical ventilation, it should be ensured that all the equipment and instruments used are thoroughly cleaned. The subject must be adequately and appropriately anesthetized before and during the entirety of the procedure to ensure humane treatment.</p><p><strong>Endotracheal Intubation</strong></p><p>Endotracheal intubation is assisted by a laryngoscope. The type of endotracheal tube and laryngoscope (Miller laryngoscope and Macintosh laryngoscope) used are dependent on the size and weight of the subject. An appropriate length for an endotracheal tube is usually the approximate distance from the external nares to just anterior to the thoracic inlet. The tubes should be lubricated with a small quantity of lidocaine gel to allow easy passage. Further, cough and swallowing reflexes should be adequately numbed. It is recommended that the animal is administered with oxygen for about 2 minutes before being intubated to slow the advent of hypoxia should the larynx be obstructed. The detailed methodology of endotracheal intubation of different animals can be found here.</p><p>The procedure of insertion of the endotracheal tube is performed by resting the animal on its back (generally), with the neck and head flexed. The laryngoscope is then advanced over the tongue towards the pharynx. Care must be taken to extend the tongue and avoid damaging the surface of the teeth of the animal. Following successful laryngoscopy, the endotracheal tube is advanced into the trachea.</p><p><strong>Performing Laryngoscopy Using MacIntosh Blades</strong></p><ol><li>Place the subject on its back.</li><li>Hold the laryngoscope in your left hand.</li><li>Extend the subject’s tongue forward and to the left.</li><li>Slowly insert the blade into the right side of the subject’s mouth.</li><li>Advance the blade inward and midline towards the base of the tongue.</li><li>Place the tip of the blade in front of the epiglottis in the vallecula.</li><li>Apply pressure caudally and upward with the handle placed at an angle of 45 degrees.</li><li>Lift the handle until vocal cords are visualized.</li><li>Perform intubation under direct visualization of vocal cords.</li><li>Withdraw the blade while firmly holding the endotracheal tube in place.</li></ol><p><strong>Tracheostomy</strong></p><ol><li>Adequately anesthetize the subject and place it in the supine position with its limbs restrained.</li><li>Extend the neck. Remove the hair below the mandible and ensure local asepsis of the area.</li><li>Make an incision midline below the neck.</li><li>Separate the salivary glands and fix the muscles surrounding the trachea with sutures.</li><li>Once the trachea is visualized, make an incision between the fourth and the fifth tracheal ring and insert the cannula.</li></ol><h5> </h5><ol><li> </li></ol>		
			<h2>Applications</h2>		
		<p><strong><em>Evaluation of effects of mechanical ventilation on coagulation and fibrinolysis in ARDS model</em></strong></p><p>Wang and Shen (2015) evaluated the effects of ventilation using different tidal volumes on coagulation and fibrinolysis in rabbits with acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS). ARDS was induced using a sequential injection of 0.1 mL/kg oleic acid (OA) and 500 μg/kg lipopolysaccharide (LPS) via an auricular vein.  Healthy adult male rabbits were divided into 5 groups of which one group served as a sham and another as a model group. Animals in the other groups were either ventilated on low V<sub>T</sub> (6 mL/kg), routine V<sub>T</sub> (10 mL/kg), or high V<sub>T</sub> (15 mL/kg). The experiment was concluded after 6 hours of LPS injection. Data collected based on the blood samples showed that mechanical ventilation with low V<sub>T</sub> improved coagulability and fibrinolytic status, while ventilation with routine V<sub>T</sub> had little effect on coagulability and fibrinolytic status. However high V<sub>T</sub> ventilation significantly deteriorated the coagulability and fibrinolytic function in ARDS.</p><p><strong><em>Investigation of the effect of airway humidification during mechanical ventilation</em></strong></p><p>Jiang et al. experiment aimed to establish a relationship between airway humidification and mechanical ventilation-induced lung inflammatory responses. For their investigation male Japanese white rabbits were divided into control animals, dry gas group (no humidification), and experimental animals. The control animals were sacrificed soon after anesthesia while the dry gas and experimental group were on mechanical ventilation for 8 hours. The experimental group was further divided into groups that underwent ventilation with humidification at 30, 35, 40, and 45°C. Results of the investigation showed that the dry gas group showed increased tumor necrosis alpha factor levels in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) compared to the controls. At a humidification temperature of 40°C, it was observed that tumor necrosis factor-alpha and interleukin-8 levels in the BALF reached baseline levels.  Further, at 40°C humidification pathological injury was reduced in comparison to other groups based on the histological score. It was concluded that appropriate humidification reduced inflammatory responses, reduced damage to cilia, and reduced water loss in the airway.</p><p><strong><em>Assessment of the process of de-recruitment in normal lungs ventilated for 16 hours</em></strong></p><p>Tucci et al. evaluated lung dysfunction and inflammation in anesthetized sheep ventilated at 8 mL/kg V<sub>T</sub> and PEEP at zero. Based on the emission scans taken at baseline and after 16 hours, it was observed that the gas fraction decreased in dorsal (0.31±0.13 to 0.14±0.12, P&lt;0.01), but not in ventral regions (0.61±0.03 to 0.63±0.07, P=nonsignificant), with time constants of 1.5 – 44.6 hours. Further, shunt increased in dorsal regions (0.34±0.23 to 0.63±0.35, P&lt;0.01), though no change in the vertical distribution of relative perfusion was observed. After 16 hours, an increase in the average pulmonary net F-fluorodeoxyglucose uptake rate (3.4±1.4 to 4.1±1.5 10(-3)/min) was observed in the regions of interest along the ventral-dorsal direction. Also, in the corresponding average regions of interest, the F-fluorodeoxyglucose phosphorylation rate increased from 2.0±0.2 to 2.5±0.2 10(-2)/min (P&lt;0.01).</p><p><em><strong>Assessment of effects of mechanical ventilation on abdominal edema and inflammation in sepsis</strong></em></p><p>Lattuada et al. speculated that mechanical ventilation led to an increase in abdominal edema and inflammation in sepsis. This speculation was tested in the porcine endotoxemia model. Anesthetized pigs were divided into healthy controls and endotoxemia groups. Healthy control pigs either breathed spontaneously with continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) of 5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O or were mechanically ventilated with PEEP of 5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O for 5 hours. The endotoxin group received intravenous endotoxin at a dose of 15 μg/kg/h for 2.5 hours during mechanical ventilation (MV) with PEEP of 5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O (MV + PEEP5). Following this, they were divided into groups that were maintained on MV + PEEP5, MV with PEEP of 15 cm H<sub>2</sub>O, or spontaneous breathing (SB) with CPAP of 5 cm H<sub>2</sub>O for another 2.5 hours. Isotope technique was used to estimate abdominal edema formation and inflammatory markers were measured in liver, intestine, lung, and plasma. The data obtained from the investigation suggested that mechanical ventilation with positive end-expiratory pressure increased abdominal edema and inflammation in the intestine and liver by increasing systemic capillary leakage and impeding abdominal lymph drainage.</p>		
			<h2>Precautions</h2>		
		<p>Animals should be handled appropriately, and humane treatment must be ensured throughout the procedures to avoid undue injury or stress to the animal. All equipment and apparatus must be thoroughly cleaned before use to avoid chances of infections and other complications. Animals should be anesthetized appropriately, and measures to maintain the appropriate depth of anesthesia should be followed. It is important to monitor the anesthesia and vital signs of the animal throughout the procedure. Further, the tubes leading to the animal containing inspired air and the tubes returning from the animal containing expired air should be kept as short as possible to minimize dead space. If the animal is expected to recover from the procedure, an appropriate recovery area should be maintained, and a recovery routine should be followed.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<h6><strong>Strengths</strong></h6><p>Modern mechanical ventilators, unlike their older versions, rely on electricity to operate. In addition to power backups and other modes of power, modern ventilators also allow the option of manual ventilation. Further, as opposed to the older versions, modern ventilators allow more control over ventilation parameters. In clinical practices, a single device for mechanical ventilation makes the technical features of the ventilation procedure simple. The device mitigates the need for a separate piece of equipment and the hassle of shifting the subject during the experiment as seen with manual devices. The programmability of mechanical ventilators also helps guarantee the standardization of protocol and repetition of the procedure between subjects; This capability helps reduce ambiguity in research and promotes the accuracy of results. The diversity in sizes of the mechanical ventilators permits researchers to research animals of different weights and sizes without any restrictions.</p><h6><strong>Limitations</strong></h6><p>Classical large animal ventilators do not generally offer positive end-expiratory pressure or have PEEP restricted at 10cmH<sub>2</sub>O. Further, these systems are dependent on a substantial amount of compressed gas in addition to being noisy. As with any equipment, the mechanical ventilator must be monitored to avoid any issues that can arise during assisted ventilation. It is important that breathing motion and lung volume are monitored throughout the various stages of the breathing cycle. Prolonged ventilation may affect the survivability of the subject. Additionally, extrapolating the research results to other animals of different ages or species has its limitations.</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ol><li>Mechanical ventilation is used to support or replace spontaneous breathing. They often are part of the anesthetization process, especially when neuromuscular blocking agents are used.</li><li>Bag-in-the-box design is a commonly used system of mechanical ventilation.</li><li>Mechanical ventilators can potentially cause ventilator-induced lung injury, leading to the rapid type of disuse atrophy in respiratory-related muscles, barotrauma, and impairment of mucociliary motility in the airways.</li><li>The use of mechanical ventilators has been extended to the research of ventilator-induced lung injuries and for understanding the relationship between ventilator settings and certain biological responses.</li><li>Mechanical ventilation is performed either via endotracheal intubation or by cannulating the trachea (tracheotomy).</li><li>It is important that the animal is sufficiently anesthetized before ventilation and is placed in an appropriate position to prevent injury.</li><li>Good anesthesia practice should involve appropriate anesthesia management and monitoring techniques, and recovery care.</li><li>Neuromuscular blocking agents only produce paralysis. Thus efforts to monitor the depth of anesthesia is critical for the humane treatment of the animals.</li><li>Anesthetization of pregnant animals should be done with extreme caution to prevent undesirable effects.</li></ol>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<ol><li>Hopper K, Powell LL (2013). Basics of mechanical ventilation for dogs and cats. Vet Clin North Am Small Anim Pract. 43(4):955-69. DOI: 10.1016/j.cvsm.2013.03.009.</li><li>Jiang M, Song JJ, Guo XL, Tang YL, Li HB (2015). Airway Humidification Reduces the Inflammatory Response During Mechanical Ventilation. Respir Care. 60(12):1720-8. doi: 10.4187/respcare.03640.</li><li>Lattuada M, Bergquist M, Maripuu E, Hedenstierna G (2013). Mechanical ventilation worsens abdominal edema and inflammation in porcine endotoxemia. Crit Care. 17(3):R126. DOI: 10.1186/cc12801.</li><li>Tucci MR, Costa EL, Wellman TJ, Musch G, Winkler T, Harris RS, Venegas JG, Amato MB, Melo MF (2013). Regional lung derecruitment and inflammation during 16 hours of mechanical ventilation in supine healthy sheep. Anesthesiology. 119(1):156-65. DOI: 10.1097/ALN.0b013e31829083b8.</li><li>Wang X, Shen F (2015). [Effects of mechanical ventilation with different tidal volumes on coagulation/fibrinolysis in rabbits with acute respiratory distress syndrome].Zhonghua Wei Zhong Bing Ji Jiu Yi Xue. 27(7):585-90. DOI: 10.3760/cma.j.issn.2095-4352.2015.07.009. Chinese.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/intelligent-anesthesia-ventilator/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/CS_veterinary_anesthesia_ventillator_01_6.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>4600.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-68228</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Stereotaxic Cordless Microdrill Holder]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>		
		<p>Holder secures the cordless microdrill to stereotaxic instruments. controls the depth of drilling by the manipulator. Easy and accurate operation protects brain tissue from damage caused by excessive drilling. Holds the microdrill with diameter about 19.5mm</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/stereotaxic-cordless-microdrill-holder/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/68228-Cordless-Microdrill-holder.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>399.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-MB78040</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Microdrill Bit]]></g:title>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/microdrill-bit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/microdrill_01__00000_b91c23ce-6662-4e56-b61c-203d2d75c736_grande.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>35.50 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R510-07</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Five-Channel Flowmeter (Measuring Range 1 L/min)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Introduction</h5>
Flowmeters are used to assess the flow rate of gases that pass through it. These delicate instruments are always calibrated for one gas only in an anesthetic system. The flowmeter system consists of a control valve and flow meter sub-assembly. A needle valve is used as the control value and is responsible for controlling the flow of gas passing through the flow meter. Aggressive handling of these instruments can lead to breakage or false readings. Thus, flow meters should always be operated by hand and with care.
<h5>Principle</h5>
Modern anesthetic systems are usually equipped with a tapered glass tube that consists of a bobbin or a ball to measure the flow rate. The readings from the flowmeters are observed from the bobbin or sphere floating on the stream of gas. The scale is marked directly on the flow meter tube or is present to the right of the tube. Since the annular space increases more rapidly than the internal diameter as we move upwards in the tube, the gradations are closer together at the top of the scale. Another type of flowmeter, called the turret-type flow meter can be seen in older anesthetic machines. These flowmeters, unlike the modern ones, have gas flowing out from the bottom of the instrument.

The control valve knobs usually are color-coded. However, some systems have a fluted knob for oxygen flow.
<h5>Mode of Operation</h5>
The control valves are opened, and this leads to the flow of gases through their flow meters. Compared to the ball flowmeters, the bobbin flowmeters provide more accurate readings. Readings in the bobbin flowmeter are read from the top of the bobbin, while in the ball flow meter the reading is taken from the middle of the ball.

The sequencing of the flow meters is also crucial. When using multiple flowmeters, it should be ensured that the oxygen gas flow meter is always mounted downstream. The downstream mounting of the oxygen flow meter ensures that the subjects do not get a hypoxic mixture in case of leakage.
<h5>Precautions</h5>
Flowmeters may not function as expected if they are not placed vertically. Bobbin and ball in the flowmeter may stick to the tube due to static electricity or dirt. Back-pressure from other components of the anesthetic system may affect the values. Care must be taken to ensure the valve is properly opened for optimal gas flow without any undue resistance. Ensure that the valve is not closed too tightly, as this may result in damaging the inlet.
<h5>References</h5>
Flecknel, P. (2009). Laboratory Animal Anaesthesia. Elsevier.

Gurudatt C (2013). The basic anaesthesia machine. Indian J Anaesth. 57(5):438-45. doi: 10.4103/0019-5049.120138.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/five-channel-flowmeter-measuring-range-1-l-min/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/20190822113433_374447.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>660.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-C45001-00</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Miller Laryngoscope]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
The Miller laryngoscope is the most widely used straight laryngoscope blade for the visualization of the larynx. Robert A. Miller introduced the Miller blade in 1941 as endotracheal intubation began to be a common practice. His design overcame the issues of then commonly used laryngoscope blades. The Miller blades are longer, rounded at the bottom, smaller at the tip, and have an extra curve starting two inches from the end. These blades are commonly used for infants as it is easier to visualize the glottis due to the relatively larger size of the epiglottis in relation to the glottis. Laryngoscopy using the Miller blade is performed by positioning the blade posterior to the epiglottis to expose the glottis and vocal folds.

The Miller blades may be more useful than MacIntosh blades in subjects with short, thick necks, higher position of larynxes in the neck, big tongue or those that are obese. The Miller blades are available starting size 0 to size 5.

Pre-laryngoscopy Preparations

Pre-anesthesia fasting of 8 to 12 hours is required in larger animals to minimize the risk of vomiting during induction or recovery from anesthesia. In smaller animals this step is unnecessary. However, guinea pigs may retain food in their pharynx. If this phenomenon is observed in a significant number of subjects (guinea pigs) then fasting them for 3 to 4 hours before anesthesia may be sufficient. Pre-anesthesia tests should also be performed to assess the subject's health status and age.

Laryngoscopy can be performed in lightly anesthetized subjects; however, it is recommended that this method only be used once proficiency in the technique has been achieved. Before intubating, the subject should be administered oxygen for about 2 minutes as a preemptive measure to slow down the onset of hypoxia that could arise from the inadvertently obstructed larynx. Although laryngoscopy can be performed as an emergency diagnostic tool before surgical correction, it is most effectively performed in stable subjects.
<h5>Performing Laryngoscopy Using Miller Blades</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Place the subject on its back.</li>
 	<li>Hold the laryngoscope in your dominant hand.</li>
 	<li>Extend the subject's tongue forward and to the left.</li>
 	<li>Slowly insert the blade into the right side of the subject’s mouth.</li>
 	<li>Advance the blade inward and midline towards the base of the tongue.</li>
 	<li>Place the tip of the blade under the epiglottis.</li>
 	<li>Apply pressure caudally and upward with the handle placed at an angle of 45 degrees.</li>
 	<li>Lift the handle until vocal cords are visualized.</li>
 	<li>Perform intubation under direct visualization of vocal cords.</li>
 	<li>Withdraw the blade while firmly holding the endotracheal tube in place.</li>
</ul>
Cleaning Procedure

Remove blade from the handle and tighten bulb before rinsing the blade under cool running tap water to remove all visible soil. Scrub the blade thoroughly using a soft bristle blade after soaking the blades in an enzymatic detergent. Wash once again under cool running tap water to remove residual detergent. Dry the blade using a clean lint-free cloth.
<h5>Precautions</h5>
Skeletal and soft tissue factors of the subjects may affect the visibility of the line of sight of the larynx. Improper usage of the blade can result in trauma to soft tissues and damage frontal teeth. When selecting blade size, consider the weight of the subject. Always test the laryngoscope blades and handles after cleaning, disinfection, sterilization and before usage. Since the handles of the blades also serve as counterbalance an appropriate size of the handle should be selected to match the blade size used.
<h5>References</h5>
Robert A. Miller (1941). "A new laryngoscope". Anesthesiology. 2 (3): 317–20. doi:10.1097/00000542-194105000-00008.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/miller-laryngoscope-set/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Laryngoscope_Miller_01__00009.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>420.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SCAAS-01</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Stereotaxic Injection Animal Anesthesia Solutions]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Description</h5>
This solution is specially used for neuroscience research. Unique stereotaxic frame nosecone masks are designed to combine the anesthesia system and stereotaxic location system, which makes brain-related procedures or research more successful and have much better outcomes, for example, the development of animal neurological diseases models (Alzheimer's and Parkinson's diseases, cerebral and spinal cord injury, etc.), drug injection to the brain, cannula implantation for long-term drug administration, nervous stimulation, physiological signal record, microdialysis probe implantation and so on. Similarly, any leaks around the animal’s nose can be captured by the scavenging system to protect research subjects from being exposed.

Comes with the following items, the key difference with this system is the active scavenging system as well as the stereotaxic platform inclusion
<h5>Includes</h5>
<input type="search" placeholder="Search" />
<table data-id="8338f7e" data-items-per-page="10">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>QTY</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Air Pump</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Small Anesthesia Machine</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Induction Chamber - Mouse or Rat</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stereotaxic Frame Nosecone</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gas Canister Filter (Large)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Gas Evacuation Apparatus</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/stereotaxic-compatible-active-anesthesia-system/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/20190822094021_433925.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>9660.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>3501/2</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Y Maze]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>		
                <table data-id="deebb1c"><thead><tr><th style="width: 376px"><p>Species</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Mouse</p></th><th><p>Rat </p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Arm Width</p></td><td><p> 5 cm</p></td><td><p> 10 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Arm Length</p></td><td><p>35 cm</p></td><td><p> 50 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Arm Height</p></td><td><p> 20 cm</p></td><td><p> 30 cm</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
		<p>The Y-maze is often preferred to the T-maze because gradual turns decrease learning time as compared to the sharp turns of the T-maze. It is also a smaller maze* to allow fewer degrees of freedom of movement, focusing the animal on the task at hand. The Y Maze can also be baited with food for rewarded alternation. Food wells are standard 1cm deep.</p>		
			<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Click here
					</a>
			<h2>Modifications</h2>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze-backlight/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Artboard-1-100-qugh5yo6opnxfwybibn65o0pr4bx4lj43j9t8emhhc.jpg" title="cue lights" alt="cue lights" loading="lazy" />								</a>
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze-stand/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Artboard-7-100-qugh63ddmvud1yrhqvob04u0q1or731rs6j8msfim8.jpg" title="Stand" alt="Stand" loading="lazy" />								</a>
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze-escape-tubes/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Artboard-3-100-qugh61hp97rsequ81uv1v5b3j9y0roub3x89o8iayo.jpg" title="Escape tubes" alt="Escape tubes" loading="lazy" />								</a>
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Artboard-4-100-qugh65920jwxp6orfwhk54cxwtfhmh98gfu7lccq9s.jpg" title="cue lights" alt="cue lights" loading="lazy" />													
			<h5>Backlights
</h5>		
		<p>$295</p><p>Available in fluroscent white, blue, red, IR</p>		
			<h5>Stand</h5>		
		<p>Mouse: 32cm, $150</p><p>Rat: 45cm, $200</p><p> </p>		
			<h5>Escape Tubes</h5>		
		<p>Mouse: 4cm diameter, $350</p><p>Rat: 8cm diameter, $400</p><p>3x tubes</p>		
			<h5>Cue Lights</h5>		
		<p>3x, push for on/off</p><p>$250</p>		
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Food-Hole_3bd243e0-2f70-495c-a9ec-ee305bc04372-queisx9lbe4i9sc0oeirtvcjw9cw4fjhu5mdhpgnv4.jpg" title="Food-Hole_3bd243e0-2f70-495c-a9ec-ee305bc04372.jpg" alt="Elevated Plus Maze Food Wells" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Water-Seal-queisegtipertl3bq6e8g03c0jxjuhgv3kknw68jbk.jpg" title="Water-Seal.jpg" alt="Water-Seal.jpg" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/thumb_Artboard-9-100-qugh690erw22zmjaty42f3esacwyh9o5syg5ig75kw.jpg" title="doors" alt="doors" loading="lazy" />													
													<img width="800" height="800" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-1024x1024.jpg" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-1024x1024.jpg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-300x300.jpg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-150x150.jpg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-768x768.jpg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-1536x1536.jpg 1536w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-2048x2048.jpg 2048w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-20x20.jpg 20w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-600x600.jpg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100-100x100.jpg 100w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Artboard-5-100.jpg 1920w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />													
			<h5>Food wells</h5>		
		<p>1, 2, or 3 arms</p><p>$100</p>		
			<h5>Water Sealing</h5>		
		<p>$300</p>		
			<h5>Doors</h5>		
		<p>To fit.</p><p>$100</p>		
			<h5>Goal Boxes</h5>		
		<p>To fit at the end of each arm.</p><p>$250</p>		
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>The Y-Maze is a modified version of a T-Maze. Unlike the T-Maze that has sharp turn angles, the Y-Maze provides a much more natural turn of the arms (120 degrees in the Y-maze compared to 90 degrees in the T-Maze). The natural tendency of rodents to explore new environments serves as the basis of the Y-Maze task. This exploratory task involves many parts of the subject’s brain including the hippocampus, septum, basal forebrain and pre-frontal cortex. Many types of research involving neurodegenerative and neuropsychiatric diseases focus on the hippocampus as lesions or damage to it is believed to affect cognition and spatial learning. Thus Y-Mazes are part of the widely used behavioral tasks in the assessment of spatial learning and memory.</p><p>The Y-Maze, just like the T-Maze, offers only two choices to the subjects. In a baited Y-Maze task, once the subject has retrieved the reward from one of the arms, it is expected to visit the next arm on the next trial. This simple behavioral task tests cognitive function based on the ability of the subject to remember spatial locations requiring hippocampal-dependent reference memory. Administration of certain drugs or in disease model can affect this ability.</p><p>Spence and Lippitt (1946) used a simple Y-Maze as an experimental test for the sign-gestalt theory of trial and learning that was suggested by Tolman. The Y-Maze goal arms were baited with water in one arm, and food rewards in the other. Subjects that were either thirst or food deprived were used to put to the test Tolman’s idea of learning. Dember and Fowler (1959) studied alternation behavior using Forced Alternation and Spontaneous Alternation tasks and suggested their findings in the T-Maze can also be replicated on a Y-Maze. Since then the Y-Maze has been used in studying various aspects of spatial learning, memory, and cognition.</p><p>The Y-Maze is usually a symmetrical capital ‘Y’ shaped maze with the arms spaced at an angle of 120 degrees. This construction makes the Y-Maze ideal for the Continuous Alternation protocol. Modifications such as guillotine doors and escape tunnels can easily be added to the maze. The Y-Maze can also be adapted for investigation of spatial learning specifics in different animals and disease or intervention models.</p>		
									<h2>
						See our citation list					</h2>
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/citations/">
						Click Here					</a>
			<h2>History</h2>		
		<h6>Origin</h6><p>In 1946, Spence and Lippitt made use of a simple Y-Maze that had one arm baited with water and the other arm baited with food. Their experiment was an investigation into the ongoing debate among psychologists regarding Thorndike’s law of effect and Tolman’s theory of learning. Spence and Lippitt’s experiment attempted to translate the theoretical representation of simple trial-and-error learning as suggested by Tolman. In their experiment, rats were divided into two groups and given 12 days’ experience of thirst motivation in a simple Y-Maze. The maze had one path that led to water and the other to an empty box for one group and food in the case of the other group. Their experiment’s result was in disagreement with the Tolman theory as both the groups chose the arm baited with water.</p><p>In the late 1950s, Dember and Fowler researched the alternation behavior in animals. Their series of published papers described spontaneous vs. free alternation behaviors and the influence of rewards and reinforcement on these tasks (Dember and Fowler 1959, Fowler et al.,1959a, Fowler et al.,1959b). Since then, the Y-Maze and T-Maze have been developed as relatively simple and have been widely used for assessing spatial memory.</p><p>In 1961, Hellyer and Straughan tested the hypothesis that alternate behavior is learned by first pre-training food and water deprived rats on a rewarded straight runway or table top and then testing them on a baited Y-Maze. The resulting analysis showed that animals trained on the table top alternated significantly more than those trained on the straight runway.  The data also revealed that the animals trained on the table top exhibit a relatively high percentage of alternation at the outset but alternate progressively less with trials. The researchers, based on the results, concluded that the effects of preliminary training were temporary.</p><h6>Developments</h6><p>The Y-Maze also serves as a simple tool in understanding the role of different parts of the brain in spatial learning. In 1986, Cazala tested the effects of electrical stimulation of certain brain areas of mice and subjected them to a spatial discrimination task in a Y-Maze. Each subject received one electrode implanted in the following structures: the medial hypothalamus, the medial lemniscus, the lateral tegmentum, the reticular formation, the dorsal part of the mesencephalic central gray area and the lateral hypothalamus. In the Y-Maze trials, one-half of the animals had to learn to self-stimulate by interrupting the photocell beam situated in the right arm, whereas the other half had to go to the left arm. The results showed that the animals were able to discriminate between the reinforced arm and the non-reinforced arm of the Y-maze to self-administer the stimulation.</p><p>The effects of chronic stress on spatial memory and cognition were investigated by Conard et al. in a Y-Maze that had extra-maze visual cues only. The results of the test revealed that chronic stress impaired spatial memory in the subjects. Interestingly, however, stressed females showed an improved performance in the latter minutes of the maze in contrast to the stressed males that continued to visit the arms at random. Further investigation of chronic stress by Conard and Wright (2005) showed that chronically stressed rats performed well in the intra-maze cue version of the Y-Maze. The subjects spent a similar amount of time exploring both the arms in the traditional Y-Maze while in the cued Y-Maze the rats spent more time exploring the novel arm. This behavior supports the hypothesis that chronic stress leaves novelty-seeking behavior intact while impairing spatial memory.</p><p>A 2009 paper by Hoeffer et al. tested the hypothesis that FKBP12-deficient mice showed increased preservation or decreased inhibition by using a water Y-Maze. In the trial, the subjects were trained to locate an escape platform in the goal arms. When the subject was successful in finding the escape platform, the subjects were given a reversal test where the escape platform was reversed to the alternate arm and their ability to learn the new location was measured. The results of the test revealed that FKBP12-deficient mice have impaired performance in learning and memory assays that require inhibition of previously reinforced responses.</p><h6><strong>Recent Developments</strong></h6><p>The role of cerebellar cortex in conditioned goal-directed behavior was studied by Burguière and colleagues (2010) using a water Y-Maze. They tested heterozygous transgenic L7-PKCi mice in a stimulus-dependent water Y-maze conditioning task resulting in the conclusion that the mutant mice were able to acquire the stimulus-response association though they showed reduced optimization of motor performance. This result suggested that PKC-dependent process in cerebellar Purkinje cells is required for optimization of motor responses.</p><p>A 2012 study by Bai et al., showed the anticipatory activity in rat’s medial prefrontal cortex using a Y-Maze task. The study aimed to explore the encoding, by the neuronal ensemble, of a working memory event. A similar study was also conducted by Yang et al. using a two-choice spatial delayed alternation task in a Y maze.</p><p>Due to the ability to readily test functions of the hippocampus in learning and memory, the Y-Maze has been extensively used in testing the effects of drugs and toxins on spatial memory and age-related cognitive decline. The effects of melatonin on attentional, executive and working memory processes were tested by Liet et al. Spontaneous Alternation Y-maze task was employed to test the immediate working memory in rats administered with acute melatonin. Result analysis showed that acute administration of melatonin did not alter any of the processes in rats.</p><p>Yin et al. studied the effects of paradoxical sleep deprivation on the Y-Maze task performance. Using Forced Alternation, they evaluated the short-term spatial working memory of the subjects. Although initially, the mice showed no impairment, after 7 days of deprivation, working memory impairment was observed. Another study looked into the neuroprotective effect of hispidulin. Huang et al. used an aged mice model and tested the sevoflurane administered rats in a Y-Maze. The rats showed significant memory impairment which was remarkably reversed by pre-treatment with hispidulin.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus &amp; Equipment</h2>		
		<p>The apparatus is a 3-arm maze shaped like a capital ‘Y’ with each arm spaced at an angle of 120 degrees. The arm lengths range between 30 to 50 cm and are usually symmetrical, although asymmetrical mazes are also used. The pathway widths are approximately 10 cm. The maze is usually used as an enclosed maze with approximately 30 cm high walls and the entire maze is elevated to a height of 50 cm from the floor. The two-goal arms may contain a well with a food reward; alternatively, the goal arms may contain an exit tube that allows the animal to escape the maze (Deacon 2013). Generally, there are guillotine doors at the entrance of each arm that can be used to confine the animal to a specific arm or prevent the animal from entering one of the goal arms. The maze is usually painted a dark color to prevent the animals from feeling extra anxiety while performing the task. Intra-maze cues can also be used to help animals distinguish and remember goal arms.</p><p>Fully automated Y-Mazes are also available which detect the location of the subject within the maze and control the opening and closing of the arm doors as a trigger response. The automated maze is also capable of detecting food rewards.</p><p>The Y-Maze can also be adapted to include the benefits of water mazes and used for rodent models (Burguière et al.,2010, Deacon 2013). The Y-Maze has also seen adaptations as an aquatic model (Natt et al.,2017, Abreu et al.,2017) and for use with arthropods ( Jaworski et al.,2017, Simonnet et al.,2014).</p><p>To avoid shadows in the maze, the Y-Maze should be well lit from above. Proper lighting also ensures that the subject is able to see the food rewards. Tracking software such as Noldus Ethovision XT, mounted above the maze assist with live scoring, tracking and recording the subject and its movements within the maze. The apparatus must be cleaned thoroughly before and after each trial to limit influence from any residual stimuli from previous trials.</p>		
			<h2>Training Protocol</h2>		
		<p>The Y-Maze has been widely utilized in assessing spatial memory and learning in animals, usually in control versus disease model or intervention group. The task involves observation of the ability of the subject to remember the previously visited arm. The task takes advantage of the natural explorative nature of rodents and the idea that they tend to use an optimal search strategy to obtain food with minimal effort.</p><p>The performance in the task weakens or decreases for subjects with hippocampal lesions or damage as seen in neurodegenerative or neuropsychiatric diseases or as a result of natural aging.</p><p>Several protocols exist to be used with the Y-Maze, though the two most commonly used protocols are the Rewarded Alternation task and Spontaneous Alternation task. For the Rewarded alternation task, the experimenter decides which arm is the “correct choice” whereas the Spontaneous Alternation task uses the subject’s natural explorative drive and allows it to choose which arm to explore first. Spontaneous alternation task has been shown to be more successful in the assessment of subjects with hippocampal lesions as these animals tend to develop a side preference (Deacon and Rawlins 2006). The task is also used to quantify cognitive deficits in transgenic strains of mice and evaluate effects of drugs and toxins on cognition.</p><p>Another protocol used with the Y-Maze is the Delayed Alternation task. The Delayed Alternation task allows assessing spatial working memory by first allowing the subject to explore a baited arm of its choice and removing the subject once the choice is made and limiting it to the start box of the base arm using a door. This trial is followed by a formal trial, after a predetermined delay between the two trials, wherein the subject is reintroduced to the maze by opening the start arm door and is expected to choose the arm that it did not choose in the previous trial.</p><h6><strong>Pre-training for the Y-Maze</strong></h6><p>Rodents tend to be wary of eating anything new. Thus it is important to familiarize the subject with the food rewards used, prior to the testing, within a familiar environment (housing cage). Food rewards can be solid (such as sweetened breakfast cereal) or liquid (such as chocolate milk.) Generally, liquid rewards are used in case of drug testing as some drugs may make eating solid food an unpleasant experience for the subject. Subjects are usually maintained at about 85 to 95% of their free-feeding weight throughout the training and testing phases.</p><p>For the food-deprived task, the food-scavenging behavior is encouraged by depriving the subject of food the night prior to the testing. Subjects may be familiarized to the maze in pairs (usually cage-mates) to reduce the anxiety in a novel space during the initial phase of exploration. The acclimation is usually done individually, although, this may require more time than paired familiarization. The maze is scattered with food rewards, and the subject is placed in the start arm and allowed to explore the maze freely. The food rewards are replaced on consumption. The familiarization procedure is repeated four times with at least ten minutes between each exposure. The acclimation period usually lasts 1 to 2 days. Next, one of the arms is blocked, and the open goal arm is baited with a food reward. During this forced trial the subject is placed in the start arm and forced to visit the open arm. This trial is repeated by randomly varying the closed arm, for an equal number of trials for each arm, until the subject has been familiarized with the task.</p><h6><strong>Evaluation of Spatial Memory using Rewarded Alternation in the Y-Maze</strong></h6><p>The choice trial begins by baiting both the arms and allowing the subject to visit only one arm and consume the food reward. This procedure is done by pre-selecting the correct choice and blocking it with a door. Now the unvisited arm becomes the correct choice in the next trial. For the immediate trial both the arms are open and only the correct choice arm is baited. The subject is expected to visit the correct choice arm. If it makes the right choice, it is allowed to consume the food reward, and if it chooses the wrong arm, it is allowed to see that the food well is empty and then it is removed from the maze.</p><p>Each trial lasts approximately for 2 minutes. The procedure is repeated for each of the animals on a ten trial per day basis for up to twelve testing days. The correct choice arm is randomly varied throughout the testing sessions.</p><h6>Spatial Learning using Spontaneous Alternation in the Y-Maze</h6><p>The Spontaneous Alternation task is based on the novelty of the maze. Thus the task is performed without prior familiarization of the subjects to the maze. The subject is given a free choice, during the trial, to choose either one of the baited arms unlike in the Rewarded Alternation task where one of the arms is blocked. Once the subject has made its choice, it is confined to that goal arm by closing the respective door for 30 seconds. The subject is removed from the goal arm after it has consumed the food reward and the doors in the maze are opened. The subject is then once again placed in the start arm and is expected to alternate its choice from its previous selection. If the subject visits the unvisited arm, it is allowed to consume the food reward or else, in case it visits the already visited arm it is allowed to see that the food well is empty before it is removed from the maze.</p><p>Each trial lasts no longer than 2 minutes, and the procedure is repeated for each of the animals on a ten trial per day basis for up to twelve testing days.</p>		
			<h2>Modifications</h2>		
		<p>Similar to the T-maze, Y-Maze has also seen modifications and adaptations to meet the needs of various cognitive neuroscience research to allow studying different aspects of spatial learning and alternate behavior.</p><p>A simple modification to the maze can be done using discriminative stimuli such as patterns or objects to which the subject must respond to, in order to obtain a reward. For example, Wright and Conrad (2005) used large enamel-painted rocks as intra-maze cues. Such cues ease the task difficulty and assist the animals in remembering which goal arms they have visited. The subjects can be trained to only choose the arm with the specific rock or cue.</p><p>Other variants of the Y-Maze include the water Y-Maze that is a hybrid between the Morris Water Maze and the traditional Y-Maze. Deacon (2013) used a shallow paddling pool Y-Maze as a relatively non-aversive environment for testing mice. The maze included false escape tubes with only one true exit. Another water Y-Maze variant was used by Burguière et al.,2010) to test the role of the cerebellar cortex in conditioned goal-directed behavior. The maze arms were filled with water and used two different conditioned stimuli: a light or a sound. A wrong turn resulted in air puff which acted as an aversive stimulus.</p><p>Aquatic models of the Y-Maze also exist for research using fish. Aoki et al. used an automated aquatic Y-Maze that used computer controlled visual cues on an LCD screen placed under the Y-Maze tank. The zebrafish were trained to avoid one arm by pairing the floor color with an electric shock. Aquatic Y-Mazes have also been in studying shoals (Ward et al.,2011). Drosophila Y-Mazes also exist and allow evaluation of chemosensory responses and other behaviors of drosophila.</p><p>Multiple Y-Mazes (Botwinick et al.,1963, Ainge et al.,2007) provide a multi-choice complex maze for assessing memory performance and spatial learning. Elevated Y-Mazes are often employed for testing anxiety or stress related performance of animals. Fully automated Y-Mazes are also available which detect the location of the subject within the maze and control the opening and closing of the arm doors as a trigger response. The automated maze is also capable of detecting food rewards.</p><p>The Y-Maze can easily be adapted and modified to be used with birds, insects and other animals for assessment of spatial working memory and cognitive abilities. The ease of construction and the simplicity of the apparatus make it one of the popular behavioral assays.</p>		
			<h2>Data Analysis</h2>		
		<p>The data obtained from the Y-Maze is generally very straightforward and consists of the number of correct (the animal enters the opposite arm on the second run) vs. incorrect (the animal enters the same arm previously entered on the previous run) arm entries in each trial. The time it takes the animal to retrieve the food reward can also be recorded. As the animal learns that entering a new arm results in a food reward, the number of incorrect arm entries should decrease. The percentages of correct arm choices can be graphed and compared across a sham control group and a disease model/intervention group.</p><p>Using graphs to compare arm entries between different disease or treatment groups allows easy visualization of the effect on spatial memory and learning. Animals in the controls groups should show significant improvements in their correct arm choices. Animals as disease models of neurodegenerative disorders, for example, should show a much slower learning curve with more incorrect choices, even after several trials. Generally, animal cohorts of 10-30 animals are sufficient to obtain p-values of &lt;0.05 using ANOVA (Wright &amp; Conrad 2005, Conrad et al.,2003).</p>		
			<h2>Traslational Research</h2>		
		<p> </p><p>Fernandez et al. tested the combined effect of leptin and pioglitazone in a mouse model of Alzheimer’s disease. They tested the short-term spatial recognition of the mice on a Y-Maze with black and white visual cue at the end of each arm. After 2-week of acute treatment with combined leptin and pioglitazone, the mice showed a reduction in spatial memory deficits thus suggesting that the combined dosage can be used as a potential treatment for Alzheimer’s disease.</p><p>To date, clinical trials have failed to find an effective therapy for victims of traumatic brain injury (TBI) who live with motor, cognitive, and psychiatric complaints.  Pre-clinical investigators are now encouraged to include male and female subjects in all translational research, which is of particular interest in the field of neurotrauma given that circulating female hormones (progesterone and estrogen) have been demonstrated to exert neuroprotective effects. Tucker et al., taking into consideration the sex of the subject, performed Spontaneous Alternation behavior test using visually cued Y-Maze to test the short-term memory of cortically impacted control mice. The results showed that the females’ performance was inferior to its male counterpart in the working memory task.</p><p>With advancing technologies, the application of Y-maze in human-based investigation is possible. Using virtual environments in combination with real-world elements, behaviors of humans in the Y-Maze task can be cost-effectively assessed in a safe environment (see also Virtual T-Maze).</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>The Y-Maze allows for easily reproducible results due to its simplicity as compared to other behavioral tasks that test spatial learning and memory. Symmetrical Y-Mazes allow for continuous alternation tasks and usually require minimal training and testing time. Unlike the Morris Water Maze Test, there is minimal stress placed on the subject in a conventional Y-Maze. However, the Y-Maze can be adapted for stress and anxiety related task (Water Y-Maze and Elevated Y-Maze). The Y-Maze is a highly adaptable and modifiable task that allows research into different aspects of spatial learning and cognition. The absence of significant stressors and familiarization with the maze prior to testing enable better observations of working memory in the animals as they perform in the maze.</p><p>Although simple to construct and easy to use, the Y-Maze has its own limitations. A simple Y-Maze is a single-point two-choice maze thus it has a higher rate of success possibility as the probability of the subject choosing the correct arm is 50% by default. The subjects may also use strategies other than spatial learning based on the spatial and non-spatial cues. Odor trails too may affect the quality of research if olfactory cues are not an intended part of the investigation.</p><p>For the task to deliver appropriate results, the subject’s exploratory drive must be maintained throughout. Extensive handling and overtraining of the subjects may place undue stress on them, affecting their performance on the maze. It is also important to maintain minimum variability in the amount of reward used during the training and testing lest the subject should suffer from ‘contrast effects’ wherein its motivation decreases due to receiving less than expected reward (Deacon &amp; Rawlins 2006). In case of Y-Mazes that make use of guillotine doors, it is essential that doors are closed carefully and not dropped too close to the subject to avoid startling it as this experience may be stressful for the subject and cause it to avoid that arm in subsequent trials.</p><p>As with all mazes that measure aspects of learning and memory, it is important to remember that many different processes play into the behavior in the maze. In many cases, the Y-Maze is used in conjunction with other mazes to study disease models or transgenic animals and gain a fuller understanding of spatial learning and memory.</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li>Y-Maze is a modification of the T-Maze, in which the arms are placed at a natural angle (120 degrees) unlike the sharp 90-degree turn of the T-Maze arms.</li><li>The natural turns make the Y-Maze ideal for Continuous Alternation task.</li><li>The task exploits the innate explorative nature of rodents and subjects them to tasks that require them to alternate between the goal arms to retrieve food rewards.</li><li>Commonly used protocols with the Y-Maze are Forced Alternation task and Spontaneous Alternation task.</li><li>The T-Maze can be easily adapted to investigate the different aspects of spatial learning and for different subjects.</li><li>By using guillotine doors, the Y-Maze can be easily adapted for Delayed Alternation protocol.</li><li>The Y-Maze has been extensively used in the study of hippocampal functions, age-related cognitive decline and anxiety.</li><li>The Y-Maze is also utilized in understanding the effects of drugs and toxins and in understanding underlying pathology of diseases on spatial learning and memory.</li><li>Subjects of the diseased model show a much slower learning curve in comparison to the control group in Y-Maze tasks.</li></ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/y-maze-003.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1690.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>MSMC19B100PK50/MSMC21B120PK50/MSMC23B120PK50/MSMC25B150PK50 /MSMC26B150PK50/MSRC32B200PK50/MSRC35B200PK50/MSRC37B250PK50 /MSRC40B250PK50/MSRC42B250PK50/MSRC45B300PK50</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Silicone Coated MCAO Monofilament Suture]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>
<table data-id="89625ea">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 196px;">Species</th>
<th style="width: 192px;">Animal body Weight (g)</th>
<th style="width: 190px;">Coating Diameter (mm)</th>
<th style="width: 152px;">Tip Diameter (mm)</th>
<th style="width: 156px;">Price</th>
<th>Model No.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>15~20</td>
<td>0.17~0.19</td>
<td>0.10</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC19B100PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>15~20</td>
<td>0.17~0.19</td>
<td>0.08</td>
<td>$415</td>
<td>MSMC19B008PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>15~20</td>
<td>0.17~0.19</td>
<td>0.07</td>
<td>$415</td>
<td>MSMC19B007PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>21~25</td>
<td>0.20~0.21</td>
<td>0.12</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC21B120PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>21~25</td>
<td>0.20~0.21</td>
<td>0.10</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC21B100PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>21~25</td>
<td>0.20~0.21</td>
<td>0.08</td>
<td>$415</td>
<td>MSMC21B008PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>21~25</td>
<td>0.20~0.21</td>
<td>0.07</td>
<td>$415</td>
<td>MSMC21B007PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>26~30</td>
<td>0.22~0.23</td>
<td>0.12</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC23B120PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>26~30</td>
<td>0.22~0.23</td>
<td>0.10</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC23B100PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>26~30</td>
<td>0.22~0.23</td>
<td>0.08</td>
<td>$415</td>
<td>MSMC23B008PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>26~30</td>
<td>0.22~0.23</td>
<td>0.07</td>
<td>$415</td>
<td>MSMC23B007PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>31~35</td>
<td>0.24~0.25</td>
<td>0.15</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC25B150PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>31~35</td>
<td>0.24~0.25</td>
<td>0.12</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC25B120PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mouse</td>
<td>&gt;35</td>
<td>0.24~0.25</td>
<td>0.15</td>
<td>$300</td>
<td>MSMC26B150PK50</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
*All Mouse Models – Total  Lenght= 30mm. Coating Lenght 3~4.
<table data-id="1d15d48">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 192px;">Species</th>
<th style="width: 191px;">Animal Body Weight (g)</th>
<th style="width: 190px;">Coating Diameter (mm)</th>
<th style="width: 150px;">Tip Diameter (mm)</th>
<th style="width: 164px;">Price $</th>
<th>Model No.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>&lt;200</td>
<td>5~6</td>
<td>0.31~0.32</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>MSRC32B200PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>200~250</td>
<td>5~6</td>
<td>0.33~0.35</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>MSRC35B200PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>251~280</td>
<td>5~6</td>
<td>0.36~0.37</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>MSRC37B200PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>281~330</td>
<td>5~6</td>
<td>0.38~0.40</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>MSRC40B200PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>331~400</td>
<td>5~6</td>
<td>0.41~0.42</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>MSRC42B200PK50</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rat</td>
<td>&gt;400</td>
<td>5~6</td>
<td>0.43~0.45</td>
<td>300</td>
<td>MSRC45B200PK50</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
*All Rat Models – Total Lenght= 50mm. Coating Lenght=5~6
<h2>Features</h2>
<h6>Shape/Material</h6>
<ul>
 	<li>Monofilament material</li>
 	<li>Silicone-coated</li>
 	<li>Smooth passage through tissues</li>
 	<li>Biocompatible</li>
</ul>
<h6>Size Options</h6>
<ul>
 	<li>Various sizes</li>
 	<li>Different experimental needs</li>
 	<li>Uniform diameter</li>
 	<li>Uniform consistency</li>
</ul>
<h6>Visibility</h6>
<ul>
 	<li>Enhanced visibility for</li>
 	<li>certain imaging techniques</li>
 	<li>Uniform diameter</li>
</ul>
<h5>Research</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Tailored</li>
 	<li>For neurological research</li>
 	<li>Stroke studies</li>
</ul>
<ol>
 	<li>Made of silicone, ideal to improve the reuse probability of suture occlusion</li>
 	<li>The use of nylon thread with better flexibility allows for a higher success rate of modeling</li>
 	<li>The unique technique of open-molded manufacturing provides uniform height and further ensures a stable MCAO model</li>
 	<li>A cylinder-like silicone head ensures that the blood flow decreases immediately after the suture occlusion enters the MCA</li>
</ol>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
<p style="margin-bottom: .0001pt; text-align: justify;">Middle Cerebral Artery Occlusion (MCAO) is a commonly used focal ischemia model in rodents for stroke research. The endovascular suture or filament technique is popular in vivo model of MCAO that allows reproducible middle cerebral artery (MCA) infractions, does not require craniectomy, and allows reperfusion by the withdrawal of the occluding filament. First described by Koizumi et al. in 1986 and improved upon by Longa et al. in 1989, the method achieves the cessation of blood flow and subsequent brain infarction by forwarding a surgical filament via the internal carotid artery until the tip occludes the origin of MCA. However, the endovascular filament MCAO fails to mimic clinical situations.</p>
<p style="margin-bottom: .0001pt; text-align: justify;">On the other hand, the embolic MCAO first described by Kudo et al. is another popular model that closely mimics human ischemic stroke. Thromboembolic clot models and non-thromboembolic (microsphere or macro-sphere induced) stroke models are the two major types of embolic MCAO. Thromboembolic MCAO is achieved by injection of in vitro clots or via in situ clotting by the endovascular installation of thrombin. This model of MCAO closely reflects the pathophysiology of human cardioembolic stroke. The composition of the clot (thromboembolic model) and the size of the spheres (non-thromboembolic model) were used to have a direct effect on the quality of the MCAO and the infraction induced.</p>

<h2>Protocol</h2>
Perform the MCAO in a sterile environment. Before beginning with the surgical processes all tools and equipment including the surgery area must be sterilized and sanitized.
<h6><strong>Pre-surgery procedures</strong></h6>
Weigh the subject before beginning the procedures. Using isoflurane (4-5% for induction, 2-3% for maintenance) in 30% O<sub>2 </sub>and 70% N<sub>2</sub>O, anesthetize the subject. Ensure the subject is sufficiently anesthetized by pinching both the rear feet and observing for any movements. Apply a lubricant ophthalmic ointment to both eyes to prevent eye desiccation during the procedures. Shave the fur off the head and neck region and place the subject in a supine position on a heated pad with all its paws tapped to the surface. Insert a rectal probe to maintain constant core temperatures of 36.5-37.5 °C. Tape down the tail of the subject to the probe.

It is important to note that occlusion-inducing materials and methods may slightly vary depending on species, strains, and weights.
<h6><strong>Endovascular filament MCAO</strong></h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Make a midline neck incision between the manubrium and jaw under a dissecting microscope.</li>
 	<li>Bluntly divide the underlying submandibular gland, leaving the left gland in situ, and retract the right gland cranially and secure it along with the sternocleidomastoid muscle.</li>
 	<li>Carefully divide the exposed division of the omohyoid muscle covering the carotid sheath.</li>
 	<li>Separate and isolate the right common carotid artery (CCA) from the vagus nerve and its sheath.</li>
 	<li>Dissect the external carotid artery (ECA) near its bifurcation into lingual and maxillary arteries, cauterize and divide it with micro-scissors.</li>
 	<li>Prepare two loose collar sutures (7-0 silk) around the proximal internal carotid artery (ICA) just above the CCA bifurcation.</li>
 	<li>Temporarily close the CCA using a vessel clip and verify cortical perfusion values.</li>
 	<li>Next, using a vessel clip above the two loose collar sutures, temporarily close ICA to avoid retrograde flow during arteriotomy.</li>
 	<li>Perform arteriotomy in the reflected ECA close to the stump.</li>
 	<li>Introduce the heat blunted silicone coated 7-0 nylon suture via the arteriotomy in the ECA and advance till vessel clip in ICA. Gently tighten the two-loose collar suture around the proximal ICA to avoid reflux blood flow, without traumatizing the arterial wall and then withdrawing the vessel clip.</li>
 	<li>Advance the occluding suture via the internal carotid artery (ICA) towards the cranial base until a mild resistance is observed. Tighten the two collar sutures around the filament.</li>
 	<li>For the transient model of MCAO, gently withdraw the filament after the pre-defined duration. Cauterize the base of ECA and loosen the collar sutures at the proximal ICA to restore carotid flow.</li>
 	<li>Lay the submandibular gland and sternocleidomastoid over the operative field and close the incision using a tissue adhesive or an absorbable suture or a metal staple.</li>
</ol>
<h6><strong>Embolic MCAO</strong></h6>
<ol>
 	<li>Under a dissecting microscope make a 2 cm midline incision. While exposing the surgical field using retractors, dissect the right CCA, ECA, ICA, and pterygopalatine artery (PPA) away from the surrounding nerves and fascia.</li>
 	<li>Place a 5-0 silk suture under the CCA. Tie it into a slip knot and pull taut towards the body.</li>
 	<li>Dissect the ECA and its two branches, the occipital artery (OA) and the superior thyroid artery (STA). Using a veterinary electrosurgical unit, coagulate the two branches.</li>
 	<li>Place two 6-0 silk sutures under the ECA, one towards the head and the other towards the body. Tie the suture towards the head tightly and loosely knot the other suture.</li>
 	<li>Tie the PPA with a 6-0 suture. Using a slip knot with 6-0 suture or microvascular clip, tie/clip the ICA.</li>
 	<li>Between the two sutures of the ECA, cut a small incision in the ECA and insert the modified PE-%) the tube containing the blood clot. Advance the tubing to the bifurcation of the CCA. Tighten the loose suture of the ECA around the lumen, such that to allow mobility of the tube.</li>
 	<li>Free the stump by cutting off the ECA at the incision site. Position the stump below the bifurcation of ECA and the ICA. Open the ICA and advance the tube into it until the tip of the catheter reaches the origin of MCA.</li>
 	<li>Inject the clot through the modified PE-50 catheter along with 10 μl of saline over 10 seconds using a 100 μl Hamilton syringe.</li>
 	<li>Withdraw the catheter from the ECA 5 min later. Tie the ECA and reopen CCA. Suture the incision on the neck.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>
<h6><strong>Evaluation of intraarterial administration of norcantharidin</strong></h6>
Khan et al. used spontaneously hypersensitive rats and divided them into 3 treatment groups: treated (90-minute MCAO followed by intraarterial drug administration), controls (MCAO followed by intraarterial vehicle administration), and shams (surgery but no MCAO). The occlusion of the MCA was performed using the endovascular filament technique. Subjects that showed left-side weakness on the upright test underwent removal of the suture after 90 minutes of stroke time. A PE-20 tube was routed into the proximal ICA using the ECA stump through which the treated group received NCTD (0.5 mg/kg) while control received only normal saline and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) (1:5), infused at a rate of 0.10 ml/min for 5 to 7 minutes. Subjects’ sensorimotor function was tested on the ladder rung test. It was observed that the treated group had significantly higher scores on the Garcia neurological test and in the ladder rung test showed significantly higher average forelimb fault scores and stability than the controls. The investigators concluded that endovascular administration of neuroprotective agents has the potential efficacy in shielding the subjects from neurotoxic consequences of ischemia and reperfusion.
<h6><strong>Investigation of the effect of OTULIN on ischemic stroke model</strong></h6>
Xu et al. investigated in vitro and in vivo anti-inflammatory effects of OTULIN in ischemic stroke models by overexpression of the OTULIN gene. Sprague-Dawley rats received an intracerebroventricular (ICV) injection of overexpressing OTULIN (LV-OTULIN) or control lentivirus (LV-Scramble). After seven days post-injection, the rats either underwent transient MCAO (tMCAO) or were treated intraperitoneally with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) injections (500 μg/kg) diluted with sterile PBS. The results from the assessments performed in the investigation suggested the potential therapeutic target provided by OTULIN by amelioration of excessive microglial cells and neuroinflammation activation via repressing the NF-κB signaling pathway for ischemic stroke.
<h6><strong>Evaluation of rapamycin in preventing cerebral stroke</strong></h6>
Wu et al. investigated the potential benefit of activation or inhibition of the mTOR pathway in the ischemic stroke model. The subjects were divided into two groups: rapamycin pre-treatment group and rapamycin post-treatment group. The pre-treatment group received 3 mg/kg rapamycin injected intraperitoneally once a day for 3 consecutive days. After 24 hours of the last injection, the subjects underwent MCAO. Post-treatment group received the same dosage of rapamycin 6 hours after MCAO for another 3 consecutive days. Both rapamycin treated groups had a marked decrease in infarct volume in comparison to the vehicle-only treated group. Further, reduction in neural apoptosis and increase activation of autophagy was also observed in the rapamycin treated groups.
<h2>Strenght and limitations</h2>
The endovascular filament MCAO has been a popular model in mechanism-driven stroke research. However, embolic MCAO has seen a growing interest. As opposed to the intraluminal suture technique, the embolic model closely mimics the human ischemic stroke, thus, making it a more suitable model for preclinical investigation of thrombolytic therapy.

In comparison to other models of MCAO, the filament technique is relatively non-invasive. The method avoids craniotomy which tends to influence the blood-brain barrier permeability and intracranial pressure. The technique has seen popularity in studies of cellular injury and neuroprotection. The method can create consistent infractions and has a high-throughput potential. The use of monofilaments enables achieving permanent or transient occlusions in the subject. However, reperfusion achieved by this method is ad hoc in nature as opposed to that occurring in the human ischemic stroke. Other downsides to the method include subarachnoid hemorrhage, tracheal edema, and paralysis of muscles of mastication and swallowing due to the injury of the ECA. Despite these factors, the method has relevant use in endovascular therapy of ischemic stroke due to large vessel occlusion.

The embolic MCAO provides two techniques to occlude the MCA. The first method uses the introduction of a clot obtained from spontaneously formed or thrombin-induced thrombotic material (from autologous or heterologous blood). This model closely imitates the clinical situations in comparison to other methods. Therefore, it serves as an ideal model for the analysis of spontaneous or iatrogenic lysis by recombinant tissue plasminogen activator (rt-PA) in experimental thrombolysis. However, the nature of the clot varies from that of humans. Further, the quality of the MCAO is highly variable and dependent on the number and size of the clots and the route of application. This method also requires the use of larger experimental cohorts to obtain statistically significant results. To overcome this disadvantage, the MCAO can be induced using non-thromboembolic micro or macrospheres. Though, this method is a departure from the imitation of the clinical situation as seen with the thromboembolic method. Microspheres enable microembolization of multiple vessels resulting in multifocal and heterogeneous infarcts that develop up to 24 hours after injection. On the other hand, macro-spheres allow postponing of the occlusion to enable ischemia induction while the subject lies in an MRI or PET scanner.
<h2>Summary</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Endovascular filament and embolic MCAO are two popular focal ischemic stroke models.</li>
 	<li>Endovascular filament MCAO does not require craniotomy and allows for both permanent and transient occlusions of the MCA.</li>
 	<li>Endovascular filament MCAO does not closely mimic clinical situations. However, it is a relevant model in endovascular therapy.</li>
 	<li>Embolic MCAO has two prominent categories based on the occluding material; thromboembolic clot and non-thromboembolic models.</li>
 	<li>Embolic MCAO closely mimics the human ischemic stroke. However, there is high variability of the MCAO.</li>
 	<li>The thromboembolic clot can be sourced from spontaneously formed or thrombin-induced thrombotic material.</li>
 	<li>Microspheres enable microembolization of multiple vessels.</li>
 	<li>Macrospheres allow delaying of occlusion to induce a stroke.</li>
</ol>
<h2>References</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Chiang T, Messing RO, Chou W-H. Mouse model of middle cerebral artery occlusion. <em>J Vis Exp</em>. 2011;955(48):9-10. doi:10.3791/2761.</li>
 	<li>Shimamura N, Matchett G, Tsubokawa T, Ohkuma H, Zhang J. Comparison of silicon-coated nylon suture to plain nylon suture in the rat middle cerebral artery occlusion model. <em>J Neurosci Methods</em>. 2006;156(1-2):161-165. doi:10.1016/j.jneumeth.2006.02.017.</li>
 	<li>Chen Y, Ito A, Takai K, Saito N. Blocking pterygopalatine arterial blood flow decreases infarct volume variability in a mouse model of intraluminal suture middle cerebral artery occlusion. <em>J Neurosci Methods</em>. 2008;174(1):18-24. doi:10.1016/j.jneumeth.2008.06.021.</li>
 	<li>Lee S, Hong Y, Park S, Lee S-R, Chang K-T, Hong Y. Comparison of surgical methods of transient middle cerebral artery occlusion between rats and mice. <em>J Vet Med Sci</em>. 2014;76(12):1555-1561. doi:10.1292/jvms.14-0258.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/silicone-coated-mcao-monofilament-suture/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Conductscience_MCAO_suture_01_1-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>350.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-ETM0</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Y Maze Escape Tubes]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<table data-id="dfdadff">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Mouse</th>
<th>Rat</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Diameter: 4cm</td>
<td>Diameter: 8cm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze-escape-tubes/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Y-Maze_Escape-rat.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>400.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-MS3508</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Y Maze Stand]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<table data-id="3435a75"><thead><tr><th>Mouse</th><th>Rat</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>32cm</td><td>45cm</td></tr></tbody></table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze-stand/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Y-Maze-mouse_with-stand.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>200.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-MS3511</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Y Maze Backlight]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Available Colors: Fluorescent, White, Blue, Red, IR]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/y-maze-backlight/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Y_maze_backlight_02_2.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>295.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>3401/2/3</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[T Maze]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#mod">
											Modifications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#var">
											Variants
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#int">
											Introduction
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#his">
											History
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#tra">
											Training
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#dat">
											Data
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#str">
											Strengths and Limitations
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#ref">
											References
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
                <table data-id="a97e150"><thead><tr><th style="width: 375px"><p>Mouse (small)</p></th><th style="width: 407px"><p>Mouse</p></th><th>Rat</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Length Across T: 66 cm</p></td><td><p>Length Across T: 70 cm</p></td><td>Length Across T: 110 cm</td></tr><tr><td>Stem length 30 cm</td><td><p>Stem length 30 cm</p></td><td>Stem length 50 cm</td></tr><tr><td>Arm length 30 cm</td><td><p>Arm length 30 cm</p></td><td>Arm length 50 cm</td></tr><tr><td><p>Width 6cm (with central partition 10cm)</p></td><td><p>Width 10cm</p></td><td>Width 10cm</td></tr><tr><td>Wall height 20cm</td><td><p>Wall height 20cm</p></td><td>Wall height 30cm</td></tr><tr><td>With central partition option, please notify</td><td><p>With central partition option, please notify</p></td><td>With central partition option, please notify</td></tr><tr><td>Acrylic</td><td><p>Acrylic</p></td><td>Acrylic</td></tr><tr><td>No Odors</td><td><p>No Odors</p></td><td>No Odors</td></tr><tr><td>Easy clean with 70% Ethanol</td><td><p>Easy clean with 70% Ethanol</p></td><td>Easy clean with 70% Ethanol</td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h2>Modifications</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_2-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_2-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_2-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_2-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_2-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Food Wells</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_1-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_1-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_1-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_1-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_1-500x500-1-20x20.webp 20w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_foodwells_01_1-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Doors/Divider</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_lightcue_02_1-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_lightcue_02_1-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_lightcue_02_1-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_lightcue_02_1-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_lightcue_02_1-500x500-1-20x20.webp 20w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_lightcue_02_1-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Light Cues</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_backlight_02_2-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_backlight_02_2-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_backlight_02_2-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_backlight_02_2-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_backlight_02_2-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Backlights</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_stand_rat_02_1-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_stand_rat_02_1-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_stand_rat_02_1-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_stand_rat_02_1-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_maze_stand_rat_02_1-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Stand</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_return_mouse_01_1-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_return_mouse_01_1-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_return_mouse_01_1-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_return_mouse_01_1-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_return_mouse_01_1-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>H Maze</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00022-1-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00022-1-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00022-1-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00022-1-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00022-1-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Escape Tubes</h2>		
													<img width="500" height="500" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00023-1-500x500-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00023-1-500x500-1.webp 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00023-1-500x500-1-300x300.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00023-1-500x500-1-150x150.webp 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T-maze_01__00023-1-500x500-1-100x100.webp 100w" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" />													
			<h2>Housing</h2>		
					<a href="#quote">
									Request a quote
					</a>
		<p>Advancements in cognitive neuroscience research have led to the development of many variations of T-Maze to study particular aspects of spatial learning and alternation behavior.</p><p>One of the easiest ways to bring variation in the T-Maze is by using discriminative stimuli such as patterns or objects to which the subject must respond to, in order to obtain a reward. Another simple possible variation would be to train the subjects to select the white painted arm instead of the black painted arm that it would usually prefer instinctively. By training the subject to always choose the white painted arm, regardless of it being the left or the right arm, testing the reference memory of the subject is possible (Deacon and Rawlins 2006).</p><p>The use of guillotine doors can also serve as a critical feature in the maze. Using a guillotine door in the start arm to create a confined start area helps assist in Delayed Alternation task and also to prevent the rat from exploring the maze between choice trials (Wenk 2001). Further, the start arm can be modified by dividing it lengthwise with an opaque divider that blocks off one of the two pathways created from the division to investigate the reference memory of the subject (Wenk 2001).</p><p>Anxiety related tasks are often carried out using an elevated T-Maze. These tasks usually employ a T-Maze with no walls, forcing the subject into a state of anxiety thus placing more stress on them as they naturally tend to avoid open spaces. A variation of this model used a T-Maze that had the start arm enclosed with lateral walls while the goal arms remained un-walled (Graeff et al.,1998).</p><p>Water-based T-Maze models combine the advantages of Morris Water Maze and the T-Maze while minimizing the disadvantages associated with the individual mazes. The Water T-Maze uses a T-shaped tank filled with water with either one of the arms installed with an escape platform or ladder. Locchi et al. used a water escape T-Maze model to assess the sensitivity of spatial memory in response to pharmacological manipulations and suggested that the Water T-Maze served as a valid method of investigation. On the other hand, Guariglia et al. used a Water T-Maze as a simple and inexpensive task for assessing repetitive behaviors in mice which other conventional methods, such as the Morris Water Maze, could not conclusively demonstrate.</p><p>The multiple T-Maze makes use of many simple T-Mazes joined together to create a complex, multi-choice maze with identical choice points to determine place vs. response learning and cognitive maps. This complex maze was used by Tolman and Honzink (1930) to put into perspective their theory that rats actively process information rather than operating on a stimulus-response relationship.</p><p>Aquatic T-Mazes have also been used in research of effects of toxins on memory and learning related tasks and cognitive flexibility in fish (Zheng et al.,2017, Byrnes et al.,2017, Miletto et al.,2017). Vertical T-Mazes have also been used as an adapted version of the classical T-Maze in studies of arthropods (Stelinski and Tiwari 2013). This adaptation takes advantage of the natural tendency of many arthropods towards positive phototaxis and negative geotaxis.</p><p>Another version of the T-Maze is the continuous angled T-Maze that has often been used in Grid cell experiments. The goal arms of the continuous maze angle back to the start. This modification limits the interference of the experimenter in moving the subject from the goal arms to the start position. The Two Problem T-Maze is yet another adaptation of the T-Maze. This maze is usually used in the examination of the effects of prelimbic lesions in the rat prefrontal cortex to determine how it affects working memory through assessing the acquisition and retention of nonmatching to sample (NMTS) and matching to sample tasks (MTS).</p><p>Many species-based adaptations of the T-Maze exists to serve as a tool for assessment of spatial working memory and cognitive abilities. The ease of construction and the simplicity of the apparatus make it one of the popular behavioral assays.</p>		
			<h2>Variants</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/continuous-angled-t-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="800" height="600" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Continous_T_maze_01.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Continous_T_maze_01.webp 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Continous_T_maze_01-300x225.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Continous_T_maze_01-768x576.webp 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Continous_T_maze_01-600x450.webp 600w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />								</a>
			<h2>Continuous Angled T Maze</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/two-problem-t-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="800" height="600" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/2problem_T_maze_01__00004.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/2problem_T_maze_01__00004.webp 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/2problem_T_maze_01__00004-300x225.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/2problem_T_maze_01__00004-768x576.webp 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/2problem_T_maze_01__00004-600x450.webp 600w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />								</a>
			<h2>Two Problem T Maze</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/elevated-t-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="800" height="600" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Elevated_T_maze_01__00028-1.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Elevated_T_maze_01__00028-1.webp 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Elevated_T_maze_01__00028-1-300x225.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Elevated_T_maze_01__00028-1-768x576.webp 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Elevated_T_maze_01__00028-1-600x450.webp 600w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />								</a>
			<h2>Elevated T Maze</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/y-t-rodent-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="800" height="640" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Bat_Octagonal_box-maze_01_2-1024x819.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Bat_Octagonal_box-maze_01_2-1024x819.webp 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Bat_Octagonal_box-maze_01_2-300x240.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Bat_Octagonal_box-maze_01_2-768x614.webp 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Bat_Octagonal_box-maze_01_2-600x480.webp 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Bat_Octagonal_box-maze_01_2.webp 1500w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />								</a>
			<h2>Y/T Maze</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/light-dark-t-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="800" height="600" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Dark_T-maze_01__00004-1-1024x768.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Dark_T-maze_01__00004-1-1024x768.webp 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Dark_T-maze_01__00004-1-300x225.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Dark_T-maze_01__00004-1-768x576.webp 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Dark_T-maze_01__00004-1-600x450.webp 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Dark_T-maze_01__00004-1.webp 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />								</a>
			<h2>Light Dark T Maze</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/split-t-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="600" height="400" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/eA9QXrdE-600x400-1.jpeg" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/eA9QXrdE-600x400-1.jpeg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/eA9QXrdE-600x400-1-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" />								</a>
			<h2>Split T Maze</h2>		
														<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/portfolio/rodent-trident-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img width="800" height="640" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Trident_maze_01-2-1024x819.webp" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Trident_maze_01-2-1024x819.webp 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Trident_maze_01-2-300x240.webp 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Trident_maze_01-2-768x614.webp 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Trident_maze_01-2-600x480.webp 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Trident_maze_01-2.webp 1500w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />								</a>
			<h2>Rodent Trident Maze
</h2>		
			<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Click here
					</a>
													<img width="1443" height="227" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png 1443w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-300x47.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-1024x161.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-768x121.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-600x94.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1443px) 100vw, 1443px" />													
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>The T-Maze has been widely used in neuroscience for studies of spatial learning and memory. The task is based on the explorative nature of rodents to locate food quickly and efficiently. The basic model of the maze provides the subject with two options: left arm and right arm. The natural tendency of the rodent would be to explore the un-visited arm after retrieving food reward from one of the arms. Typically left-right discrimination and forced alternation tasks are used to assess reference and working memory using the T-Maze. Alternation task, both rewarded and spontaneous, has been shown to be effective in detecting hippocampal dysfunction and lesions.</p><p>In the late 1950s, Dember and Fowler were the first to study alternation behavior in animals and published papers for the same. It has since been widely used to measure spatial memory and learning. The T-Maze serves as a simple test to assess hippocampal learning and detection of cognitive dysfunction, and due to its simple construction and usability, it has been used extensively to study treatments and toxins that affect spatial memory and age-related cognitive decline (Sharma et al.,2010). While rewarded alternation requires food rewards and takes fewer trials, spontaneous alternation does not require food rationing and can be interleaved with other tests.</p><p>The basic T-Maze consists of just two goal arms and a base arm forming a ‘T.’ The simplest modification to the T-Maze can be done using guillotine doors that can be automated or manually operated. Other versions of the T-Maze include the Y-Maze wherein the arms form a ‘Y’, the continuous angled T-Maze that has the choice arms angled and return to the base arm, H Maze conversion of the maze to minimize experimenter grasping of the subjects in recurrent trials, and multiple T-Maze as used by Tolman and Honzik in 1930 to investigate latent learning. The maze can also be adapted for research in aquatic environments.</p>		
			<h2>History</h2>		
					<button id="e-n-tab-title-1234458141" aria-selected="true" data-tab-index="1" role="tab" tabindex="0" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1234458141" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 1;">
				Origin			
		</button>
				<button id="e-n-tab-title-1234458142" aria-selected="false" data-tab-index="2" role="tab" tabindex="-1" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1234458142" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 2;">
				Developments			
		</button>
				<button id="e-n-tab-title-1234458143" aria-selected="false" data-tab-index="3" role="tab" tabindex="-1" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1234458143" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 3;">
				Recent Developments			
		</button>
							<p>In 1946, Tolman utilized a combination T-Maze to investigate place leaning and reference learning in rats. He hypothesized that animal learning included purpose and cognition (Tolman et al.,1925). His experiment suggested that the learned behavior in the T-Maze was a disposition to orient or to go towards the location of the goal.</p><p>Kendler in 1947, conducted an investigation of latent learning in a simple T-Maze as an improvement on the experiment carried out by Spence and Lippitt (1946). The experiment also examined the adequacy of Tolman’s non-reinforcement learning theory (Tolman, 1932). Kendler’s experiment concluded that motivational satisfaction indeed played a major role in learning as observed in the choices made by the subjects in the trials, which were in contrast to the expected results deduced from Tolman’s theory.</p><p>The late 1950s saw Dember and Fowler investigate alternation behavior in animals in a two-choice situation. Their published papers (Dember and Fowler 1959, Fowler et al.,1959a, Fowler et al.,1959b) described spontaneous versus forced alternation behavior and the influence of rewards and reinforcements.</p>						
							<p>Since the research conducted by Dember and Fowler, the T-Maze has been developed as a relatively simple and widely used task in measuring spatial memory and its many variations.</p><p>In 1979, Thomas carried out experiments using a T-Maze to study the effect of small posterodorsal septum lesions on alternation behavior of rats. The trials compared the performance of spontaneous and rerun correction alternation in rats with small posterodorsal septal lesions and found that the lesions not just reduce alternation to the randomness of choice but, plausibly, turn the subject (on average) from alternators to preservators.</p><p>The effects of fornix fimbria lesions, medial septal lesions, and lateral septal lesions were tested with rats trained on a rewarded alternation task, run as a spatial working memory task on an elevated T-Maze by Rawlins and Olton in 1982. They concluded that rats have difficulty in using information about ‘places,’ and that control and lesion rats learn the tasks in the same way.</p><p>A 2002 study, by Reisal et al. on spatial memory dissociations used gene-targeted mice lacking the α-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazolepropionic acid (AMPA) receptor subunit GluR1 (GluR-A). In comparison to the Morris Water Maze task, the T-Maze alternation task was successful in detecting deletion of the GluR1.</p>						
							<p>Due to its ability to readily test the function of hippocampal learning, the T-Maze has been used extensively to study treatments that affect spatial memory and age-related cognitive decline (Sharma et al.,2010).</p><p>The T-Maze has also been adapted for research in aquatic life; Aquatic T-Maze. Zheng et al. analyzed the effect of polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) on the learning and memory abilities of male zebrafish. Another study assessed T-Maze turn preferences in the Port Jackson sharks to examine laterality during exploration of a novel habitat (Byrnes et al.,2017). Miletto et al., 2017) used male and female guppy fish in the aquatic T-Maze model to investigate the difference in cognitive flexibility of the sexes in a discrimination reversal learning task and concluded that although the meta-analysis supported the hypothesis of females having greater reversal learning ability this difference could, however, be dependent on the task that they are subjected to.</p><p>Ichinose and Tanimoto (2016) further developed and adapted T-Maze for Drosophila into a multiplex T-Maze to study the dynamics of memory-guided choice behavior. This new system allowed them to demonstrate that serotonin neurons control the speed and the eventual result of the conditioned odor approach.</p>						
		<p>In 1946, Tolman utilized a combination T-Maze to investigate place leaning and reference learning in rats. He hypothesized that animal learning included purpose and cognition (Tolman et al.,1925). His experiment suggested that the learned behavior in the T-Maze was a disposition to orient or to go towards the location of the goal.</p><p>Kendler in 1947, conducted an investigation of latent learning in a simple T-Maze as an improvement on the experiment carried out by Spence and Lippitt (1946). The experiment also examined the adequacy of Tolman’s non-reinforcement learning theory (Tolman, 1932). Kendler’s experiment concluded that motivational satisfaction indeed played a major role in learning as observed in the choices made by the subjects in the trials, which were in contrast to the expected results deduced from Tolman’s theory.</p><p>The late 1950s saw Dember and Fowler investigate alternation behavior in animals in a two-choice situation. Their published papers (Dember and Fowler 1959, Fowler et al.,1959a, Fowler et al.,1959b) described spontaneous versus forced alternation behavior and the influence of rewards and reinforcements.</p>		
		<p>Since the research conducted by Dember and Fowler, the T-Maze has been developed as a relatively simple and widely used task in measuring spatial memory and its many variations.</p><p>In 1979, Thomas carried out experiments using a T-Maze to study the effect of small posterodorsal septum lesions on alternation behavior of rats. The trials compared the performance of spontaneous and rerun correction alternation in rats with small posterodorsal septal lesions and found that the lesions not just reduce alternation to the randomness of choice but, plausibly, turn the subject (on average) from alternators to preservators.</p><p>The effects of fornix fimbria lesions, medial septal lesions, and lateral septal lesions were tested with rats trained on a rewarded alternation task, run as a spatial working memory task on an elevated T-Maze by Rawlins and Olton in 1982. They concluded that rats have difficulty in using information about ‘places,’ and that control and lesion rats learn the tasks in the same way.</p><p>A 2002 study, by Reisal et al. on spatial memory dissociations used gene-targeted mice lacking the α-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazolepropionic acid (AMPA) receptor subunit GluR1 (GluR-A). In comparison to the Morris Water Maze task, the T-Maze alternation task was successful in detecting deletion of the GluR1.</p>		
		<p>Due to its ability to readily test the function of hippocampal learning, the T-Maze has been used extensively to study treatments that affect spatial memory and age-related cognitive decline (Sharma et al.,2010).</p><p>The T-Maze has also been adapted for research in aquatic life; Aquatic T-Maze. Zheng et al. analyzed the effect of polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) on the learning and memory abilities of male zebrafish. Another study assessed T-Maze turn preferences in the Port Jackson sharks to examine laterality during exploration of a novel habitat (Byrnes et al.,2017). Miletto et al., 2017) used male and female guppy fish in the aquatic T-Maze model to investigate the difference in cognitive flexibility of the sexes in a discrimination reversal learning task and concluded that although the meta-analysis supported the hypothesis of females having greater reversal learning ability this difference could, however, be dependent on the task that they are subjected to.</p><p>Ichinose and Tanimoto (2016) further developed and adapted T-Maze for Drosophila into a multiplex T-Maze to study the dynamics of memory-guided choice behavior. This new system allowed them to demonstrate that serotonin neurons control the speed and the eventual result of the conditioned odor approach.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus &amp; Equipment</h2>		
		<p>The apparatus is a capital ‘T’ shaped maze with arm lengths ranging from 30 to 50 cm having a width of approximately 10 cm to accommodate mice, rats, and small primates. Generally, the goal arms of the maze are equipped with guillotine doors that can be automated or manually managed to confine the subject within the arm or to block off one of the arms. The goal arms may have food wells or have goal boxes attached to them to hold rewards or stimuli. The maze is usually used as an enclosed maze with wall heights of 30 cm, and the apparatus is typically raised to a height of at least 50 cm above the floor.</p><p>The apparatus is usually painted a dark color to avoid unnecessary anxiety in the subjects. The T-Maze construction is usually adapted depending on the subject used for example the transparent miniature T-Maze used in studies of memory and cognition in Drosophila (Lin et al., 2017, Ichinose &amp; Tanimoto 2016) and fish tank model used for experiments involving fish (Zheng et al.,2017, Miletto et al.,2017).</p><p>Automated T-Maze can detect the location of the subject within the maze and control the opening and closing of the arm doors as a trigger response. The automated maze is also capable of detecting food rewards.</p><p>To avoid shadows in the maze, the T-Maze should be well lit from above. Proper lighting also ensures that the subject is able to see the food rewards. Tracking software and video camera, such as Noldus Ethovision XT, mounted above the maze assist with live scoring and tracking and recording the subject and its movements within the maze. The apparatus must be cleaned thoroughly before and after each trial to limit influence from any residual stimuli from previous trials.</p>		
			<h2>Training Protocol</h2>		
		<p style="font-weight: 400;">The T-Maze task involves observation of the ability of the subject to remember the previously visited arm. The task takes advantage of the natural explorative nature of rodents and the idea that they tend to use an optimal search strategy to obtain food with minimal effort.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">The performance in the task weakens or decreases for subjects with hippocampal lesions or damage as seen in neurodegenerative or neuropsychiatric diseases or as a result of natural aging.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">Several protocols exist to be used with the T-Maze, though the two most commonly used protocols are the Rewarded Alternation task and Spontaneous Alternation task. For the Rewarded alternation task, the experimenter decides which arm is the “correct choice” whereas the Spontaneous Alternation task uses the subject’s natural explorative drive and allows it to choose which arm to explore first. Spontaneous alternation task has been shown to be more successful in the assessment of subjects with hippocampal lesions as these animals tend to develop a side preference (Deacon and Rawlins 2006). The task is also used to quantify cognitive deficits in transgenic strains of mice and evaluate effects of treatments on cognition.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">Another protocol used with the T-Maze is the Delayed Alternation task. The Delayed Alternation task allows assessing spatial working memory by first allowing the subject to explore a baited arm of its choice and removing the subject once the choice is made and limiting it to the start box of the base arm using a door. This trial is followed by a formal trial, after a predetermined delay between the two trials, wherein the subject is reintroduced to the maze by opening the start arm door and is expected to choose the arm that it did not choose in the previous trial.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">The T-Maze can be modified to allow disassociation between working and reference memory. This protocol is accomplished by changing external cues and splitting the stem arm lengthwise using an opaque divider. The end of one of the paths created by the divider is blocked using a clear Plexiglas. If the subject chooses the unblocked path, the protocol is the same as that of an Alternation task. (Wenk 2001)</p>		
					<button id="e-n-tab-title-1486486731" aria-selected="true" data-tab-index="1" role="tab" tabindex="0" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1486486731" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 1;">
				Pre-training for the T-Maze			
		</button>
				<button id="e-n-tab-title-1486486732" aria-selected="false" data-tab-index="2" role="tab" tabindex="-1" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1486486732" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 2;">
				Evaluation of Spatial Memory using Rewarded Alternation in the T-Maze			
		</button>
				<button id="e-n-tab-title-1486486733" aria-selected="false" data-tab-index="3" role="tab" tabindex="-1" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1486486733" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 3;">
				Evaluation of Spatial Learning using Spontaneous Alternation in the T-Maze			
		</button>
							<p style="font-weight: 400;">Rodents tend to be wary of eating anything new. Thus it is important to familiarize the subject with the food rewards used, before the testing, within a familiar environment (housing cage). Food rewards can be solid (such as sweetened breakfast cereal) or liquid (such as chocolate milk.) Generally, liquid rewards are used in case of testing as some treatments may make eating solid food an unpleasant experience for the subject. Subjects are usually maintained at about 85 to 95% of their free-feeding weight throughout the training and testing phases.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">For the food-deprived task, the food-scavenging behavior is encouraged by depriving the subject of food the night prior to the testing. Subjects may be familiarized to the maze in pairs (usually cage-mates) to reduce the anxiety in a novel space during the initial phase of exploration. The acclimation is usually done individually, although, this may require more time than paired familiarization. The maze is scattered with food rewards, and the subject is placed in the start arm and allowed to explore the maze freely. The food rewards are replaced on consumption. The familiarization procedure is repeated four times with at least ten minutes between each exposure. The acclimation period usually lasts 1 to 2 days. Next, one of the arms is blocked, and the open goal arm is baited with a food reward. During this forced trial the subject is placed in the start arm and forced to visit the open arm. This trial is repeated by randomly varying the closed arm, for an equal number of trials for each arm, until the subject has been familiarized with the task.</p>						
							<p style="font-weight: 400;">The choice trial begins by baiting both the arms and allowing the subject to visit only one arm and consume the food reward. This procedure is done by pre-selecting the correct choice and blocking it with a door. Now the unvisited arm becomes the correct choice in the next trial. For the immediate trial both the arms are open and only the correct choice arm is baited. The subject is expected to visit the correct choice arm. If it makes the right choice, it is allowed to consume the food reward, and if it chooses the wrong arm, it is allowed to see that the food well is empty and then it is removed from the maze.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">Each trial lasts approximately for 2 minutes. The procedure is repeated for each of the animals on a ten trial per day basis for up to twelve testing days. The “correct choice” arm is randomly varied throughout the testing sessions.</p>						
							<p style="font-weight: 400;">The Spontaneous Alternation task is based on the novelty of the maze. Thus the task is performed without prior familiarization of the subjects to the maze. The subject is given a free choice, during the trial, to choose either one of the baited arms unlike in the Rewarded Alternation task where one of the arms is blocked. Once the subject has made its choice, it is confined to that goal arm by closing the respective door for 30 seconds. The subject is removed from the goal arm after it has consumed the food reward and the doors in the maze are opened. The subject is then once again placed in the start arm and is expected to alternate its choice from its previous selection. If the subject visits the unvisited arm, it is allowed to consume the food reward or else, in case it visits the already visited arm it is allowed to see that the food well is empty before it is removed from the maze.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">Each trial lasts no longer than 2 minutes, and the procedure is repeated for each of the animals on a ten trial per day basis for up to twelve testing days.</p>						
		<p style="font-weight: 400;">Rodents tend to be wary of eating anything new. Thus it is important to familiarize the subject with the food rewards used, before the testing, within a familiar environment (housing cage). Food rewards can be solid (such as sweetened breakfast cereal) or liquid (such as chocolate milk.) Generally, liquid rewards are used in case of testing as some treatments may make eating solid food an unpleasant experience for the subject. Subjects are usually maintained at about 85 to 95% of their free-feeding weight throughout the training and testing phases.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">For the food-deprived task, the food-scavenging behavior is encouraged by depriving the subject of food the night prior to the testing. Subjects may be familiarized to the maze in pairs (usually cage-mates) to reduce the anxiety in a novel space during the initial phase of exploration. The acclimation is usually done individually, although, this may require more time than paired familiarization. The maze is scattered with food rewards, and the subject is placed in the start arm and allowed to explore the maze freely. The food rewards are replaced on consumption. The familiarization procedure is repeated four times with at least ten minutes between each exposure. The acclimation period usually lasts 1 to 2 days. Next, one of the arms is blocked, and the open goal arm is baited with a food reward. During this forced trial the subject is placed in the start arm and forced to visit the open arm. This trial is repeated by randomly varying the closed arm, for an equal number of trials for each arm, until the subject has been familiarized with the task.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">The choice trial begins by baiting both the arms and allowing the subject to visit only one arm and consume the food reward. This procedure is done by pre-selecting the correct choice and blocking it with a door. Now the unvisited arm becomes the correct choice in the next trial. For the immediate trial both the arms are open and only the correct choice arm is baited. The subject is expected to visit the correct choice arm. If it makes the right choice, it is allowed to consume the food reward, and if it chooses the wrong arm, it is allowed to see that the food well is empty and then it is removed from the maze.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">Each trial lasts approximately for 2 minutes. The procedure is repeated for each of the animals on a ten trial per day basis for up to twelve testing days. The “correct choice” arm is randomly varied throughout the testing sessions.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">The Spontaneous Alternation task is based on the novelty of the maze. Thus the task is performed without prior familiarization of the subjects to the maze. The subject is given a free choice, during the trial, to choose either one of the baited arms unlike in the Rewarded Alternation task where one of the arms is blocked. Once the subject has made its choice, it is confined to that goal arm by closing the respective door for 30 seconds. The subject is removed from the goal arm after it has consumed the food reward and the doors in the maze are opened. The subject is then once again placed in the start arm and is expected to alternate its choice from its previous selection. If the subject visits the unvisited arm, it is allowed to consume the food reward or else, in case it visits the already visited arm it is allowed to see that the food well is empty before it is removed from the maze.</p><p style="font-weight: 400;">Each trial lasts no longer than 2 minutes, and the procedure is repeated for each of the animals on a ten trial per day basis for up to twelve testing days.</p>		
			<h2>Data Analysis</h2>		
		<p>The data obtained from the T-Maze is generally very straightforward and consists of the number of correct (the subject enters the opposite arm on the second run) vs. incorrect (the animal enters the same arm previously entered on the previous run) arm entries in each trial. Working memory and reference memory data can be obtained from the number of entries into the blocked side of the stem and number of re-entries into the un-baited arm (Wenk 2001). Data can also be collected for the latencies to explore and retrieval of the rewards, time spent in the goal arms and so on.</p><p>As the subject learns that entering into a new arm results in food reward the number of incorrect entries should decrease. Subjects with hippocampal lesions or damage are likely to make errors. The percentages of correct arm choices can be graphed and compared across a sham control group and a disease model/intervention group. Graphs allow easy visualization of effects on spatial memory and learning between different disease or treatment groups. Animals as disease models of neurodegenerative disorders, for example, should show a much slower learning curve with more incorrect choices, even after several trials. Generally, animal cohorts of 10-30 animals are sufficient to obtain p-values of &lt;0.05 using ANOVA (Jang et al.,2013, Wang et al.,2014).</p>		
			<h2>Translational Research</h2>		
		<p>Transgenic mice have been used in animal models of human diseases to understand and to develop treatments that are effective. Vivithanaporn et al. used HIV-1 Vpr transgenic mice to investigate the neurotoxic actions of the HIV protease inhibitors, amprenavir (APV) and lopinavir (LPV).  The mice were divided into groups that were treated with fosAPV/ritonavir and LPV/ritonavir, and their spatial memory was tested in a simple T-maze under a food reward alteration protocol. The data obtained from the T-Maze showed that mice treated with APV took significantly more time to complete the maze in comparison to the control and the LPV group. The number of errors was comparatively higher in both APV and LPV group than in the control group. The researchers concluded based on the observed data that that protease inhibitor treatment impaired learning and memory.</p><p>A change in diagnostic practices has led to the improved identification of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). ASD is characterized by alternation behaviors in social interactions, verbal and non-verbal communications and repetitive behaviors. Spontaneous Alternation task using T-Maze is used in the evaluation of repetitive behaviors that are usually seen in Autism and OCD models of a mouse. Chang et al. used the T-Maze along with the Marble Burying task in assessing the repetitive behavior symptom domain of ASD. Depending on the severity of the phenotypic behavior, the percent alternation varied from 60% to 10%.</p><p>Leqin et al. generated NRG2 knockout mice due to lack of investigation into the function of this closest Neuregulin-1 homolog. NRG2 knockout mice showed dopamine dysbalance as seen in schizophrenic brains. T-Maze Rewarded Alternation task was used to assess the working memory of NRG2 knockout mice. The results showed that with acute administration of Clozapine the performance of the subject improved in the rewarded task which was speculated to be either by indirectly augmenting D1R signaling through the increased dopamine levels, by directly blocking the excessive activity of D4Rs or by simultaneously activating of D1- and D2-type receptors to optimize temporal gating.</p><p>Corticotrophin-releasing factor (CRF) gene’s single nucleotide polymorphism has been associated with behavioral inhibition which is a childhood risk factor for panic disorder. Further studies have also shown that single nucleotide polymorphism in type 1 and type 2 receptors of CRF have correlations with major depression and panic disorders. Silva et al. used an elevated T-Maze to study the role of CRF receptors in the escape response of rats. The investigation revealed that ventromedial hypothalamus CRF type 2 receptor show a defensive response associated with panic disorder thus playing a crucial role in the understanding of the underlying neural mechanisms.</p><p>Virtual T-Maze allows direct evaluation of human behaviors. Using virtual reality tests can be performed cost-effectively and in a safe environment. Some virtual T-Mazes use a combination of real-world elements such as a T-Maze platform along with virtual elements.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>In comparison to other tasks used in assessing spatial learning and memory, the T-Maze is a simple apparatus that is easy to construct and use. Simple modifications such as using guillotine doors on the arms allow the task to be adapted for Delayed Alternation task while joining together multiple T-Mazes creates a complicated version of the rather simple T-Maze. Generally, an enclosed T-Maze is used which places minimal stress on the subjects, although elevated and un-walled T-Mazes are also used especially in studies related to anxiety (Graeff et al.,1998). Researchers have also used a water T-Maze which combines the advantages of the simple T-Maze and the Morris Water Maze (Locchi et al.,2007, Guariglia et al.,2013).</p><p>The absence of significant stressors in the simple T-Maze coupled with familiarization with the maze prior to testing allow for better observations of working memory in the animals as they perform in the maze.</p><p>Despite the simplicity, the T-Maze has its own limitations. A simple T-Maze is a single-point two-choice maze thus it has a higher rate of success possibility as the probability of the subject choosing the correct arm is by default 50%. The subjects may also use strategies other than spatial learning based on the spatial and non-spatial cues. Odor trails too may affect the quality of research if olfactory cues are not an intended part of the investigation.</p><p>For the task to deliver appropriate results, the subject’s exploratory drive must be maintained throughout. Extensive handling and overtraining of the subjects may place undue stress on them, affecting their performance on the maze. It is also important to maintain minimum variability in the amount of reward used during the training and testing lest the subject should suffer from ‘contrast effects’ wherein its motivation decreases due to receiving less than expected reward (Deacon &amp; Rawlins 2006). In case of T-Mazes that make use of guillotine doors, it is essential that doors are closed carefully and not dropped too close to the subject to avoid startling it as this experience may be stressful for the subject and cause it to avoid that arm in subsequent trials.</p><p>As with all mazes that measure aspects of learning and memory, it is important to remember that many different processes may come into play to form behavior. In many cases, the T-Maze is used in conjunction with other mazes to study disease models or transgenic animals and gain a fuller understanding of spatial learning and memory.</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li>The T-Maze is a simple single-point two-choice maze.</li><li>The task exploits the innate explorative nature of rodents and subjects them to tasks that require them to alternate between the goal arms to retrieve food rewards.</li><li>Commonly used protocols with the T-maze are Forced Alternation task and Spontaneous Alternation task.</li><li>The T-Maze can be easily adapted to investigate the different aspects of spatial learning and for different subjects.</li><li>By using guillotine doors, the T-Maze can be easily adapted for Delayed Alternation protocol.</li><li>The T-Maze has been extensively used in the study of hippocampal functions, age-related cognitive decline, and anxiety.</li><li>The T-Maze is also utilized in understanding the effects of treatments in understanding underlying pathology of diseases on spatial learning and memory.</li><li>Subjects of the diseased model show a much slower learning curve in comparison to the control group in T-Maze tasks.</li></ul>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<p style="font-weight: 400">Arish, M. R., Tong Michelle, T. T. (2020) Making “Good” Choices: Social Isolation in Mice Exacerbates the Effects of Chronic Stress on Decision Making. <em style="font-style: inherit;font-weight: 400">Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience, </em><strong style="font-style: inherit;font-weight: 600">14</strong>(81) https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2020.00081  </p><p style="font-weight: 400">Avraham Y, Berry EM, Donskoy M, Ahmad WA, Vorobiev L, Albeck A, Mankuta D. (2017) Beta-carotene as a Novel Therapy for the Treatment of “Autistic Like Behavior” in Animal Models of Autism. Behav Brain Res. pii: S0166-4328(17)31103-8. doi: 10.1016/j.bbr.2017.09.041.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Bretin S, Louis C, Seguin L, Wagner S, Thomas JY, Challal S, Rogez N, Albinet K, Iop F, Villain N, Bertrand S, Krazem A, Bérachochéa D, Billiald S, Tordjman C, Cordi A, Bertrand D, Lestage P, Danober L. (2017) Pharmacological characterisation of S 47445, a novel positive allosteric modulator of AMPA receptors. PLoS One. 12(9):e0184429. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0184429.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Byrnes EE, Vila Pouca C, Brown C. (2016) Laterality strength is linked to stress reactivity in Port Jackson sharks (Heterodontus portusjacksoni). Behav Brain Res. 305:239-46. doi: 10.1016/j.bbr.2016.02.033. Epub 2016 Mar 2.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Chang YC, Cole TB, Costa LG. (2017) Behavioral Phenotyping for Autism Spectrum Disorders in Mice. Curr Protoc Toxicol. 72:11.22.1-11.22.21. doi: 10.1002/cptx.19.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">de Andrade JS, Céspedes IC, Abrão RO, da Silva JM, Ceneviva R, Ribeiro DA, Bittencourt JC, Viana MB. (2018) Effects of acute restraint and unpredictable chronic mild stress on brain corticotrophin releasing factor mRNA in the elevated T-maze. Behav Brain Res. 337:139-150. doi: 10.1016/j.bbr.2017.09.029.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Deacon, R.M.J., Rawlins, N.P. (2006) T-Maze alternation in the rodent. Nature Protocols 1, 7-12</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Dember, W.N., Fowler, H. (1959) Spontaneous alternation after free and forced trials. Can. J. Psychol. 13, 151-154</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Du CX, Liu J, Guo Y, Zhang L, Zhang QJ. (2017) Lesions of the lateral habenula improve working memory performance in hemiparkinsonian rats. Neurosci Lett. 662:162-166. doi: 10.1016/j.neulet.2017.10.027</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Fatahi Z, Sadeghi B, Haghparast A. (2018) Involvement of cannabinoid system in the nucleus accumbens on delay-based decision making in the rat. Behav Brain Res. 337:107-113. doi: 10.1016/j.bbr.2017.10.004. Epub 2017 Oct 5.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Fowler, H. Fowler, D.E., Dember, W.N. (1959) The influence of reward of alternation behavior. J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol. 52, 220-224</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Fowler, H., Blond, J., Dember, W.N. (1959) Alternation behavior and learning: the influence of reinforcement magnitude, number, and contingency. J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol. 52, 609-614</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Graeff FG, Netto CF, Zangrossi H Jr. (1998) The elevated T-maze as an experimental model of anxiety. Neurosci Biobehav Rev. 1998; 23(2):237-46.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Guariglia SR, Chadman KK. (2013) Water T-maze: a useful assay for determination of repetitive behaviors in mice. J Neurosci Methods. 220(1):24-9. doi: 10.1016/j.jneumeth.2013.08.019.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Hodges, H. (1996) Maze procedures: the radial-arm and water maze compared. Cog. Brain Research 3, 167-181</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Ichinose T, Tanimoto H. (2016) Dynamics of memory-guided choice behavior in Drosophila. Proc Jpn Acad Ser B Phys Biol Sci. 92(8):346-357.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Jang, E.H., Ahn, S.H., Lee, Y.S., Lee, H.R., Kaang, B.K. (2013) Effect of food deprivation on a delayed nonmatch-to-place T-maze task. Exp. Neurobio. 2, 124-127</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Jardim MC, Nogueira RL, Graeff FG, Nunes-de-Souza RL. (1999) Evaluation of the elevated T-maze as an animal model of anxiety in the mouse. Brain Res Bull. 48(4):407-11.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Karimi S, Mesdaghinia A, Farzinpour Z, Hamidi G, Haghparast A. (2017) Reversible inactivation of the lateral hypothalamus reversed high reward choices in cost-benefit decision-making in rats. Neurobiol Learn Mem. 145:135-142. doi: 10.1016/j.nlm.2017.10.001.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Kendler HH. (1947) An investigation of latent learning in a T-maze. J Comp Physiol Psychol. 40(4):265-70.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Lalonde, R. (2002) The neurobiological basis of spontaneous alternation. Neurosci. Biobehav. Rev. 26, 91-104</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Lin WY, Yao C, Cheng J, Kao ST, Tsai FJ, Liu HP. (2017) Molecular pathways related to the longevity promotion and cognitive improvement of Cistanche tubulosa in Drosophila. Phytomedicine. 26:37-44. doi: 10.1016/j.phymed.2017.01.006.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Locchi F, Dall’Olio R, Gandolfi O, Rimondini R. (2007) Water T-maze, an improved method to assess spatial working memory in rats: Pharmacological validation. Neurosci Lett. 422(3):213-6. Epub 2007 Jun 17.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Miletto Petrazzini ME, Bisazza A, Agrillo C, Lucon-Xiccato T. (2017) Sex differences in discrimination reversal learning in the guppy. Anim Cogn. 20(6):1081-1091. doi: 10.1007/s10071-017-1124-4. Epub 2017 Aug 8.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Pechlivanova D, Petrov K, Grozdanov P, Nenchovska Z, Tchekalarova J, Stoynev A. (2017) Intracerebroventricular infusion of an Angiotensin AT2 receptor agonist Novokinin aggravates some diabetes mellitus-induced alterations in Wistar rats. Can J Physiol Pharmacol. doi: 10.1139/cjpp-2017-0428.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Rawlins, J.N.P. &amp; Olton, D.S. (1982) The septo-hippocampal system and cognitive mapping. Behav. Brain Res. 5, 331–358</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Reisel D, Bannerman DM, Schmitt WB, Deacon RM, Flint J, Borchardt T, Seeburg PH, Rawlins JN. (2002) Spatial memory dissociations in mice lacking GluR1. Nat Neurosci. 5(9):868-73.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Sharma, S., Rakoczy, S., Brown-Borg, H. (2010) Assessment of spatial memory in mice. Life Sciences 87, 521-536</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Shen X, Sun Y, Wang M, Shu H, Zhu LJ, Yan PY, Zhang JF, Jin X. (2017) Chronic N-acetylcysteine treatment alleviates acute lipopolysaccharide-induced working memory deficit through upregulating caveolin-1 and synaptophysin in mice. Psychopharmacology (Berl). doi: 10.1007/s00213-017-4762-y.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Shoji H, Hagihara H, Takao K, Hattori S, Miyakawa T. (2012) T-maze forced alternation and left-right discrimination tasks for assessing working and reference memory in mice. J Vis Exp. (60). pii: 3300. doi: 10.3791/3300.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Silva MSCF, Souza TMO, Pereira BA, Ribeiro DA, Céspedes IC, Bittencourt JC, Viana MB. (2017) The blockage of ventromedial hypothalamus CRF type 2 receptors impairs escape responses in the elevated T-maze. Behav Brain Res. 329:41-50. doi: 10.1016/j.bbr.2017.04.030.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Soliani FCBG, Cabbia R, Batistela MF, Almeida AG, Kümpel VD, Yamauchi Junior L, Andrade TGCS. (2017) Impact of social separation during pregnancy on the manifestation of defensive behaviors related to generalized anxiety and panic throughout offspring development. PLoS One.12(10):e0185572. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0185572.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Spence K.W., Lippitt R. Journal of Experimental Psychology. Vol. 36. 1946. An experimental test of the sign-gestalt theory of trial and error learning; pp. 491–502.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Stelinski L and Tiwari S. (2013) Vertical T-maze Choice Assay for Arthropod Response to Odorants. J Vis Exp. (72): 50229. Published online 2013 Feb 14. doi:  10.3791/50229</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Thomas GJ. (1979) Comparison of effects of small lesions in posterodorsal septum on spontaneous and rerun correction (contingently reinforced) alternation in rats. J Comp Physiol Psychol. 93(4):685-94.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">TOLMAN EC, RITCHIE BF, KALISH D. (1946) Studies in spatial learning; place learning versus response learning. J Exp Psychol. 36:221-9.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">TOLMAN, E. C.(1932) Purposive behavior in animals and men. New York: Century Co.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Tolman, E. C., &amp; Honzik, C. H. (1930). “Insight” in rats. University of California Publications in Psychology, 4, 215-232.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Tolman, E. C., &amp; Honzik, C. H. (1930). Degrees of hunger, reward and non-reward, and maze learning in rats. University of California Publications in Psychology, 4, 241-256.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Tolman, E. C., &amp; Honzik, C. H. (1930). Introduction and removal of reward, and maze performance in rats. University of California Publications in Psychology, 4, 257-275.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Vivithanaporn P, Asahchop EL, Acharjee S, Baker GB, Power C. (2016) HIV protease inhibitors disrupt astrocytic glutamate transporter function and neurobehavioral performance. AIDS. 30(4):543-52. doi: 10.1097/QAD.0000000000000955.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Waddell J, Mooney SM. (2017) Choline and Working Memory Training Improve Cognitive Deficits Caused by Prenatal Exposure to Ethanol. Nutrients. 9(10). pii: E1080. doi: 10.3390/nu9101080.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Wang H, Zhang L, Abel GM, Storm DR, Xia Z. (2017) Cadmium exposure impairs cognition and olfactory memory in male C57BL/6 mice. Toxicol Sci. doi: 10.1093/toxsci/kfx202.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Wang, D.C., Liu, P.C., Hung, H.S., Chen, T.J. (2014) Both PKM and KIBRA are closely related to reference memory but not working memory in a T-maze task in rats. J. Comp. Physiol. A. 200, 77-82</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Wenk GL.(2001) Assessment of spatial memory using the T maze. Curr Protoc Neurosci. Chapter 8:Unit 8.5B. doi: 10.1002/0471142301.ns0805bs04.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Yan L, Shamir A, Skirzewski M, Leiva-Salcedo E, Kwon OB, Karavanova I, Paredes D, Malkesman O, Bailey KR, Vullhorst D, Crawley JN, Buonanno A. (2017) Neuregulin-2 ablation results in dopamine dysregulation and severe behavioral phenotypes relevant to psychiatric disorders. Mol Psychiatry. doi: 10.1038/mp.2017.22.</p><p style="font-weight: 400">Zheng S, Liu C, Huang Y, Bao M, Huang Y, Wu K. (2017) Effects of 2,2′,4,4′-tetrabromodiphenyl ether on neurobehavior and memory change and bcl-2, c-fos, grin1b and lingo1b gene expression in male zebrafish (Danio rerio). Toxicol Appl Pharmacol. 333:10-16. doi: 10.1016/j.taap.2017.08.004</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/t-maze/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/t-maze-01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1190.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-TS3407</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[T Maze Stand]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Mouse stand: 32 cm height.
Rat stand: 45 cm height]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/t-maze-stand/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/MazeEngineers_Icons_Stand.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>200.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>3601/3602</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Barnes Maze]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>Barnes Maze (BM) is a behavioral task often used in neuroscience for the study of spatial learning and memory. The task’s primary ability is to measure the capacity of the subject to learn the location of the target by using distal visual cues. The maze exploits the averseness that rodents feel towards open and brightly lit spaces to motivate them to find the target location. The Barnes Maze requires the use of hippocampal-dependent spatial reference memory to be able to locate the escape locations. This ability to remember the location of the target hole can be affected by the administration of certain drugs or in disease models.</p><ul><li>Removable Top.</li><li>Black Nesting Chamber w clear nest holder included</li><li>Matted finish</li></ul>		
			<h2>Specifications</h2>		
                <table data-id="ef3acef"><thead><tr><th style="width: 273px"><p>Feature</p></th><th style="width: 385px">Mouse</th><th>Rat</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Diameter</p></td><td><p>92cm </p></td><td><p>122cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Holes</p></td><td><p>20 </p></td><td><p>20</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Hole diameter</p></td><td>5cm hole diameter,</td><td>10cm hole diameter</td></tr><tr><td><p>Stand Height</p></td><td><p>95cm (adjustable)</p></td><td><p>95cm (adjustable)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Removable Top</p></td><td>Removable Top.</td><td>Removable Top</td></tr><tr><td><p>Nesting chamber</p></td><td><p>Black  w clear nest holder included</p></td><td><p>Black w clear nest holder included</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Finish</p></td><td>Matted finish</td><td>Matted finish</td></tr></tbody></table>
		<p>Barnes Maze is available with the following characteristics:</p><ul><li aria-level="1">Includes 1 target box with the option to add more holes</li><li aria-level="1">Easy to clean – removable escape box holder</li><li aria-level="1">Entire top and dark escape box rotate for customization</li><li aria-level="1">False floor modification available for added versatility</li><li aria-level="1">Thick acrylic top eliminates visual cues</li><li aria-level="1">Available in white, grey, clear, or blue</li></ul>		
			<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Click here
					</a>
			<h2>Characteristics</h2>		
					<ul>
							<li>
										Six Stirrings
									</li>
								<li>
										Digital RPM Indicator
									</li>
								<li>
										Water Level Indicator
									</li>
								<li>
										Cell Holders: Diffusion Cells + Stirring Bars
									</li>
								<li>
										Stainless-steel body of cell apparatus
									</li>
						</ul>
					<ul>
							<li>
										Water Heater
									</li>
								<li>
										Speed Controler
									</li>
								<li>
										Six Transdermal Cups
									</li>
								<li>
										Constant Stirring of Solutions
									</li>
								<li>
										Digital Temperature Controller
									</li>
						</ul>
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/3601_BarnesMaze-Mouse_92cm-diameter-20holes-5cm-hold-diameter-95cm-stand-height-3-300x225-1-qugk82hl92e3fj0nkf0wqdriszmrs7n6wice3kg15c.jpeg" title="3601_BarnesMaze-Mouse_92cm-diameter-20holes-5cm-hold-diameter-95cm-stand-height-3-300&#215;225" alt="3601_BarnesMaze-Mouse_92cm-diameter-20holes-5cm-hold-diameter-95cm-stand-height-3-300x225" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/IMG_0723-500x500-1-qugk7t37cq187feb3ayn1g4wv4x3n8lvj7tjastyvk.jpeg" title="IMG_0723-500&#215;500" alt="Barnes Maze False floor" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Barnes_maze_optogenetics_01-500x500-1-qugk7uyvqe3sunbksbrw6fnu1wnu2mtc7h4i9cr6j4.jpeg" title="Barnes_maze_optogenetics_01-500&#215;500" alt="Optogenetic modification" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Barnes_maze_optogenetics_2_01__00001-500x500-1-qugk7wuk426dhv8uhcl5bf6r8oeki10svqfh7woe6o.jpeg" title="Barnes_mOptogenetic modificationaze_optogenetics_2_01__00001-500&#215;500" alt="Optogenetic modification 2" loading="lazy" />													
			<h6>Extra Nest box
</h6>		
			<h6>Barnes Maze False Floor</h6>		
			<h6>Optogenetics Modification</h6>		
			<h6>Optogenetics Modification Type 2</h6>		
		<p>$100</p><p>An extra nest box for easy switch and cleaning, minimizing delay between experiments</p><p style="text-align: center;">Add on Mouse: $650 /&nbsp;Rat: $850</p>
<p>Used to prevent falling into non-target holes. Rotates underneath the Barnes Maze.</p><p style="text-align: center;">$200</p><p>Optogenetics modification gives half holes and a step wise shortened target box to minimize teather interaction</p><p style="text-align: center;">$350<br />Gives modified target holes of 3/4 size as well as a gradient entrance to the target box. This box allows for more gradual entry for rodents with optogenetics tethers.</p>		
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/IMG_0723-500x500-1-qugk7t37cq187feb3ayn1g4wv4x3n8lvj7tjastyvk.jpeg" title="IMG_0723-500&#215;500" alt="Barnes Maze False floor" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/barnes_maze_modified_01-_00005-qk2as1l8h3orbuiyzyvve1w2thw58dhj7hgfmi20nk.jpeg" title="barnes_maze_modified_01-_00005" alt="Randomized Barnes" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/dry_maze_02__00006-qufh47rwy75a5804fv565ndccurewikc0a7dfrvsnk.jpeg" title="dry_maze_02__00006" alt="Patterned Barnes maze" loading="lazy" />													
													<img width="800" height="600" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-1024x768.jpeg" alt="Escape Hole Radial Arm Maze" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-600x450.jpeg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000.jpeg 1200w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />													
			<h6>Target Floor Insert</h6>		
			<h6>Randomized Hole Pattern</h6>		
			<h6>Patterned Holes
</h6>		
			<h6>Radial Arm Barnes MAze</h6>		
		<p style="text-align: center;">$650</p><p>False floor blocks all the holes except one. The black rectangular insert is to block the target box, leaving no holes open.</p><p style="text-align: center;">For Mouse and Rat</p><p style="text-align: center;">Leads to a decrease in the serial strategy of goal hole choice.</p><p style="text-align: center;">Delayed Matching To Place (DMP) Barnes Maze</p><p style="text-align: center;">Combined System </p><p style="text-align: center;">Combines the best elements of the Radial arm maze with the fear aversion motivation of the Barnes maze.</p>		
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/cheeseboard_maze_01__00015-qugk85b3tkhyecwk3y8sfv1wl58vfaydwwaujebumo.jpeg" title="cheeseboard_maze_01__00015" alt="Cheeseboard barnes Maze" loading="lazy" />													
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Modified_Barnes_maze_01_1-qugk8ay4ykpoc0od70ojutmo5gh2phkrxo7rf23hlc.jpeg" title="Modified_Barnes_maze_01_1" alt="Juvenile Barnes Maze" loading="lazy" />													
			<h6>Cheeseboard Style</h6>		
			<h6>Juvenile Barnes Maze</h6>		
		<p style="text-align: center;">Utilizes this ability to assess the working and reference memory of the rodents </p><p style="text-align: center;">Assessed maturation of spatial learning and memory, emphasizing the emergence of spatial navigation skills by the end of the third postnatal week.</p>		
		https://youtu.be/NOIiheiH1aE		
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<h2 style="font-weight: 300;">Overview</h2><p>Barnes Maze (BM) is a behavioral task often used in neuroscience for the study of spatial learning and memory. The task’s primary ability is to measure the capacity of the subject to learn the location of the target by using distal visual cues. The maze exploits the averseness that rodents feel towards open and brightly lit spaces to motivate them to find the target location. The Barnes Maze requires the use of hippocampal-dependent spatial reference memory to be able to locate the escape locations. This ability to remember the location of the target hole can be affected by the administration of certain drugs or disease models.</p><p>The Barnes Maze was designed by Carol Barnes in 1979 to evaluate spatial learning and memory. Initially intended for rats, the Barnes Maze has been increasingly adapted to be used with mice as well (Sunyer et al., 2007). The BM task draws similarities to the Morris Water Maze (MWM) and the Radial Arm Maze (RAM) task; however, unlike the aforementioned mazes, the Barnes Maze does not expose the subjects to strong aversive stimuli such as forced swimming and food/water deprivation and in comparison can be considered to be a low-stress alternative to these tasks (Harrison et al., 2006). The maze, since its conception, has been used not just for spatial learning and memory but also in testing and validating the effects of drugs and pharmacological compounds in models of diseases like Alzheimer’s (Harrison et al., 2006, Attar et al., 2013), and in understanding learning and memory deficits associated with mild traumatic brain injuries.</p><p>The Barnes Maze apparatus is a simple circular platform with circular holes serially placed along the edge of the platform. The task of the subject is to find the hole that serves as the target location. The target location leads to a small and dark recessed chamber beneath the platform and is not visible to the subject from the platform. Intra- and extra-maze cues are often used to assist the subject in finding the target hole.</p><p>Variants of the Barnes Maze include the Delayed Matching to Place Barnes Maze, Randomized Barnes, and  Radial Arm Barnes Maze.</p>		
									<h2>
						See our citation list					</h2>
					<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/citations/">
						Click Here					</a>
			<h2>History</h2>		
		<h5>Origin</h5><p>The BM was developed by Carol Barnes and described in her paper investigating memory deficits associated with senescence (Barnes 1979).</p><p>The effects of 3,4-diaminopyridine in the age-related improvement of short-term spatial memory was investigated using the BM, the results of which suggested that the 3,4-DAP selectively improved memory performance of the old subjects, and, within that age group, only improved performance on the short-term memory task (Barnes et al.,1989).</p><p>Markowska et al., 1989 utilized the BM for spatial memory and reversal tasks in their investigation to determine the correlations among different behavioral and neurobiological measures in aged rats.</p><p>Since its initial use, the BM has seen a slow but steady growth in use over the years in investigations related to neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s and in understanding the effects of brain lesions.</p><h5>Developments</h5><p>Vorhees (1997) in his paper investigated the effects of prenatal exposure to neurotoxins. For his investigation, he used different behavioral assays to assess the different types of learning and memory, one of these tests being the BM task to assess spatial learning. These tasks were used to detect long-term CNS dysfunction after prenatal exposure.</p><p>Adult Lhx5-deficient mice were used in the investigation of learning impairments and motor dysfunctions by Paylor et al.,2001. The hippocampus plays a crucial role in memory and learning, and its absence or disorganized neuroanatomy as observed in the Lhx5 mutated mice reflects poor performance in the BM spatial learning task.</p><p>The potential of voluntary running in aiding cognitive brain and cognitive functions after Whole-brain irradiation was assessed by Wong-Goodrich et al.,2010. When the subjects were assessed in BM task after daily running following WBI, it was observed that running significantly prevented spatial memory retention decline observed months after irradiation. It was concluded based on their observations that exercise assisted in the recovery of hippocampal plasticity and could be used as a potential therapeutic intervention.</p><h5>Recent Developments</h5><p>Meyer et al.,2014 tested their hypotheses that neonatal leptin would prevent the development of Growth Restricted (GR) associated behavioral abnormalities. In the BM task, the baseline escape times were faster for GR mice; however, the GR mice exhibited regression in their escape times on days 2 and 3. They concluded that alternation in social interactions, learning and activity of mice due to GR could be mitigated by supplementation with the neurotrophic hormone leptin.</p><p>The risks of space radiation to astronauts and Alzheimer’s disease-related pathology were evaluated by Rudobeck et al.,2017. APP/PSEN1 transgenic mice and wild-type mice were irradiated with protons, and their performance was tested on the BM at 3 and 6 months after irradiation to evaluate spatial learning and memory.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus &amp; Equipment</h2>		
		<p>The Barnes Maze apparatus is composed of a circular platform that is raised above the floor to a height of approximately 100 cm. Holes of sizes ranging from 50 to 100 cm in diameter to accommodate mice, rats, and small primates are arranged serially and are equally spaced along the perimeter of the platform.</p><p>The holes are placed several centimeters from the edge of the maze, and the number of holes can vary from anywhere between 18 to 20 or more. The designated target hole has a recessed small, dark chamber under the platform. This hole serves as a safe space for the subject and is not visible from the platform to the subject. The entire platform is rotatable around the center point allowing the location of the escape chamber to be easily varied.</p><p>The platform of the maze is colored in contrast to the color of the animals being tested. For ease of observation, the holes of the maze are numbered starting from the target hole; the holes to the right of the target hole are numbered starting with +1, and those to the left are numbered starting with -1, with an opposite hole directly across from the target hole, labeled zero.</p><p>The visual cues used for the task can be either intra- or extra-maze cues and can be prepared using different colors and shapes. The cues serve as a reference point for the subject during the task.</p><p>To avoid shadows in the maze, the BM should be well-lit from above. Proper lighting also ensures that the subject can see the rewards or other cues. Tracking software and video camera, such as Noldus Ethovision XT or ANY-Maze, mounted above the maze can assist with live scoring and tracking, and recording the subject and its movements within the maze. The apparatus must be cleaned thoroughly before and after each trial to limit the influence of any residual stimuli from the previous trials.</p>		
			<h2>Protocol</h2>		
		<p>The Barnes Maze is a simple task used in measuring spatial learning and memory in rodents and small primates. The task measures these parameters by observing the ability of the subject to remember the location of the target hole leading to an enclosed escape chamber.</p><p>This test can provide information regarding hippocampal-dependent learning, specifically spatial memory. The BM task has been utilized to understand the effects of age and neurodegenerative diseases on the learning and memory capabilities of the subject. Typically, animals are capable of learning and remembering the location of the target hole using intra- and extra-maze cues.</p><p>Before every trial, the apparatus must be thoroughly cleaned to avoid the influence of residual stimuli, if any, from influencing the performance of the subjects.</p><h6><strong>Pre-Training for the Barnes Maze</strong></h6><p>The apparatus is set up, and the visual cues are placed in their respective locations. The cues remain constant throughout all training and testing trials. The subject is (usually) placed in a cylindrical dark start chamber in the middle of the circular platform and released after 10 seconds have elapsed.</p><p>The subject is gently guided towards the escape hole avoiding any force to prevent unnecessary stress on the animal. The subject is allowed to remain in the escape chamber for 2 minutes.</p><h6><strong>Evaluation of Spatial Memory Using the Barnes Maze</strong></h6><p>The apparatus is cleaned to remove residual olfactory cues from previous runs, and the platform is rotated on its central axis to control any remaining olfactory cues. The escape chamber is adjusted so that it is in the same position.</p><p>The video recording is started, and the subject is released from a cylindrical chamber from the center of the platform after 10 seconds. The trial lasts about 3 minutes, during which the subject freely explores the platform. Errors are recorded every time the subject pokes its head into a hole that is not the target hole, and the latency time is determined as the time the subject takes to reach the target hole. The trial ends when the subject has entered the escape chamber, or the 3 minutes have elapsed. In the event, the subject fails to find the escape chamber it is gently guided to it and allowed to remain in it for 1 minute. The subject is returned to its home cage until the next trial.</p><p>Each animal should perform four trials on each of the four testing days with approximately fifteen minutes inter-trial intervals.</p><h6><strong>Evaluation of Reference Memory Using the Barnes Maze</strong></h6><p>On the fifth testing day, the target hole is closed, or the escape chamber is removed. The trial is initiated as mentioned earlier and lasts for 90 seconds. The number of errors and the latency time are recorded. The subject is removed from the maze when the 90 seconds have elapsed.</p><p>The procedure is repeated 7 days later, on the twelfth day.</p>		
			<h2>Modifications</h2>		
		<p>Since its original design, the Barnes Maze has been adapted with several simple modifications. For example, a curtain surrounding the maze platform can be used to prevent the animals from making spatial associations between distal room cues and the location of the target hole (Harrison et al., 2006, Rosenfeld &amp; Ferguson  2014). Protocol variations have also been made to increase task difficulty (Attar et al., 2013).</p><p>The escape chamber beneath the maze can optionally lead to an escape tube that allows the animal to reach a home cage or other safe space (Rosenfeld &amp; Ferguson, 2014). A false floor can also be added beneath the maze platform to close off the holes that do not lead to the escape chamber.</p><p>The hole positioning has also seen modifications over the years to improve the spatial learning and memory measure of the Barnes Maze task. The Delayed Matching to Place Barnes Maze (DMP Barnes Maze), is a dry variant of the DMP water maze by Steele and Morris (Steele and Morris 1999) that was refined by Faizi et al. 2012. The DMP maze is a Patterned Barnes Maze (PBM) that has the escape platform frequently changed during trials. The apparatus includes an elevated circular platform having 40 holes arranged across the inner, middle and outer rings. Each of these holes is attached to an ABS tube of which only one tube acts as an escape tube.</p><p>Another variation of the Barnes Maze is the Randomized Barnes Maze which was designed to overcome the limitation of the BM. In Barnes Maze, the holes are arranged serially along the circumference of the platform that can be serially searched by the subject rather than using a spatial strategy. The Randomized Barnes Maze is modified such that the holes are placed in a pseudorandom order to discourage non-spatial strategies.</p><p>A combination of the classic Radial Arm Maze and Barnes Maze, the Radial Arm Barnes Maze combines the advantages of both mazes into one. The maze was first described by Paganelli’s et al. in their 2004 paper investigating the influence of ischemic brain damage on the acquisition and retention of cognition in mice.</p>		
			<h2>Data Analysis</h2>		
		<p>The data obtained from the Barnes Maze generally consists of two main measures: the number of error head pokes the animal makes, and the time it takes the animal to enter the target hole and the escape chamber. Other measures such as the total path length and movement speed can also be measured and obtained from video tracking software.</p><p>As the animal learns the relationship between local or distal spatial cues and the location of the target hole, the number of error head pokes and the latency time should decrease. These measures can be simply graphed and compared across a sham control group and a disease model.</p><p>The search strategy used by the animal must be analyzed manually using the video recording and tracking software. Generally, one of three search strategies is used by the animal to locate the target hole:</p><ul><li>Direct: The animal moves directly to the target hole or an immediately adjacent hole before entering the target hole</li><li>Mixed: The animal searches random holes, crossing through the center of the maze</li><li>Serial: The animal visits several adjacent holes in a clockwise or counter-clockwise manner before reaching the target hole</li></ul><p>The exact position of each head poke error can also be counted and graphed to help visualize these strategies.</p><p>Using graphs to compare latency time, the number of error head pokes, the position of these errors and the total path length between different disease or treatment groups the effect on spatial memory and learning can be easily visualized.</p><p>Animals in the control groups should show significant improvements in reaching the target hole quickly and efficiently. Animals as disease models of neurodegenerative disorders, for example, should show a much slower learning curve with more errors and longer path lengths, even after several days. Generally, animal cohorts of 10-30 animals are sufficient to obtain p-values of &lt;0.05 using ANOVA and step-down Bonferroni tests (Harrison et al., 2006, Attar et al., 2013, Sunyer et al., 2007).</p>		
			<h2>Traslational Research</h2>		
		<p>The Barnes Maze is a simple and straightforward task to assess spatial learning and memory in neurocognitive diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, and traumatic brain injury models.</p><p>The benefits of exercise have often been explored as a therapeutic intervention for cognitive improvement. In their study regarding the effects of Whole-brain irradiation (WBI) therapy, Wong-Goodrich et al. were able to show that running can abrogate the progressive learning and memory deficits induced by WBI and aid in the recovery of adult hippocampal plasticity. In the study that was conducted by Wu et al., swimming exercise was observed as a promising therapeutic option in the prevention of neurodegeneration in the elderly and/or AD population.</p><p>Space radiations present a health risk to astronauts spending long missions in space. Rudobeck’s et al. investigation aimed to understand the impact of protons, the main constituent of the space radiation spectrum, in accelerating the onset of Alzheimer’s disease and AD-related pathology.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>In comparison to the Morris Water Maze and the Radial Arm Maze, the Barnes Maze is relatively less stressful. The MWM subjects the animal to significantly more stress as the subject must be submerged in water and swim in order to survive and search for the escape platform (Hodges 1996, Harrison et al., 2006). However, some groups report that there is little difference in stress and anxiety between the two mazes (Harrison et al., 2006).</p><p>Although the BM is considered a less anxiogenic alternative to other behavioral assays, aversive stimuli such as bright light and adverse noise can be used to encourage explorative drive in finding the escape hole. The absence of significant stressors, such as forced swimming and food/water deprivation, allows for better observations of working and reference memory in the animals as they perform in the maze.</p><p>In the absence of aversive stimuli to motivate the subject to seek the enclosed target chamber, the subject may simply explore the maze rather than completing the task. Further, if the maze is being used for multiple animals, proper cleaning of the apparatus is a must to ensure no olfactory cues from previous trials influence the performance of subsequent subjects. This can be easily achieved by cleaning the maze before and after each trial.</p><p>As with all mazes that measure aspects of learning and memory, it is important to remember that many different processes play into the behavior observed in the maze. Factors such as anxiety and exploratory activity should be considered when interpreting the results of a spatial memory task.</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li>The Barnes Maze was designed and developed by Carol Barnes in 1979.</li><li>The Barnes Maze has similar principles as the MWM and RAM; however, unlike those behavioral assays, the BM does not use strong aversive stimulus.</li><li>The Barnes Maze is considered as a less stressful alternative to the MWM.</li><li>The Barnes Maze uses an elevated circular platform that has equally spaced holes placed at the perimeter of the platform.</li><li>The subject’s natural tendency to seek sheltered, dark spaces is challenged by the open and brightly lit platform, forcing it to explore the maze for the target hole.</li><li>Intra- and extra-maze cues are often used to assist the subject in remembering the location of the target hole.</li><li>The difficulty of the maze can be varied by removing the maze cues.</li><li>Animals in control groups show rapid learning as they remember the location of the target hole, while in comparison, animals as disease models of neurodegenerative disorders show a much slower learning curve.</li></ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/barnes-maze/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/barnes_maze_03.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>2490.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-BMCS-68707/ 68709/ 68711/ 68713/ 68715/ 68717</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Brain Matrix: Coronal Section]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>
Conduct Science coronal brain matrices are crafted from stainless steel. They aid in the dissection of specific regions of a rodent brain, enabling the investigator to slice repeatable coronal sections of the sample. This provides precise blocking before microtome sectioning and the excision of small, reproducible brain regions for biochemical analysis, such as the determination of metabolite and neurotransmitter concentrations. Individual areas of the brain may be dissected, stained, or micro punched from the slices created.

Our coronal brain matrices are specifically designed and developed for long-term use. They are sturdy and can be autoclaved, heated, chilled, and even used by undergrads. They also have the additional feature of a mid-line cut to facilitate splitting of the left and right hemispheres.

Each matrix has been precisely machined to ensure reproducible sections. This allows the investigator to slice coronal sections at 1mm intervals. Olfactory and spinal notches included. Other sizes and materials are available upon request. Feel free to contact Technical Support for additional information.
<h2>Specifications</h2>
<table data-id="df96309">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 235px;">Model</th>
<th style="width: 438px;">Product Description</th>
<th style="width: 63px;">A(mm)</th>
<th>B(mm)</th>
<th>C(mm)</th>
<th>D(mm)</th>
<th>E(mm)</th>
<th>Depth</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMCS-68707</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Mouse</strong> 40-75g, Coronal, 1mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>3.18</td>
<td>11.1</td>
<td>8.73</td>
<td>19.1</td>
<td>12.5</td>
<td>7.4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMCS-68713</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Mouse,</strong> 40-75g, Coronal, 0.5mm,Stainless steel</td>
<td>3.18</td>
<td>11.1</td>
<td>8.73</td>
<td>19.1</td>
<td>12.5</td>
<td>7.4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMCS-68709</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Rat,</strong> 175-300g, Coronal, 1mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>17.9</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>27.35</td>
<td>8.94</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMCS-68711</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Rat,</strong> 300-600g, Coronal, 1mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>19.8</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>25.7</td>
<td>10.91</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMCS-68715</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Rat</strong>, 175-300g, Coronal, 0.5mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>17.9</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>27.35</td>
<td>8.94</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMCS-68717</td>
<td>Brain Matrix,<strong> Rat, </strong>300-600g, Coronal, 0.5mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>19.8</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>25.7</td>
<td>10.91</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Features</h2>
<ol>
 	<li><strong>Highest Quality</strong> – built from high-quality stainless steel (harder than acrylic, aluminum, and zinc), our matrices are guaranteed to withstand repeated autoclave sterilizing cycles and scrubbing without damaging the surfaces.</li>
 	<li><strong>Highly Accurate</strong> – the durable stainless steel material drives the cutting blade firmly to provide the accuracy needed for your experiment/research.</li>
 	<li><strong>Superfine</strong> – cutting-edge manufacturing techniques ensure the narrowest channels separated by the finest walls available in the market, allowing you to dissect your sample into fine slices that are as much as 30 percent thinner than previously attainable with standard 0.5 - 1.0 mm matrices.</li>
 	<li><strong>Multiple Uses </strong>– our matrices are perfect for creating sections for biochemical analysis of various substances; for pharmacokinetic studies using the brain slice uptake technique; and for accurate blocking prior to microtome sectioning.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/brain-matrix-coronal-section/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/cam1-175-Coronal.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>426.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-BMSC-68708/68714/68710/68716/6871868712/</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Brain Matrix: Sagittal Section]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>
Conduct Science Sagittal Brain Matrices are used to section the brain into sagittal slices. Crafted from stainless steel, they aid in the dissection of specific regions of a rodent’s brain, enabling the investigator to slice repeatable sagittal sections of the sample. This provides precise blocking before microtome sectioning and the excision of small, reproducible brain regions for biochemical analysis, such as the determination of metabolite and neurotransmitter concentrations. Individual areas of the brain may be dissected, stained, or micro punched from the slices created.

Our sagittal brain matrices are specifically designed and developed for long-term use. They are sturdy and can be autoclaved, heated, chilled, and even used by undergrads. They also have the additional feature of a mid-line cut to facilitate splitting of the left and right hemispheres.

Each matrix has been precisely machined to ensure reproducible sections. This allows the investigator to slice sagittal sections at 1mm intervals. Olfactory and spinal notches included. Other sizes and materials are available upon request. Feel free to contact Technical Support for additional information.
<h2>Specifications</h2>
<table data-id="2295224">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 235px;">Model</th>
<th style="width: 438px;">Product Description</th>
<th style="width: 63px;">A(mm)</th>
<th>B(mm)</th>
<th>C(mm)</th>
<th>D(mm)</th>
<th>E(mm)</th>
<th>Depth</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMSC-68708</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Mouse</strong> 40-75g, Sagittal, 1mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>3.18</td>
<td>11.1</td>
<td>8.73</td>
<td>19.1</td>
<td>12.5</td>
<td>7.4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMSC-68714</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Mouse,</strong> 40-75g, Sagittal, 0.5mm,Stainless steel</td>
<td>3.18</td>
<td>11.1</td>
<td>8.73</td>
<td>19.1</td>
<td>12.5</td>
<td>7.4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMSC-68710</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Rat,</strong> 175-300g, Sagittal, 1mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>17.9</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>27.35</td>
<td>8.94</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMSC-68712</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Rat,</strong> 300-600g, Sagittal, 1mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>19.8</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>25.75</td>
<td>10.91</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMSC-68716</td>
<td>Brain Matrix, <strong>Rat</strong>, 175-300g, Sagittal, 0.5mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>17.9</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>27.35</td>
<td>8.94</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-BMSC-68718</td>
<td>Brain Matrix,<strong> Rat, </strong>300-600g, Sagittal, 0.5mm, Stainless steel</td>
<td>4.76</td>
<td>19.8</td>
<td>14.7</td>
<td>36.6</td>
<td>25.7</td>
<td>10.91</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Features</h2>
<ol>
 	<li><strong>Highest Quality</strong> – built from high-quality stainless steel (harder than acrylic, aluminum, and zinc), our matrices are guaranteed to withstand repeated autoclave sterilizing cycles and scrubbing without damaging the surfaces.</li>
 	<li><strong>Highly Accurate</strong> – the durable stainless steel material drives the cutting blade firmly to provide the accuracy needed for your experiment/research.</li>
 	<li><strong>Superfine</strong> – cutting-edge manufacturing techniques ensure the narrowest channels separated by the finest walls available in the market, allowing you to dissect your sample into fine slices that are as much as 30 percent thinner than previously attainable with standard 1.0 mm matrices.</li>
 	<li><strong>Multiple Uses </strong>– our matrices are perfect for creating sections for biochemical analysis of various substances; for pharmacokinetic studies using the brain slice uptake technique; and for accurate blocking prior to microtome sectioning.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/brain-matrix-saggittal-section/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/cam2-300-600-Saggital.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>426.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-18-68306</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Ear Bar]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[This model of ear bars is specifically designed for mouse with a fragile skull.

This ear bar is 18º and 45º tip and can be easily put into the ear canal.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/ear-bar/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Element_earbud_01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>99.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-69025/RWD-69024/RWD-69023</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Rodent Heating Pad]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#dim">
											Dimensions
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#introduction">
											Introduction
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Apparatus
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#appli">
											Applications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#str">
											Strengths & Limitaions
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#ref">
											References
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
			<h2>Dimensions</h2>		
                <table data-id="86f787f"><thead><tr><th style="width: 347px"><p>Model</p></th><th>Heating Pad Size</th><th>Dimensions</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>RWD-69023</p></td><td>Cage Heating Pad</td><td>20.5 cm x 12 cm</td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-69024</p></td><td>Rat Heating Pad</td><td>9.0 cm x 17.0cm</td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-69025</p></td><td>Mouse Heating Pad</td><td>7 cm x 10cm</td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h2>Features</h2>		
		<ol><li>Our rodent warming pads are produced with the finest materials, by our expert manufacturers to provide a professional with a high-quality product with optimal performance.</li><li>Ideal for use before, during, and after surgical procedures on mice and rats.</li><li>Animals frequently become hypothermic when exposed to anesthesia for a variety of reasons. Therefore, the use of our heating pads before any surgical procedure can minimize heat loss during anesthetic administration. Our heating pads are also optimal to maintain temperature during surgical procedures and they can be placed in the rodent’s cage to provide faster recovery after any surgical procedure.</li><li>The best option to obtain the best surgical outcomes warming animals quickly, safely, and efficiently.</li><li>Our laboratory heating pads are designed to fit all your surgical needs as they are available in three different sizes: mouse, rat, and home cage, and they are able to fit in standard stereotaxic instruments.</li></ol>		
			<h2>Specifications</h2>		
		<ol><li>Warms Animals quickly, safely, and efficiently.</li>
<li>Produced with High-Quality Materials.</li>
<li>Available in Three Different Sizes: <strong>Mouse, Rat, and Home Cage</strong>.</li>
<li>Ideal for use before, during, and after surgical procedures.</li>
<li>Temperature Control Range: 25-45⁰C</li>
<li>Temperature Resolution : 0.1⁰C</li>
</ol>		
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>Heating pads are extensively used for thermoregulation before, after, and amidst rodent surgeries. The ambient temperatures (20-24oC) of laboratories and vivariums where rodents are housed can cause hypothermia in the animals. Moreover, rodents are also prone to cold stress due to anesthesia and while recovering from anesthesia. Heating pads create thermoneutral environments in the cages, during and after surgery, preventing inadvertent hypothermia. </p><p>The use of anesthetics for sedating animals during surgery interferes with normal temperature regulation mechanisms of the body. Exposure of skin to drugs and injection of large volumes of intravenous and irrigation fluids can result in significant loss of body heat, ultimately causing perioperative and postoperative hypothermia. This hypothermia is the leading cause of mortality in rodents due to their "high surface area to body mass ratio." Therefore, the animal is provided with warmth via a heating pad during experiments to save them from cold stress.</p><p>In a general stereotaxic surgery (such as for implanting a probe or cannula in rodents' brains), the heating pad is pre-warmed for 30 minutes before use. The rodents are then <b>anesthetized</b> using an intraperitoneal or respiratory drug. The animal is placed on a <b>stereotaxic instrument</b>, and loss of reflex is confirmed by toe pinching. The heating pad is then placed beneath the animal with a towel on the top to avoid thermal burns. The surgery is performed and the animal is shifted to the recovery cage. The heating pad is then placed underneath the recovery cage to prevent postoperative hypothermia. The duration for which a heating pad is used depends on the effect of the anesthetic/drug used. The heating pad should be warm enough not to let the temperature drop by 37oC. However, in hyperthermia (where the temperature exceeds 38oC), one must turn the heating pad off. </p>		
			<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>		
		<p>Conduct Science’s heating pad is made of non-toxic silicone. It offers temperature control between 25 and 45oC with a resolution of 0.1 degree Celsius. The heating pad is a part of the <b>Homeothermic Monitoring System</b> designed for optimal performance before, during, and after surgery. It can adapt well to multiple experimental platforms and is easy to use. You need to connect it to the <b>Temperature Controller</b>. It is available in three different sizes: rat, mouse, and cage, and is compatible with various <b>stereotaxic instruments</b>. The experimenter can easily clean the apparatus after use. </p>		
			<h2>Applications</h2>		
		<p><strong style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); font-family: var( --e-global-typography-primary-font-family ), Sans-serif; font-size: var( --e-global-typography-primary-font-size );"><i>Maintenance of Normothermic conditions during Dexmedetomidine administration&nbsp;</i></strong><br></p>
<p>Lavon et al. (2017) studied the effect of the drug Dexmedetomidine on metastasis in rodent models of breast, lung, and colon cancers. However, this drug is reported to cause potential hypothermia in rodent models. The animal can face cold stress for up to 8 hours after Dexmedetomidine administration. The researchers used heating pads (temperature adjusted at 40oC) for about 8 hours to resolve this problem. The hypothermic effects of the drug were easily overcome by the heating pad that induced normothermic conditions in the subject. They injected the subjects with the drug of choice, studied its effects, and concluded that dexmedetomidine increases metastasis and tumor cell retention in mammary and colon adenocarcinoma.</p>
<p><strong><i>Prevention of Hypothermia in Stereotaxic Surgeries</i></strong></p>
<p>Poole et al. (2019) anesthetized the animals for stereotaxic surgery to implant guide cannulas in rodent brains for administering drugs to the targeted regions and used a heating pad for thermoregulation. They took 28 to 30 days old postnatal male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing up to 120g housed in normal cages and shifted them into an induction chamber filled with 0.5% isoflurane. The isoflurane percentage was increased by 0.5% every 20 seconds until it reached 3.5%. The animals were allowed to inhale 3.5% isoflurane for approximately 3 minutes to get anesthetized. The animal was fixed into the stereotaxic frame. To prevent hypothermia, they placed the animal on a heating pad. A towel was placed as a barrier to avoid the animal's direct contact with the heating pad. The lack of sensation was confirmed by 'the pinch withdrawal reflex. They decreased the isoflurane concentration to 3% and then used a lubricated rectal thermometer for a temperature check. Researchers also ensured that the heating pad did not let the temperature drop below 37oC and increase above 37.5oC. They shaved the skin of the animal; the skull was incised and open for full exposure. And then removed pericranial tissues via cotton swabs, and the cannula was mounted on the bregma. In a nutshell, the researchers successfully implanted the cannulas with an overall mortality rate of 0%.&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong><i>Heating Pad’s Efficiency Assessment</i></strong></p>
<p>Zhang et al. (2017) assessed the efficiency of the heating pad after Isoflurane administration in Sprague-Dawley rats. They aimed to ascertain an effective 'warming period' for maintaining normothermia during recovery. The researchers took eight male and nine female rats free from any bacterial or viral infection, habituated in polycarbonate cages in the form of pairs in a controlled housing environment (22% humidity, 23oC temperature, and 12:12h light and dark reactions). The animals were provided with food and water ad libitum. They pre-warmed the heating pad for 30 minutes and assessed its performance by measuring the temperature at different points on its surface. The rats were also acclimated to the recovery cages before testing, where they were handled for 15 minutes by the experimenter and presented with a reward. The animals were exposed to 5% isoflurane for 40 minutes until the loss of reflex and then shifted into the recovery cages. They were placed into two treatment groups: a) 30 minutes warming post-recovery and b) 60 minutes warming post-recovery. Experimenters measured the rectal and cage floor temperatures every 10 minutes, and the time spent in the recovery cage was 2 hours for each group. &nbsp;This duration for the first group was divided into “30 min in the recovery cage and 90 min in the home cage”. For the second group, this time was divided into “60 min in the recovery cage and 60 min in the home cage”. They concluded that 60 minutes is an effective warming period for preventing rodents from hypothermia while recovering from general anesthesia.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>The heating pads are easy to use and cost-effective. They can be adjusted according to the experimental setup and can be easily cleaned after use. They efficiently prevent rodents from hypothermia before, during, and after surgeries. However, direct contact of the heating pad with the rodents can cause thermal burns. The heating pads are placed partially under the cage such that only 50% of the cage is above the heating pad to avoid this issue. Also, an insulator like a towel is placed over the heating pad to avoid direct contact with the subject. </p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li aria-level="1">Heating pads are extensively used for thermoregulation before, after, and amidst rodent surgeries.</li><li aria-level="1">Heating pads prevent pre-operative, postoperative, and perioperative hypothermia.</li><li aria-level="1"> The heating pad should be warm enough not to let the temperature drop by 37oC. However, in hyperthermia (where the temperature exceeds 38oC), the heating pad is turned off. </li><li aria-level="1">Overheating of the pad can result in thermal burns.</li></ul>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<ol><li>Lavon, H., Matzner, P., Benbenishty, A., Sorski, L., Rossene, E., Haldar, R., Elbaz, E., Cata, J. P., Gottumukkala, V., &amp; Ben-Eliyahu, S. (2018). <b>Dexmedetomidine promotes metastasis in rodent models of breast, lung, and colon cancers. </b><i>British journal of anesthesia</i>, <i>120</i>(1), 188-196.</li><li>Zhang, E. Q., Knight, C. G., &amp; Pang, D. S. (2017). <b>Heating pad performance and efficacy of 2 durations of warming after isoflurane anesthesia of Sprague–Dawley rats (Rattus Norvegicus). </b> <i>Journal of the American Association for Laboratory Animal Science</i>, <i>56</i>(6), 786-791.</li><li>Poole, E. I., McGavin, J. J., Cochkanoff, N. L., &amp; Crosby, K. M. (2019). <b>Stereotaxic surgery for implantation of guide cannulas for microinjection into the dorsomedial hypothalamus in young rats.</b> <i>MethodsX</i>, <i>6</i>, 1652-1659.</li><li>Chaejeong Heo, Hyejin Park, Yong-Tae Kim, Eunha Baeg, Yong Ho Kim, Seong-Gi Kim, Minah Suh. (2016). A soft, transparent, freely accessible cranial window for chronic imaging and electrophysiology. <em>Scientific Reports,</em> <strong>6</strong>: 27818.</li><li>Danny Florez-Paz, Kiran Kumar Bali, Rohini Kuner, Ana Gomis. (2016). A critical role for Piezo2 channels in the mechanotransduction of mouse proprioceptive neurons. <em>Scientific Reports,</em> <strong>6</strong>: 25923.</li><li>Megan E. Poorman, Vandiver L. Chaplin, Ken Wilkens, Mary D. Dockery, Todd D. Giorgio, William A. Grissom, Charles F. Caskey. (2016). Open-source, small-animal magnetic resonance-guided focused ultrasound system. Journal of Therapeutic Ultrasound, 4:22.</li><li>Gregor-Alexander Pilz, Stefano Carta, Andreas Stäuble, Asli Ayaz, Sebastian Jessberger, Fritjof Helmchen. (2016). Functional Imaging of Dentate Granule Cells in the Adult Mouse Hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience, 36 (28) 7407-7414.</li><li>David P. Ferguson, Lawrence J. Dangott, J. Timothy Lightfoot. (2014). Lessons learned from vivo-morpholinos: How to avoid vivo-morpholino toxicity. Biotechniques, 56(5): 251–256.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/heating-pad/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Thermal_system_pads_01_2-2.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>195.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>CS-BRR15-30</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Broome Rodent Restrainers]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#fea">
											Features
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#doc">
											Documentation
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Apparatus
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#pro">
											Protocol
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Applications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#str">
											S&L
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#ref">
											References
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
			<h4>Dimensions</h4>		
                <table data-id="a370ac6"><thead><tr><th>SKU</th><th style="width: 459px">Description</th><th>Dimensions</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>CS-BRR15-30</td><td>Broome Rodent Restrainer 15 - 30gr</td><td><p>1’’ diam x 3.375’’ long</p><p>&nbsp;2.5cm ID,  3.5cm OD</p></td></tr><tr><td>CS-BRR30-70</td><td>Broome Rodent Restrainer 30 - 70gr</td><td><p>1.25’’ diam x 4.5’’ long</p><p>3cm ID, 4cm OD</p></td></tr><tr><td>CS-BRR70-125</td><td>Broome Rodent Restrainer 70 - 125gr</td><td>1.5’’ diam x 5.5’’ long</td></tr><tr><td>CS-BRR125-250</td><td>Broome Rodent Restrainer 125 - 250gr</td><td>2’’ diam x 8’’ long</td></tr><tr><td>CS-BRR250-500</td><td>Broome Rodent Restrainer 250 - 500gr</td><td>2.5’’ diam x 8.5’’ long</td></tr><tr><td>CS-BRR500-800</td><td>Broome Style Rodent Restrainer 500 - 800gr</td><td>3.5’’ diam x 9’’ long</td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h4>Information</h4>		
		<p>Broome Rodent Restrainer is one of the most convenient types of restrainer for ease of use as it allows for both hands to be used when injecting the test subjects' caudal vein. Our Broome restrainer is made up of the finest quality acrylic and comes in a variety of sizes. Choosing the right size of the restraint is vital; if the restraint is too large the animal can easily turn around, and if the restraint is too small the animal might not be able to breathe properly.</p><p>A broome rodent restrainer is a cylindrical device that is closed on one end. An open groove extends from the opening to the center of the endplate for the adjustment of the nosepiece. On the adjacent side of the open groove, a slit that runs the entire length of the tube aids to get access to the rodent’s tail.</p><p>Broome Rodent Restrainer is one of the most convenient types of restrainer when the ease of the experiment is in question; the experimenter can use both his/her hand when injecting the caudal vein. Our Broome restrainer is made up of the finest quality acrylic and comes in a variety of sizes. Choosing the right size of the restraint is vital; if the restraint is too large the animal can easily turn around, and if the restraint is too small the animal might not be able to breathe properly.</p><p>A broome rodent restrainer is a cylindrical device that is closed on one end. An open groove extends from the opening to the center of the endplate for the adjustment of the nosepiece. On the adjacent side of the open groove, a slit that runs the entire length of the tube aids to get access to the rodent’s tail.</p><p>First, the nosepiece should be removed from the body of the Broome-style restrainer by loosening the screw. Position the restrainer so that the slit that runs the entire length of the tube is facing up. Hold the subject by the base of the tail and gently introduce the subject to the restraint device.</p><p><strong>Note</strong>: Hind limbs should be introduced first. Furthermore, it is always beneficial to place the animal on a smooth surface to expedite its placement into the Broome-style restrainer.</p><p>Once the subject is introduced securely, the nosepiece is placed in the groove and tightened so that the open end is sealed. Ideally, the nose of the subject should be projected at the center of the nosepiece. <strong>Caution</strong>: To avoid suffocation caused to the subject, the nosepiece should not be over-tightened.</p><p><strong>Our Broome style restrainer is exceptionally advantageous:</strong></p><ol><li>Minimum handling is required; once the subject is secured, the experimenter can simply immerse the tail in warm water for vasodilation.</li><li>Minimum stress evoked in subjects; the Broome style handler calms the animals as they will not try hard to escape as an escape is blocked.</li><li>The cylindrical design impedes the movement of the rodents once they are safely secured within the restrainer.</li><li>Equally favorable for injection delivery and blood sampling techniques.</li></ol>		
													<img width="1443" height="227" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png 1443w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-300x47.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-1024x161.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-768x121.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-600x94.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1443px) 100vw, 1443px" />													
		<p>Proper handling and management of experimental animals is an important aspect of various research procedures. Minimal handling, such as cage changing and other noninvasive procedures have been found to cause physiological manifestations of stress in rodents, including elevated heart rate and blood pressure levels (Stewart and Schroeder., 2017). Given that prolonged effects of stress can influence research outcomes, it is imperative that researchers are equipped with the right knowledge, training, and tools for proper animal handling and restraint methods.</p><p> </p><p>The Broome restrainer is one of many types of restraint devices that provide a tightly enclosed fit around the rodent, designed to give access to the tail for intravenous injections. The Broome handler is a cylindrical device that is closed on one end, with an open groove extending from the open end to the center of the endplate for the adjustment of the nosepiece.</p><p> </p><p>A slit runs the entire length of the tube, serving to accommodate the rodent’s tail. Injecting the rodent through the caudal vein usually requires more than one pair of hands to hold the animal down and to secure the area for injection, but the Broome restrainer successfully addresses this commonly-faced difficulty through its novel design. The restraint devices such as the Broome handler are useful for injections and blood sample collection.</p>		
			<h4>Apparatus and Equipment</h4>		
		<p>The Broome restrainer is a cylindrical, close-fitting restraint device made from fine quality acrylic that comes in different sizes to accommodate different rodent types. The device is transparent and closed on one end, with a slit running the entire length of the tube, giving access to the rodent’s tail. An open groove on the cylinder extends from the opening to the center of the endplate, to fix the adjustable nose piece in place.</p><p>Choosing the right size of the restraint is vital; if the restraint is too large the animal can easily turn around, and if the restraint is too small the animal might not be able to breathe properly.</p>		
			<h4>Protocol</h4>		
		<p>In the usage of a Broome restrainer, it is important to prepare the correctly-sized device for each rodent. An appropriate fit would prevent the animal from fidgeting easily or turning around but is loose enough to allow the animal to breathe properly.</p><p>First, the nosepiece should be removed from the body of the Broome-style restrainer by loosening the screw. Position the restrainer so that the slit that runs the entire length of the tube is facing up. Hold the subject by the base of the tail and gently introduce the subject into the restraint device.</p><p><strong>Note:</strong> Hind limbs should be introduced first. Furthermore, it is always beneficial to place the animal on a smooth surface to expedite its placement into the Broome-style restrainer.</p><p>Once the subject is introduced securely, the nosepiece is placed in the groove and tightened so that the open end is sealed. Ideally, the nose of the subject should be projected at the center of the nosepiece. Caution: To avoid suffocation caused to the subject, the nosepiece should not be over-tightened.</p>		
			<h4>Applications</h4>		
		<p>The use of the right techniques in the proper handling of mice and rats is a necessity to minimize the effects of stress and discomfort on research outcomes such as fluctuations in physiological parameters. Rigid restraint devices are practical tools that make animal handling easier, safer, and more trouble-free. The Broome style handle, in particular, is designed to provide convenient access to the rodent’s tail for intravenous injections as well as blood sample collection. Modified Broome handlers have found many applications, such as in the monitoring of fetal breathing movements through abdominal ultrasound measurements in rats (Kobayashi <i>et al</i>., 2001), development of rodent models for intraocular pressure fluctuations in patients with glaucoma (Joos <i>et a</i><i>l</i>., 2010), injections through the lateral tail vein (Dorsey <i>et al</i>., 2009), and the regulation of restraint stress (Seifi <i>et al</i>., 2014; Jamieson <i>et al</i>., 2016).</p>		
			<h4>Strengths and Limitations</h4>		
		<p>- The Broome restrainer is one of many types of restraint devices that provide a tightly enclosed fit around the rodent, designed to give access to the tail for intravenous injections</p><p>- The Broome restrainer is a cylindrical, close-fitting restraint device made from fine quality acrylic that comes in different sizes to accommodate different rodent types</p><p>- The device is closed on one end, with an open groove extending from the open end to the center of the endplate for the adjustment of the nosepiece, and a slit runs the entire length of the tube, serving to accommodate the rodent’s tail</p><p>- Restraint devices such as the Broome restrainer are useful for injections and blood sample collection</p><p>- Choosing the right size of the restraint is vital; if the restraint is too large the animal can easily turn around, and if the restraint is too small the animal might not be able to breathe properly</p>		
			<h4>References</h4>		
		<ol><li>Karen M. Joos, Chun Li, Rebecca M. Sappington. (2010). Morphometric Changes in the Rat Optic Nerve Following Short-term Intermittent Elevations in Intraocular Pressure. Investigative Ophthalmology &amp; Visual Science, Vol.51, 6431-6440</li><li>Kay Stewart, Valerie A. Schroeder. University of Notre Dame. (2017). Rodent Handling and Restraint Techniques. Retrieved from https://www.jove.com/science-education/10221/rodent-handling-and-restraint-techniques</li><li>Koichi Kobayashi, Robert P. Lemke, John J. Greer. (2001). Ultrasound measurements of fetal breathing movements in the rat. Journal of Applied Physiology, vol. 91 no. 1, 316-320</li><li>Mohsen Seifi, James F. Brown, Jeremy Mills, Pradeep Bhandari, Delia Belelli, Jeremy J. Lambert, Uwe Rudolph and Jerome D. Swinny. (2014). Molecular and Functional Diversity of GABA-A Receptors in the Enteric Nervous System of the Mouse Colon. Journal of Neuroscience, 34 (31) 10361-10378</li><li>Pauline M. Jamieson, Chien Li, Christina Kukura, Joan Vaughan, Wylie Vale. (2016). Urocortin 3 Modulates the Neuroendocrine Stress Response and Is Regulated in Rat Amygdala and Hypothalamus by Stress and Glucocorticoids. Endocrinology, 147 (10): 4578-4588</li><li>Susan G. Dorsey, Carmen C. Leitch, Cynthia L. Renn, Sherrie Lessans, Barbara A. Smith, Xiao M. Wang, Raymond A. Dionne. (2009). Genome-Wide Screen Identifies Drug-Induced Regulation of the Gene Giant Axonal Neuropathy (Gan) in a Mouse Model of Antiretroviral-Induced Painful Peripheral Neuropathy. Biol Res Nurs, 11(1): 7–16.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/broome-rodent-restrainers/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/CS_Broome_handler_06-1.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>189.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-IC-9138R</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Injection Cone for Rat (Animal Cone Holder)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Our Injection Cone is the quickest and easiest restraint for tail vein injections.

We offer a unique injection cone apparatus for rodent test subjects which is manufactured by our professional team with high-quality materials, which guarantees a product with great durability.

This is an extremely useful tool for large quantity samplings and their unique design allows an efficient positioning of tailed rodents for maximum results.

The completely transparent acrylic design of the injection cone provides a complete visual of the test subject, with four suction cup feet to secure the unit firmly to a surface

The rodent is held secure in the clear plastic cone to allow the user researcher to complete the procedure with maximum efficiency, reducing the chances of test subject distress

We offer our injection cones for mouse and rat test subjects. Please see our similar unit that possesses a bright light illumination system for optimal results.
<h5>Introduction</h5>
An injection cone is used to restrain rodents for administering intravenous <strong>tail injections</strong>. Animal <strong>restrainers</strong> like injection cones, <strong>light arc</strong>, <strong>Broome handler</strong>, and <strong>flat bottom restrainer</strong><strong>s</strong> have been used for years for restraining or immobilizing rodents in psychological experiments for tail vein injections. However, as a potential source of stress, restrainers should be designed to minimize the stress for the animals. Briefly, the injection cone aims to restrain the animals, specifically rodents, to ensure proper drug/anesthesia administration.
<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
The injection cone for rodents is made of high-quality, durable acrylic material. Its unique design allows effectual animal positioning for maximum results. The transparent cone design ensures the complete and accessible vision of the restrained animal, and its four suction cup feet secure the apparatus firmly on the benchtop. Easy-to-clean and stable-to-manage injection cone is best suited for robust and efficient batch injection. An<strong> injection cone with light</strong> is also available for optimal results.
<h5>Procedure</h5>
Calculate the dosage volume to be administered according to the subject's body weight for accurate drug administration. Fill the syringe with the drug of choice and carefully remove air bubbles from the syringe. Ensure that the drug temperature is moderate, as a cold drug solution can lead to hypothermia in the subject.

Put the subject in the restrainer by pushing it through the injection cone such that its hind legs are held behind. Secure the nose piece and release the subject's tail. Follow appropriate handling techniques to minimize restraint stress.

Once the animal is immobilized, submerge its tail in warm water (pre-heated to 42<sup>o</sup>C) for approximately 43 seconds to allow vasodilation. Dry the tail using a paper towel and check which lateral vein is more visible. Now readjust the animal in the restrainer such that the selected caudal vein is in front of you. Grip the rodent's tail in your non-dominant hand, bending it over your index finger and holding it with your thumb. Take the syringe in your dominant hand, keep it parallel to the vein, and insert the 6-7mm needle into the vein. Do not plunge the needle deep inside the vein as it might cause blood aspiration.

Gradually push the plunger and if the subject resists, immediately remove the needle. Then, insert it 1-2cm away from the previous site. Do not try to pull the blood out of the needle as it can rupture the vein. Take the needle out, cover the injection site with a swab.

Shift the animal back to the cage and remove the swab. Thoroughly clean the injection cone with water and absolute alcohol before proceeding with the next subject.
<h5>Applications</h5>
<strong><em>Intravenous Tail Vein Injections</em></strong>

Rodents like rats, mice, and hamsters can be immobilized using injection cones for tail vein injections. Tail vein injections are frequently used for hydrodynamic gene delivery, venous blood collection, and intravenous infusions because of their convenience. Lateral caudal tail veins are thicker than the dorsal metatarsal and medial saphenous veins, making them easier to access for intravenous injections and venous blood collection. There is no need to anesthetize the subject before tail vein injections; therefore, the rodent is just immobilized or restrained with an injection cone. The researchers hold the tail, immerse it in warm water (approximately 40oC) for a few seconds and then pat it dry. The experimenters hold the tail in their non-dominant hands, clean it with alcohol-soaked cotton, and wipe it with sterile gauze. Then, they administer the injection with their dominant hand. The subject is then released into its cage.

<strong><em>Stereotaxic Gene Delivery in Rodent Brain</em></strong>

<strong>Cetin et al. (2007)</strong> used an injection cone to administer anesthesia during stereotaxic gene delivery in rodent brains. Before starting the surgery, the researchers sterilized the equipment, disinfected the surgical site, and then administered anesthesia. The researchers weighed the animals and calculated appropriate pre-anesthesia and anesthesia doses. They prepared a mixture of ketamine and xylazine with 80-100mg ketamine and 10mg xylazine per kg of body weight of adult rodents and 40-50mg ketamine with 5mg xylazine for rodent pups. The experimenters gently restrained the young animals and subcutaneously (in the scruff at the back of the animal's neck) injected them with 0.02mg atropine per kilogram body weight as pre-anesthesia. They injected paranesthesia 10 minutes before the anesthetic.

To inject the ketamine xylazine mixture, the researchers immobilized the smaller animals with their hands and the larger animals with an injection cone such that their abdomen was facing upwards. Then, they subcutaneously injected the anesthetic (ketamine-xylazine mixture) into the left abdominal quadrant using a 22-23G needle. They ensured that the animal slept but was still sensitive to nociceptive stimuli within 2.5minutes and reached surgical anesthesia (i.e., did not respond to nociceptive stimuli) within 7.5 minutes. The experimenters successfully performed stereotaxic surgery for gene delivery in the rodent brain.
<h5>Strengths and Limitations</h5>
The injection cone is the easiest and quickest rodent restraint for intravenous, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous drug/anesthesia administration. It is well-suited for large quantity sampling. Additionally, the transparent design allows a clear view of the animal. Using the injection cone during tail vein injections eliminates the need for anesthetizing the animal. The cone firmly holds the animal, ensuring efficient and robust drug administration. But a potential disadvantage of this firm grip is that it causes more stress to the subject as it tries to run away to free itself.

Moreover, this method of restraint is well suited and highly effective for white strains of transgenic mice with easily accessible lateral tail veins. However, in black mice, poor vein to skin contrast due to the black tinge on the top of the tail, the veins are difficult to find (Messer, 2015). For this, an <strong>injection cone with light</strong> can be used to illuminate the subject and make the veins more visible.
<h5><strong>Summary </strong></h5>
<ul>
 	<li>An injection cone is used to restrain the rodents for administering intravenous tail injections during stereotaxic rodent surgeries.</li>
 	<li>It can be used for anesthesia administration, intravenous injections, and monitoring rodent stress responses.</li>
 	<li>The transparent cone design ensures a complete and accessible vision of the restrained animal.</li>
 	<li>The injection cone is the easiest and quickest rodent restraint for intravenous, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous drug/anesthesia administration.</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
Cetin, A., Komai, S., Eliava, M., Seeburg, P. H., &amp; Osten, P. (2007). <strong>Stereotaxic gene delivery in the rodent brain.</strong> <em>Nature Protocols</em>, <em>1</em>(6), 3166-3174.

Messer, J. (2015). Improving intravenous injection in black mice.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/injection-cone/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/CS_Rodent_injection_cone_01-1.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>190.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>CS-LATIM-03</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Light Arc for Tail Injections]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Light arc for tail vein injection is a novel technique that is used to administer drug substances to black strains of rodents. The black strains of rodents have a darker tail which makes it difficult to spot the caudal vein due to color contrast. This illumination problem is solved by ConductScience’s Light Arc which distributes a uniform light over an angle of 180° around the subject’s tail.

Our apparatus consists of a light arc that stands on a flat base connected to the power source. A Broome-style handler is placed in the center to restrain the subject. The arc is equipped with 10 RGB LEDs, approx. one every 2cm. The color contrast is regulated by the intensity of the primary colors; it can be adjusted with red, green, and blue knobs for the optimal contrast of the veins.
<h3>The standard procedure for intravenous injections in subjects utilizing ConductScience’s Light Arc is as follows</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Weigh the subject and determine the volume of drug to be administered.</li>
 	<li>The light color is adjusted to meet the best contrast of the caudal vein.</li>
 	<li>Fill the syringe with the drug under consideration and remove air bubbles that may evolve.</li>
 	<li>Critical: The injection must not be cold, administering large quantities of the cold solution may cause hypothermia which may alter the efficacy of the drug under consideration.</li>
 	<li>Carefully introduce the subject to the Broome handler. (Refer to Broome handler’s protocol section for detailed instructions).</li>
 	<li>After restraining the subject, immerse its tail in the warm water bath set at 42°C for approx. 40 to 45 seconds for vasodilation. Note: A beaker should be placed in the water bath to restrict contamination by urine and feces.</li>
 	<li>Furthermore, warming up the whole subject with heat lamps may prove to be more efficient, but it takes longer and carries a risk of heatstroke.</li>
 	<li>Dry the tail and try to locate the left or right caudal vein. The restrainer is fixed to the stand at an angle of 90° so that the chosen caudal vein faces the experimenter.</li>
 	<li>The tail should then be held with the thumb of one hand, and the needle should be inserted gently with the preferred hand. <strong><em>Note</em></strong>: The needle should be parallel to the vein; almost a 0° angle, and should not be penetrated more than 6-7mm inside. Critical: Do not attempt to extract the blood back into the needle as this may cause the vein to rupture.</li>
 	<li>The plunger should be pushed be pressed gently and slowly. Critical: If you feel resistance or see a lump, immediately stop and retract the needle. Insert the needle approx. 1 to 2 cm above the same vein.</li>
 	<li>Cover the injection site with a swab before retracting the needle to limit excessive blood and drug loss. Keep pressing the swab until you remove the subject from the restrainer.</li>
 	<li>Rinse the restrainer with a sufficient quantity of water before injecting the next subject.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Specifications</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Ideal for Large Quantity Samplings</li>
 	<li>Produced with High-Quality Acrylic</li>
 	<li>Transparent, Durable, and Easy to Clean</li>
</ol>
<h2>Documentation</h2>
Advancements in biomedical and pharmacological research necessitate the use of intravenous or I.V. injections, the primary choice for parenteral administration of particular drugs or substances for experimental analysis and examination. I.V. injections are highly advantageous methods because they ensure quick and complete bioavailability of the drug candidate in blood circulation (Messer, 2015). In rodents, intravenous injections are usually done through the lateral tail veins. Vein visibility, however, is a crucial factor in successful I.V. procedures and is often a concern, particularly for black rodent strains. The illumination devices have become essential in effectively discerning target veins in the rodent tail.

The light arc (Messer, 2015) is a novel device that aids in drug administration procedures through intravenous injections among black strains of rodents. The black strains of rodents have darker tails, making it difficult in spotting the caudal vein due to poor color contrast. The light arc succeeds in addressing this issue through a uniform 180-degree illumination design around the rodent’s tail, perched atop a flat base connected to a power source and equipped with a Broome style handler horizontally positioned at the center of the structure. The illumination in laboratory rooms or the use of an ordinary desk lamp proves inadequate in discerning the rodent’s lateral veins as these lighting setups cause confusing reflections on the rodent’s tail.
<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>
The light arc apparatus for tail injections consists of a rigid arc of 10 RGB LED bulbs, approximately one every 2 cm, standing on a flat base connected to a nearby power source. A Broome style handler is placed horizontally in the center of the structure, and it is where the subject is to be restrained.

The color contrast is regulated by the intensity of the primary colors and can be adjusted with red, green, and blue knobs for an optimal view of the veins. The accompanying Broome handlers, as well as the overall size of the light arc, may be varied depending on the rodent type.
<h2>Protocol</h2>
Prior to metabolic cage utilization, rodents may first be typically housed in normal cages before being transferred to metabolic cages. Once individually-housed in metabolic cages, fecal pellets and urine are collected after a prescribed amount of time and immediately stored and refrigerated before analysis. The samples are weighed at the time of collection, whereas the subjects are weighed daily and after every sampling occasion (Eriksson et al., 2004).

The first step in intravenous injection procedures is determining the exact volume of drug substances to be administered, depending on the animal’s weight. The RGB light contrasts are then adjusted to meet the optimal contrast of the lateral caudal veins. Once the light arc setup is ready, the syringe is prepared and filled with the drug substance. Air bubbles must be removed. Importantly, the drug injection must be of moderate temperature, as administering large quantities of the cold solution may cause hypothermia and alter the efficacy of the drug under consideration.

Once everything is set, the rodent is then placed into the Broome handler. It is important to follow proper handling techniques when using restraint devices, as even minimal handling can cause considerable distress to the animal. (Refer to Broome handler’s protocol section for detailed instructions). Afterwards, the rodent’s tail is submerged in a warm water bath set at 42 degrees Celsius for an approximate duration of 40 to 45 seconds for vasodilation. A beaker must be placed in the water bath for urine and feces collection. Warming up the rodent’s body by using heat lamps may also be an efficient option, but takes longer and carries the risk of heat stroke.

The tail is afterward dried, and either of the lateral caudal veins is then located under the illumination of the light arc. Once a caudal vein is spotted, the tail is held with the thumb of one hand, and the needle is gently inserted with the dominant hand. The needle must be parallel to the vein and should not be penetrated more than 6 to 7 mm inside. The experimenter must not attempt to extract the blood back into the needle, as this may cause the vein to rupture.

The plunger must be pressed gently and slowly, and if the experimenter feels resistance or notices a lump, he/she must immediately stop, retract the needle, and re-insert it approximately 1 to 2 cm above the same vein. Once the injection is completed, the experimenter must cover the injection site with a swab before the needle is retracted to limit excess blood and drug loss. The swab must be kept pressed until the rodent is removed from the Broome handler. Afterward, if the restrainer is reused, it should be rinsed with a sufficient amount of water before it is replaced in the light arc structure for the next rodent injection.
<h2>Applications</h2>
Intravenous injections in transgenic mice and other experimental animals have been an integral development in biomedical and pharmacological research. These commonly involve the parenteral administration of large molecules, conveniently routed through the rodent’s lateral tail veins. The black strains of rodents present a challenge when it comes to making use of tail injections, with vein visibility a considerable concern due to poor vein contrast. The light arc apparatus is a necessity in providing sufficient and appropriate illumination to the rodent’s tail, resulting in successful I.V. injections. These intravenous procedures are commonly carried out in experiments that aim to examine and analyze different drug substances and their effects on animal behavior and physiology.
<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>
The light arc apparatus aids in delivering intravenous injections to black strains of rodents. The tool provides much-needed illumination, positioned in a 180-degree fashion so as to prevent reflection that would result from only one strong light source, and allowing the experimenter to adjust the color contrasts through RGB knobs.
<h2>Summary</h2>
-The light arc (Messer, 2015) is a novel device that aids in drug administration procedures by intravenous injections through the lateral tail veins of black strains of rodents

-The light arc apparatus for tail injections consists of a rigid arc of 10 RGB LED bulbs, approximately one every 2 cm, standing on a flat base connected to a nearby power source

-A Broome style handler is placed horizontally in the center of the structure, and it is where the subject is to be restrained

-The color contrast is regulated by the intensity of the primary colors and can be adjusted with red, green, and blue knobs for an optimal view of the veins. The accompanying Broome handlers, as well as the overall size of the light arc, may be varied depending on the rodent type.
<h2>References</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Messer, Juerg. (2015). Improving intravenous injection in black mice.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/light-arc-for-tail-injections/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Light-Arc_01_1-2.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>910.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>CS-SIM00</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Soft Immobilizer - Restrainer]]></g:title>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/soft-restrainer-immobilizer/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/soft_immobilizer_03_1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>90.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-AICM-V100/RWD-AICR-V101/RWD-AICRC-V102/RWD-AICLS-V105</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Anesthesia Induction Chamber]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#spe">
											Specifications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#documentation">
											Documentation
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Apparatus
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#pro">
											Protocol
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Applications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#str">
											Strengths & Limitations
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#ref">
											References
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
			<h4>Specifications</h4>		
			<h2>Anesthesia Induction Chambers</h2>		
                <table data-id="2de7e7e"><thead><tr><th style="width: 376px"><p>Model</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Species</p></th><th><p>Dimensions [L x W x H]</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>RWD-AICM-V100</p></td><td><p>Mouse</p></td><td><p>15 x 10 x 10 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-AICR-V101</p></td><td><p>Rat</p></td><td><p>24 x 12 x 18 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-AICRC-V102</p></td><td><p>Rabbit/Cat</p></td><td><p>40 x 18.5 x 25 cm</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
		<p>Each model contains 1 plexiglass box, 1.2m bellows and 1 gas filter canister (R510-31S)</p>		
			<h2>Low Stress Anesthesia Induction Chamber</h2>		
                <table data-id="62c70bb"><thead><tr><th style="width: 376px"><p>Model</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Species</p></th><th><p>Dimensions [L x W x H]</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>RWD-AICLS-V105</p></td><td><p>Mouse and Rat</p></td><td><p>31 x 15 x 19 cm</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
		<p>The pipeline connecting the Gas Evacuation. Apparatus is already included</p><h6>Low stress Anesthesia Induction chamber</h6><p>Rodents lack cone cells that sense red light and are insensitive to red light.The red transparent appearance is convenient for the experimenter to observe the stateof the animal while reducing the stress response of the animal and reducing the impacton the biological rhythm of the animal. Comply with animal welfare.</p><h6 style="text-align: left;">Anesthesia Induction Chambers</h6><p style="text-align: left;">ConductScience’s Anesthesia Induction Chamber is a state-of-the-art apparatus contrived from supreme quality acrylic. It is used to confine subjects during an induction procedure. The box is provided with two adjacent orifices; an inlet for the entry of the fresh anesthetizing gas and an outlet for scavenging the waste gas material. The transparent material helps in visualizing the physical state of the subject; thus preventing accidental overdosing. The Anesthesia Induction Chamber can be controlled by a flowmeter with inlet air ranging from 0.1-4L/min.</p><p style="text-align: left;">The subject(s) should be carefully placed into the box, and the supply of fresh anesthetizing should be initiated and maintained for approximately 2 to 5 minutes. After the subject is fully anesthetized, the anesthesia supply should be discontinued.</p><p style="text-align: left;"><strong>Critical:</strong> Do not open the anesthesia box immediately, wait for about 10 to 15 seconds so that oxygen in the box neutralizes the gas concentration.</p><p style="text-align: left;">Finally, the chamber should be opened slightly, just enough to remove the anesthetized subject from the box, and closed immediately.</p><p style="text-align: left;"><strong>Caution:</strong> Do not wide open the chamber, just enough so that a hand can be introduced for the removal of the subject.</p><p style="text-align: left;">By keeping the opening far away from the experimenter and limiting the time that the box is open, the risk of exposure to the experimenter will be diminished.</p>		
			<h4>Optimal Benefits Achieved Through Our Exceptional Design</h4>		
		<ul><li><p>Our design is preferred over the conventional mask and circuits because it is less time-consuming and it can hold and anesthetize more than one subject simultaneously.</p></li><li><p>Our special design provides extra protection to the experimenter by keeping the opening far away from the experimenter.</p><p>Our device is compatible with almost all (non-explosive) gas mixtures. However, it should not be used with liquid organic solvents.</p></li><li><p>Our scavenging tube efficiently removes the waste gas materials.</p></li></ul>		
													<img width="1443" height="227" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png 1443w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-300x47.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-1024x161.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-768x121.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-600x94.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1443px) 100vw, 1443px" />													
		<p>A fundamental component of surgical procedures in animal research is the usage of anesthetics. Anesthesia is an important tool to restrain animals during procedures that may either cause excessive stress to the animal or expose the researcher to unavoidable hazards, as well as post-surgery pain management. The surgical methods that are sure to cause pain or discomfort in animals must, therefore, be performed under general anesthesia (“Anesthesia and Analgesia in Laboratory Animals,” 2010). Anesthesia may be inhaled or injected depending on factors such as type and duration of surgery and animal species.</p><p>The process of putting animals under inhalant anesthesia is made easier with the use of an anesthesia box that confines subjects during the anesthesia induction procedure. It is also provided with two separate openings, an inlet for the entry of fresh anesthetizing gas and an outlet for scavenging the waste gas material. To prevent accidental overdosing, the apparatus is made of transparent acrylic for easy observation of the animal</p>		
			<h4>Apparatus and Equipment</h4>		
		<p>The anesthesia box is a state-of-the-art apparatus manufactured from supreme quality acrylic, used to enclose animals during inhalant anesthesia induction procedures. The transparent acrylic material is used for convenient inspection of the animal’s physical state, in order to prevent any possibility of accidental overdose.</p>		
			<h4>Protocol</h4>		
		<p>The anesthesia box must be carefully placed on an even and stable surface. Depending on its size, the anesthesia box may accommodate more than one animal.</p><p>Once the animal is carefully placed inside the empty anesthesia box, the supply of fresh anesthetizing gas is then initiated and maintained for approximately 2 to 5 minutes. The supply should then be discontinued once the animal is fully anesthetized. A critical step is to wait for about 10 to 15 seconds after the anesthesia supply is cut off so that the oxygen in the box neutralizes the gas concentration. Once the animal is retrieved through a slight opening in the top lid, the anesthesia box is immediately closed to prevent the unwanted escape of gas. Once the animal is moved out of the chamber, anesthesia may be maintained via other tools, such as the cone device.</p>		
			<h4>Applications</h4>		
		<p>The discovery of general anesthesia during the middle of the 19th century can be considered one of the most important developments in the history of medicine (Werner et al., 2011), and since then, its usefulness has found other important applications, such as animal research.</p><p>Much of research in the neurosciences is benefited from the use of experimental animals. A huge aspect of animal research is the employment of surgical procedures, and ethical considerations necessitate anesthesia as a tool for eliminating any unnecessary stress, pain, or discomfort the animal may experience during and after surgery. Today, there are many novel and sophisticated methods for administering different types of anesthesia, but the mechanisms have not changed. The anesthesia box presents a convenient way of employing gas induction procedures, with such substances as isoflurane, sevoflurane, and other inhalant agents, that, through inlet and outlet openings of gas and a transparent, sealed design, ensures the safety of everybody involved.</p>		
			<h4>Strengths and Limitations</h4>		
		<p>The anesthesia box’s design is much preferred over the conventional mask and circuit method because it requires less time for the inhalant anesthesia to take effect. Further, the anesthesia box can hold and anesthetize more than one animal simultaneously, depending on its size.</p><p>It is a reality that exposure to waste anesthetic gas is a serious occupational hazard (“Anesthesia and Analgesia in Research Animals,” 2012). The experimenter’s safety is, therefore, another concern that the anesthetic box’s design succeeds in addressing. The anesthesia box’s special design provides extra protection to the experimenter by keeping the opening on the farther side to avoid exposure. Additionally, the anesthesia box is compatible with most non-explosive gas mixtures. The outlet scavenging tube is also an efficient addition to the anesthesia box’s design, effectively removing toxic waste gas materials.</p>		
			<h4>Summary</h4>		
		<ul><li>An anesthesia box is a tool used for confining animal subjects in a closed space during anesthesia induction procedures.</li><li>To prevent accidental overdosing, the apparatus is made of transparent acrylic for easy observation of the physical state of the animal.</li><li>The anesthesia box ensures the safety of experimenters from accidental exposure to waste anesthetic gas.</li></ul>		
			<h4>References</h4>		
		<p>Anesthesia and Analgesia in Laboratory Animals. (2010, November 08). Retrieved from Penn State Animal Research Program, https://www.research.psu.edu/arp/anesthesia.html</p><p>Anesthesia and Analgesia in Research Animals. (2012, December 01). Retrieved from https://lar.indiana.edu/doc/Anesthesia_and_Analgesia_in_Research_Animals.pdf</p><p>Werner, D. F., Swihart, A., Rau, V., Jia, F., Borghese, C. M., McCracken, M. L., ... &amp; Eger, E. I. (2011). Inhaled anesthetic responses of recombinant receptors and knockin mice harboring α2 (S270H/L277A) GABAA receptor subunits that are resistant to isoflurane. <em>Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics</em>, <em>336</em>(1), 134-144.[/vc_column_text][vc_column_text]Quan Ren, Mian Peng, Yuanlin Dong, Yiying Zhang, Ming Chen, Ning Yin, Edward R. Marcantonio, Zhongcong Xie. (2015). Surgery plus anesthesia induces loss of attention in mice. Front Cell Neurosci, 9: 346</p><p>Amy Miller, Gemma Kitson, Benjamin Skalkoyannis, Matthew Leach. (2015). The effect of isoflurane anaesthesia and buprenorphine on the mouse grimace scale and behaviour in CBA and DBA/2 mice. Appl Anim Behav Sci, 172: 58–62</p><p>Lundt A, Wormuth C, Siwek ME, Muller R, Ehninger D, Henseler C. (2016). EEG Radiotelemetry in Small Laboratory Rodents: A Powerful State-of-the Art Approach in Neuropsychiatric, Neurodegenerative, and Epilepsy Research. Neural Plast, 8213878</p><p>F. Werner, A. Swihart, V. Rau, F. Jia, C. M. Borghese, M. L. McCracken, S. Iyer, M. S. Fanselow, I. Oh, J. M. Sonner, E. I. Eger, N. L. Harrison, R. A. Harris, G. E. Homanics. (2011). Inhaled Anesthetic Responses of Recombinant Receptors and Knockin Mice Harboring α2(S270H/L277A) GABAA Receptor Subunits That Are Resistant to Isoflurane. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics January, 336 (1) 134-144</p><p>Michael A. Makara, Ky V. Hoang, Latha P. Ganesan, Elliot D. Crouser, John S. Gunn, Joanne Turner, Larry S. Schlesinger, Peter J. Mohler, Murugesan V.S. Rajaram. (2016). Cardiac Electrical and Structural Changes During Bacterial Infection: An Instructive Model to Study Cardiac Dysfunction in Sepsis. Journal of the American Heart Association, 5:e003820</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/anesthesia-induction-chamber/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/induction-chamber-1.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>390.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-GTMM-0</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Geotaxis Test]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[The geotaxis test is used to investigate motor coordination and vestibular sensitivity in rodents. The rodent is usually placed in an inclined grid in the head downwards position. The grid allows for grip and allows for the rodent to reorient itself towards an upwards position. The larger angle creates a more difficult barrier toward reorientation. Shallower angles allow for easier geotaxis.

Scoring is done with three categories: measuring the ability to turn upwards within 60 seconds, failure to turn within 60 seconds, and attempted but failed to turn within 60 seconds.

Metal Option Specifications
<table data-id="a644c79">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Mouse Acrylic</th>
<th>Rat Acrylic</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>35 cm x 35 cm for the floor, wall, and angled platform</td>
<td>50 cm x 50 cm for the floor, wall, and angled platform</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Grey non reflective opaque acrylic for all parts of the apparatus</td>
<td>Grey non-reflective opaque acrylic for all parts of the apparatus</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1cm horizontal etchings on the anterior portion of the angled platform for easy grip.</td>
<td>1cm horizontal etchings on the anterior portion of the angled platform for easy grip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thickness: ½ in</td>
<td>Thickness: ½ in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Notches to allow the angled platform to move between 5 degree increments. (45,40,35,30,25,20,15,10,5)</td>
<td>Notches to allow the angled platform to move between 5-degree increments. (45,40,35,30,25,20,15,10,5)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9 notches on the bottom floor and 9 notches on the wall</td>
<td>9 notches on the bottom floor and 9 notches on the wall</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Notches are 75% width of the platform and approx. 1cm high, ¼ in thickness</td>
<td>Notches are 75% width of the platform and approx. 1cm high, ¼ in thickness</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
Acrylic Option Specifications
<table data-id="2c9b61b">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Mouse Acrylic</th>
<th>Rat Acrylic</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>35 cm x 35 cm for the floor, wall, and angled platform</td>
<td>50 cm x 50 cm for the floor, wall, and angled platform</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Grey non reflective opaque acrylic for all parts of the apparatus</td>
<td>Grey non-reflective opaque acrylic for all parts of the apparatus</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1cm horizontal etchings on the anterior portion of the angled platform for easy grip.</td>
<td>1cm horizontal etchings on the anterior portion of the angled platform for easy grip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Thickness: ½ in</td>
<td>Thickness: ½ in</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Notches to allow the angled platform to move between 5 degree increments. (45,40,35,30,25,20,15,10,5)</td>
<td>Notches to allow the angled platform to move between 5-degree increments. (45,40,35,30,25,20,15,10,5)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9 notches on the bottom floor and 9 notches on the wall</td>
<td>9 notches on the bottom floor and 9 notches on the wall</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Notches are 75% width of the platform and approx. 1cm high, ¼ in thickness</td>
<td>Notches are 75% width of the platform and approx. 1cm high, ¼ in thickness</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/geotaxis-test/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Geotaxis_metal_01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R415</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[VentStar Small Animal Ventilator]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Features</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Input power range: 100 - 240V, 50 /60Hz, 24V, 40W, 1.67A adapter DC power supply</li>
 	<li>Provide safes and effective intermittent positive pressure ventilation (IPPV)</li>
 	<li>Volume and pressure modes are available;</li>
 	<li>Sound, intelligent text, error code and other fault alarm alerts</li>
 	<li>Small &amp; compact.</li>
 	<li>7 inch LCD touch screen</li>
 	<li>The pressure-time graph can be displayed in real time in volume and pressure modes</li>
 	<li>10 stored parameters can be entered and recalled for maximum convenience.</li>
 	<li>The respiration rate (RR) can be switched between 10 – 300 rpm</li>
 	<li>Tidal volume range:0.05ml ~ 5ml</li>
 	<li>Airway pressure range: 1-50cm H<strong><sub>2</sub></strong>O, the accuracy range: ±0.7 cmH<strong><sub>2</sub></strong>O; Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) range is 0-10cmH<sub>2</sub>O</li>
 	<li>Set the respiratory parameters such as PIP/PEEP/Plateau Pressure/INSP.Hold/EXP. Hold;</li>
 	<li>After entering the animal weight, the device automatically sets the reference breathing parameters</li>
 	<li>The adjustable range of I:E ratio is from 20% to 80%; the plateau pressure increases the tidal volume from 0 to 20%, and can set auto-peep once after every 10 to 999 breaths or manual control</li>
</ul>
<h5></h5>
<h5>Information</h5>
Mechanical ventilators are used to support or replace spontaneous breathing in patients and animals suffering from inadequate respiratory functions. Ventilators are also often used as part of long-term anesthesia procedures, due to the depression of the respiratory system by certain anesthesia agents, and when neuromuscular blocking (NMB) agents are used. Mechanical ventilators are selected based on the size and weight of the animal. Ventilators retired from human use are usually reutilized for laboratory animals. For small animals, such as rats and mice, neonatal ventilators can be used since they can deliver smaller, more precise volumes and pressures.

Despite their life-saving application, mechanical ventilators come with their associated risks and complications. Mechanical ventilators have the potential to cause lung injury referred to as ventilator-induced lung injury (VILI), leading to the rapid type of disuse atrophy in respiratory-related muscles, barotrauma, and impairment of mucociliary motility in the airways, among other complications. The interest in the risks and complications arising from ventilator use and the relationship between ventilator settings and certain biological responses has allowed the discovery of four mechanisms involved in ventilator-induced lung injury. VILI can result from the application of a local pressure that forces cells and tissues to acquire an unnatural shape (regional overdistension), the repeated recruitment and de-recruitment of the unstable lung causing epithelial airspace lining abrasion by interfacial forces (low-volume injury), large alveolar surface area oscillations associated with surfactant aggregate conversion (inactivation of surfactant) and interdependence mechanisms that raise cell and tissue stress between neighboring structures with differing mechanical properties.

A retrospective cohort study of 97 United States intensive care units (ICU) from 2005 to 2007 led to the observation that at any given hour the mean percentage of ICU patients receiving mechanical ventilation was 39.5% (± 15.2%). Further, the study also found that at least an average of 29.0% (± 15.9%) of ICU patients relied on a ventilator (Wunsch et al., 2013). Assisted ventilation also plays an important role in the survival of preterm newborns and infants born with respiratory diseases. In comparison to adults, the sensitivity of lung tissues and the small volume of the lungs of neonates and infants serve additional challenges and complications associated with mechanical ventilation. Additionally, mechanical ventilation in this group raises their risk of developing long-term clinical complications that include chronic lung disease, pulmonary hypertension, prolonged supplemental oxygen constraint, nutritional issues, and developmental delay. Given their life-saving application, constant research and development of mechanical ventilators are needed to understand their associated risks and complications.

Animal models provide a practical means to investigate the risks and complications of assisted ventilation using mechanical ventilators. Among the animal models of lung injury and airway diseases, the rodent models have seen the greatest popularity. This popularity is mostly due to their accessibility and their well-described respiratory functions. In comparison to larger animals, the rodents offer lower husbandry costs, faster regeneration, and shorter breeding cycles. The availability of transgenic animals also makes them an enticing option for research of lung diseases. Further, mechanical ventilators are often a part of many animal-based types of research that require surgery.
<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
ConductScience offers two ventilator options, both available in sizes small and medium (For large animal ventilators click here). The small-sized ventilator is recommended for small mice, whereas the medium-sized ventilator is suited for small mammals such as rodents, hamsters, rabbits, felines, and canines weighing under five kilograms.

Conduct Science’s VentStar small animal ventilator is a compact, small ventilator with a 7-inch LCD touchscreen. It comprises an intelligent system that allows storage and recollection of up to 10 parameters, real-time display of pressure-time graph in volume and pressure modes, automatic setting of reference breathing parameters on entering the animal weight, and alarm alerts. Other specifications and features are as follows.
<h5>Specifications</h5>
<table data-id="873bba1">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Respiration Rate</th>
<th>: Switchable between 10 to 300 rpm</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Tidal Volume Range</td>
<td>: 0.05 ml to 5 ml</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Airway Pressure Range</td>
<td>: 1 to 50 cm water (accuracy range ± 0.7 cm water)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP) Range</td>
<td>: 0 to 10 cm water</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Modes</td>
<td>: Volume and Pressure modes available</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Inspiration: Expiration (I: E) Ratio</td>
<td>: Adjustable range of 20% to 80%. The plateau pressure increases the tidal volume from 0 to 20% and can set auto-peep once after every 10 to 999 breaths or manual control.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other</td>
<td>: Provides safe and effective intermittent positive pressure ventilation (IPPV) and setting of the respiratory parameters such as PIP/PEEP/Plateau Pressure/INSP.Hold/EXP. Hold.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
The other available mechanical ventilator comes with two interchangeable piston assemblies: a large piston and a smaller piston. The large piston has a tidal volume of 3 to 30 cc (increments of 3 cc), and the smaller piston offers a tidal volume of 0.5 to 5 cc (increments of 0.5 cc). Other features include controllable Positive End Expiratory Pressure (PEEP), respiratory rate of 18 to 150 breaths/min, and adjustable volume and rate.
<h5>Mode of Operation</h5>
As opposed to manual ventilation, mechanical ventilators allow the precise control of the duration of inspiration and expiration, the volume of gas delivered to the lungs and the pressure reached in the airway during inspiration. Ventilators achieve controlled ventilation by application of intermittent positive pressure to the airway, which can be accomplished by directly delivering gas to the anesthetic breathing system or indirectly by compressing a rebreathing bag or bellows.

The first step of ventilating an animal involves the calculation of the required tidal volume (approximately 7 to 10 ml/kg body weight) and the selection of the respiratory rate. Generally, the rate is selected slightly lower than the normal resting rate of the animal when it’s conscious. In case the ventilator does not have direct settings for tidal volume and respiratory rate then it is most likely to have settings for inspiratory time and inspiratory flow rate. The calculations can be based on the following equations,

Further, some ventilators may only provide controls for inspiratory time and inspiratory: expiratory (I: E) ratio. The ratio is usually set to 1:2, however, a ratio of 1:3 and 1:4 can also be used without causing significant cardiac depression while maintaining inflation pressures below 20 cm water. Apart from these variables, maximum inspiratory pressure should also be set on the ventilator at less than 15 cm water for small animals and not more than 25 cm water for large animals, under most circumstances.
<h5>Protocol</h5>
Mechanical ventilation in animals is often used in research that requires long-term use of anesthesia or when neuromuscular blocking agents are used. However, the use of ventilators has also been extended to the research of ventilator-induced lung injuries and for understanding the relationship between ventilator settings and certain biological responses. Regardless of the purpose, controlling ventilation relies on the use of an endotracheal tube or the placement of a tracheal cannula if the animal is not intended to recover. These methods prove successful in comparison to using a face mask, which risks the inflation of the stomach, and laryngeal masks. Once the tube or cannula is placed, it is connected to the ventilator to allow mechanical ventilation.

Prior to beginning the procedures of mechanical ventilation, it should be ensured that all the equipment and instruments used are thoroughly cleaned. The subject must be adequately and appropriately anesthetized before and during the entirety of the procedure to ensure humane treatment.

<strong><em>Endotracheal Intubation</em></strong>

Endotracheal intubation is assisted by a laryngoscope. The type of endotracheal tube and laryngoscope (Miller laryngoscope and Macintosh laryngoscope) used are dependent on the size and weight of the subject. An appropriate length for an endotracheal tube is usually measured to be the approximate distance from the external nares to just anterior to the thoracic inlet. An uncuffed endotracheal tube is preferred for small animals. The tubes should be lubricated with a small quantity of lidocaine gel to allow easy passage. Further, cough and swallowing reflexes should be adequately numbed. It is recommended that the animal is administered with oxygen for about 2 minutes before being intubated to slow the advent of hypoxia should the larynx be obstructed. The detailed methodology of endotracheal intubation of different animals can be found here.

The procedure of insertion of the endotracheal tube is performed by resting the animal on its back (generally), with the neck and head flexed. The laryngoscope is then advanced over the tongue towards the pharynx. Care must be taken to extend the tongue and avoid damaging the surface of the teeth of the animal. Following successful laryngoscopy, the endotracheal tube is advanced into the trachea.

<strong><em>Performing Laryngoscopy Using Miller Blades</em></strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Place the subject on its back.</li>
 	<li>Hold the laryngoscope in your left hand.</li>
 	<li>Extend the subject’s tongue forward and to the left.</li>
 	<li>Slowly insert the blade into the right side of the subject’s mouth.</li>
 	<li>Advance the blade inward and midline towards the base of the tongue.</li>
 	<li>Place the tip of the blade under the epiglottis.</li>
 	<li>Apply pressure caudally and upward with the handle placed at an angle of 45 degrees.</li>
 	<li>Lift the handle until vocal cords are visualized.</li>
 	<li>Perform intubation under direct visualization of vocal cords.</li>
 	<li>Withdraw the blade while firmly holding the endotracheal tube in place.</li>
</ul>
<em>Tracheostomy</em>
<ul>
 	<li>Adequately anesthetize the subject and place it in the supine position with its limbs restrained.</li>
 	<li>Extend the neck. Remove the hair below the mandible and ensure local asepsis of the area.</li>
 	<li>Make an incision midline below the neck.</li>
 	<li>Separate the salivary glands and fix the muscles surrounding the trachea with sutures.</li>
 	<li>Once the trachea is visualized, make an incision between the fourth and the fifth tracheal ring and insert the cannula.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Applications</h5>
<strong><em>Evaluation of effects of various modes of ventilation</em></strong>

Pecchiari et al. evaluated whether the detrimental effect of mechanical ventilation was dependent on the mode of mechanical ventilation. For their study, they used healthy male Sprague-Dawley rats that were premedicated with diazepam and anesthetized with pentobarbital sodium and chloral hydrate via intraperitoneal injection. Ventilation was performed through tracheal cannulation and a balloon-tipped catheter was placed in the lower third of the esophagus. After 10 minutes of spontaneous ventilation, animals were divided into 4 groups (8 animals were euthanized to serve as controls); spontaneous ventilation (SV), positive pressure mechanical ventilation (PPMV), negative pressure mechanical ventilation-whole body (NP<sub>WB</sub>MV), and negative pressure mechanical ventilation-thorax only (NP<sub>TO</sub>MV). After 4 hours of ventilation, lung mechanics, cytokines concentration in serum, bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, lung wet-to-dry ratio, and histology were assessed. The results showed that PPMV and NP<sub>WB</sub>MV modes were similar in effects to SV. Further, NP<sub>TO</sub>MV resulted in significant chest and lung distortion, a reversible increase of lung elastance, and higher polymorphonuclear leucocyte count and cytokine levels. Overall, in terms of lung mechanics, histology, and wet-to-dry ratio, no evidence of mechanical ventilation–dependent lung injury was found during ventilation performed with tidal volumes and timing of spontaneous, quiet breathing in the groups.

<strong><em>Assessment of the effect of variability of breath rate and tidal volume in the setting of acute lung injury</em></strong>

Arold et al. speculated if the improvement of arterial oxygen tension during mechanical ventilation occurs over a specific range of variability of breath rate and tidal volume. For their experiment, male Hartley guinea pigs with endotoxin-induced lung injury were tracheally cannulated for mechanical ventilation. Initially, all subjects were ventilated on room air at 60 breaths/min, constant flow inspiration, tidal volume (V<sub>T</sub>) 5.1 ml/kg, I: E ratio of 1, PEEP 3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O, and fractional inspiratory oxygen (FI<sub>O2</sub>) of 0.22. Following this, subjects were divided into two groups. Group 1 underwent 30 minutes of control period with conventional volume-cycled ventilation (CVV), which was followed by 30 minutes of variable ventilation (VV) with different tidal volume distributions (random sequence of values taken from a uniform probability distribution falling between ± 0, 10, 20, 40, or 60% of the mean V<sub>T</sub>). Group 2 underwent only CVV for 3 hours. Arold et al. were able to find that VV improved lung mechanics at every degree of variability and significant oxygenation occurred at 40% variability of V<sub>T</sub>. Comparison of data between Group 1 and 2 revealed that specific ventilation mode, and not the duration of ventilation, contributed to the changes in lung mechanics and blood oxygenation.

<strong><em>Investigation of the effects of high-tidal-volume ventilation in the infant mouse</em></strong>

An in-vivo infant mouse model was utilized to investigate the effects of high tidal volume (V<sub>T</sub>) on lung mechanical parameters and lung injury. Two-week-old specific-pathogen-free female BALB/c mice were ventilated with either high V<sub>T</sub> with zero end-expiratory pressure (HVZ), high V<sub>T</sub> with positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) (HVP), or low V<sub>T</sub> with PEEP. Mice received ventilation for 60 minutes during which thoracic gas volume (TGV) and respiratory system impedance (Z<sub>rs</sub>) was measured at baseline and for every 10 minutes. At the end of the study blood samples and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) were also collected. It was observed that the HVZ group showed a significant reduction in TGV after 20 min of mechanical ventilation, which remained constant throughout the investigation. The investigation concluded the loss of lung volume could be attributed to alterations of respiratory mechanics during V<sub>T</sub> without PEEP and that although PEEP during high V<sub>T</sub> ventilation prevents atelectasis, it induces lung injury. (Cannizzaro et al., 2008)

<strong><em>Investigation of short-term effects of hyperoxia on respiratory mechanics</em></strong>

Cannizzaro et al. investigated the impact of supplemental oxygen in mechanically ventilated adult (8-week old) and infant (2-week old) mice. For their experiment, eight and two-week-old female BALB/c mice underwent a tracheotomy, and the trachea was cannulated. Adult mice were ventilated with room air with a respiratory rate (RR) of 300/min with PEEP of 3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O and target V<sub>T</sub> of 10 mL/kg resulting in 7.3 ± 0.13 mL/kg delivered V<sub>T</sub>. As for infant mice (ventilated using room air), ventilation parameters were RR of 240/min with PEEP of 3 cm H<sub>2</sub>O, and a target V<sub>T</sub> of 15 mL/kg (delivered V<sub>T</sub> of 8.8 ± 0.48 mL/kg). Both groups were exposed to inspired oxygen fractions (FI<sub>O2</sub>) of 0.21, 0.3, 0.6, and 1.0 during 120 minutes of mechanical ventilation. No differences in airway resistance were found in the different FI<sub>O2 </sub>groups using the low-frequency forced oscillation technique when corrected for changes in gas viscosity. Further, similar changes over time in both age groups were observed in coefficients of lung tissue damping, and elastance, and no difference in inflammatory responses between the age groups was observed.

<strong><em>Investigation of the influence of recruitment maneuvers on lung mechanics</em></strong>

To determine the influence of recruitment maneuvers (RMs) on lung mechanics and their possible role in producing lung injury, 8-week old healthy female BALB/c mice either received positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) at 2 or 6 cm H2O and volume- (20 or 40 mL/kg) or pressure-controlled (25 cm H2O) RMs every 5 or 75 min for 150 minutes. Based on the data obtained it was observed that frequent application of inflation maneuvers (IMs) atop of elevated PEEP levels did not cause lung injury after short-term ventilation with low V<sub>T</sub>. Further, it was also observed that an increase in PEEP (without the use of IMs) and the application of IMs produced peak airway opening pressure below 25 cmH<sub>2</sub>O that did not prevent or reverse changes in lung mechanics. (Cannizzaro et al., 2009)
<h5>Strengths and Limitations</h5>
<strong><em>Strengths</em></strong>

Mechanical ventilators play an important role in the survival of those suffering from respiratory issues. In clinical practices, a single device for mechanical ventilation makes the technical features of the ventilation procedure simple. The device mitigates the need for a separate piece of equipment and the hassle of shifting the subject during the experiment as seen with manual devices. Further, mechanical ventilators allow researchers to regulate the volume and respiratory rate along with control of the positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP). The programmability of mechanical ventilators also helps guarantee the standardization of protocol and repetition of the procedure between subjects; This capability helps reduce ambiguity in research and promotes the accuracy of results. The diversity in sizes of the mechanical ventilators permits researchers to conduct research on animals of different weights and sizes without any restrictions.

<strong><em>Limitations</em></strong>

As with any equipment, the mechanical ventilator must be monitored to avoid any issues that can arise during assisted ventilation. It is important that breathing motion and lung volume are monitored throughout the various stages of the breathing cycle. Prolonged ventilation may affect the survivability of the subject.  In the field of mechanical ventilator-based research, the need of age-specific model is necessary. Additionally, extrapolating the research results to other animals of different ages or species has its limitations. The size of the subject may also present researchers with some technical difficulties in extracting and analyzing blood gas samples.
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Mechanical ventilation is used to support or replace spontaneous breathing. They often are a part of anesthetization process, especially when neuromuscular blocking agents are used.</li>
 	<li>Mechanical ventilators can potentially cause ventilator-induced lung injury, lead to the rapid type of disuse atrophy in respiratory-related muscles, barotrauma, and impairment of mucociliary motility in the airways.</li>
 	<li>The use of mechanical ventilators has been extended to the research of ventilator-induced lung injuries and for understanding the relationship between ventilator settings and certain biological responses.</li>
 	<li>Prolonged ventilation of neonates and infants raises their risk of developing long-term clinical complications.</li>
 	<li>Mechanical ventilation is performed either via endotracheal intubation or by cannulating the trachea (tracheotomy).</li>
 	<li>It is important that the animal is sufficiently anesthetized before ventilation and is placed in an appropriate position to prevent injury.</li>
 	<li>Good anesthesia practice should involve appropriate anesthesia management and monitoring techniques, and recovery care.</li>
 	<li>Neuromuscular blocking agents only produces paralysis. Thus efforts to monitor the depth of anesthesia is critical for the humane treatment of the animals.</li>
 	<li>Anesthetization of pregnant animals and neonates should be done with extreme caution to prevent undesirable effects.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/ventstar-small-animal-ventilator/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ventstar-ventilator-01-0.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>3800.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SP0001-G</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Comprehensive Surgical Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<table width="921">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="369">SKU</td>
<td width="413">Product Description</td>
<td width="139">Qty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S11001-08</td>
<td width="413">Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Str/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S11002-08</td>
<td width="413">Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Cvd/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S12009-11</td>
<td width="413">IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/11.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S12010-11</td>
<td width="413">IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/11.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S12003-09</td>
<td width="413">IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/9.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S12004-09</td>
<td width="413">IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/9.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F11001-11</td>
<td width="413">Micro Forceps-Str, 0.2mm Tips, 11cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F11004-11</td>
<td width="413">Micro Forceps-Cvd, 0.2mm Tips, 11.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F12010-10</td>
<td width="413">Dressing Forceps-Str, 1.9mm Tips, 10.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F12011-10</td>
<td width="413">Dressing Forceps-Cvd, 1.9mm Tips, 10.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F21001-12</td>
<td width="413">HALSTED Artery Forceps-Str, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td width="139">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F21002-12</td>
<td width="413">HALSTED Artery Forceps-Cvd, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td>
<td width="139">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F22002-10</td>
<td width="413">HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Str, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td>
<td width="139">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F22003-10</td>
<td width="413">HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Cvd, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td>
<td width="139">2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F31047-12</td>
<td width="413">OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 12cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S13029-14</td>
<td width="413">MAYO-STILLE Dissecting &amp; Operating Scissors-B/B Str/14cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S15001-11</td>
<td width="413">SPENCER Ligature Scissors (Slender Type-11cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S21010-15</td>
<td width="413">BOHLER Rongeurs (Double)-Light Cvd/2mm Cup/15.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S22004-11</td>
<td width="413">Bone Cutters with Flat Blades (SGL)-11.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S14014-12</td>
<td width="413">Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/12.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S31011-01</td>
<td width="413">11# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S32001-12</td>
<td width="413">Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-S33009-06</td>
<td width="413">Scalpel Blade Remover-6.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F13019-12</td>
<td width="413">ADSON 1×2 Teeth Tissue Forceps, 1.5mm, 12cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R21027-12</td>
<td width="413">STEVENS Hooks, 1 Angled Tooth (5mm long), 12.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R22009-01</td>
<td width="413">ALM 4×4 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 7cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R22005-45</td>
<td width="413">3×3 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 4.5cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R51003-11</td>
<td width="413">Micro Spatula w/tip W. 2mm x Thk. 0.3mm – Cvd/11cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F35205-60</td>
<td width="413">Sutures w/Needle-△3/8/2.5×7/30cm/6-0</td>
<td width="139">10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-F35305-50</td>
<td width="413">PGA Sutures w/Needle-○1/2/4×10/90cm/5-0</td>
<td width="139">10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R31006-06</td>
<td width="413">SS Micro Clamps-Cvd/L*W 6*1mm/17mm</td>
<td width="139">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R31005-06</td>
<td width="413">SS Micro Clamps-Str/L*W 6*1mm/15mm</td>
<td width="139">5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-R34001-14</td>
<td width="413">Clip Applicator for R31005- and R31006-Clamps-14cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="369">RWD-SP0000-P</td>
<td width="413">Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td>
<td width="139">1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/comprehensive-surgical-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/SP0002-G_group-1-2.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>2990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-OFT-600</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Fiber Stripper (Tongs)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Fiber Stripper - suitable for 100um - 600um fiber
<ul>
 	<li>Suitable for 100um-800um for stripping fiber coating.</li>
 	<li>Prevents damage to the fiber.</li>
 	<li>All cutting surfaces have precision mechanical tolerances to ensure clean, smooth operation.</li>
 	<li>Ergonomic handle design, comfortable grip.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/fiber-stripper-tongs/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_stripper_01__00013.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>33.50 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-LP-200</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Laser Power Meter]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Specifications</h5>
<table data-id="7af5e4e">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Spectral Range</td>
<td>400-1100nm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Models</td>
<td>LP-1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Measure Range</td>
<td>0-40μW、0-400μW、0-4mW、0-40mW optional</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Measurement Accuracy</td>
<td>0.01μW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Probe Caliber</td>
<td>Silicon photodiode (Φ 9mm)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Measurement Error</td>
<td>± 5%</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5><b>Features:</b></h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Adopt pyroelectric probe, applicable to multiband measurement with a broad-spectrum range.</li>
 	<li>Short response time, good thermal stability, small volume, convenient installation, and fixed.</li>
 	<li>Convenient operation with a digital display, applicable to the measurement on a variety of laser power.</li>
 	<li>Automatic shutdown (about 30 minutes later) facilitates saving battery power.</li>
</ul>
<h4 style="text-align: center;">Documentation</h4>
<h5><b>Introduction</b></h5>
Laser power meters are extensively used in laser-equipped laboratories to measure laser powers and observe the continuous wave (CW laser). They are used to analyze lasers within a particular wavelength and intensity range. These power meters are available in a wide range of wavelengths and customized as per the experimenter's needs.

Laser power meters can possess two types of detectors:
<ol>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Thermal detectors</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Quantum detectors</li>
</ol>
<i>Thermal detector</i>-based laser power meters contain thermopile discs or pyroelectric sensors. A thermopile sensor receives the radiation and converts it into thermal energy. A temperature gradient is established across the 'hot,' and 'cold' junctions present on the thermopile disc. An array of thermocouples measures this temperature difference in the form of voltage and, the measured voltage is directly proportional to the coming laser rays. The power meters based on thermal transducers are expensive with slow responsivity; however, they generate a flat spectral response.

<i>Quantum detector</i>-based laser power meters employ the use of photodiodes (PDs), photomultipliers, and photo-conductors. Generally, photomultipliers require high voltage for operation, whereas photodiodes (PDs) can work well on low voltages. Photodiodes are usually used to measure low laser powers due to their high quantum efficiency and the fact that they generate accurately linear output from the incident light intensity.  Silicon photodiodes are the most widespread form of quantum detectors used because of the wide range of advantages they present.
<h5><b>Principle</b></h5>
A silicon photodiode-based laser power meter works by converting incident laser light into a proportionate current. Photodiodes (PDs) are responsible for this conversion. An operational amplifier then transforms this proportionate current into a voltage. The current monitoring circuit must offer zero impedance to the photodiode in the current mode of operation. The input of the operational amplifier is inverted with the virtual ground to ensure the maintenance of zero bias across the photodiode. This ‘high input impedance’ from the operational amplifier ensures that all photodiode current flows through the feedback resistor. Photodiode's responsivity data (presented in the datasheet) helps estimate the current flowing through PD for available laser power. In a nutshell, the laser light incident on the photodiode generates current through it, and the feedback resistor yields an output equal to PD current multiplied by the feedback resistance, i.e., "<i>V</i><i>out</i><i> = I</i><i>In.</i><i>R”.</i>
<h5><b>Apparatus and Equipment</b></h5>
The silicon photodiode-based LP1 laser power meter has a spectral range of 400nm to 1100nm. It uses 633nm of He-Ne laser as a reference wavelength. The spectral sensitivity conversion table given with the apparatus is used for the characteristic measurement of wavelengths between 400-1100nm. It can be installed conveniently, has a small volume, and shuts down automatically after half an hour to facilitate power saving. Moreover, it has a pyroelectric probe and multiband measurement ability for a broad-spectrum range. It has a measurement accuracy of 0.01ꭒW, and the measurement range varies between 0-40ꭒW, 0-400ꭒW, 0-4mW, and 0-40mW.
<h5><b>Applications</b></h5>
<i>Laser power meters effectively monitor the power of laser radiations directed from a source to induce ophthalmic diseases in rodent models.</i>

Researchers use laser power meters along with <b>Optogenetics Laser</b> to induce various diseases in rodent models (rats/mice) and study their mechanisms. The laser power meter help monitor the laser power coming out of the laser source. Guo et al. (2016) examined a rodent model of an ophthalmic disease Nonarteritic Anterior Ischemic Optic Neuropathy (rNAION), i.e., a focal ischemic lesion of the optic nerve. They induced the disorder by illuminating Rose Bengal (RB), a photoactive dye with 532nm wavelength laser light, targeting the anterior optic nerve. The researchers used a laser power meter to monitor the laser power output regularly. This experimental setup enabled them to study and analyze the mechanism of white matter ischemia.
<h5><b>Strengths and Limitations</b></h5>
Photodiode-based laser power meters are durable, compact, and lightweight. They have a high quantum efficiency and a high responsivity rate. They have adopted a pyroelectric probe, designed specifically to function at a low voltage, reduce mechanical stress and measure laser lights of low power levels. However, a prospective disadvantage of photodiodes is that they do not respond uniformly across the entire area, which lessens measurement repeatability while working with non-uniform laser beams.
<h5><b>Summary</b></h5>
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Laser power meters are used to measure the laser power in laser-equipped labs.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">There are two kinds of laser power meters based on the type of detectors used. The detectors can be thermal as well as quantum detectors.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The most commonly used quantum detectors are photodiodes. Photodiodes are preferred over thermal sensors because of several reasons.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">A silicon photodiode-based laser power meter works by converting incident laser light into a proportionate current.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Silicon PDs have high quantum efficiency and, therefore, can measure low laser powers.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Photodiode-based laser power meters are durable, compact, and lightweight.</li>
</ul>
<h5><b>References </b></h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Guo, Y., Mehrabian, Z., &amp; Bernstein, S. L. (2016). <b>The rodent model of nonarteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy (rNAION). </b><i>JoVE (Journal of Visualized Experiments)</i>, (117), e54504.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/laser-power-meter/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Opto_laser_power_meter_01__00010.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1099.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-FC-1x1</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetics Rotary Joint]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Used in the awake and freely moving the animal to avoid fiber optic twining

&nbsp;]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-rotary-joint/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/opto_optic_fiber_communicator_01__00006.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>490.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-AFG2021-SC</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Waveform Generator: 20MHz]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Key performance specifications</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>20 MHz sine, 10 MHz pulse waveforms provide coverage for your most common applications</li>
 	<li>250 MS/s sampling rate and 14-bit vertical resolution enable the creation of high-fidelity signals</li>
</ul>
<h5>Key features</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>The innovative UI reduces setup and evaluation time with direct access to frequently used functions and parameters</li>
 	<li>The internal 4 × 16 kS memory and the USB memory expansion capability provide substantial capacity for defining complex waveforms</li>
 	<li>USB host port on the front panel for saving/reloading arbitrary waveforms and instrument settings</li>
 	<li>Built-in Modulation, Noise Generator, Burst, and Sweep modes for greater versatility</li>
 	<li>Built-in waveforms provide quick access to commonly used signals</li>
 	<li>Large 3.5-inch color screen displays both graphical and numeric waveform information simultaneously</li>
 	<li>Menu and online help in Simplified Chinese and English</li>
 	<li>2U height and half-rack width fits benchtop applications</li>
 	<li>Free ArbExpress software makes waveform editing extremely easy</li>
</ul>
<h5>Applications</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>Electronic test and design</li>
 	<li>Sensor simulation</li>
 	<li>Education and training</li>
 	<li>Functional test</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetics-waveform-generator/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Arbitary-Waveform_function-generator-20MHz_AFG2021-SC_01__00001.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-77002</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Binocular Surgical Microscope]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h6>Specifications</h6>
<ul>
 	<li>A simple binocular coaxial illumination surgery microscope with a compact design and high flexibility to meet the requirements of general animal microsurgery</li>
 	<li>Eyepiece magnification: 12.5X</li>
 	<li>Objective lens focal length: 200mm</li>
 	<li>Working distance: 190mm</li>
 	<li>Total magnification: 5.3X, 8X, 12X</li>
 	<li>Field of view diameter: 38mm, 25mm, 17mm</li>
 	<li>Diopter adjustment range: ±5D</li>
 	<li>Interpupillary distance adjustment range: 50mm-70mm</li>
 	<li>Lighting source: 12V/100W, cold reflection medical halogen bulb</li>
 	<li>Illumination type: 6°+0° cold light source coaxial illumination</li>
 	<li>Coaxial illumination object surface illuminance: ≧20000lx</li>
 	<li>Cross arm extension radius: 870mm</li>
 	<li>Fine focusing stroke: 30mm</li>
 	<li>Voltage: AC220V±10%, 50Hz±1Hz</li>
 	<li>Power: 120VA</li>
 	<li>Fuse: AC250V T1.25A</li>
 	<li>Whole machine weight: 41kg</li>
</ul>
<h5>Introduction</h5>
An operating or surgical binocular microscope is an optical device that presents the surgeon with stereoscopic vision, and a high-quality magnified and illuminated image of the minute structures in the surgical region. The surgical microscope is usually used to perform microsurgery. Primarily a radical idea, the operating microscope has turned into a necessary tool since the first known usage of the binocular microscope during surgery. Its powerful stereoscopic magnification and illumination of the operative bed prompted its quick acceptance by numerous surgeons all over the world.
The introduction of the surgical microscope in the operating room opened a new chapter in the history of microsurgery. It extended the limits of the field, enhanced patient outcomes, and made the development of subspecialties possible. It granted access to regions of the brain and spinal cord that were previously thought to be impossible to reach. The increased magnification allowed for smaller incisions, enhanced visibility, and dissection of sensitive tissues. It provided sufficient hemostasis when working through constricted and deep surgical sites and also frequently helped to cut down the time period of the surgery and decrease anesthetic dangers. On the whole, the binocular surgical microscope has been extensively used in the fields of neurosurgery, plastic surgery, dentistry (particularly endodontics), ENT surgical procedures, and ophthalmic surgeries.
Ever since the surgical microscope has been introduced into the operating room, various factors like the size, focus, and flexibility of the microscope have proved to be challenging, and solutions have frequently led to new issues. According to an estimate, the majority of surgeons may spend around 40% of their total time during surgery making adjustments to the surgical microscope. Focusing is normally manual, even though some more advanced microscopes have an autofocus aspect included. The advanced technology of surgical instrument tracking autofocus will have the capacity to extensively reduce the surgical duration and furthermore enhance the efficiency of the surgeon.
In general, a surgical microscope may cost a few thousand dollars for a basic model, whereas highly developed models might be significantly more costly. Additionally, specialized microsurgical tools might be needed to take full advantage of the enhanced vision the microscope provides. It may take time to ace the operational aspect of the surgical microscope. However, the surgical microscope is unmistakably superior to the customary surgical loupes that require high magnification and adjustable focus. Even so, the complex mobility and the elevated cost of the surgical microscope have given rise to the necessity for more transportable solutions. A head-mounted operating microscope was lately launched in the market. It brings together the portability of the surgical loupes and the magnification and focusing capacity of a microscope.
A fundamental feature of any surgical microscope is its design.  The device is designed in such a manner that the surgeon concentrates fully on the surgical procedure while remaining comfortable and free of eye strain. The design of the microscope likewise frees the surgeon’s hands to operate. Most of the microsurgical operations take place in a small space or through narrow gaps and in these cases, it is imperative to the surgeon that he retains a sufficiently well-lit binocular vision in the recesses of the area. In such circumstances, the stereoscopic perspective provided by the binocular surgical microscope is the most valuable feature of the device.
The binocular surgical microscope serves two major functions: magnification of the operative field and illumination. With the assistance of a foot or hand switch, it can enlarge structures up to 40+ times. Along with increased magnification, an inbuilt halogen or Xenon lamp gives outstanding lighting right above the surgical area. Advanced microscopes can self-adjust the strength of the illumination to avoid tissue damage, as the microscope shifts nearer or further away from the operative field. Additionally, the surgical microscope has three oculars. One of the oculars is positioned on the side; it tends to fit on either side of the central oculars. The adjustments may affect the stability of the microscope, and the device requires balance prior to its usage. Auto-balance features are as easy as the push of a button and have the capacity to re-balance the microscope securely during the process.
The binocular surgical microscope is comprised of numerous joints to allow for 180° movement, including adjustments for the various seating positions of the patient. The commercial surgical microscopes are mainly positioned on a wheelbase.  They can be placed inside the operating room or shifted from one room then onto the next. The modern surgical microscopes are equipped with cameras that can capture high-resolution images or record high-quality videos. These pictures and video recordings can be stored in integrated or external hard drives or memory sticks, or even transferred onto DVD and Blu-ray discs.
<h5>Principles</h5>
The magnification of an image is a dependent value and depends on the size of an image as projected on top of the retina of the eye. Consequently, the magnification of a picture is increased by merely reducing the distance between the eye and the object. When the object in question draws nearer to the observing eye, the size of the projected image on the retina is increased.  If the retinal region covered by the projected image is doubled, then the magnification would be observed as 2x or two times larger than what it was before, taking the preceding position as a base value. With the utilization of the binocular microscope, and without altering the distance value, the size of the reflected image of an item can be increased on the retina. The amount of increase, at that point, turns into the magnification value of the specific binocular microscope, for example, a 7x binocular has a predetermined estimate of increasing by seven-fold.
The light that the surgical microscope illuminator transmits to enlighten the surgical site can be varied. One method to change the light is to vary the voltage to the light bulb. The majority of the microscope floor stand power supplies have a prerequisite to change the strength of the light by this technique. Below the microscope, a particular amount of light will be transmitted, and any adjustment made in the magnification of the microscope will have no impact on the amount of light being transmitted from the microscope. However, variations made in the magnification of the microscope do enhance or reduce the amount of light which will be transmitted back through the microscope and on top of the retina of the eye of the observer.
Furthermore, the surgical microscope is capable of providing stereoscopic vision in confined spaces by decreasing the required interpupillary distance needed for binocular vision. The distance between the frontal lenses of the binocular tube of the microscope is just 16 mm, while the standard interpupillary distance is around 60 mm. This implies that light reflected from deep basal structures towards the surgical microscope during an operation utilizing fissure, sulci or transcortical methods, will lead to a stereoscopic image when only a 16mm image penetrates the eye through a microscope. Conversely, if the surgeon is assisted with magnification loupes in place of the surgical microscope, the eyes will not be able to retain stereoscopic vision in such a constricted area
<h5>History</h5>
<h6>Origin</h6>
The first use of a microscope in the operating room was initiated by the Swedish Carl Nylen in 1922 when Nylen chose to utilize a monocular Brinell-Leitz microscope, rather than a loupe, for performing surgery on a patient with chronic otitis media with labyrinthine fistulas. However, monocular microscopes did not offer depth perception, and the lack of a light source in the initial designs led to the dimness of the image as the magnification increased. In 1922, Gunnar Holmgren utilized a binocular microscope to overcome the absence of depth perception and additionally, connected a light source to the microscope to resolve the latter setback. This led to a new era in the advancement of numerous microsurgical specialties, for example, neurosurgery, ENT, ophthalmology, and plastic surgery (Uluç, Kujoth, &amp; Başkaya, 2009).
<h6>Development</h6>
In 1948, Richard A. Perritt began to use an adaptation of the Bausch &amp; Lomb slit-lamp microscope which was hanging from a weighted table stand along with its coaxial lighting unit and variable magnification. In 1952, Hans Littmann, a physicist at Zeiss, began a new era by developing a microscope that was capable of altering magnification without altering the focal length. Horst L. Wullstein, an otolaryngology surgeon, constructed a microscope built on a stand provided with a rotating arm. In 1953, Littmann profited from Wullstein’s design and knowledge and produced the “Zeiss OPMI 1” (Zeiss Operating Microscope 1), which was increasingly stable, easy to operate, and had better coaxial lighting than any other commercially available operating microscope. During that same year, Heinrich Harms and Günter Mackensen modified this microscope for use in ophthalmological treatment during middle ear surgery. The operating microscope was further integrated into the field of neurosurgery by Theodore Kurze in 1957. From 1958 to 1970, the operating microscope underwent several modifications and was equipped with customized stands, motorized zoom objective, short ocular tubes, and a slit lamp, film, TV camera, and other sources of illumination. Zeiss designed the OPMI CS in 1991 and the OPMI ES in 1994, particularly made for neurosurgery. In 1997, Zeiss introduced the OPMI Neuro and later provided this microscope with a Multivision system that projects superior imaging techniques (for instance, MR imaging, CT, etc) directly into the eyepieces (Uluç, Kujoth, &amp; Başkaya, 2009).[
<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
The modern binocular surgical microscope has a compact design and high flexibility and may be mounted on a stand, or set on a tabletop. The basic surgical microscope framework typically consists of a binocular head with adjustable eyepieces, an illumination module, a fiber optic cable, a locking clamp, and foot controls. The microscope itself consists of the objective lens, diopter lock button, diopter ring, magnification changer, and maneuvering handle.
The binocular head along with the eyepieces is basic, but it is also possible to attach a separate head for an associate which is called a teaching head. The binocular head may rotate separately and have its own magnification levels. The foot controls are used for tilting, focusing, and zooming during the surgical procedure. The illuminator provides incandescent, fiber optic and halogen illumination.  The objective lens of the surgical microscope has a variable focal length which is dependent on the depth of the operative field enabling the microscope to be adjusted at different distances. The magnification is usually set in three to six presets varying from 6X – 25X. The magnification changer is a lens system positioned between the objective lens and the binocular system and enables constant adjustment of magnification.
<strong>Specifications</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Eyepieces 12.5X focus length of objective: 200mm</li>
 	<li>Working distance 190mm</li>
 	<li>Total magnification 5.3X, 8X, 12X</li>
</ul>
Most the microsurgical operations take place in a small space or through narrow gaps and in these cases it is imperative to the surgeon that he retains a sufficiently well-lit binocular vision in the recesses of the area. In such circumstances, the stereoscopic perspective provided by the binocular surgical microscope is the most valuable feature of the device.
<ul>
 	<li>Diopter adjustment range +5D</li>
 	<li>Pupil distance range 50mm~70mm</li>
 	<li>Bulb 12V/100W (Medical halogen lamp Bulb with cold reflection)</li>
 	<li>Type of Illumination 6°+ 0°cold light source coaxial illumination</li>
 	<li>The intensity of Illumination 20000Lx or up</li>
 	<li>The maximum stretching radius of the arm is 870mm</li>
 	<li>Vertical movement range (from floor to front surface of the objective) 700mm~1100mm</li>
 	<li>Range of fine focusing adjustment 30mm</li>
 	<li>Input voltage AC220V±10%, 50Hz±1Hz</li>
 	<li>Input power 120VA</li>
 	<li>Power AC250V T1.25A</li>
 	<li>Net weight 41kg</li>
</ul>
<h5>Training Protocol</h5>
The basic aim of the surgical microscope is to improve the visual perspective of the surgeon through magnification, illumination, and resolution.
<ul>
 	<li>First, complete the installation of the device and shift the surgical microscope to an appropriate location for the surgery and bolt the castors.</li>
 	<li>Adjust the counter-balanced arm and the main microscope to a convenient position and screw the corresponding lock shut.</li>
 	<li>Next, hold the main surgical microscope with the hand and release the up-down positioning knob and rotate the balance knob until the main microscope has free up and down movement.</li>
 	<li>Then, switch on the power button, turn the brightness switch on and loosen the corresponding lock to move the device.</li>
 	<li>Pull the main microscope over the surgical field within the height of the working distance (which relies upon the focal length of the objective lens), until the images can be viewed in the binoculars and tighten the corresponding lock.</li>
 	<li>Adjust the position of the binoculars by hand to achieve the appropriate papillary distance.</li>
 	<li>Next, rotate the magnification changer knob to achieve the required magnification level.</li>
 	<li>Adjust the illuminator module to achieve the required illumination on the surgical site and get the best clear visual image by the motorized up-down focus method or activate the focus function on the foot control.</li>
 	<li>After adjusting the focus, check if the two eyes have varying diopters and alter the diopter on the eyepiece for each eye.</li>
 	<li>Use the back-forth inclination function by rotating the inclination knobby back and forth and positioning the main microscope at a proper place.</li>
 	<li>In the same manner, adjust the right and left inclination adjustment and bring the microscope to an appropriate position.</li>
 	<li>After the procedure is over and the surgical microscope is not in use, switch the bright switch off, and after a few minutes turn off the power switch of the unit.</li>
 	<li>Release the corresponding lock and move the arm and main microscope to a suitable spot and wrap it with a plastic-proof cover.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Applications In Surgical Experiments</h5>
Laboratory animals have played a central role in the development of modern-day microsurgical methods which are currently utilized routinely in numerous clinical divisions around the world. Consequently, microsurgical methods are imperative in biomedical research as they enable numerous surgeries to be performed on rodents rather than dogs, pigs, or primates. This has obvious benefits such as low cost, the utilization of statistically authentic numbers for examination, and the availability of genetically defined laboratory animals which is likely to provide authentic solutions to immunological answers. Furthermore, performing surgeries on animals allows the surgeon to obtain experience and practice in micro-techniques, and to conduct surgical experiments (Green, 1987).
Good visualization during rodent surgery by integrating magnification and illumination plays a vital role in surgical outcomes; however, there is little consensus in regards to its execution. Ever since the surgeons started to utilize the surgical microscope and have been at ease while using it, they have come to the conclusion that working without the advantage of magnification is insufficient. The dawn of microscopy in rodent surgery has increased opportunities for surgeons and has considerably enhanced the quality of surgical procedures. Utilizing microsurgical methods has proved that it is possible to transplant kidney, heart, liver, lung, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, spleen, small bowel, stomach, testicles, whole joints as well as the growth plate, peripheral nerve, and free vascularized skin flaps in rodents and rabbits.
The surgical microscope was initially utilized experimentally in 1921 while working on labyrinthine fistulae and performing fenestrations in rabbits at a magnification of 10 – 15 times. The progress of microsurgical methods has ever since then heavily relied on experimental animals and has been driven by the need for clinical surgeries for more refined methods and by the requirement for novel lab models in biomedical research. The information that these experiments have yielded proposes yet more clinical possibilities which thus create yet more questions and so forth. Out of that initial work of Nylen, an entirely new range of surgeries was created for the middle ear, acknowledged just gradually at first, however, then in the mid-1950s moving ahead quickly to the highly refined strategies normally utilized in otolaryngology today. In 1946, Perrit started to utilize the surgical microscope for routine ophthalmic surgeries. It was later utilized for new procedures in the anterior and posterior segments of the eyeball where, for instance, improved methods of corneal grafting were developed at first in rabbits.
It was not until the early 1960s, however, that the vast potential of using the surgical microscope to perform microsurgeries was acknowledged in other surgical disciplines. The successful, ground-breaking experiments of Jacobsen and Saurez (1960) on rodents exhibited that small veins less than 1.0 mm in diameter could be connected (anastomosed) utilizing microvascular strategies which they created. A few other surgeons later transplanted kidneys in rodents and anastomosed divided oviducts in rabbits and ureters and vas deferens in canines. These strategies were then administered to plastic and reconstructive operating procedures, peripheral surgeries, and to experimental organ transplantation.
Neurosurgeons utilized the binocular surgical microscope for dissections deep inside the cranial vault and to analyze and operate aneurysms and tumors with minor disturbance to the basic cerebral blood supply. Additionally, gynecologists grew interested in the microsurgical reconstruction of the female genital tract for treating infertility after an experimental procedure in rabbits demonstrated that the transected oviduct could be anastomosed with a high outcome pregnancy rate. In the same way, urologists become interested in using the surgical microscope to perform microsurgery as a means of reversing vasectomies in males after methods had been developed in animals for repairing various structures in the urogenital tract.
<h5>Maintenance and Precautions</h5>
The binocular surgical microscope is a high-grade technological instrument that requires regular maintenance.
<ul>
 	<li>The objective lenses, eyepieces, and accessories that are not being utilized must always be kept in dust-free containers.</li>
 	<li>The external surfaces of optical parts like eyepieces and objective lenses only need to be cleaned when necessary without utilizing any chemical cleaning agent.</li>
 	<li>The dust on the surface of optical components may be blown off by utilizing a squeeze blower, or it can be eliminated by utilizing a clean grease-free brush.</li>
 	<li>Use an anti-fogging agent to protect the eyepiece optics from fogging.</li>
 	<li>All mechanical surfaces of the instrument can be simply cleaned with a damp cloth without the use of aggressive agents.</li>
 	<li>Wrap the foot pedal with a clear plastic cover to avoid damage to the electronics from surgical and cleaning fluids.</li>
 	<li>Abstain from looking directly into the light source, e.g., into the objective lens or a light guide.</li>
 	<li>Do not run the instrument in locations at risk of explosives or containing inflammable anesthetics or volatile chemicals.</li>
 	<li>Do not place or utilize the equipment in damp rooms and avoid exposing the instrument to water.</li>
 	<li>Promptly unplug any instrument that emits smoke, sparks, or odd sounds.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Strengths</h5>
The binocular surgical microscope is a high-grade technological instrument that requires regular maintenance.
<ul>
 	<li>The objective lenses, eyepieces, and accessories that are not being utilized must always be kept in dust-free containers.</li>
 	<li>The external surfaces of optical parts like eyepieces and objective lenses only need to be cleaned when necessary without utilizing any chemical cleaning agent.</li>
 	<li>The dust on the surface of optical components may be blown off by utilizing a squeeze blower, or it can be eliminated by utilizing a clean grease-free brush.</li>
 	<li>Use an anti-fogging agent to protect the eyepiece optics from fogging.</li>
 	<li>All mechanical surfaces of the instrument can be simply cleaned with a damp cloth without the use of aggressive agents.</li>
 	<li>Wrap the foot pedal with a clear plastic cover to avoid damage to the electronics from surgical and cleaning fluids.</li>
 	<li>Abstain from looking directly into the light source, e.g., into the objective lens or a light guide.</li>
 	<li>Do not run the instrument in locations at risk of explosives or containing inflammable anesthetics or volatile chemicals.</li>
 	<li>Do not place or utilize the equipment in damp rooms and avoid exposing the instrument to water.</li>
 	<li>Promptly unplug any instrument that emits smoke, sparks, or odd sounds.</li>
</ul>
<h5>Limitations</h5>
The binocular surgical microscope has its own set of limitations. The instrument itself can prove to be bulky and occupies a lot of room in the operating room and is quite difficult to transfer to another room. The device may sometimes restrict the position of the surgeon as it limits the operation field and may thus increase the surgical duration. In case the visual area is restricted, the surgeon might need to frequently reposition the microscope to reduce the issue of blind spots and obscured areas.  In addition, training with respect to its components and utilization is an absolute necessity before performing surgery, and the learning curve is noticeably higher.
Another limitation of the surgical microscope is that as the magnification increases, the field of view and depth of focus decrease. The magnifying lenses may also become foggy during the surgical procedure. In addition, a lot of time is required before the user can become accustomed to using the microscope.  Toward the start of utilizing a surgical microscope, inexperienced surgeons frequently experience issues with hand-eye coordination. The microscope also requires proper and constant maintenance and may turn out to be expensive.
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>The binocular surgical microscope improves the surgeon’s view by providing great magnification, powerful illumination, and a stereoscopic perspective during surgery.</li>
 	<li>The basic surgical microscope typically consists of a binocular head, adjustable eyepieces, illumination, foot controls, objective lens, diopter lock button, diopter ring, and magnification changer.</li>
 	<li>The device is used in various surgical disciplines such as microvascular surgery, plastic and reconstructive surgery, neurosurgery, otorhinolaryngology, transplantation procedures, oncology, urology, dentistry, etc.</li>
 	<li>The binocular surgical microscope eliminates the problems that arise from standing for long durations during conventional surgeries such as fatigue, neck pain, eye strain, and posture-related problems.</li>
 	<li>The device can be rather bulky and take up a lot of space as well as require proper and constant maintenance.</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
Cordero, I. (2014). Understanding and caring for an operating microscope. <em>Community Eye</em> <em>Health,</em> 27(85), 17.
Girman, P., Kriz, J., &amp; Balaz, P. (2015). <em>Rat Experimental Transplantation Surgery.</em> Switzerland: Springer International.
Green, C. J. (1987). Microsurgery in the clinic and laboratory. <em>Laboratory Animals,</em> 21(1), 1-10. doi: 10.1258/002367787780740734
Jabbour, P. M. (2013). <em>Neurovascular Surgical Techniques.</em> New Delhi: Japyee Brothers Medical Publishers.
Kamath, D., Paul, J., Joseph, A., &amp; Varghese, J. (2015). Magnification in Endodontics<em>. J Odontol Res</em>, 3(1), 31-34. doi: 10.18231/2456-8953.2018.0001
Siemionow, M. Z. (2015). <em>Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery</em>. London: Springer.
Uluç, K., Kujoth, G. C. &amp; Başkaya. M. K. (2009). Operating microscopes: past, present, and future. <em>Neurosurg Focus,</em> 27(3), E4. doi:10.3171/2009.6.FOCUS09120.
Yasargil, M. G. (1969). <em>Microsurgery: Applied to Neurosurgery.</em> New York: Academic Press.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/binocular-surgical-microscope/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Microscope_surgical_binocular_01__00003.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>6990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-77001</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Desktop Binocular Stereo Microscope]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Information</h5>
The stereo or stereoscopic microscope, also known as the dissecting microscope, is a modification of the optical microscope intended for low magnification observation of an object, typically utilizing light reflected from the surface of an object as opposed to being transmitted through it. Stereomicroscopes work distinctively and address the needs of the users in a unique way. The stereo microscope offers a three-dimensional view of the sample, instead of a flat image. It also has a lower magnification normally ranging from 5x – 80x, but they provide a longer working distance.

Stereo microscopes have frequently been nicknamed the workhorse of the lab or the production sector. Users spend numerous hours behind the ocular examining, viewing, reporting, or dissecting specimens. These microscope devices are extremely versatile and are intended for observing whole objects, for example, rocks, insects, and flowers, yet can likewise be utilized for observing prepared slides. The three-dimensional feature makes the stereo microscope ideal for observing surfaces of solid objects. One can utilize these units for working with watches, circuits, and even microsurgery.

In general, the size of the stereomicroscope is larger than the size of a compound one, with the measurement of the former estimated to be approximately 1-2 feet in height. The design of the stereomicroscope varies according to the model. In some stereomicroscope systems, samples are imaged using two individual compound microscope optical trains, each comprising an eyepiece, an objective, and intermediate lens components. Various other models utilize a typical objective shared between two separate optical channels. Two different images, instigating from somewhat distinct viewing angles, are projected onto the retinas of the user, where they excite nerve endings to transmit the data to the brain for processing. The outcome is a single three-dimensional image of the sample whose resolution is restricted by the optical framework parameters of the microscope and the number of nerve endings in the retina.

Stereo microscopes are essentially binoculars that enable the utilization of stereoscopic vision. The stereo microscope includes high numerical aperture objectives which can deliver high contrast images that have the lowest quantity of flare and geometrical distortion. The observation tubes have high eye-point eyepieces that can provide a field of view up to 26 millimeters. It also has a diopter adjustment that lets the image and reticle to merge into focus at the same time. Additionally, many units feature high zoom ratios (up to 12x-15x) that give a broad range of magnification (somewhere in the range of 2x and 540x) and decrease the need to change objectives. Ergonomic characteristics merged into the stereomicroscope designs help to decrease exhaustion during extended periods of operation, and new accessories allow present-day stereomicroscopes to image samples that were impractical only a couple of years back.

Stereomicroscopes can be generally divided into two fundamental types, each of which has both positive and negative attributes. The first type is the most established stereomicroscopic system, named after the creator Greenough, which uses twin body tubes that are inclined to generate the stereoscopic outcome. The Greenough design is exceptionally prominent and still utilized today by every important manufacturer. The framework utilizes two matching individual optical frameworks which are connected to the same stand at an angle. Two Porro prisms in the beam paths permit the image to be upright and accurately arranged. In addition, this design is comparatively inexpensive to manufacture. The second type is a newer framework known as the Common Main Objective (CMO). This system uses a single large objective that is shared by a pair of eyepiece tubes and lens. This version of stereo microscopes is still created today and is utilized for more sophisticated applications. This system takes into account modular use, and you can add various attachments, for example, a fluorescence attachment, iris diaphragm, ergonomic characteristics, illumination accessories, and so forth. Either type of microscope can be provided with step-type separate lenses to adjust magnification or a consistently variable zoom-type magnification system.

Selecting a microscope for using in a laboratory depends on the type of application and requirement of the user. For regular applications, for example, routine examination, PCB assessment, training, dissection, and so on, a Greenough style stereo microscope will be suitable. A Greenough model is more affordable and simple to utilize. For more sophisticated applications – for example, fluorescence or applications that entail higher resolution and magnification – a CMO type ought to be utilized. CMO microscopes will also enable the user to include ergonomic attributes into the magnifying instrument, for example, a tilting head.
<h5>Principle</h5>
Typically, a stereo microscope has three fundamental parts: a viewing head/body that contains the optical parts in the upper portion of the microscope, a focus block that connects the microscope head to the stand and helps the device to focus, and finally a stand that supports the microscope and accommodates any integrated lighting. The other components of a stereo microscope include eyepieces or oculars, eyepiece tubes, diopter adjustment ring, objective lenses, focus control, working stage, stage clips, and transmitted illumination.

The eyepieces are used for looking through the top of the microscope while the eyepiece tube holds the eyepieces in position over the objective lens. The diopter adjustment ring of the microscope enables the user to modify the focus on one eyepiece to balance the disparity in vision between the two eyes. The objective lenses are the principal optical lenses on a microscope and provide fixed magnification or zoom magnification. The focus control allows the microscope to focus on the specimen. The working stage is where the sample to be viewed is positioned, and stage clips are used when the mechanical stage is not present. Transmitted illumination consists of a top light or a bottom light.
<h5>Specifications</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>View field diameter 20mm</li>
 	<li>0.7X-4.5X Objective lens ratio 1：6.4</li>
 	<li>Binocular Drawtube Pupil Distance 55-77mm</li>
 	<li>Diopter adjustment ±5</li>
 	<li>Diopter 45° Incline 360°Spin</li>
 	<li>View field 31.2 mm -5.1mm</li>
 	<li>Total Magnification 7X-45X (10XEyepiece), 3.5X-22.5X(10X Eyepiece +0.5X Assist lens)</li>
 	<li>Working Distance 100mm (10X Eyepiece)170mm (10X Eyepiece +0.5X Assist lens)</li>
 	<li>Package Items Universal support(1 unit), Binocular drawtube (1 unit)，10X Eyepiece(1 pair), 0.5X</li>
 	<li>Objective Lens (1 unit), Blinder (1 unit), Dust cover (1 unit), Instruction Manual (1 unit)</li>
</ul>
<h5>Protocol</h5>
To begin using the stereomicroscope, place your microscope on a flat surface such as a tabletop which allows a lot of space to work.
Connect the power cord of the instrument to a switch, ensuring that the excessive cord is out of the way.
Now, turn on the transmitted illuminator (if a microscopic slide or other translucent object needs to be viewed, base lighting will be more suitable but if the specimen under observation is opaque or solid, the top lighting ought to be utilized so that the light can reflect off the object’s surface).
Next, set the object on the stage plate.
If the sample is thin and flat, try to utilize the stage clips to set its position by pulling up the pointed end of one stage clip and placing it on the end of the sample.
Repeat the same process with the stage clip on the other side.
Adjust the eyepiece(s) according to the proper interpupillary distance, so it is comfortable enough to view through the microscope without exerting strain on the eyes.
To adjust the eyepiece, move the eyepieces closer together or farther apart until a single field of view is obtained.
While glancing through the eyepiece, gradually spin the adjustment knob to the lowest power and allow the image to come into focus by utilizing the focus control.
If you are unable to see anything, ensure that the specimen is placed directly below the objective lens and try again.
Once the specimen has come into focus, move it around in order to view its different parts.
Adjust the focus to a certain extent on each new region as a three-dimensional image being viewed may have a lot of different levels and it may not be possible to focus on each characteristic clearly at the same time.
Once the use of the microscope is finished, switch off the device and take out the sample.
Remove the power cord and cover the microscope to protect it from dust.
Store the device in a place where it will not be damaged from severe hot or cool temperatures etc.
<h5>Applications</h5>
Stereomicroscopes are useful for applications that require three-dimensional examination and when the perception of depth and contrast is significant to understanding the structure of the sample. These microscopes are additionally utilized when micromanipulation of the sample is needed in a big and comfortable working space. The broad field of view and variable magnification provided by stereomicroscopes is additionally helpful for biological research that revolves around the careful manipulation of fragile and sensitive living organisms.

These microscopes are also utilized in various disciplines such as education (biology, chemistry, botany, geology, and zoology), medicine, and pathology. Another application of this device is in the observation of opaque thick objects where the transmission of light is impossible for example rocks, coins, insects, etc. Stereomicroscopes are generally used in various industries like the semiconductor business, circuits, metallurgy, textiles, and different enterprises that require assembly and assessment of miniature parts.

Stereomicroscopes are irreplaceable in countless numbers of applications ranging from the production business, quality control, and materials research to forensics, biotechnology, genetic sciences, and almost all fields of biomedical research. The microscope is also used extensively in zoology, botany, entomology, histology, geology, mineralogy, and archaeology and dermatology tools of research and anatomy. It can also assist the paleontologists during the procedure of cleaning and studying fossils.

<strong>Surgical and Medical Applications</strong>

A major application of the stereomicroscope lies in the surgical and medical field where is it frequently utilized as a laboratory tool for examining, dissecting, and performing surgical procedures on the specimen. It is extensively utilized in sectioning operations and micro-surgery. Stereomicroscopes can help enhance the standard work of researchers and professionals performing research related to surgery on small animals and rodents, i.e., mice, rats, hamsters, and so forth, for developmental biology or medical studies. The purpose of utilizing stereomicroscopes is to help make the work steps proficient and cost-effective. In order to maximize the results and reduce the costs of the studies, it is essential to remove variability through optimized surgical techniques and apparatus.

Rodents and small animals are frequently used as model organisms to study and evolve treatments for diseases and medical issues which impact humans, i.e., cancer, coronary illness, stroke, neurodegenerative sickness, liver ailment, joint inflammation, diabetes, obesity, and so forth. The rodents and small animals commonly utilized in these studies are mice, rats, hamsters, guinea pigs, rabbits, etc., for their anatomical, histological, hormonal, and hereditary likeness between these animals and humans.

Many different factors play a role in making small animal surgery with microscopy a success. First, a clear image of the animal’s desired anatomical region must be obtained.  This is accomplished by the bright illumination available in the stereomicroscope’s field of view from suitable light resources and high transmission optics.  Next, an adequately large region of the animals’ anatomical structure must be viewed with the stereomicroscope which is achieved with the help of a large field of view utilizing eyepieces or a camera (up to 23 mm). Also, it is essential to have a lot of room to work with surgical instruments under the stereomicroscopes which entails a large working distance (up to 20 cm). When work with animals is being done in a fume hood or on a heating plate or pad, the microscope can be finely positioned over the animal effectively with an adequately rigid stand that limits vibration.

The typical approach for stroke investigations involving small animals begins with inducing an artificial stroke in an animal, normally a middle cerebral artery occlusion (MCAO). Users can work efficiently at a rapid pace by utilizing stereo microscopes with top-quality optics, pragmatic and ergonomic stands, and adaptable, built-in illumination sources. For this type of animal surgery, a stereomicroscope will give a large overview of the targeted anatomical structure with its capacity to zoom in on a particular area and also provide an ideal balance between resolution and in-focus depth.

Stereomicroscopes can also be used for performing neurosurgery where live clamping on particular nerves is needed, e.g., on the sciatic nerve on the hind limb. During this surgery, resolution and working distance become a primary concern, and stereomicroscopes on a large swing arm stand provide a good working solution. Along with better visualization during MCAO, more efficiency, and higher reproducibility, the stereomicroscopes also provide a clean setup in order to keep the working conditions hygienic. Their integrated illumination system allows for a less crowded workspace with no cables or cold lights in the area.

Stereomicroscopes can also prove to be useful in small animal cancer research to understand the process behind the role of hormones and additional signaling proteins in mammary carcinogenesis. The hormone signaling pathway found in the mammary gland could provide answers to the cancer growing effects. Transgenic mice with fluorescent proteins in the breast tissue are frequently used for such types of development studies. Presently, the surgical transplantation of mammary epithelial tissue is the only method to extensively examine the capacity of different types of cells to regenerate mammary tissue. Characterizing fluorescence of surgically extracted tissue from small animals such as mice can be possible with the stereomicroscope with a fluorescence module. The stereo fluorescence microscope has an exceptional resolution, high numerical aperture, quick magnification change, and intense fluorescence illumination all of which facilitate the examination of target anatomical structures in breast cancer research.
<h5>Maintenance And Precautions</h5>
Store the stereomicroscope in a dry, cool, and sufficiently ventilated room to avoid fungus development on the optics (lenses).
Consistently clean the optical components as indicated by the optical cleaning guidelines provided by the manufacturer.
In case, fungus development occurs, clean as indicated by the guidelines given by the manufacturer.
To shield it from dust when not being used, wrap a cover over the microscope – preferably a vinyl covering.
Wipe down the external surfaces with a moist fabric absorbed in warm, soapy water.
Utilize a voltage stabilizer with the microscope to prevent damage to the bulbs from sudden surges in voltage.
Abstain from twisting or bending the fiber optic cables.
When replacing the bulbs in the microscope, avoid contact with fingers.
Try not to shift the microscope while the bulb is still hot since extreme vibrations may harm the filament.
Perform maintenance checks after six months and cleans and oil the wheels and brakes.
<h5>Strengths</h5>
One of the primary advantages of utilizing the stereo microscope is the comfort of the two eyepieces which you barely get in any of the customary microscopes. Most of the time, it gets exceptionally irritating and aggravating when we have to close one eye and analyze through the other while seeing through the old and conventional microscopes. In the stereo microscope, the two-way eyepieces allow the user to keep both eyes open while looking at the sample. Additionally, the eyepieces have rubber fitting supports which make the work easier.

Another advantage of the stereomicroscope is that the device provides a three-dimensional image of the sample which makes it possible to obtain a realistic and original image of the object which is very clear. The stereomicroscope, unlike a conventional microscope, also has a great option of adjusting the focus of the microscope. This provides a large magnified and clear image of the specimen which makes the examination of the object all the more easy and precise.

The dual illuminator system is also an additional benefit of the stereomicroscope. The framing of the device is done in such a way that the dual illuminator gives light from over the sample as well as the light from under the sample. This provides an ideal observation of the image's inadequate light, thus making the examination more efficient and accurate.

Furthermore, the low-power stereomicroscope provides a large depth of field and a wide field of view. This facilitates observation of samples where it is essential to demonstrate elements in relation to encompassing structures simultaneously with those at various levels, for example, in the dissection technique.
<h5>Limitations</h5>
The stereo microscope comes with its own set of limiting factors. The main concern of this device is the working distance between the lens and the specimen. Magnification has an inverse correlation with working distance and field of view. This implies, in basic terms, that as the magnification being used on the microscope increases, there will be a decrease in the working distance and field of view and vice versa. So, it is important to select a microscope with magnification settings that will provide a sufficiently large field of view to observe the sample and most importantly, a working distance large enough to accommodate the sample between the lens and the base along with achieving the focus at the required level of magnification.

Additionally, a limitation of the Greenough model is known as the keystone effect. There is a minor tilt in the focal plane because of the two lenses seeing the same image at different angles. Due to the fact that the lenses are not entirely parallel, the outer region of the image in the field of view may become slightly over focused or under-focused. As a result, only the central parts of the image are properly focused at identical magnifications. Whereas the Common Main Objective (CMO) model practically removes any image tilt in the focal plane, it may create an optical anomaly – known as perspective distortion – that makes the examined image appear to be elevated in the center.
<h5>Summary</h5>
The stereoscopic microscope – or the dissecting microscope – is designed for low magnification three-dimensional viewing of a sample, using the light reflected from the surface of the sample as opposed to being transmitted through it.
Stereomicroscopes are divided into two basic types: the Greenough model and the Common Main Objective (CMO) model.
A stereo microscope has three primary parts: a viewing head/body, a focus block, and a stand.
The other components include eyepieces, eyepiece tubes, diopter adjustment ring, objective lenses, focus control, working stage, stage clips, and transmitted illumination.
Stereomicroscopes are used in a wide variety of fields like surgery, medical science, forensics, biotechnology, genetics, biological sciences, geology, mineralogy, archaeology, semiconductor industry, metallurgy, and textile industry, etc.
The benefits of the stereomicroscopes include the comfort of the two eyepieces, a three-dimensional image, a dual illuminator system, a large depth of field, and a wide field of view.
<h5>References</h5>
DiPetrillo, K. (2009). Cardiovascular Genomics. USA: Humana Press.

Girman, P., Kriz, J., &amp; Balaz, P. (2015). Rat Experimental Transplantation Surgery. Switzerland: Springer International.

Siemionow, M. Z. (2015). Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. London: Springer.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/desktop-binocular-stereo-microscope/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Microscopes_01__00002.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1970.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-RFLSIII-00</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[RFLSI Pro Laser Speckle Perfusion Imager]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h3>Specifications</h3>
<table data-id="0bcfac4">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Monitoring camera power</td>
<td>90 mW</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Resolution</td>
<td>: 12 bits</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Imaging speed</td>
<td>: Not less than 60 fps</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording mode</td>
<td>: Continuous and interval recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Optical zoom ratio</td>
<td>: Conventional 0.67 to 4.5 times</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Numerical aperture</td>
<td>: 0.071</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Optional lens</td>
<td>: 0.5 times shooting lens and 2 times the auxiliary lens</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image monitoring area</td>
<td>: 14.4 x10.9 mm to 2.15 x1.62mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Spatial resolution of the blood flow imaging</td>
<td>: 3.3μm/pixel- 2μm/pixel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Effective pixels</td>
<td>: 1800000 pixels /cm2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Monitoring pixels</td>
<td>: 656*494 pixels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Laser Light Source</td>
<td>Source</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Laser type</td>
<td>: Laser diode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wavelength</td>
<td>: 785nm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
The instrument does not need any contrast agent, the time resolution can be in milliseconds, and the spatial resolution can be in microns. It also achieves the requirements of real-time observation of microvascular blood flow distribution and relative changes in values.

Laser type: laser diode, wavelengths 785nm
Monitoring camera power 90mW
Low noise 12bit fast camera for stable flow-rate measurement
Monitoring distance: 110mm
Real-time display of diameter changes and angle
Effective pixels:1800000 pixels /cm2; monitoring pixel is 656*494 pixels
Continuous recording and interval recording modes
Image monitoring area is 14.4 x10.9 mm -2.15 x1.62mm
imaging speed is not less than 60 fps in full amplitude state
ROI area and vessel diameter measurements can be added arbitrarily during the recording process or off-line analysis to support any shape and number of ROI choices
Optical magnification: conventional 0.67-4.5 times, 0.071NA, optional 0.5 times, 2 times auxiliary objective lens
increase the auxiliary objective lens. Monitoring area and blood flow imaging spatial resolution can be adjusted accordingly
The monitoring records can be exported to AVI format video files, including curves, blood flow, experimental process records
Output video can be adjusted as required
<h5>Overview</h5>
The laser speckle perfusion imager is a powerful, economical technique to image dynamic motion with high spatial and temporal resolution.  It is a generally accessible vascular imaging apparatus with possible use at the bedside or during surgeries. It gives a measure of blood flow velocity by measuring the reduction in speckle contrast due to the ‘blurring’ of dynamic speckles inside a fixed camera exposure time. In addition, LSPI offers ways to infer the clinically important parameters such as blood flow and perfusion from the vessel geometry in microcirculation images.

Blood flow can be calculated by using many methods that rely on direct examination, for example, plethysmography and thermal or radio-isotope clearance strategies. These procedures are time-consuming, inconvenient, invasive, and aggravate the tissue’s regular state. Of the less invasive methods, ultrasound can be utilized. However, it is restricted to estimating higher flows at lower resolutions and is unsuccessful in estimating capillary blood flow. Strategies utilizing the Doppler effect or Laser speckle perfusion imaging technique use optical systems to record tissue perfusion, a relative measure of blood flow. These strategies have quick response times, are negligibly invasive, and are equipped for generating almost real-time, two-dimensional images of tissue microcirculation.

To date, the examination of microvascular blood flow can be executed with a few optical systems, among which laser Doppler flowmetry (LDF) and laser speckle contrast imaging (LSCI) are presently being utilized. LSPI is an innovative full-field optical strategy and a synchronized technique that does not require any scan and uses an ordinary CCD or complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) camera.
<h5>Principle</h5>
Laser Speckle Perfusion Imager (LSPI) depends on the following principle: the region of interest is lit up by a laser with an extended beam, and the backscattered light builds an interference pattern on the detector (a camera). Owing to the phase dissimilarity associated with the backscattered light, there are constructive and destructive interferences. The latter generates a design made out of light and dark parts on the camera. This design is known as a speckle pattern.

When tissue is illuminated with laser light from LSPI and is later imaged, the coherent laser light will create a speckle structure inside the image of the illuminated tissue. The laser speckle perfusion imager utilizes full-field illumination of the tissue and gives an instantaneous capture of image estimation points. A full-field laser perfusion imager uses a 780 nm laser light to gauge the product of normal blood speed in illuminated tissue and the concentration of moving red cells in a tissue sample volume by performing contrast examination on images procured from a video camera. It essentially measures apparent blood flow in the skin to a limited depth of around 1 mm. The velocity of blood flow is a vital parameter for understanding the physiological function and pathological alterations in microcirculation. The speckle structures inside the tissue image are an arbitrary interference pattern made by anomalies on and close to the surface of the laser-illuminated tissue.

For a stationary object, the speckle pattern shows a sharp speckle difference that stays static in time. If the object has a few individual particles experiencing movement, for example, red blood cells, then the interference pattern is dynamic and will vary in time. A spontaneous capture of a dynamic speckle design will likewise display a sharp speckle contrast, however, when a dynamic speckle structure is imaged over a limited integration period, then multiple speckle patterns become superimposed over each other, and the speckle pattern progresses toward becoming decorrelated or ‘blurred.’ The level of blurring is evaluated by the speckle contrast K that is inversely related to blood flow. The degree of decorrelation relies upon the speed and volume of blood flow inside the tissue. In LSPI, the whole tissue is illuminated with extended laser light, and a CCD camera with an imaging lens records an image containing the superimposed speckle design. The decorrelation of the speckled design over the limited integration time of the CCD apparatus is utilized to measure blood flow.
<h5>History</h5>
Laser speckle perfusion imager (LSPI) is based on the recent laser speckle contrast imaging technology which is established on the principles of speckle contrast analysis and presents an index of blood flow. The technique is employed for imaging tissue vascular structure. It has been in use since the early 1980s and as of late has been modified to utilize a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera and image processing method. It makes use of the spatial statistics of time-integrated speckle. It was first introduced by Fercher and Briers (Fercher and Briers, 1981).

Developments

Although LSPI was first presented as an alternative to Laser Doppler flowmetry for mapping microvascular perfusion in different tissues including the skin and the retina, it has now been extended to other areas and adapted to generate flow maps of the external layers of the cerebral cortex. LSPI proved to be highly suitable for the purpose, and a detailed assessment of LSPI against laser Doppler flowmetry has shown that the two methodologies convey correlating flow data and are likewise applicable and powerful, with LSPI having the benefit of a better spatial resolution. LSPI flow maps are calculated utilizing the fluctuating intensity of the arbitrary interference effect called speckle. Both methods determine flow data based on the same physical phenomenon and yield similar outcomes. Specifically, laser Doppler flowmetry and LSPI were established as equally suitable for the description of CBF changes, CO2 challenge, or after middle cerebral artery occlusion of rodents in animal models.

LSPI has been profoundly adopted for use in neuroscience, for example, blood flow imaging of neurovascular pathologies, functional revival, and even human cortical blood flow imaging throughout neurosurgery. The dynamic imaging capacity of LSPI emerges from connections between coherent photons and tissue. At the point when these photons collaborate with moving elements, the inconsistency of the distinguished intensity variations of the speckle pattern changes, which causes spatial blurring while averaging over a set exposure period. This blurring is specifically connected to the change in the intensity autocorrelation function g2(t), which is consecutively linked to sample movement through the field autocorrelation function g1(t). Nearly all speckle contrast models aim to relate variations in speckle contrast to variations in the autocorrelation decay time, etc. The autocorrelation time is said to be inversely related to the speed of the scatterers, with multiple scattering theories including a weighting term for each added dynamic scattering occurrence. Chronological intravascular scattering has been examined with regard to diffuse correlation spectroscopy; however, it still needs to be analyzed for LSPI.

Efforts to build up a more methodical, neurovascular-specific comprehension of speckle imaging depend on revisiting hypotheses utilized in dynamic light scattering models and including practical data about the complex spatial structure of the vascular system. The latest research has demonstrated that the level of intravascular multiple amid speckle imaging is lower than the photon dispersion limit and is considerably different when imaging surface vessels and parenchyma. Moreover, speckle visibility models that integrate multiple scattering as an element of vessel quality have been shown to consistently predict the association between, etc, and red blood cell (RBC) speed fluctuations in surface vessels in vivo. None of these techniques have studied the sensitivity of the LSPI signal to variations in flow in particular areas of the vascular bed. The speckle contrast signal emerges from a collective average of all dynamic scattering occurrences experienced by detected photons. Deciding on the sensitivity of speckle contrast imaging to changes in flow, thus, needs an account of intravascular scattering not just directly under the detector, but also in each vessel that a detected photon may have traveled through.

Humeau-Heurtier et al. evaluated the microvascular blood flow using the generalized differences algorithm. LSPI technique has a drawback of leading to a huge quantity of data. Efforts to perform a spatial averaging of blood flow by clinicians only lead to a reduced spatial resolution for the analyzed data. To overcome the problem of poor spatial resolution, a new post-acquisition visual representation for LSPI perfusion data by means of the generalized differences (GD) algorithm was proposed. For the experiment, LSPI produced 15 simulated images, each one 30 × 30 pixels<sup>2</sup>. This technique produced a new single perfusion image which in itself presented the changes in the blood flow on the complete images of the stack. Furthermore, this latest image had the benefit of having a similar spatial resolution as the original images. The data confirmed that the generalized differences algorithm presented a new method of visualizing LSPI perfusion data.

Laser speckle imaging has become a pervasive technique for imaging blood flow in various tissues. However, because of its wide-field imaging characteristic, the measured speckle contrast is a depth-integrated measure and understanding of baseline values. The depth-dependent sensitivity of those values to alterations in basic flow has not been comprehensively assessed.  Davis et al. presented a newly developed procedure for measuring the autocorrelation function for ordered flow in 3D geometries. Laser speckle contrast imaging was used to determine the sensitivity of LSCI to variations in underlying velocity utilizing Monte Carlo simulations of light scattering in the cortical vasculature and a relative account of blood flow in all vessels. It was established that the regularly used type of g1(t), depends on assumptions concerning the quantity and form of scattering that are not correct. In addition, it was demonstrated that using the generally used speckle contrast models leads to almost the same sensitivity to underlying flow.

Blood flow and perfusion are essential experimental microcirculation factors. Laser speckle flowmetry has suffered from some speculation regarding the estimation of the inverse relation involving decorrelation time (τ<sub>c</sub>) and blood flow velocity (V) i.e., 1/τ<sub>c</sub> = αV. Nadort et al. utilized a microcirculation imager, i.e. integrated sidestream dark field – laser speckle contrast imaging (SDF-LSCI) device. The SDF – LSCI empirically investigated the effect of the optical properties of scatterers on α in vitro and in vivo. The imaging tip of the integrated SDF-LSCI appliance was lightly set in contact with the chorioallantoic membrane tissue of the chick embryo to avoid disruption of blood flow and in vivo image frames were recorded. The apparatus was secured by hand for sublingual microcirculation imaging while it was fixed to a stand for chick embryo microcirculation imaging. The data concluded that SDF-LSCI provided a quantifiable estimate of flow velocity as well as vessel morphology, allowing the quantification of the clinically significant blood flow, velocity, and tissue perfusion.

Numerous studies have revealed that the LSCI has great potential to be an important cerebral blood flow measuring procedure for neurosurgery. Yet, the quantitative precision and sensitivity of LSCI are inadequate and vastly reliant on the exposure duration. An addition to LSCI called multi-exposure speckle imaging (MESI) has overcome these restrictions. Richards et al. used the LSCI to evaluate patients going through brain tumor resection intraoperatively. This experimental research measured several exposure times from the same cortical tissue area and assessed images separately as single-exposure LSCI and combined using the MESI model. The results revealed that the MESI measurements presented the widespread flow sensitivity for sampling the extent of flow in the brain, narrowly followed by the shorter exposure times. In conclusion, intraoperative MESI can be conducted with high quantitative precision and sensitivity for cerebral blood flow monitoring.

LSPI has also been used to evaluate the chronic wide-field imaging of brain hemodynamics. Chronically assessing brain activity throughout active and social behavioral situations has provided significantly relevant physiological information on pathological conditions. Miao et al. presented a new standalone micro-imager for examining the cerebral blood flow (CBF) and total hemoglobin (HbT) behavior in the freely moving status of animals utilizing the laser speckle contrast imaging (LSCI) and optical intrinsic signal (OIS) techniques. Moreover, a novel cranial window technique, utilizing contact lens and wide field optics, was presented to attain the chronic and wide-field imaging of rat’s cerebral cortex. Chronic imaging revealed enhanced CBF and HbT in the motor cortex while the rats were going up the cage wall. Additionally, after the climb, CBF completely returned to the baseline while HbT demonstrated a late recovery. The micro-imager equipment offers the new potential for brain imaging in cognitive neuroscience experiments like analysis of brain activities in social activities and social impulses.
<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">RFLSI Pro Laser Speckle Perfusion Imager comprises a micro-imaging system, software system, and a laser light source. The instrument does not require a contrast agent and is able to achieve real-time dynamic blood flow monitoring and video imaging. The monitoring distance is 110mm. The system allows the arbitrary addition of regions of interest (ROI) and vessel diameter measurements during the recording process or during off-line analysis to support any shape and number of ROI choices. The monitoring area and blood flow imaging spatial resolution can be adjusted accordingly as well. The monitoring records can be exported to AVI format video files, including curves, blood flow, and experimental process records, and the output video can be adjusted as required.</p>

<h5>Protocol</h5>
The general purpose of laser speckle perfusion imaging (LSPI) is to achieve a powerful and economical technique of imaging dynamic motion with high spatial and temporal resolution. It provides an important foundation for understanding the organization, organ pathology, and physiological markers.

The first step to accomplishing the goal of LSPI is to set up the imaging device and software. This is achieved by mounting a camera with a macro zoom lens to a vertical stage or surgical microscope. It is even possible to use an objective microscope lens or a simple two-lens system in place of the macro zoom lens keeping in mind the required magnification. Next, the camera software to control the camera should be tested to verify that the desired object is focused at the necessary height.  Then, a laser diode is set up along with a collimation kit to ensure the illumination of the object with divergent laser light. Once the object is illuminated, turn off all other surrounding light to make sure that the laser light is uniformly enlightening the complete viewable area of the camera.

Typically, red laser light can be utilized because it is less demanding to exhibit how to construct the framework, yet infrared laser light can also be utilized and has the extra advantage of penetrating further into the tissue. Additionally, infrared light may even be utilized with the room lights on provided that suitable filters are used in front of the camera to obstruct visible light.

Next, the software of the camera device is utilized to obtain images and furthermore determine the values of the speckle contrast. The object of interest is placed inside the field of view of the camera, and the height of the camera is altered accordingly. The focus of the lens is also adjusted until clear-cut images of the object are obtained.  It is also important to ensure that adequate laser light gets through to the imaging device but does not saturate it. The next step revolves around utilizing the histogram of the image to change the laser power and excite the majority of the camera pixels to approximately half of their capacity. Before beginning the experiment, remember to choose the number of images that are required and the amount of averaging that needs to be done. When the experiment has begun, variations in blood flow can simply be observed by choosing regions of interest or by producing images of relative blood flow.
<h5>Applications</h5>
<em>Evaluation of blood-flow dynamics in skin flaps</em>

Du et al. utilized full-field laser perfusion imaging (FLPI) to investigate the temporal changes in the circulation in rat dorsal delay random flaps. Adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were used to estimate the flap viability by evaluating the role of hemodynamic changes in the delay process. This was achieved by using the LSI method for real-time assessment of blood flow. Rats underwent a modified McFarlane skin flap procedure and were randomly divided into two groups; delay procedure and controls. The delay group had a bipedicle vascular delay procedure performed, wherein two longitudinal incisions were made, and the flap was completely raised, including the panniculus carnosus. In both groups, the skin flap was sutured in place after relocation using a 4-0 suture. Full-field laser perfusion imaging measures (expressed in BPU) were taken post-operatively at times 0, 1 hour and on days 1, 4, and 7. Further, the contrast images were processed to create a color-coded live flux image in which red denoted high flow speed while blue denoted low flow speed. The measures were taken at three regions of the skin flap; proximal, middle, and distal. Based on the data it was concluded that the delay procedure led to improved vessel diameter, flow speed, and flap viability, thereby reducing the probability of flap necrosis.

<em>Evaluation of blood perfusion in stretched and rotated skin flaps</em>

Nguyen et al. employed the laser speckle contrast imaging (LSCI) technique to examine blood perfusion by LSCI after stretching or rotating arbitrary pattern skin flaps in a porcine model. Skin flaps of random patterns (1 x 4 cm) were dissected from the side of eight pigs. LSCI charted an area of 24 × 24 cm, and the flaps were dissected in a region where perfusion was homogenous, i.e., without any perforators. After the flaps were dissected, a stabilization period of one hour was given before beginning the experiment. Forceps and/or a digital scale was utilized to stretch the skin flaps with a force of 3 or 10 N and/or rotated 45° or 90°. The skin flaps were allowed additional time for stabilizing after each treatment before perfusion was examined. LSCI was used to measure blood perfusion, and the data concluded that to facilitate the rectification of a defect, a settlement must be made between the length of the flap and the point to which it is stretched. Furthermore, the rotation of the skin flap apparently did not have an extensively damaging effect on perfusion.

<em>Evaluation of the role of autophagy in chronic cerebral hypoperfusion</em>

Zou et al. aimed to determine whether autophagy plays a role in neuronal damage and Aβ deposition in chronic cerebral hypoperfusion (CCH). The two-step bilateral common carotid artery occlusion (BCCAO) was performed to produce CCH in Sprague Dawley rats. The cerebral blood fluid (CBF) variations were monitored by means of laser speckle contrast imaging (LSCI). Prior to assessing CBF, a skin incision was performed on the rats to expose the skull.  The periosteum was removed, and a 5 x 10 mm<sup>2</sup>cranial window of the cerebral cortex was thinned until the pial vasculature was observable. A non-contact laser probe was placed around 7.5 cm above the frontal-parietal cortical region of the brain. Cognitive changes and pathological changes, including neuronal injury, white matter lesions, and β-Amyloid (Aβ) deposition were assessed by approved methods. Autophagy was examined by means of western blotting and immunohistochemistry. The data concluded that while rat CBF slowly improves after two-step BCCAO, cognitive impairment CCH becomes worse with time. Autophagy plays a vital part in the development of neuronal damage and cognitive decline, in addition to intracellular Aβ aggregation.

<em>Evaluation of impaired neurovascular coupling responses</em>

Tarantini et al. presented an easily adaptable and relatively fast protocol for the measurement of neurovascular coupling responses in mice in both geroscience and Alzheimer’s disease (AD) studies. Laser speckle contrast imaging (LSCI) allowed for quick and minimally invasive observation of alterations in regional Cerebro-microvascular blood perfusion. Mice were endotracheally intubated and ventilated. The skin overlying the desired imaging area was shaved. After injecting a local anesthetic at the incision path, a 1 cm longitudinal incision alongside the midline of the skull was made. The skin was pulled sideways to expose the skull and was held in place using bulldog serrefines. The periosteum was removed using fine forceps, and the surface of the skull was cleaned. The borders of the thinned skull cranial window were marked by using a permanent marker. A precision dental drill was utilized for thinning the skull on top of the area of interest until translucent. The laser speckle contrast imager was placed above the thinned skull of a mouse and data was obtained. After each experiment, the brain should be instantly removed and hemisected for successive biochemical and histological analyses. The simulation procedure implemented to explore neurovascular coupling includes ten stimulation presentation trials. The study provided comprehensive guidelines for the successful measure of neurovascular coupling responses in anesthetized mice set up with a thin skull cranial window. The method will allow clinicians to process larger cohorts in a shorter time duration.

<em>Evaluation of ischemic stroke induction and mesoscopic imaging assessment of blood flow</em>

Balbi et al. developed a process for stroke induction in conscious, head-fixed mice in order to avoid possible confounding from anesthesia. They also used laser speckle contrast imaging and wide-field calcium imaging to demonstrate the outcome of cortical spreading ischemic depolarization following a stroke in both anesthetized and awake mice over a spatial scale surrounding both hemispheres. GCaMP3 mice were utilized to examine spreading waves of activity following a stroke. The mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and then placed in a stereotactic frame. The skin flanked by the ears and the eyes were shaved and appropriately cleaned with betadine dissolved in water and ethanol. The skin surrounding the occipital, parietal, and frontal bones was removed. Dental cement was utilized to glue a head-fixing screw to the cerebellar plate. The cement stayed transparent after it solidifies, and the region of interest easily seen through the final result. To induce a focal ischemic stroke in awake mice, the photothrombotic model was utilized which is based on the light-dependent production of reactive oxygen species. Laser speckle imaging was executed before, immediately after stroke induction, and every other day throughout the first week following the stroke in awake head-fixed mice. With a combined method, ischemic depolarizing waves circulating across the cortex 1 to 5 min following stroke induction was observed in genetically encoded calcium indicator mice.

<em>Evaluation of hypoperfusion in hyper-early reperfusion after cerebral ischemia:</em>

He et al. examined cerebral blood flow (CBF) in a hyper-early phase of reperfusion by using the laser speckle contrast imaging technique. Twenty-seven male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats were utilized in this study. Middle cerebral artery occlusion (MCAO) surgery was performed on rats with or without treadmill training followed by reperfusion. Laser speckle images of the rats were obtained prior to MCAO surgery, 30 min following the onset of surgery, and 1, 2, 3, and 24 hours post-reperfusion. The laser speckle images (696 × 512 pixels) were taken at 23 frames per second with a blood vessel and flow imaging device above the skull. 200 continuous frames of speckle images were recorded in each trial to record CBF measurements. The data concluded that exercise preconditioning, as a neuroprotective method, has the capacity to improve the after-effects of ischemia. In the hyper-early stage of reperfusion, exercise preconditioning decreased perfusion of arteries and veins, which can stimulate the intervention-induced neuroprotective hypoperfusion after the onset of reperfusion.

<em>Evaluation of blood flow and microvascular reactivity in patients affected by Raynaud’s phenomenon</em>

Della Rossa et al. investigated the blood flow and microvascular reactivity by laser speckle perfusion imager (LSPI) in patients affected by Raynaud’s phenomenon (RP) at baseline and after dynamic simulations. A total of 76 subjects were examined including 20 healthy subjects and 56 patients with RP. Blood flow through the skin was analyzed throughout the research utilizing a high frame rate LSPI. The wavelength of the laser was 785 nm. The laser scanning device was mounted 20 cm over the skin of the dorsum of the hand. Afterward, the post-occlusive hyperemia test and the cold test was performed on the patients. The study also tested the efficiency of LSPI in the discerning primary from secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon, with specific reference to systemic sclerosis (SSc) related to Raynaud’s phenomenon. The data shows a clear-cut variation of the dynamic of microcirculation in SSc-RP as compared to a primary form of the disease and healthy subjects.
<h5>Strengths and Limitations</h5>
<h6><strong>Strengths</strong></h6>
Forrester et al. compared the data from the laser speckle perfusion imager against the laser Doppler perfusion imager. Previously, laser Doppler perfusion imaging (LDI) was being utilized in multiple numbers of clinical purposes; but, LDI instruments generated images of low resolution and extensive time was utilized for scans. The research compared the measurements of human skin with measurements of surgically exposed rabbit tissue made using a laser speckle perfusion imager and a commercial laser Doppler perfusion imaging device.  For this experiment, LSPI camera distance and magnification were modified so that the area of interest used the entire camera field of view and provided blood flow image resolutions of 768 × 494 pixels for every single measurement.  The data revealed some advantages that the novel LSPI method had over the conventional LDI method, e.g. better blood flow parameters, higher temporal resolution of hyperaemic response, and versatility in a clinical surroundings.

Hence, the major advantage of the laser speckle perfusion imager is the instantly apparent high resolution of the images captured with the device. Not only is the device capable of portraying areas of higher and lower perfusion, but it also depicts subtle aspects of the vascular structures inside the captured image. This feature provides a clinical advantage, where the impact of occlusion and hyperemia can be examined at the vascular stage utilizing LSPI.

Another feature is that LSPI instruments create a highly contrasting image of the laser-illuminated tissue. These images are valuable for deciding the anatomical boundaries related to the perfusion areas displayed in the blood flow maps. In LSPI, the black and white image is taken as a real-time video, offered at the standard video resolution, and refreshed at video rates. Consequently, the video display can be exceptionally valuable for real-time clinical examination and for placing the device over the tissue of interest.

In fact, tissue blood flow because of vascular disruption is exceedingly dynamic and the response time of the apparatus can fundamentally influence a blood flow measurement. The quick LSPI temporal response gives it a distinct advantage over other instruments. It has the capacity to screen high-frequency blood flow variations, capturing thousands of images in the time it takes to finish one full-sized scan by a laser Doppler imager.

Additionally, the LSPI instrument utilizes a polarized source of light in combination with a crossed polarization filter in the receiving optics to limit the impacts of specular reflection amid light estimation. The utilization of crossed polarization filters is a customary technique for reducing specular reflection during optical evaluation.

The data from LSPI also appears to have incredible reproducibility. The quick acceptance of LSPI in research is most likely due to the relative simplicity and minimal expenditure to assemble the instrument, compared with different methods, for example, MRI or CT. The growth and progress of this method have been the subject of numerous researches. LSPI is presently employed in several medical fields, for example, dermatology, plastic &amp; reconstructive surgery, cardiology, vascular solution, diabetology, neuroscience, and ophthalmology among others. In cardiovascular research, LSPI can be utilized to examine the damage to tissue blood supply incited by pathologies, for example, diabetes, Raynaud’s phenomenon, or peripheral vascular infections. Observing blood flow with LSPI can then allow an early diagnosis or an assessment of the development of such ailments.

A distinct added advantage of utilizing LSPI is that it can be efficiently combined with other imaging modalities, permitting the precise spatial and temporal correlation of optical signals. For example, relative variations in cerebral blood volume and hemoglobin saturation can be accomplished by recording inherent optical signals at determined wavelengths (i.e., green or red, respectively) synchronized with cerebral blood flow changes captured by LSPI. In addition, spectroscopic estimations utilizing different wavelengths—as opposed to a single light source of a particular, limited range—can generate quantitative information on hemoglobin saturation parallel with relative variations in cerebral blood flow by LSPI.

Furthermore, LSPI has been effectively incorporated into multi-modular imaging frameworks, which visualize membrane potential variations in the cerebral cortex, or image deviations of pH in the nervous tissue. These methodologies are profoundly relevant and influential, in light of the fact that the precise spatial and temporal match of individual modalities provides the chance to make particular inferences about their coupling designs.
<h6><strong>Limitations</strong></h6>
Like any other technological device, LSPI also has a few limitations. First, LSPI gives blood flow measurements in arbitrary units: no absolute measures as ml g−1• min−1 tissue is feasible. Another downside of the LSPI method is that it delivers a lot of information: the frequency sampling of the frames can be of a few Hz, and the video recordings generally span over a few minutes.

One of the major drawbacks of LSPI has been its restricted quantitative flow and perfusion certainty reflecting the genuine physiological state, shown by high deviation and a weak association with in vivo absolute flow velocities in animal research. This imprecision originates from the way that conventional LSPI frameworks image cerebral blood flow utilizing camera exposure time alone, which restricts flow sensitivity to a small range.

Likewise, single-exposure LSPI is easily affected by different instrumentation factors, including illumination varieties, noise during imaging sessions, and alterations in the amount of dynamic in opposition to static scattering contributions in the recorded light. This restricts LSPI to intra-patient utilization at a single time point and inhibits the formation of quantitative thresholds required to aid in surgical management.
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ul>
 	<li>The laser speckle perfusion imager (LSPI) is a vascular imaging apparatus based on the laws of speckle contrast analysis and provides an index of blood flow.</li>
 	<li>The LSPI uses a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera and an image processing method.</li>
 	<li>The LSPI technique has extended to several medical fields like dermatology, plastic &amp; reconstructive surgery, cardiology, vascular solution, diabetology, neuroscience, and ophthalmology, etc.</li>
 	<li>LSPI has the advantage of better blood flow parameters, higher temporal resolution, and high reproducibility of data.</li>
 	<li>LSPI has the drawback of LSPI delivering blood flow parameters in arbitrary units and generating overly large amounts of information.</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
Du, Z., Zan, T., Li, H., &amp; Li, H. (2011). A study of blood flow dynamics in flap delay using the full-field laser perfusion imager. Microvascular Research, 82, 284–290. doi: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.09.010

Humeau-Heurtier, A., Mahé, G., &amp; Abraham, P. (2015). Microvascular blood flow monitoring with laser speckle contrast imaging using the generalized differences algorithm.Microvascular Research, 98, 54–61. doi: 10.1016/j.mvr.2014.12.003

Nguyen, C. D., Sheikh, R., Dahlstrand, U., Lindstedt, S. &amp; Malmsjö, M. (2017). Investigation of blood perfusion by laser speckle contrast imaging in stretched and rotated skin flaps in a porcine model. J Plast Reconstr Aesthet Surg, 71(4), 611-613. doi: 10.1016/j.bjps.2017.08.030.

Fercher, A. F., Briers, J. D. (1981). Flow visualization by means of single-exposure speckle photography. Opt Commun, 37, 326–330.

Forrester, K. R., Stewart, C., Tulip, J., Leonard, C., &amp; Bray, R. C. (2002). Comparison of laser speckle and laser Doppler perfusion imaging: measurement in human skin and rabbit articular tissue. Medical &amp; Biological Engineering &amp; Computing, 40, 687-697.

Zou, W., Song, Y., Li. Y., Du. Y., Zhang, X. &amp; Fu, J. (2018). The role of autophagy in the correlation between neuron damage and cognitive impairment in rat chronic cerebral hypoperfusion. Mol Neurobiol, 55, 776–791. doi: 10.1007/s12035-016-0351-z

Miao, P., Zhang, L., Li, M., Zhang, Y., Feng, S., Wang, Q., &amp; Thakor, N. V. (2017). Chronic wide-field imaging of brain hemodynamics in behaving animals. Biomedical Optics Express, 8(1), 436-445. doi:10.1364/BOE.8.000436

Davis, M. A., Gagnon, L., Boas, D. A., &amp; Dunn, A. K. (2016). Sensitivity of laser speckle contrast imaging to flow perturbations in the cortex. Biomedical Optics Express, 7(3), 759-775. doi:10.1364/BOE.7.000759

Tarantini, S., Fulop, G. A., Kiss, T., Farkas, E., Zölei-Szénási, D., Galvan, V., Toth, P., Csiszar, A., Ungvari, Z., &amp; Yabluchanskiy, A. (2017). Demonstration of impaired neurovascular coupling responses in TG2576 mouse model of Alzheimer’s disease using functional laser speckle contrast imaging. GeroScience, 39, 465–473. doi:10.1007/s11357-017-9980-z

Balbi, M., Vanni, M. P., Silasi, G., Sekino, Y., Bolanos, L., LeDue, J. M., &amp; Murphy, T. H. (2017). Targeted ischemic stroke induction and mesoscopic imaging assessment of blood flow and ischemic depolarization in awake mice. Neurophotonics, 4(3), 035001. doi: 10.1117/1.NPh.4.3.035001

Richards, L. M., Kazmi, S. M., Olin, K. E., Waldron, J. S., Fox, D. J., &amp; Dunn, A. K. (2017).  Intraoperative multi-exposure speckle imaging of cerebral blood flow. Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow &amp; Metabolism, 37(9), 3097–3109. doi: 10.1177/0271678X16686987

He, Z., Lu, H., Yang, X., Zhang, L., Wu, Y., Niu, W., Ding, L., Wang, G., Tong, S., &amp; Jia, J. (2018). Hypoperfusion induced by preconditioning treadmill training in hyper-early reperfusion after cerebral ischemia: a laser speckle imaging study. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, 65(1), 219-223. doi: 10.1109/TBME.2017.2695229

Della Rossa, A., Cazzato, M., d’Ascani, A., Tavoni, A., Bencivelli, W., Pepe, P., Mosca, M., Baldini, C., Rossi, M., &amp; Bombardieri, S. (2013). Alteration of microcirculation is a hallmark of very early systemic sclerosis patients: a laser speckle contrast analysis. Clinical and Experimental Rheumatology, 31(76), S109-S114.

Nadort, A., Kalkman, K., Van Leeuwen, T. G., &amp; Faber, D. J. (2016). Quantitative blood flow velocity imaging using laser speckle flowmetry. Scientific Reports, 6. doi: 10.1038/srep25258]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/laser-speckle-perfusion-imager/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/20200901022908_590997.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>57000.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R546Pro</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Scavenging Machine - (Gas Evacuation Apparatus)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Scavenging machines are used in the collection and removal of waste anesthetic gases (WAGs) vented during the anesthetization processes. These systems comprise collection devices, interfaces, and disposal systems. Scavenging machines also help monitor the gases and prevent barotrauma to the subject resulting from a change in incoming and outgoing gas flow (Braz et al., 2020).

<strong>Conduct Science offers Scavenging Machines.</strong>
<h2>Features</h2>
<table data-id="625b370">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 113px;">Features</th>
<th style="width: 274px;">Remarks</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Ventilator</td>
<td>Removes the need for ventilator hoods during veterinary anesthesia.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mask capacity</td>
<td>Powerful capture for residual anesthetic from 1 to 5 masks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mode Options</td>
<td>Multiple modes: “pull” or “draw” adjustable.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connection System</td>
<td>Easy to use. Simply connect to your vaporizer system and insert a canister of activated charcoal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarms indicator</td>
<td>Two-level alarm (990g and 1010g), indicator light, and buzzer reminders to change the canister and maintain its effectiveness.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Function</td>
<td>Alarm function: it has a level one (weight 990g), and level two (1010g) overweight alarm (indicator and buzzer), prompting to replace the filter can in time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Certificate</td>
<td>Alarm function: it has a level one (weight 990g), and level two (1010g) overweight alarm (indicator and buzzer), prompting to replace the filter can in time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pressure Pumping</td>
<td>Negative pressure pumping: The pumping flow is large and the size is adjustable. The adjustment range is 35-60LPM, which can realize the exhaust gas recovery of 1-5 different anesthesia channels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Noise</td>
<td>Noise reduction system within 50dB. One-click set mute to prevent noise.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Weighting Function</td>
<td>Weighing function: weigh and display the weight of the gas filter tank at any time to confirm whether its adsorption is saturated</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display</td>
<td>A wide range of flow rate-8~60LPM, real-time display through LED screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Temperature</td>
<td>An automatic temperature compensation system can help to run stably even at 5°C-40°C.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
Scavenging machines are used in the collection and removal of waste anesthetic gases (WAGs) vented during the anesthetization processes. These systems comprise collection devices, interfaces, and disposal systems (Lucio et al., 2018). The practice of WAGs scavenging is done to prevent a variety of hazards associated with anesthetic gas pollution of the operating area; this includes risks to personnel resulting from chronic exposure to low levels of some inhalational anesthetics. Scavenging machines also help monitor the gases and prevent barotrauma to the subject resulting from a change in incoming and outgoing gas flow.

Scavenging machines are of two types: active and passive. Active scavenging machines make use of fans or vacuum pumps to create a continuous low pressure in the interface to draw the waste gases into the disposal systems. On the other hand, passive scavenging machines utilize the pressure generated in the breathing circuit to exhaust the gases to the interface. The difference between the two types is that the active systems protect the subject’s airway from suction and build-up of positive pressure while the passive systems protect from the build-up of positive pressure only.
<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>
ConductScience's anesthesia scavenging machine (size: 21.5 x 21.5 x17.0 cm) eliminates the need for a ventilator hood and provides multiple modes of functions (adjustable pull or draw feature). The system requires a simple connection to the vaporizer system and a canister of activated charcoal. The machine is also equipped with a two-level alarm, an indicator light, and a buzzer reminder, for notification of canister change. The equipment is capable of capturing residual anesthesia of up to 5 masks.

Anesthetic gas scavenging machines comprise a gas collection assembly that contains tubes connected to adjustable pressure limiting (APL) valve and vent relief valve; transfer tubing; scavenging interface; gas disposal tubing, used for carrying gas from interface to disposal assembly; and gas disposal assembly..

The scavenger interface is a critical component of the machine and helps protect the breathing circuit from excessive positive or negative pressure. The scavenger machines can also be distinguished based on the type of interface, which can be either open or closed. The open interface design is often seen in the newer gas machines. These interfaces are open to the room and rely on continuous suction. Closed interfaces, however, make use of valves and are often seen in older machines.
<h2>Mode of Operation</h2>
The most commonly used scavenging systems are passive scavenging machines. The system takes advantage of the positive pressure of the gas in the anesthetic machine to forward the waste anesthetic gases to the scavenging device. The use of discharge tubing, room ventilation, and activated charcoal adsorption canisters are the commonly found passive configurations in a laboratory setup.
<h2>Precautions</h2>
It is important to ensure that the system is correctly set-up and tested for leaks. When using face masks to deliver the anesthetics, it is crucial to ensure that the masks are of the correct fit. In the case of using active scavenging machines, it is recommended that either the system is placed under a fume hood, a local exhaust is used, or an active suction to the charcoal canister is installed . While using passive scavenger systems, ensure that each exhaust port, nose cone, and induction chamber, has a dedicated charcoal canister and that the canister is disposed of once it has expired. Use low flow rates and flush the anesthesia system with oxygen before opening the circuit. It is important to note that activated charcoal is ineffective in the removal of nitrous oxide. Regular service of the scavenger machine is also important to ensure its proper functioning (Smith, 2010).
<h2>References</h2>
<ul>
 	<li>Braz, M. G., M. Carvalho, L. I., Chen, Y. O., Blumberg, J. B., Souza, K. M., Arruda, N. M., A. Filho, D. A., Resende, L. O., G. Faria, T. B., Canário, A., Corrêa, C. R., C. Braz, J. R., &amp; Braz, L. G. (2020). High concentrations of waste anesthetic gases induce genetic damage and inflammation in physicians exposed for three years: A cross-sectional study. Indoor Air, 30(3), 512-520. https://doi.org/10.1111/ina.12643</li>
</ul>
&nbsp;
<ul>
 	<li>Lucio, L. M. C., Braz, M. G., Nascimento Junior, P. do ., Braz, J. R. C., &amp; Braz, L. G.. (2018). Occupational hazards, DNA damage, and oxidative stress on exposure to waste anesthetic gases. Revista Brasileira De Anestesiologia, 68(1), 33–41.</li>
</ul>
&nbsp;
<ul>
 	<li>Smith F. D. (2010). Management of exposure to waste anesthetic gases. <i>AORN journal</i>, <i>91</i>(4), 482–494.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/scavenging-machine/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/scavenging_01__00000.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1299.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-76301</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Fiber-Lite Illuminator]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Specifications</h5><ul><li>This apparatus generates white light for a clear view of surgical procedures.</li><li>Input Power：230V AC/50Hz</li><li>Bulb Power：21V, 150W</li><li>Rated Life： Approx 300h</li><li>Color temperature：3200K, color correction filters are optional（3000-6500k)</li><li>Type of Cooling: Air cooling</li><li>Weight: 2.76Kg</li><li>Dimension: 28.0 cm x 10.0 cm x 16.5 cm</li></ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/fiber-lite-illuminator/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Fiber_light_illuminator_01__00019.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>459.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-78001</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Microdrill]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Features</h2>
<ul>
 	<li>The speed is continuously adjustable from 0-38,000rpm</li>
 	<li>The direction of rotation can be switched between clockwise and counterclockwise</li>
 	<li>There are 2 control modes, manual or foot pedal</li>
 	<li>Can pass the cranial drill holder (68605)</li>
 	<li>Fixed to the brain stereotaxic device, the depth is easy to control</li>
 	<li>The range of 0.5-2.3mm can be selected according to the experimental requirements</li>
 	<li>Various specifications of drill bits (rod length L: 44mm diameter Φ: 2.3m)</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/microdrill/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/microdrill_01__00000.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>499.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-69022</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Thermal Sensor]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Gives the ability of your temperature controller to receive real-time feedback from a heating pad, automatically controlling the homeostatic temperature of your rodent or animal model.

Works in conjunction with the Thermal Controller and Heating Pad which must be purchased separately, or the Homeothermic System which includes the thermal controller, heating pads and thermal probe.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/thermal-sensor/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Temperature_controller_2_01__00005.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>270.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-VAPAS-01</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Animal Ventilator and Anesthesia System]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[When working with animals suffering from some diseases like myocardial ischemia, cerebral ischemia, pulmonary ischemia, lung imaging, hypertension, cerebral infarction, thrombus, and so on, which leads to long-term surgery, the ventilator is required. The Anesthesia System and ventilator are artistically integrated to keep the animal anesthetized while being assisted with respiration. This system applies to mice, rats, rabbits, cats, and similar-size animals with body weights below 5 kg.

Comes with the following items, with the key inclusion of an active ventilator for intubated rodents.
<table data-id="407e12a">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>QTY</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R510-29</td>
<td>Gas Supply: Anesthesia Air Pump 110V (4L Flowmeter)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R550IP</td>
<td>Anesthesia Machine</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-V100</td>
<td>Induction Chamber - Mouse or Rat</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R510-27</td>
<td>Accessory package for Anesthesia and Ventilator</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R407</td>
<td>Small Animal Ventilator</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R510-31-6</td>
<td>Gas Canister Filter</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/ventilator-assisted-passive-anesthesia-system/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/1_2_1.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>6900.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-MRI-AS</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[MRI Compatible Active Anesthesia System]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>For this traditional solution, concentric tubing masks replacing cone masks allows the position of animals more flexible on the table and wide field around the animal’s head, even though this solution has similar applications. Most important of all, the leaked waste gas around animal’s nose can be efficiently drawn by the scavenging system.</p><p>Comes with the following items, with key inclusion of MRI compatible supply</p><ul><li>(1) MRI Compatible mask with tubing for 1 animal (Your choice of Cone or Tubing Mask)</li><li>(1) MRI Compatible Mounting Bracket for Tubing or Cone Mask</li></ul><p> </p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/mri-compatible-active-anesthesia-system/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2__1.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>949.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SAAS</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Complete Active Anesthesia System: Bowl Mask]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Specifications</h5>
Comes with the following items, the key difference with this system is the active scavenging system as well as the surgical platform inclusion
<table data-id="9dc2d31">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>QTY</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R510-29</td>
<td>Gas Supply: Anesthesia Air Pump 110V (4L Flowmeter)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R550IP</td>
<td>Anesthesia Machine</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-V100</td>
<td>Induction Chamber - Mouse or Rat</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68680</td>
<td>Cone mask with tubing for 1 animal (Your choice)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68620</td>
<td>Small Animal Operating Platform</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R510-31-6</td>
<td>Gas Canister Filter</td>
<td>6</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R546W</td>
<td>Gas Evacuation Apparatus with Weight Monitoring, 110-240V</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/complete-active-anesthesia-system-bowl-mask/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Surgery_Solutions_02__00000.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>6300.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SAS01</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Multi-function Animal Anesthesia Solutions]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>The experimental system is equipped with a gas recovery system to provide a safe experimental environment to maximize the protection of the operator; by replacing different types of anesthesia machines and masks to meet the needs of animal experiments, such as cerebral ischemia and myocardial ischemia model, osteoporosis model, tail vein injection, abdominal aorta blood sampling, heart blood sampling, ventricular injection, tissue/organ removal, and other animal surgery experiments.</p><h5>Includes:</h5>		
			<input type="search" placeholder="Search">
                <table data-id="e9bbc85"><thead><tr><th>SKU</th><th>Product Description</th><th>QTY</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>RWD-R510-30</p></td><td><p>Gas Supply: Anesthesia Air Pump 110V</p></td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-R500</p></td><td>Anesthesia Machine</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-V100</td><td>Induction Chamber - Mouse or Rat</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-68680</td><td>Cone mask with tubing for 1 animal (Your choice)</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-R510-31-6</td><td>Gas Canister Filter</td><td>6</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-68657</td><td>Manifold for Single Masks</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-R510-31S-6</td><td>Gas Canister Filter, Small</td><td>1</td></tr></tbody></table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/standard-anesthesia-system-cone-mask/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/file.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>4540.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-2200Z</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Zebrafish T Maze]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#introduction">
											Introduction
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#app">
											Apparatus
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#training">
											Training Protocol
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#mods">
											Modifications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#data">
											Data
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#str">
											Strengths and Limitations
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#ref">
											References
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
                <table data-id="3418589"><tbody><tr><td><p><b>T Maze (Cross)</b></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Length: 70cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Width: 50cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Height: 10cm</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
                <table data-id="d96bfd2"><tbody><tr><td><p><b>T Maze (Symmetrical)</b></p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Length: 50cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Width: 50cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Height: 10cm</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
													<img width="1443" height="227" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png 1443w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-300x47.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-1024x161.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-768x121.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-600x94.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1443px) 100vw, 1443px" />													
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>The T-maze is a widely employed operant task across various species. In zebrafish, it has served as a tool to investigate color discrimination (Colwill et al., 2005; Avdesh et al., 2012), memory (Braida et al., 2014; Echevarria et al., 2016), locomotion, exploratory behavior (Peitsaro et al., 2003; Vignet et al., 2013), and place preference (Swain et al., 2004). Studies indicate that zebrafish demonstrate robust long-term retention in spatial alternation (Williams et al., 2002) and active avoidance learning for color discrimination tasks (Pradel et al., 1999), highlighting their suitability for neurobehavioral assessments.</p><p>The T-maze setup typically involves a Plexiglas maze with customizable configurations and sizes. Various protocols can be implemented, such as assessing visual discrimination using colored or patterned sleeves in a designated goal area or an enrichment chamber within maze arms. Researchers can employ positive reinforcement like food rewards or environmental enrichment in the goal zones.</p><p>Experimental protocols commonly include measuring the time taken to reach the goal zone, percentage of correct choices to evaluate learning, or discrimination between pairs of visual stimuli. Following an initial acquisition phase, extinction and reversal protocols are often applied to eliminate potential biases (Colwill et al., 2005; Avdesh et al., 2012). Parameters such as training duration, session frequency, and number of trials per session can be adjusted according to experimental requirements.</p><p>The T-maze enables rapid and reliable toxicological and pharmacological assays, as well as investigations into the effects of genetic manipulations or genetic backgrounds. Results obtained from zebrafish T-maze experiments complement those from rodent models (Levin and Cerutti, 2009). Zebrafish offer advantages for high-throughput studies of neurodevelopment processes at a low cost and with potential for extrapolation to vertebrate systems. Moreover, the functionality and projections of discrete neural systems can be assessed effectively using this model.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus and Equipment
</h2>		
		<p>To conduct this test in zebrafish, essential equipment includes a transparent Plexiglas T-maze. We recommend using a cross design (70 cm x 50 cm x 10 cm) or symmetrical design (50 cm x 50 cm x 10 cm), with flexibility for dimension adjustments (Darland and Dowling, 2001; Colwill et al., 2005). Opaque Plexiglas doors should be removable to block maze arms from goal and start zones.</p><p>To enhance visual stimuli, colored or patterned sleeves (e.g., horizontal vs. vertical) can be placed along maze walls in arms or solely in goal boxes. Color choices should consider findings from Avdesh et al. (2012), indicating aversion to blue and preference for green and red over yellow. The maze should contain water filled to a depth of approximately 8-10 cm, using either tank water (deionized water with sea salts; Braida et al., 2014) or a blend of filtered tap water treated with conditioner and tank water (Colwill et al., 2005). Water temperature should be maintained between 25.5 ºC and 28.5 ºC (Colwill et al., 2005; Braida et al., 2014), facilitated by a 25-W heater placed on the maze floor as per Colwill et al. (2005).</p><p>Home tanks must have continuous filtration and aeration. During trials, a stopwatch is essential for timing. If the study involves rewards, stainless steel tweezers should be used to dispense food into the designated goal zones.</p>		
			<h2>Training Protocol</h2>		
		<p>T-maze protocols are versatile for testing latency variations in reaching the goal zone across different genotypes or under the influence of drugs, as well as for color or pattern discrimination studies involving acquisition, extinction, and reversal phases. For effective discrimination reversals, a crossover design is recommended, where the reward location and/or sides for colors (green and red) or patterns (horizontal and vertical stripes) are counterbalanced. Maintaining experimenter-blind conditions, as emphasized in other neurobehavioral methodologies, is crucial (Colwill et al., 2005).</p>		
							<button id="e-n-tabs-title-2141" aria-selected="true" data-tab-index="1" role="tab" tabindex="0" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-2141" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 1;">
					Training				
			</button>
					<button id="e-n-tabs-title-2142" aria-selected="false" data-tab-index="2" role="tab" tabindex="-1" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-2142" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 2;">
					Testing				
			</button>
							<p>Darland and Dowling (2001) initiated the maze exploration with a 5-minute free exploration habituation period for the fish. In contrast, Braida et al. (2014) conducted two daily habituation trials lasting 1 hour each over three days to mitigate procedural novelty and handling stress. Conversely, Colwill et al. (2005) implemented two sessions, each comprising two trials where fish were exposed to food rewards without colored sleeves. Multiple fish can undergo these trials simultaneously (Braida et al., 2014). Group sizes should be gradually reduced until testing is individualized within 3-4 days. The total number, frequency, and trials per individual training session can be adjusted. Colwill et al. (2005) conducted 4 trials per session, with two trials presenting green sleeves on one arm and purple sleeves on the other, and vice versa for the remaining two trials. Braida et al. (2014) conducted two individual training trials spaced 24 hours apart.</p><p>For studies involving color or pattern discrimination, half of the fish should have the goal box on the left and the other half on the right, with subsequent reversals. Each fish should spend 2-5 minutes in the start box with the door closed before being allowed to explore the maze. The door should be promptly closed once the fish leaves the start box (Colwill et al., 2005). A 10-minute limit can be set for reaching the goal box (Braida et al., 2014). In trials utilizing food rewards, the reward should be delivered upon correct choices. Fish should be netted 30 seconds after making a choice and returned to the start box or home tank at the end of the session. The experimenter should record whether the fish ate during correct training trials.</p>						
							<p>During the discrimination acquisition phase, it is important for the investigator to document: a) the latency to reach the goal box and remain there for at least 20 seconds; and b) the color or pattern associated with the choice made. The number of correct trials can also serve as a metric. Following each session, fish should be returned to their home tank, consistent with the training protocol. Upon completion of the acquisition phase, a test trial should be conducted. Depending on the study&#8217;s objectives, multiple trials at specific intervals may be necessary to evaluate learning.</p><p>For studies involving discrimination between two stimuli, extinction tests should be conducted subsequently. Colwill et al. (2005) conducted 7 tests similar to those used in acquisition, but without food rewards, recording comparable results. It is expected that preference for the side previously rewarded will gradually diminish during extinction (Colwill et al., 2005). Subsequently, a reversal protocol should be implemented, where the previously incorrect choice is now rewarded. Colwill et al. (2005) initiated the first reversal training session the day after the final extinction session, following the same procedures and recording methods as described for acquisition. Similar to the acquisition phase, a final test trial should be performed.</p><p>This protocol allows assessment of whether zebrafish exhibit color discrimination when choosing the arm with the goal box, whether this preference declines during extinction when food rewards are discontinued, and whether this preference reverses when reinforcement shifts to the other color or pattern during discrimination reversal.</p>						
		<p>Darland and Dowling (2001) initiated the maze exploration with a 5-minute free exploration habituation period for the fish. In contrast, Braida et al. (2014) conducted two daily habituation trials lasting 1 hour each over three days to mitigate procedural novelty and handling stress. Conversely, Colwill et al. (2005) implemented two sessions, each comprising two trials where fish were exposed to food rewards without colored sleeves. Multiple fish can undergo these trials simultaneously (Braida et al., 2014). Group sizes should be gradually reduced until testing is individualized within 3-4 days. The total number, frequency, and trials per individual training session can be adjusted. Colwill et al. (2005) conducted 4 trials per session, with two trials presenting green sleeves on one arm and purple sleeves on the other, and vice versa for the remaining two trials. Braida et al. (2014) conducted two individual training trials spaced 24 hours apart.</p><p>For studies involving color or pattern discrimination, half of the fish should have the goal box on the left and the other half on the right, with subsequent reversals. Each fish should spend 2-5 minutes in the start box with the door closed before being allowed to explore the maze. The door should be promptly closed once the fish leaves the start box (Colwill et al., 2005). A 10-minute limit can be set for reaching the goal box (Braida et al., 2014). In trials utilizing food rewards, the reward should be delivered upon correct choices. Fish should be netted 30 seconds after making a choice and returned to the start box or home tank at the end of the session. The experimenter should record whether the fish ate during correct training trials.</p>		
		<p>During the discrimination acquisition phase, it is important for the investigator to document: a) the latency to reach the goal box and remain there for at least 20 seconds; and b) the color or pattern associated with the choice made. The number of correct trials can also serve as a metric. Following each session, fish should be returned to their home tank, consistent with the training protocol. Upon completion of the acquisition phase, a test trial should be conducted. Depending on the study's objectives, multiple trials at specific intervals may be necessary to evaluate learning.</p><p>For studies involving discrimination between two stimuli, extinction tests should be conducted subsequently. Colwill et al. (2005) conducted 7 tests similar to those used in acquisition, but without food rewards, recording comparable results. It is expected that preference for the side previously rewarded will gradually diminish during extinction (Colwill et al., 2005). Subsequently, a reversal protocol should be implemented, where the previously incorrect choice is now rewarded. Colwill et al. (2005) initiated the first reversal training session the day after the final extinction session, following the same procedures and recording methods as described for acquisition. Similar to the acquisition phase, a final test trial should be performed.</p><p>This protocol allows assessment of whether zebrafish exhibit color discrimination when choosing the arm with the goal box, whether this preference declines during extinction when food rewards are discontinued, and whether this preference reverses when reinforcement shifts to the other color or pattern during discrimination reversal.</p>		
			<h2>Modification</h2>		
		<p>In contrast to color or pattern discrimination, researchers have the option to promote reinforced choices by offering an enrichment chamber equipped with deep water, artificial grass, and marbles (Darland and Dowling, 2001).</p><p>The T-maze test has been widely employed across various research fields, including investigations involving flies (Jiang et al., 2016), mice, and rats (Lalonde, 2002).</p>		
			<h2>Sample Data</h2>		
		<p>The T-maze test typically presents results as percentage of correct trials (A), latency to reach the goal zone (B), and/or changes in latency relative to the initial trial (C). These metrics are commonly depicted across test days, encompassing extinction and reversal phases in visual discrimination studies (A). Alternatively, group averages across multiple trials (B and C) are utilized to assess learning effects or the impact of drugs/toxic compounds. Results for metrics B and C are reported as mean ± standard error of the mean.</p>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata.png" data-elementor-open-lightbox="yes" data-elementor-lightbox-title="T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata" data-e-action-hash="#elementor-action%3Aaction%3Dlightbox%26settings%3DeyJpZCI6MzEwOTk2LCJ1cmwiOiJodHRwczpcL1wvY29uZHVjdHNjaWVuY2UuY29tXC93cC1jb250ZW50XC91cGxvYWRzXC8yMDE5XC8wM1wvVF9NYXplX3plYnJhZmlzaF9zYW1wbGVkYXRhLnBuZyJ9">
							<img width="1510" height="403" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata.png 1510w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata-300x80.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata-1024x273.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata-768x205.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/T_Maze_zebrafish_sampledata-600x160.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1510px) 100vw, 1510px" />								</a>
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
							<button id="e-n-tabs-title-1451" aria-selected="true" data-tab-index="1" role="tab" tabindex="0" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1451" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 1;">
					Strengths				
			</button>
					<button id="e-n-tabs-title-1452" aria-selected="false" data-tab-index="2" role="tab" tabindex="-1" aria-controls="e-n-tab-content-1452" style="--n-tabs-title-order: 2;">
					Limitations				
			</button>
							<p>The T-maze represents a high-throughput method for swiftly screening potential toxicological and therapeutic agents (Peitsaro et al., 2003; Swain et al., 2004; Echevarria et al., 2016), along with evaluating the impact of genetic manipulation or different genetic backgrounds (Darland and Dowling, 2001).</p><p>Zebrafish are advantageous for studying neurodevelopmental processes due to their vertebrate nature, facilitating enhanced extrapolation. Moreover, researchers can analyze the proliferation, differentiation, and migration of discrete neural systems. Zebrafish research also enhances experimental throughput and reduces experimentation costs compared to mammals, as these fish breed prolifically, develop quickly, and require minimal housing space.</p>						
							<p>When conducting T-maze experiments, careful consideration of color choice is crucial due to its potential impact on outcomes (Colwill et al., 2005; Avdesh et al., 2012). Furthermore, studies have highlighted significant inter-strain variability in this context (Vignet et al., 2013).</p><p>Unlike mammals, neurobehavioral studies in fish do not provide insights into the roles of frontal cortical and hippocampal structures in learning and memory processes.</p>						
		<p>The T-maze represents a high-throughput method for swiftly screening potential toxicological and therapeutic agents (Peitsaro et al., 2003; Swain et al., 2004; Echevarria et al., 2016), along with evaluating the impact of genetic manipulation or different genetic backgrounds (Darland and Dowling, 2001).</p><p>Zebrafish are advantageous for studying neurodevelopmental processes due to their vertebrate nature, facilitating enhanced extrapolation. Moreover, researchers can analyze the proliferation, differentiation, and migration of discrete neural systems. Zebrafish research also enhances experimental throughput and reduces experimentation costs compared to mammals, as these fish breed prolifically, develop quickly, and require minimal housing space.</p>		
		<p>When conducting T-maze experiments, careful consideration of color choice is crucial due to its potential impact on outcomes (Colwill et al., 2005; Avdesh et al., 2012). Furthermore, studies have highlighted significant inter-strain variability in this context (Vignet et al., 2013).</p><p>Unlike mammals, neurobehavioral studies in fish do not provide insights into the roles of frontal cortical and hippocampal structures in learning and memory processes.</p>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li>The T-maze in zebrafish is a high-throughput assay that enables rapid screening of toxic and therapeutic candidates, as well as testing the influence of genetic manipulation or diverse genetic backgrounds.</li><li>This test offers the possibility of studying color discrimination, memory, locomotion, exploratory behavior and place preference.</li><li>The equipment required consists of a T-maze with variable configurations. Colored or patterned sleeves can be used to assess visual discrimination; reinforcement can be included using either food rewards in goal boxes or a reservoir with environmental enrichment</li><li>The experimental protocol typically consists of a training period where the fish should learn the location of the rewarded/enriched zone, followed by test trials. If assessing discrimination between colors or patterns, the acquisition period should be followed by extinction and reversal periods in a counterbalanced design.</li><li>Results are typically reported as percentage of correct trials, latency to find goal zone/enrichment chamber with or without assessment of visual discrimination, or change in latency relative to initial trial in order to assess learning.</li></ul>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<p>Avdesh A, Martin-Iverson MT, Mondal A, Chen M, Askraba S, Morgan N, Lardelli M, Groth DM, Verdile G, Martins RN (2012) Evaluation of color preference in zebrafish for learning and memory. Journal of Alzheimer’s disease : JAD 28:459-469.</p><p>Braida D, Ponzoni L, Martucci R, Sparatore F, Gotti C, Sala M (2014) Role of neuronal nicotinic acetylcholine receptors (nAChRs) on learning and memory in zebrafish. Psychopharmacology 231:1975-1985.</p><p>Colwill RM, Raymond MP, Ferreira L, Escudero H (2005) Visual discrimination learning in zebrafish (Danio rerio). Behavioural processes 70:19-31.</p><p>Darland T, Dowling JE (2001) Behavioral screening for cocaine sensitivity in mutagenized zebrafish. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 98:11691-11696.</p><p>Echevarria DJ, Caramillo EM, Gonzalez-Lima F (2016) Methylene Blue Facilitates Memory Retention in Zebrafish in a Dose-Dependent Manner. Zebrafish 13:489-494.</p><p>Jiang H, Hanna E, Gatto CL, Page TL, Bhuva B, Broadie K (2016) A fully automated Drosophila olfactory classical conditioning and testing system for behavioral learning and memory assessment. Journal of neuroscience methods 261:62-74.</p><p>Lalonde R (2002) The neurobiological basis of spontaneous alternation. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews 26:91-104.</p><p>Levin ED, Cerutti DT (2009) Behavioral Neuroscience of Zebrafish. In: Methods of Behavior Analysis in Neuroscience (Buccafusco, J. J., ed) Boca Raton (FL).</p><p>Peitsaro N, Kaslin J, Anichtchik OV, Panula P (2003) Modulation of the histaminergic system and behaviour by alpha-fluoromethylhistidine in zebrafish. Journal of neurochemistry 86:432-441.</p><p>Pradel G, Schachner M, Schmidt R (1999) Inhibition of memory consolidation by antibodies against cell adhesion molecules after active avoidance conditioning in zebrafish. Journal of neurobiology 39:197-206.</p><p>Swain HA, Sigstad C, Scalzo FM (2004) Effects of dizocilpine (MK-801) on circling behavior, swimming activity, and place preference in zebrafish (Danio rerio). Neurotoxicology and teratology 26:725-729.</p><p>Vignet C, Begout ML, Pean S, Lyphout L, Leguay D, Cousin X (2013) Systematic screening of behavioral responses in two zebrafish strains. Zebrafish 10:365-375.</p><p>Williams FE, White D, Messer WS (2002) A simple spatial alternation task for assessing memory function in zebrafish. Behavioural processes 58:125-132.</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/zebrafish-t-maze/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/zebrafish_T_maze_01_watermarked-e1446929493518.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1390.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-680010</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Stereotaxic Arm Upgrade]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Ultraprecision upgrade allows for very fine resolution of movements.

<span style="font-weight: 400;">Basic version 0.1MM (100um), Digital version 0.01MM (10um)</span>
Price is 1 for every arm.
Best combined with Conduct Science Stereotaxic Surgical Device]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/stereotaxic-arm-upgrade/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ultraprecise_upgrade_cb778da2-8c78-4e5b-8862-7e03c296a533.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1500.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-RA-68021</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Rat Adaptor]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>This adaptor is a standard part of stereotaxic instruments. It holds the rat head firmly through the incisor, nose clip, and ear bars. This adaptor can be adjusted 30 mm vertically along with the dovetail slide with 100um accuracy and 50mm horizontally, which makes it applicable for rats of different weights.</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/rat-adaptor/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Elements_rat_adaptor_01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>269.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-SA-NC</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Needle Clamp for Stereotaxic Arm]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p>Clamp Range of 0.3mm-1.5mm</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/needle-clamp-for-stereotaxic-arm/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/probe_holder_01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>145.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-68220</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Stereotaxic Electrode Holder]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Head of the holder is wedgeshaped and holds electrodes with 0.9mm to 3mm diameters.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/stereotaxic-electrode-holder/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/68220.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>192.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>CS-ICLMO/CS-ICLRO</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Injection Cone with Light]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#spe">
											Specifications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#des">
											Description
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#pri">
											Principle of Technique
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#sum">
											Summary
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
			<h4>Specifications</h4>		
                <table data-id="36d0f03"><thead><tr><th style="width: 376px"><p>Product Description</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Feature</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Species</p></td><td><p>Mouse and Rat</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Dimensions L x W x H</p></td><td><p>22  x 14 x 12. 5 cm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><br></p><p>Components</p><p><br></p></td><td><p>1 Injection Apparatus</p><p>1 Rodent Restrainer (Mouse or Rat option)</p><p>1 Power Cable</p></td></tr><tr><td><p><br></p><p>Related Products</p></td><td><p>Rodent Tubular Holder</p><p>Injection cone for Rat (Animal Cone Holder)</p><p>Light Arc Tail Injection </p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Magnifier with Light (Optional)</p></td><td><p>MagnifierAccessory Magnifying Glass with Light</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h4>Description</h4>		
		<ol><li>Quickest and easiest restraint for tail vein injections.</li><li>Unique design cone for rodents which are manufactured by our professional team with high-quality materials, which guarantees a product with great durability.</li><li>An extremely useful tool for large quantity samplings and their unique design allows an efficient positioning of tailed rodents for maximum results.</li><li>Our injection cones are an essential tool for any researcher that aims for efficiency and high speed in tail vein injections.</li><li>With a completely transparent design, the injection cone provides a complete vision of the animal, and its four suction cup feet secure the unit firmly to the countertop.</li><li>The rodent is held secure in the clear plastic cone and the researcher can realize the procedure with maximum efficiency, limiting the chances of stressing the animal.</li><li>In two sizes, for mice and rats, the injection cone has a unit that possesses a bright light illumination system for optimal results.</li><li>Ideal for large quantity samplings.</li><li>Produced with high-quality acrylic.</li><li>Transparent, durable, and easy to clean.</li><li>For use with 110V and 220V power supplies.</li></ol>		
			<h1>Injection Cone with Light</h1>		
			<h2>Advantages</h2>		
		<p>Quick and easy restraint for tail vein injections. Unique cone design for rodents, manufactured with high-quality materials for durability.</p><p>Efficient positioning for large quantity samplings, ensuring maximum results. Essential tool for researchers aiming for efficiency and speed in tail vein injections.</p><p>Completely transparent design for a clear view of the animal; four suction cup feet secure it firmly. Provides secure restraint, minimizing stress on the animal during the procedure.</p><p>Available in two sizes for mice and rats, equipped with a bright light illumination system. Ideal for large quantity samplings due to its efficient design.</p><p>Produced with high-quality acrylic, ensuring transparency, durability, and easy cleaning. Compatible with both 110V and 220V power supplies.</p>		
			<h4>Principle of Technique</h4>		
		<p>The injection tail technique in rodents, often referred to as "tail vein injection," is a common method used in research to administer substances such as drugs, contrast agents, or other compounds into the bloodstream. This technique is often facilitated by visualizing the tail vein, and one method involves using a cone with light to enhance visibility. Here's an overview of the technical principle:</p><h6>Animal Restraint.</h6><p>The rodent is typically restrained to minimize movement during the injection process. Common methods include using a restrainer or a tube that allows access to the tail while keeping the animal stil Vein VisualizationTo visualize the tail vein, a transparent or translucent cone with a light source is often used. The cone is placed over the tail, and the light helps to illuminate the blood vessels, making it easier to identify the vein.</p><h6>Tail Heating.</h6><p>Sometimes, gently heating the tail can enhance vein visibility. This is done using a warm water bath or an infrared lamp. The increased blood flow to the tail can make the veins more</p><h6>Vein Identification.</h6><p>The researcher identifies the target vein, usually by its color and size. The tail vein is a common choice due to its accessibility and size in rodents.</p><h6>Injection.</h6><p>Once the vein is identified, a needle connected to a syringe containing the substance to be injected is carefully inserted into the vein. Precision is crucial to avoid injury and ensure proper administration.</p><h6>Monitoring.</h6><p>After injection, the researcher may monitor the animal for any adverse reactions or to ensure that the substance is properly administered.</p><p>It's essential to note that the use of restraint and the injection procedure should follow ethical guidelines and regulations for the humane treatment of animals in research. Researchers typically undergo training to perform these procedures with care and precision.<br />Keep in mind that the specific details of the technique may vary depending on the laboratory, the type of study, and the substances being injected. Always follow the appropriate ethical and regulatory guidelines when working with laboratory animals.</p>		
			<h4>Summary</h4>		
		<p>The injection tail technique in rodents involves administering substances into the bloodstream using the tail vein. A common method includes using a cone with a light source to enhance visibility of the vein.</p><p>The procedure typically involves restraining the rodent, visualizing the tail vein with the aid of a cone and light, and carefully injecting the substance into the identified vein.</p><p>Researchers follow ethical guidelines and regulations to ensure the humane treatment of animals in research.</p>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/injectioncone.mp4]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/injection-cone-with-light/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Injection_cone_light_01_3.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>740.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>CS-SCID-00</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Spinal Cord Injury Device]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Documentation</h5>
<h5></h5>
Spinal cord injury usually results from trauma and can also be the result of diseases or degeneration. Depending on the severity of the injury, SCI can result in severe sensory/motor dysfunction, secondary injuries that could result in tissue damage and cell death, glial scar formation, and impaired regeneration. Apart from the injuries, sufferers of SCI also tend to experience chronic pain that impacts their everyday life.

Since there exists no curative treatment for SCI, establishing an ideal animal model to mirror human injuries is crucial for the identification of the injury mechanism and its effects on the capabilities of its sufferer. The novel SCI Device is modeled after the Weight Drop model, considered as a standard experimental spinal cord contusion injury model designed by Alfred Reginald Allen in 1911 (Koozekanani et al., 1976). Allen’s spinal cord contusion technique was iterated over the years, but Ahdeah Pajoohesh-Ganji and colleagues’ version is a novel yet efficient method for spinal cord contusion.

The SCI device is constructed using a steel impounder inserted into a Teflon base. The impounder is attached to the end of the hollow tube by a horizontal pin to guide the weight and to prevent it from bouncing on impact. The weight is made of Teflon coated stainless steel and is supported by a removable pin which is also used to release the weight. Rod magnet is used for retrieval of the weight after the injury.
<h5>Apparatus and Equipment</h5>
A hollow Teflon tube of length 25 cm and diameter 6 mm is used to house the impounder and the weight. The steel impounder is attached to a horizontal pin that helps guide the weight and prevent the bouncing of the weight on impact. The impounder is 3 cm in height and 5 mm in diameter and has a 1 cm needle of diameter 1.2 mm on its end. The height of the drop can be adjusted to 10 mm or 20 mm above the impounder for mild-moderate or moderate-severe injury, respectively. This is done with the help of a removable pin that supports the Teflon coated stainless steel weight and also functions as the release mechanism for the weight. The retrieval of the weight is done using a rod magnet lowered into the hollow tube.
<h5>Protocol</h5>
The subject is anesthetized using Isoflurane, and a laminectomy is performed at the desired site of injury. The stabilization of the spinal cord is done using transverse clamps. The contusive injury is performed using a weight of 1.85 g released from 10 mm or 20 mm for mild-moderate or moderate-severe injury respectively. The impounder must be placed perpendicularly in the center of the spinal cord at the time of impact to ensure symmetrical injury.

The SCI device has been used in studies involving mouse models to study the hind-limb functional performance after contusion SCI at T9 (Pajoohesh-Ganji et al., 2010).
<h5>Strengths and Limitations</h5>
<h6>Strengths</h6>
The rats have been predominantly used in the investigatory studies and experiments of spinal cord injuries. But with the availability of transgenic animals, there has been an increase in the usage of mouse models. The SCI device can be successfully used for inducing spinal cord injuries in mice enabling investigation of the correlation between behavioral tests and the injury severity or tissue damage. The research strongly backs the inverse correlation between the severity of injury and white matter. The white matter decreases with the increased severity of the injury (McEwen and Springer, 2006). The preciseness of the modified SCI device to manipulate the extent of the injury is critical in achieving more spared peripheral white matter.
<h6>Limitations</h6>
The position of the impounder plays a critical role in inducing symmetrical injuries. Therefore, the impounder must be placed perpendicularly in the center of the spinal cord at the time of impact to ensure symmetrical injury
<h5>Summary</h5>
<ol>
 	<li>The device uses a removable pin to both support the weight at the ideal height and to function as a release mechanism</li>
 	<li>The impounder is held in place using a horizontal pin which guides the weight and also prevents it from bouncing on impact</li>
 	<li>Retrieval of the weight is done using a rod magnet</li>
 	<li>The impounder must be placed perpendicular to the spinal cord to induce symmetrical injuries</li>
</ol>
<h5>References</h5>
<ol>
 	<li>Koozekanani SH, Vise WM, Hashemi RM, McGhee RB. (1976). Possible mechanisms for observed pathophysiological variability in experimental spinal cord injury by the method of Allen. J Neurosurg.  Apr; 44(4):429-34.</li>
 	<li>Ahdeah Pajoohesh-Ganji, Kimberly R. Byrnes, Gita Fatemi, Alan I. Faden. (2010). A combined scoring method to assess behavioral recovery after mouse spinal cord injury. Neurosci Res; 67(2): 117–125.</li>
 	<li>Akhtar AZ, Pippin JJ, Sandusky CB. (2008). Animal models in spinal cord injury: a review.Rev Neurosci; 19:47–60.</li>
 	<li>McEwen, M.L., Springer, J.E. (2006). Quantification of locomotor recovery following</li>
 	<li>spinal cord contusion in adult rats. J. Neurotrauma 23, 1632–1653.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/spinal-cord-injury-device/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Spine_assesment_01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price> USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-68637/ 68638/ 68639/ 68640/ 68641/ 68642</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Feline / Canine Masks]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<table data-id="9fe0acc">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Model</th>
<th>Description</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68637</td>
<td>Small Feline Mask, 44mm(OD)*22mm(ID)*24mm(Depth)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68638</td>
<td>Medium Feline Mask, 57mm(OD)*30mm(ID)*29mm(Depth)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68639</td>
<td>Large Feline Mask, 60mm(OD)*33mm(ID)*35mm(Depth)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68640</td>
<td>Small Canine Mask, 87mm(OD)*30mm(ID)*73mm(Depth)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68641</td>
<td>Medium Canine Mask, 110mm(OD)*42mm(ID)*97mm(Depth)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68642</td>
<td>Large Canine Mask, 130mm(OD)*54mm(ID)*121mm(Depth)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-68643</td>
<td>Feline/Canine Mask Set of 6 pcs</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
These masks provide a convenient way of artificial ventilation or administration of anesthetic gases to Feline or Canine patients and feature a high-quality plastic cone for full visualization and a highly flexible, replaceable rubber diaphragm for a leak-free fit. One end with a standard 15mm (3/5 in) connector fits all breathing circuits, while the other end has a soft flexible rubber diaphragm that molds itself to the contours of the patient's snout. Two sizes are available.Six sizes (four strings are included in the larger four masks) and one set of 6pcs (one packing case is included) are available.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/feline-canine-masks/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/file_12.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>39.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R510-86</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[MRI Compatible Masks Package]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[His pipeline can be fixed in the imaging system of MRI, PET, and SPECT by equipping a fixing platform (RWD-68626).

Comes with fixing platform in your order for convenience.

Using Concentric Tubing design, sturdy and durable, can be placed arbitrarily on the desktop;
The entire mask (including tubing) is made of non-metallic material suitable for MRI environments;

The mask can be fixed by a fixed bracket (68625) or the fixed platform (68626), the height of the mask is adjustable, and it
can also be fixed and placed in MRI, PET, and SPECT imaging systems.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/mri-compatible-masks/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/MRI-Anesthesia-Masks-R510-87-01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>310.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-68680/68681-68682</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Anesthesia Cone Masks for Mouse and Rat]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>
<table data-id="74676d1">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 136px;">Model</th>
<th style="width: 512px;">Product Description</th>
<th style="width: 171px;"><strong>O. D [Size]</strong></th>
<th style="width: 154px;"><strong>I.D [size]</strong></th>
<th>Deepth [size]</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>68680</td>
<td>Cone Mask with Tubing for Neonatal Mouse(&lt;15g)</td>
<td>13mm</td>
<td>5mm</td>
<td>24mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>68681</td>
<td>Cone Mask with Tubing for Mouse or Neonatal Rat(15-40g)</td>
<td>20mm</td>
<td>10mm</td>
<td>28.5mm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>68682</td>
<td>Cone Mask with Tubing for Rat(200-350g)</td>
<td>25mm</td>
<td>15mm</td>
<td>38mm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
The Cone Masks can be installed onto one anesthesia operation platform (300 x 210 x 75mm) for the delivery of anesthetic gases to an animal’s nose.
<ul>
 	<li>Clear cone for full visualization of the muzzle.</li>
 	<li>The Cone Masks can be installed onto the 68620 anesthesia operation platform(300*210*75mm) to secure the animal.</li>
 	<li>The height of the mask can be adjusted to meet different experimental needs.</li>
 	<li>A special semi-enclosed mask design coordinates with the evacuation apparatus to completely absorb and remove the waste gas outside the mask.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/anesthesia-cone-masks/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/R510-PYZ.webp</g:image_link>
<g:price>67.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R511-22</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Sevoflurane (Rodent use)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<strong>Sevoflurane:</strong> (2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl) ethyl ether) Halogenated ether that is a sweet-smelling, non-flammable fully fluorinated methyl isopropyl ether and has a molecular weight of 200.

While very similar, isoflurane and sevoflurane have slightly different effects and mechanisms of action, even though the anesthetic result is nearly identical.
100ml bottle.

<strong>Not for sale in the USA. Please inquire about availability</strong>
<h5>Introduction</h5>
Sevoflurane was discovered by Ross C. Terrell and first introduced into clinical practice by Maruishi Pharmaceutic Co., Ltd. in Japan in 1990. It is one of the most widely used anesthetic agents among halogenated ethers. Sevoflurane is a non-pungent, low flammable, and non-irritant anesthetic agent that also offers the advantage of favorable blood gas distribution, low blood solubility, and rapid and smooth recovery.
<h5>Chemical And Physical Properties</h5>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Formula</em></td>
<td width="343">C<sub>4</sub>H<sub>3</sub>F<sub>7</sub>O</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Molecular Weight</em></td>
<td width="343">200.056 g/mol</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Density</em></td>
<td width="343">1.517–1.522 g/cm³      (at 20 °C)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Boiling Point</em></td>
<td width="343">58.5 °C (137.3 °F)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Vapor Pressure</em></td>
<td width="343">157 mmHg (20.9 kPa)            (at 20 °C)197 mmHg (26.3 kPa)            (at 25 °C)

317 mmHg (42.3 kPa)            (at 36 °C)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>MAC</em></td>
<td width="343">1.7–2.05 vol%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Other Properties</em></td>
<td width="343">ColorlessNonflammable

Liquid

Mild, non-pungent odor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="223"><em>Blood: Gas Partition Coefficient</em></td>
<td width="343">0.68</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Pharmacodynamics</h5>
Sevoflurane has a lower solubility in blood and body tissues than halothane. Regarding anesthetic potency, sevoflurane is about 50% less potent than isoflurane. The agent is readily degraded by carbon dioxide absorbents leading to nephrotoxicity in rats as a result of haloalkene by-products. Sevoflurane maintains cerebral metabolism at a reduced rate during anesthesia while preserving cerebral blood responsiveness to changes in arterial carbon dioxide tension. Sevoflurane also produces cerebrovasodilation and suppresses somatosensory-evoked potentials.

Sevoflurane is a dose-dependent cardiovascular depressant and does not increase the likelihood of cardiac arrhythmias induced by epinephrine. Further, the agent does not cause sympathoexcitatory activity or a rapid increase in inspired concentrations. Thus, sevoflurane allows a stable heart rate profile. The anesthetic agent permits rapid alteration of the depth of anesthesia since it produces a dose-dependent decrease in blood pressure. It has a negligible effect on coronary blood flow and is similar in effect to isoflurane on regional blood flow and systemic vascular resistance. Baroreflex function is also reduced by sevoflurane as seen in isoflurane anesthesia.

Sevoflurane has a significant dose-dependent effect on ventilatory depression that leads to a decreased minute, respiratory volume. It inhibits hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction and tracheal smooth muscle contraction thus permitting tracheal intubation without adjunctive neuromuscular blocking agents and laryngeal mask insertion. Sevoflurane does not cause significant irritation of the airway nor induce cough reflex.
<h5>Pharmacokinetics</h5>
The anesthetic agent undergoes dose-dependent hepatic biotransformation, primarily by cytochrome P450 (CYP) 2EI, with 1 to 5% of the absorbed dose of sevoflurane undergoing metabolism to liberate inorganic fluoride ions (F) and hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP) as the principal by-products. Sevoflurane undergoes minimal renal defluorination.
<h5>Strengths &amp; Limitations</h5>
<strong>Advantages</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Produces rapid induction and recovery</li>
 	<li>The depth of anesthesia can be easily and rapidly altered</li>
 	<li>Non-explosive and non-flammable</li>
 	<li>Less pungent than other agents</li>
 	<li>Mask induction tolerated well in many species</li>
</ul>
<strong>Disadvantages</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Relatively expensive</li>
 	<li>Unstable in the presence of soda lime</li>
 	<li>Breakdown products can cause renal injury</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
Burns WB, Eger EI 2<sup>nd</sup> (2011). Ross C. Terrell, PhD, an anesthetic pioneer. Anesth Analg. 113(2):387-9. doi: 10.1213/ANE.0b013e3182222b8a.

Delgado-Herrera L, Ostroff R.D, Rogers SA (2001). Sevoflurance: approaching the ideal inhalational anesthetic. a pharmacologic, pharmacoeconomic, and clinical review. CNS Drug Rev. 7(1):48-120.

Patel S.S, Goa K.L (1996). Sevoflurane. A review of its pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic properties and its clinical use in general anaesthesia. Drugs. 51(4):658-700.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/sevoflurane-rodent-use/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Inhaled_anesthetics_sevoflurane_01__00003.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>450.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R510-22</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Isoflurane (Rodent use)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<strong>Isoflurane:</strong> (Forane, 1-chloro-2,2,2-trifluoroethyldifluoromethyl ether) Halogenated ether is clear, colorless, volatile liquid at standard temperature and pressure. It has a mild, ether-like odor and a molecular weight of 184.5. 100ml bottle.

<strong>Not for sale in the USA. Please inquire about the availability</strong>
<h2>Chemical And Physical Properties</h2>
<table data-id="203df47">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Formula</td>
<td>C3H2ClF5O</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Molecular Weight</td>
<td>184.5 g/mol</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Density</td>
<td>1.496 g/mL (at 25°C)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Boiling Point</td>
<td>48.5°C</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Vapor Pressure</td>
<td>238 mmHg (31.7 kPa) (at 20 °C)295 mmHg (39.3 kPa) (at 25 °C)

367 mmHg (48.9 kPa) (at 30 °C)

450 mmHg (60.0 kPa) (at 35 °C)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MAC</td>
<td>1.15 vol %</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other Properties</td>
<td>Colorless Liquid

Non-flammable

Slight odor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Blood: Gas Partition Coefficient</td>
<td>1.4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h5>Introduction</h5>
Isoflurane is among the many anesthetic agents discovered by Ross C. Terrell in 1965. It was approved for medical use in the United States in 1979. Isoflurane, along with sevoflurane, is a widely used halogenated ether used as an anesthetic agent. Isoflurane is a clear, colorless stable liquid with a mildly pungent, musty odor. Isoflurane has the advantage of favorable blood gas distribution, low blood solubility, and rapid and smooth recovery.
<h5>Pharmacodynamics</h5>
Isoflurane alters tissue excitability by decreasing the extent of gap junction-mediated cell-cell coupling and altering channel activity; This results in the induction of muscle relaxation and reduction of pain sensitivity. Isoflurane allows rapid induction and recovery from anesthesia. Despite its mild pungent smell, isoflurane does not stimulate tracheobronchial secretions and excessive salivation. The anesthetic agent is a profound respiratory depressant.

Isoflurane decreases blood pressure in a dose-dependent manner. Anesthetization with isoflurane maintains a stable heart rhythm. Cardiac output is maintained, under controlled ventilation and normal PaCO<sub>2, </sub>compensating for stroke reduction. Isoflurane, in certain animals, can produce coronary vasodilation at the arteriolar level.

Isoflurane has a dose-dependent effect on central nervous system depression. The agent does produce convulsive activity. Isoflurane does not prevent cerebral edema or an increase in intracranial pressure following traumatic brain injury. Further, the need for muscle relaxants decreases at increased concentrations of isoflurane.
<h5>Pharmacokinetics</h5>
Isoflurane has a blood gas coefficient of 1.4 which is less than other potent inhaled anesthetics. The rapid rise in alveolar concentration towards inspired concentration can be observed with isoflurane due to its low blood solubility. The mild pungency of the agent can provoke breath-holding or coughing which can affect the rate at which inspired concentration can be increased. However, this effect can be minimized by premedication or nitrous oxide or by using an intravenous agent for induction.

Isoflurane’s low solubility enhances its elimination. The duration of the anesthesia affects the rate of recovery. The rapid elimination allows quick reversal of circulatory, respiratory and neuromuscular depression.
<h5>Strengths &amp; Limitations</h5>
<strong>Advantages</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Produces rapid induction and recovery from anesthesia</li>
 	<li>The depth of anesthesia can be easily and rapidly altered</li>
 	<li>Non-explosive and non-flammable</li>
 	<li>Non-irritant</li>
</ul>
<strong>Disadvantages</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Produces moderate respiratory depression</li>
 	<li>Produces moderate cardiovascular depression</li>
 	<li>Pungent odor</li>
</ul>
<h5>References</h5>
Burns WB, Eger EI 2<sup>nd</sup> (2011). Ross C. Terrell, PhD, an anesthetic pioneer. Anesth Analg. 113(2):387-9. doi: 10.1213/ANE.0b013e3182222b8a.

Eger EI 2<sup>nd</sup> (1981). Isoflurane: a review. Anesthesiology. 55(5):559-76.

Eger EI 2<sup>nd</sup> (1984). The pharmacology of isoflurane. Br J Anaesth. 56 Suppl 1:71S-99S.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/isoflurane-rodent-use/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Inhaled_anesthetics_isoflurane_01__00000.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>490.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-1003D /RWD-1001W /RWD-1002W/ RWD-1004W/ RWD-2003D / RWD-2001W /RWD-2002W / RWD-2004W /RWD-2ml1W / RWD-2ml2W /RWD-2ml4W</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Implantable Osmotic Release Pump]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>		
                <table data-id="9e059f8"><thead><tr><th><p>Model</p></th><th><p>Capacity</p></th><th><p>Duration</p></th><th><p>Pumping Rate(μL/hr)</p></th><th><p>Flow Regulator*</p><p>Cap</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>RWD-1003D</p></td><td><p>100μl</p></td><td><p>3D</p></td><td><p>1</p></td><td><p>Without</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-1001W</p></td><td><p>100μl</p></td><td><p>1W</p></td><td><p>0.5</p></td><td><p>Without</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-1002W</p></td><td><p>100μl</p></td><td><p>2W</p></td><td><p>0.25</p></td><td><p>Without</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-1004W</p></td><td><p>100μl</p></td><td><p>4W</p></td><td><p>0.125</p></td><td><p>Without</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-1006W</p></td><td><p>100μl</p></td><td><p>6W</p></td><td><p>0.083</p></td><td><p>Without</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2003D</p></td><td><p>200μl</p></td><td><p>3D</p></td><td><p>2</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2001W</p></td><td><p>200μl</p></td><td><p>1W</p></td><td><p>1</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2002W</p></td><td><p>200μl</p></td><td><p>2W</p></td><td><p>0.5</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2004W</p></td><td><p>200μl</p></td><td><p>4W</p></td><td><p>0.25</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2ml1W</p></td><td><p>2ml</p></td><td><p>1W</p></td><td><p>10</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2mL2W</p></td><td><p>2ml</p></td><td><p>2W</p></td><td><p>5</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>RWD-2ml4W</p></td><td><p>2ml</p></td><td><p>4W</p></td><td><p>2</p></td><td><p>PE material</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
		<p>*Flow regulator_Tube: 304 stainless steel material.&nbsp;Infusion_Syringe:Flat head for the injection of liquid.</p>		
													<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/rwd-implanted-osmotic-pump-for-mice-and-rats.webp" title="rwd-implanted-osmotic-pump-for-mice-and-rats" alt="rwd-implanted-osmotic-pump-for-mice-and-rats" loading="lazy" />													
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>The implantable osmotic release pump is an inexpensive cutting-edge drug delivery system. You can use this small implantable infusion pump for preclinical pharmaceutical research in mice, rats, and other laboratory animals. The mini-pump delivers drugs, hormones, and other test compounds at continuous and controlled rates, for terms extending from one day to a month and a half, without the requirement for external interference. The implantable pumps utilize osmosis for continuous infusion of unrestrained laboratory animals.</p><p>In the previous three decades, drug delivery research has made critical headways because of the recent developments and innovations in the fields of pharmaceutical sciences including pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and biopharmaceutics. Low development costs and regulated drug delivery pushed the research. Hence a significant portion of the novel drug delivery frameworks is upgraded such that the drug dose and dosing interim are reduced thereby maintaining optimum therapeutic dose and efficacy. These innovative drug delivery systems have been designed to regulate drug release over an extended time frame. Furthermore, recent advances have been made to make the rate and extent of the drug release independent of physicochemical properties of drugs and excipients, and physiological factors like pH of the gastrointestinal tract, the presence of food, and nutritional health.</p><p>Osmotic pumps are the most promising procedure based systems for controlled drug delivery. The controlled drug delivery system is mediated by osmosis which can be characterized as the net movement of water molecules over a selectively permeable film driven by a difference in osmotic gradient over the layer. The difference in solute concentration over the membrane permits entry of water, however, rejects most solute particles. Osmogens create osmotic pressure to stimulate drug release from the pump.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus And Equipment</h2>		
		<p>In cross-section, the implantable osmotic release pumps are composed of a drug core (reservoir), the diffusion agent, and the tissue layer (rate controller). Additionally, a flow moderator is inserted into the body of the diffusion pump. It is a kind of an implantable system within which you can load a solution or suspension contained in a cylindrical reservoir shaped from an artificial collapsible, impervious stuff wall (e.g., polyester) that is open to the external surroundings via a single orifice.</p><p>The main components of an implantable osmotic release pump include the drug compound (water-soluble or insoluble), osmotic agents (ionic compounds of inorganic salts), a stable semi-permeable membrane, plasticizers, flux regulators, wicking agents, pore forming agent, and coating solvent.</p><p>Our implantable osmotic release pump is available in three different sizes to offer the researchers a variety of dosing capacities, release rates, and duration. You can load it with 100 µl, 200 µl, and 2 ml of the test compound.</p><p>The implantable osmotic pump employs an osmotic gradient inside the lumen called the salt sleeve and the tissue condition in which the pump is implanted. The high osmolality of the salt sleeve makes water flow into the pump through a semipermeable film which encases the external surface of the pump. As the water enters the salt sleeve, it compresses the flexible reservoir, dislodging the test substance from the tube at a controlled rate. The rate of drug delivery is directly proportional to the osmotic pressure of the core. Since the delivery system cannot be refilled, these pumps are intended for single use only.</p><p>The rate of the drug delivery by our osmotic pump is controlled by the water penetrability from the pump’s external film. In this manner, the drug delivery is independent of the drug formulation and excipients. Drugs of different atomic arrangements, including ionized medications and macromolecules, can be administered persistently at controlled rates. The sub-atomic weight of a compound, or its physical and chemical properties, does not affect the rate of the drug delivery by the implantable osmotic release pumps.</p>		
			<h2>Procedure</h2>		
		<p>The osmotic pumps can be implanted subcutaneously or intraperitoneally depending on the size of the animal. For targeted drug delivery, a catheter can be attached to the osmotic pump to gain access to the tissues of interest. Subcutaneous implantation is technically the easiest and least intrusive procedure. Follow these steps for subcutaneous implantation:</p><ol><li>Anesthetize the animal with ketamine or any other rodent anesthetizer.</li><li>Shave and wash the skin over the implantation site.</li><li>Make an incision adjacent to the implantation site. If the implantation is planned on the backside of the animal, then the mid-scapular incision is made.</li><li>To avoid excessive blood flow, place a hemostat onto the incision. Make an appropriate pocket for the pump by manipulating the subcutaneous tissues by hemostat. Keep in mind that the pocket should be large enough to allow the pump movement.</li><li>Insert the pump containing the drug into the pocket in the incision.</li><li>With the help of incision clips, close the wound.</li></ol><p>The osmotic system can also be implanted in the peritoneal cavity of the larger animals. Follow the below-mentioned protocol for intraperitoneal injection:</p><ol><li>After anesthetizing the animal, shave and wash the skin over the implantation site.</li><li>In the lower abdomen, make a 1 cm long midline skin incision.</li><li>Tent the peritoneal muscles and carefully incise the peritoneal wall keeping the bowel safe.</li><li>Insert the osmotic pump into the cavity.</li><li>Close the abdomen with the help of sutures and incision clips.</li></ol><p>Keep in mind that the pumps should be explanted if the animals survive after active infusion. The pumps must be removed no later than the first half-life of the test compound.  The pump should be removed to measure the residual volume to confirm delivery, verify a drug’s stability, and assure the bioactivity of the test compound.</p>		
			<h2>Applications</h2>		
		<p>Implantable consistent infusion osmotic pumps have many applications in preclinical drug delivery improvement. The system empowers continuous and controlled dosing permitting the accomplishment of enduring state conditions and precise drug delivery. The system offers the researchers temporal and spatial control over the drug release. It circumvents poor-availability hurdles in the challenging therapeutic studies of hormones and growth factors. Also, the drugs with faster clearance rates and shorter half-lives require a consistent dosage that can be easily achieved by the implantable osmotic release pumps. Furthermore, it can assist the drug delivery of the compounds having a lower therapeutic index by continuous infusion while avoiding toxic concentrations. Moreover, the osmotic systems not only deliver the drugs with moderate solubility but also with extreme solubility.</p><p>Continuous infusion of the therapeutic compounds with the help of the implantable osmotic release pump assists the experimenters to establish parameters of the drugs with unknown pharmacokinetics. These pumps can also be used for a comparative study of the efficacy of different drugs administered through different routes. In addition to the drug efficacy analysis, these drug delivery systems can also be used for the targeted delivery of chemotherapeutic agents to the tumors with the help of an attached catheter. The osmotic release pumps can not only be used for chemotherapeutic preclinical studies but also to monitor cell proliferation to assess the carcinogenic potential of the cells. Also, these pumps improve bio-luminescence imaging studies by continuously delivering bio-luminescent substrates.</p><p>Applications of the osmotic release pump include the disciplines of oncology, stem cell research, gene transfection, gene silencing, neuroscience research, and preclinical pharmacological studies.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths And Weaknesses</h2>		
		<ul><li>The osmotic release pump ensures round-the-clock delivery of the test molecules at a controlled rate.</li><li>Zero-order drug release after an initial tag is one of the significant advantages of the implantable osmotic release pump.</li><li>The tool offers drug delivery independent of physiological factors like gastric health, pH, and hydrodynamic conditions.</li><li>The drug release can be easily controlled by regulating the amount of water filled in the pump.</li><li>The equipment permits continuous and regulated administration of short peptides and proteins.</li><li>It offers a convenient method for the persistent dosing of laboratory animals.</li><li>It minimizes unwanted experimental variables and makes sure reproducible, constant results.</li><li>It eliminates the need for nighttime or weekend dosing.</li><li>Its small size increases its popularity for use in mice and small rats.</li><li>The osmotic drug delivery system allows for focused and targeted drug administration.</li><li>It can be used for both in-vivo and in-vitro studies.</li><li>It provides the biomedical researchers with cost-effective research tool.</li><li>There may be a chance of dose dumping if the film coating is not correct.</li><li>The size of the orifice is critical for controlled drug release.</li><li>It may cause ulceration or irritation at the site of implantation.</li></ul><p>Osmotic pumps are one of the novel pharmaceutical tools for controlled and consistent drug delivery. Osmotic drug delivery pumps commonly comprise a drug center containing osmogen that is covered with a semipermeable layer. This covering has at least one transportation ports through which the test compound or suspension of the medication is discharged after some time. Different endeavors are underway to make an effective osmotic drug delivery system like pulsatile delivery with an expandable hole, and a lipid osmotic pump containing a smaller capsules than the usual osmotic pump for continuous and extended-release.</p>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<ol><li>Continuous Drug Infusion Model with an Implantable Osmotic Pump. Retrieved from: https://noblelifesci.com/uploads/file/Noble%20Life%20SciencesContinuous%20Infusion%20Model.pdf</li><li>Keraliya, R. A., Patel, C., Patel, P., Keraliya, V., Soni, T. G., Patel, R. C., &amp; Patel., M. M. (2012). Osmotic Drug Delivery System as a Part of Modified Release Dosage Form. ISRN Pharmaceutics.</li><li>Mathur, M., &amp; Mishra, R. A review on osmotic pump drug delivery system. International journal of pharmaceutical sciences and research.</li><li>Popesko, P., et al. (1992) A color atlas of small laboratory animals, Volume Two, Rat, Mouse &amp; Hamster, London: Wolf Publishing Ltd.</li><li>Prescott LF. Novel Drug Delivery and Its Therapeutic application. West Susset, UK: John Wiley and Sons; 1989. The need for improved drug delivery in clinical practice; pp. 1–11.</li><li>Stepkowski, S. M., Tu, Y., Condon, T. P., Bennett, C. F. (1994) ‘Blocking of heart allograft rejection by intercellular adhesion molecule-1 antisense oligonucleotides alone or in combination with other immunosuppressive modalities‘, Journal of Immunology, 153, 5336-5346.</li><li>Tu, Y., Stepkowski, S. M., Chou, T.-C., Kahan, B. D. (1995) ‘The synergistic effects of cyclosporine, sirolimus, and brequinar on heart allograft survival in mice,’ Transplantation, 59(2), 177-183.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/implantable-osmotic-release-pump/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Implantable_osmotic_release_pump_01_1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>570.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-OSP0003-R/ RWD-OSP0003-M</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Orthopedic Microsurgery Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Mouse Kit</h2>
<table data-id="da09de4">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S14014-11</td>
<td>Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S16014-09</td>
<td>NAIL Scissors (Broad Type)-S/S Str/9cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S21020-14</td>
<td>Friedman-Pearson Rongeurs (SGL)-Str/0.7mm Cup/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S22004-11</td>
<td>Bone Cutters with Flat Blades (SGL)-11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S21023-14</td>
<td>Friedman-Pearson Rongeurs (SGL)-Cvd/0.7mm Cup/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S23007-12</td>
<td>LAMBOTTE Osteotomes – 4mm Cutting Edge/12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S33006-13</td>
<td>GRAEFE Scalpels-22mm Cutting Edge/13cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SP0000-P</td>
<td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Rat Kit</h2>
<table data-id="eef201a">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>Product Description</th>
<th>Qty</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>S14014-11</td>
<td>Operating Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S16014-09</td>
<td>NAIL Scissors (Broad Type)-S/S Str/9cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S21020-14</td>
<td>Friedman-Pearson Rongeurs (SGL)-Str/0.7mm Cup/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S22004-11</td>
<td>Bone Cutters with Flat Blades (SGL)-11.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S21023-14</td>
<td>Friedman-Pearson Rongeurs (SGL)-Cvd/0.7mm Cup/14cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S23007-12</td>
<td>LAMBOTTE Osteotomes – 4mm Cutting Edge/12.5cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>S33006-13</td>
<td>GRAEFE Scalpels-22mm Cutting Edge/13cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SP0000-P</td>
<td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
Orthopedic surgery is performed to repair bone injuries and improve the quality of life, particularly in older adults. However, the complete understanding of the interactions between factors such as hormone and nutrition status, and underlying cellular mechanisms remains a topic of ongoing research.

Earlier animal models for orthopedic surgery included dogs, sheep, and rabbits, but they had limitations in terms of cost, handling difficulties, and availability of transgenic animals. Rodents, particularly mice, have gained popularity as the preferred model organism due to their shorter breeding cycles, faster regeneration, lower costs, and ease of handling.
<h2>Apparatus and Equipment</h2>
Before performing the surgical procedure, it is important to ensure that all apparatus and equipment are thoroughly cleaned and sterilized. Instruments that can be autoclaved should be sterilized, and appropriate disinfection methods should be used for other instruments. The operating area should be kept sterile and free of disturbances.

Before the surgery, record subject identification details such as strain and gender, and note the weight of the subject. Perform a physical assessment to evaluate the subject's health status and activity level. Adequate acclimation of the subject to the facility is necessary, which may take several days to weeks.

Anesthesia is commonly induced in the subject using inhalant agents. Anesthetic systems utilizing a face mask or an anesthetic chamber can be used for induction. The amount and duration of anesthesia induction depend on factors such as the subject's weight. Verify the depth of anesthesia using appropriate tests, such as the toe pinch test. Monitoring physiological parameters throughout the procedure helps ensure the effectiveness of anesthesia.
<h2>Orthopedic Surgery Protocols</h2>
Orthopedic studies contribute to the understanding of injuries and the regenerative properties of bones in relation to factors such as age and gender. Reliable rodent models are used for investigations aiming to enhance treatment methods and quality in human orthopedic procedures.
<h3>Tibial Fracture Protocol (Xiong Et Al., 2018):</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Place the subject in a supine position on a heated mat.</li>
 	<li>Administer analgesia before and after surgical manipulation.</li>
 	<li>Perform a skin incision along the medial aspect of the hind limb.</li>
 	<li>Visualize the diaphysis and tibial plateau.</li>
 	<li>Insert a stainless steel pin into the medullary cavity.</li>
 	<li>Induce a fracture at the midshaft of the tibia using Bonn scissors.</li>
 	<li>Stabilize the fracture site and close the incision.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Distraction Osteogenesis Protocol (Lybrand Et Al., 2015):</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Position the subject with the operative extremity up.</li>
 	<li>Make a longitudinal incision along the femur.</li>
 	<li>Expose and dissect muscle fibers attached to the femur.</li>
 	<li>Place wires around the femur and secure them with a distraction osteogenesis device.</li>
 	<li>Create a transverse osteotomy of the femoral shaft using a circular saw.</li>
 	<li>Close the incision and fascia.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Marrow Ablation Protocol (Lybrand Et Al., 2015):</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Place the subject on its back with the operative leg flexed.</li>
 	<li>Make an incision over the knee joint and expose the tibial medullary canal.</li>
 	<li>Insert spinal needles of increasing diameter to ablate the marrow.</li>
 	<li>Flush the bone marrow cavity with sterile saline.</li>
 	<li>Close the incision.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Destabilization Of The Medial Meniscus Protocol:</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Position the subject in the supine position.</li>
 	<li>Make a skin incision from the patella to the tibial plateau.</li>
 	<li>Open the joint capsule and section the meniscotibial ligament.</li>
 	<li>Close the wound.</li>
</ul>
<h4>Calvarial Defect Protocol (Spicer Et Al., 2012):</h4>
<ul>
 	<li>Induce anesthesia and make an incision over the calvarium.</li>
 	<li>Score and remove the calvarium to expose the dura.</li>
 	<li>Clean the defect and place the implant material.</li>
 	<li>Close the periosteum and skin.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Total Hip Replacement Arthroplasty (Powers Et Al., 1995):</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Make an incision and expose the lateral hip muscles.</li>
 	<li>Excise the femoral head and ream the intramedullary cavity.</li>
 	<li>Place the femoral component and fix the acetabular component.</li>
 	<li>Reduce the hip and close the incision.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Standard Closed Femoral Fracture Protocol (Bonnarens And Einhorn, 1984):</h3>
<ul>
 	<li>Flex the knee and make a small incision near the patella.</li>
 	<li>Dislocate the patella to expose the femoral condyles.</li>
 	<li>Insert a pin retrograde into the femoral canal.</li>
 	<li>Cut and bury the pin beneath the bone.</li>
 	<li>Fracture the femoral diaphysis by dropping weight.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Post-Operative Care And Pain Management</h2>
Pre-emptive measures to avoid postoperative pain in the subject can be done by administering a dose of opioids before incision. After the surgery, the subject must be kept warm in a recovery unit using hot water blankets, hot water bottles, heat pads, and warm sterile saline should also be administered to the subject before returning it to its home cage.

Recovery from anesthesia should be monitored closely and respiratory support, if needed, should be provided. Analgesic should be maintained postoperatively for up to 48 hours in increments of 24 hours or as required. The use of NSAIDs should be avoided as they tend to interfere with the bone healing process. The subject can be returned to its home cage once it has recovered.

Although rare, post-operative prophylactic antibiotics can be administered to prevent infections. Look out for signs of infections such as swelling, lethargy, and purulent drainage. Infection can affect bone healing, thus if an infection is noticed the subject should be euthanized.

Surgery-specific complications and issues may occur post-operatively. Wound dehiscence should be dealt with by re-suturing the wound under anesthesia. If repeated re-suturing fails, allow the wound to heal by secondary intention using an antibiotic ointment. Surgery involving pin placement may have an occurrence of pin slippage. Pin slippage may be visualized outside the skin. Remove the pin using a needle driver. In marrow ablation protocol, tibia fracture risk exists while instrumenting the medullary canal. Tibia fracture may be indicated by the subject’s inability to bear its weight on the operated extremity or by the presence of deformity. In such a situation the subject must be euthanized.
<h2>Applications</h2>
Micro-computed tomography revealed a transient reduction in fracture size four weeks after the fracture, which reached the control level after weeks 6 and 8. Further, infrared spectroscopy confirmed the involvement of a specific compound in increasing the collagen crosslink ratio, which is linked with improving the biomechanical properties of the fracture callus.
<h3>Evaluation of the effects of Nrf2 deficiency in fracture healing</h3>
The investigation was conducted using genetically modified mice that lacked a specific protein called Nrf2. These mice were subjected to a standard close femoral shaft fracture, while normal mice were used as a control group for the investigation. Results from the investigation revealed that Nrf2 expression is activated during fracture healing. Analysis data suggested that mice without Nrf2 developed significantly fewer callus tissues and showed delayed bone healing and remodeling compared to the control group. From the investigation, it was concluded that Nrf2 played a crucial role in bone regeneration. Thus, it was suggested that modulating Nrf2 activity could have a potential therapeutic effect in fracture healing.
<h3>Evaluation of the effects of a compound on bone healing during distraction osteogenesis</h3>
Researchers studied the effects of a specific compound on bone regeneration during distraction osteogenesis in mice. The mice were evaluated under two different dosing regimens, and the results showed a significant decrease in the mineralized area of the bone gap in mice treated with the compound compared to the control group. Further analysis confirmed a significant decrease in cellular bone formation in the treated mice. The study concluded a short-term negative effect of the compound in the bone repair process during distraction osteogenesis.
<h3>Evaluation of the effect of a protein on fracture repair</h3>
Researchers evaluated the role of a specific protein in fracture healing using genetically modified mice that lacked that protein. The mice underwent tibial shaft fracture, and analysis was performed to investigate the effect of the deficiency on the healing processes of the fracture. X-ray radiographs and micro-CT analysis showed that the knockout mice showed accelerated formation and remodeling of the fracture callus compared to the control group. Regarding biomechanical properties examined using the three-point bending test at weeks 3 and 4 post-fracture, the knockout mice showed greater stiffness at day 21. However, no significant difference could be observed between the knockout and control groups on day 28. Although an increase in the ultimate force was observed in the knockout mice, work to failure required was comparable between both groups at days 21 and 28 post-fracture induction. The investigation suggested that down-regulation of the protein activity could be a potential therapeutic approach for accelerating fracture healing based on the observation of accelerated fracture callus mineralization and up-regulated expression of osteoclastogenic genes in the knockout mice.
<h3>Evaluation of the effect of local vibration and pulsed electromagnetic field on bone fracture</h3>
Male rats that were subjected to tibial osteotomy were utilized to investigate the possible therapeutic effect of local low-magnitude, high-frequency vibrations (LMHFV) and pulsed electromagnetic field (PEMF) on the bone healing process. A mechanical stimulator was used to conduct vibrations for 15 min/day using the clamp method in the LMHFV group to overcome the limitations of whole-body vibrations. This method allowed control of vibration magnitude and frequency while exposing the tibia to the vibration in a fixed position. For the second group, PEMF treatment was performed each day. Both treatments were started 5 days postoperatively. Analysis of the radiographs taken 21 days after the end of the healing process showed enhanced callus formation, obliteration of the fracture line, and bridging of the fracture gap in the treatment group as compared to the control group. The stereological analysis showed a significant difference in the summed area of the new bone area between all three groups. Further, LMHFV treatment was observed to have preserved more trabecula as opposed to the control group. Statistically, a significant difference was also observed between the three groups in terms of cartilage summed-area. Based on the observations made during the investigations, it was suggested that osteoblasts are sensitive to low-magnitude, high-frequency vibrations.
<h3>Investigation of bone fracture healing in splenectomized rats</h3>
Splenectomy is required in fracture patients with blunt abdominal trauma and failure of conservative management. Researchers investigated the effect that splenectomy has on the bone healing process using rats that underwent femoral fracture. The subjects were then divided into two groups. One of the groups followed the fracture with splenectomy (fracture + splenectomy) while the other group only underwent spleen isolation (fracture group). Splenectomy was performed by making a vertical incision under the left costal margin and isolating the spleen using blunt forceps. Splenectomy was followed by ligation of blood vessels and subsequent removal of the spleen. The abdominal wall and skin incision were then sutured. Results from the investigation suggested splenectomy inhibited the recruitment of macrophages and the production of inflammatory cytokines. Further, fracture healing was delayed in the splenectomy group as evident from the histological analysis.
<h3>Investigation of conjugated linoleic acid in promoting fracture healing</h3>
Researchers aimed to investigate the fracture healing capabilities of conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) in rats. The rats were maintained on either a basal-only diet or CLA with a basal diet. The rats were subjected to a standard tibial fracture procedure. CLA effect was quantified using combined structural evaluation, biomechanical test, and histological examination. Radiological evaluation of the fracture healing process was assessed on weeks 2, 4, and 6, and the degree of healing was evaluated. Micro-CT analysis at week 6 revealed the CLA group to have significantly higher values for bone mineral density, bone strength index, and cross-sectional area of the callus. Load-to-failure values of the CLA group as determined by the three-point bending test were also statistically significant. The investigation showed that CLA improved the quality and mechanical strength of fracture healing in rat callus, thus suggesting potential therapeutic applications of CLA in fracture healing.
<h3>Evaluation of whole-body vibrations in improving fracture healing in ovariectomy-induced osteoporosis rats</h3>
Osteoporosis leads to an imbalance in the bone tissue absorption and replacement, resulting in weaker bones that are prone to fractures. This condition is often accelerated by age and is commonly seen in post-menopausal women. In their investigation, researchers investigated the effect of whole-body vibrations on fracture healing in rats that underwent ovariectomy. For their experiment, researchers used female rats that were divided into ovariectomy and sham groups. Ovariectomy was performed by bilateral extraction of the ovaries through a dorsolateral approach. Sham models only had their ovaries exposed but otherwise left undisturbed. Both groups underwent a closed fracture procedure at mid-femur three months after ovariectomy or sham surgery. Three days following the fracture procedure, rats were subjected to whole-body vibration therapy. Both the ovariectomy and sham group received whole-body vibration therapy over the course of 14 or 28 days. Data from the investigation revealed that ovariectomized rats had significantly lower bone density and bone content in comparison to the controls. However, it was also observed that whole-body vibration therapy partially protected against bone loss in the ovariectomized rats though not in the controls. Data analysis from the investigation suggested that vibration therapy led to the improvement of the quality of the bone and fractured bone callus in ovariectomized rats.
<h2>Advantages And Disadvantages Of Rodent Models</h2>
In comparison to large animal models such as dogs and sheep, rodent models offer many advantages. Despite their large size being an advantage, the handling and maintenance of large animals are difficult. Additionally, the cost of husbandry is high in comparison to that of rodents. Large animal models also lack the availability of transgenic animals. Rodents, on the other hand, are economical since they are inexpensive and have shorter breeding cycles. Further, rodents are well-researched animals, and much is already documented with respect to their biological processes and responses to diet modifications and the administration of substances. The availability of transgenic and knock-out rodents also makes them a viable choice for different investigations.

However, the rodent skeletal system does have a significant distinction from the human skeleton. Unlike the human skeleton, the rodent skeleton continues to grow and reshape throughout its life cycle. Growth plates in rodents remain open well into their adulthood. With the advancement in age, rodents show loss of cancellous bone, thinning of cortical bone, and increased cortical porosity as seen in humans. Their reduced lifespan makes them ideal for studies investigating the effects of aging on bone metabolism and regeneration processes. Rodents so require working within their biological constraints and their small size may also not be suitable for modeling certain orthopedic investigations. Their use in chondral defect repair investigations is limited due to the thinness of their cartilage layer. Rodents also vary significantly from humans in their gait pattern and biomechanical loading environment.
<h2>Summary</h2>
Orthopedic research involves the improvement of treatments of musculoskeletal system conditions. Rodent models are preferred over large animal models due to their low maintenance and cost, shorter breeding cycles, and faster regeneration. The availability of transgenic and knock-out rodents makes them ideal for various research requirements. The reduced lifespan of rodents allows age-dependent investigation. Rodents show loss of cancellous bone, thinning of cortical bone, and increased cortical porosity with age as seen in humans. Rodent strain, age, and weight among other factors influence orthopedic investigations. Anesthesia induction can be done using inhalants or injectable agents. The depth of anesthesia should be verified before beginning surgical procedures. During surgical procedures, care must be taken not to damage surrounding tissues or bones. A recovery area should be set up, and fluids should be replaced by subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injection of warm sterile saline. Infections may influence the results of the investigation; hence, euthanizing the subject is recommended should it occur. Appropriate pain management techniques should be followed.
<h2>References</h2>
<ol>
 	<li>Bilgin HM, Çelik F, Gem M, Akpolat V, Yıldız İ, Ekinci A, Özerdem MS, Tunik S (2017). Effects of local vibration and pulsed electromagnetic field on bone fracture: A comparative study. Bioelectromagnetics. 38(5):339-348. doi: 10.1002/bem.22043.</li>
 	<li>Bonnarens F, Einhorn TA (1984). Production of a standard closed fracture in laboratory animal bone. J Orthop Res. 1984;2(1):97-101.</li>
 	<li>Bove SE, Laemont KD, Brooker RM, Osborn MN, Sanchez BM, Guzman RE, Hook KE, Juneau PL, Connor JR, Kilgore KS (2006). Surgically induced osteoarthritis in the rat results in the development of both osteoarthritis-like joint pain and secondary hyperalgesia. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 14(10):1041-8.</li>
 	<li>Butezloff MM, Zamarioli A, Leoni GB, Sousa-Neto MD, Volpon JB (2015). Whole-body vibration improves fracture healing and bone quality in rats with ovariectomy-induced osteoporosis. Acta Cir Bras. 2015 Nov;30(11):727-35. doi: 10.1590/S0102-865020150110000002.</li>
 	<li>Gomes PS, Fernandes MH (2011). Rodent models in bone-related research: the relevance of calvarial defects in the assessment of bone regeneration strategies. Lab Anim. 45(1):14-24. doi: 10.1258/la.2010.010085.</li>
 	<li>Haffner-Luntzer M., Kovtun A., Rapp A.E, Ignatius A. (2016). Mouse Models in Bone Fracture Healing Research. Curr Mol Bio Rep. 2: 101. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40610-016-0037-3</li>
 	<li>Jung YJ, Kim R, Ham HJ, Park SI, Lee MY, Kim J, Hwang J, Park MS, Yoo SS, Maeng LS, Chang W, Chung YA (2015). Focused low-intensity pulsed ultrasound enhances bone regeneration in rat calvarial bone defect through enhancement of cell proliferation. Ultrasound Med Biol. 41(4):999-1007. doi: 10.1016/j.ultrasmedbio.2014.11.008.</li>
 	<li>Kogan NM, Melamed E, Wasserman E, Raphael B, Breuer A, Stok KS, Sondergaard R, Escudero AV et al., (2015) Cannabidiol, a Major Non-Psychotropic Cannabis Constituent Enhances Fracture Healing and Stimulates Lysyl Hydroxylase Activity in Osteoblasts. J Bone Miner Res. 30(10):1905-13. doi: 10.1002/jbmr.2513.</li>
 	<li>Lippross S, Beckmann R, Streubesand N, Ayub F, Tohidnezhad M, Campbell G, Kan YW, Horst F, Sönmez TT, Varoga D, Lichte P, Jahr H, Pufe T, Wruck CJ (2014). Nrf2 deficiency impairs fracture healing in mice. Calcif Tissue Int. 95(4):349-61. doi: 10.1007/s00223-014-9900-5.</li>
 	<li>Lybrand K, Bragdon B, Gerstenfeld L (2015). Mouse models of bone healing: fracture, marrow ablation, and distraction osteogenesis. Curr Protoc Mouse Biol. 5(1):35-49. doi: 10.1002/9780470942390.mo140161.</li>
 	<li>Moran CJ, Ramesh A, Brama PA, O’Byrne JM, O’Brien FJ, Levingstone TJ (2016). The benefits and limitations of animal models for translational research in cartilage repair. J Exp Orthop. 3(1):1. doi: 10.1186/s40634-015-0037-x.</li>
 	<li>Powers DL, Claassen B, Black J (1995). The rat as an animal model for total hip replacement arthroplasty. J Invest Surg. 8(5):349-62.</li>
 	<li>Shan Z, Luo ZP, Shen X, Chen L (2017). Promotion of fracture healing by conjugated linoleic acid in rats. J Orthop Surg (Hong Kong). 25(2):2309499017718910. doi: 10.1177/2309499017718910.</li>
 	<li>Spicer PP, Kretlow JD, Young S, Jansen JA, Kasper FK, Mikos AG (2012). Evaluation of bone regeneration using the rat critical size calvarial defect. Nat Protoc. 7(10):1918-29. doi: 10.1038/nprot.2012.113.</li>
 	<li>Stine KC, Wahl EC, Liu L, Skinner RA, Vanderschilden J, Bunn RC, Montgomery CO, Suva LJ, Aronson J, Becton DL, Nicholas RW, Swearingen CJ, Lumpkin CK Jr (2014). Cisplatin inhibits bone healing during distraction osteogenesis. J Orthop Res. 2014 Mar;32(3):464-70. doi: 10.1002/jor.22527</li>
 	<li>Wang D, Gilbert JR, Cray JJ Jr, Kubala AA, Shaw MA, Billiar TR, Cooper GM (2012). Accelerated calvarial healing in mice lacking Toll-like receptor 4. PLoS One. 7(10):e46945. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0046945.</li>
 	<li>Xiao W, Hu Z, Li T, Li J (2017). Bone fracture healing is delayed in splenectomic rats. Life Sci. 173:55-61. doi: 10.1016/j.lfs.2016.12.005.</li>
 	<li>Xie Y, Luo F, Xu W, Wang Z, Sun X, Xu M, Huang J, Zhang D, Tan Q, Chen B, Jiang W, Du X, Chen L (2017). FGFR3 deficient mice have accelerated fracture repair. Int J Biol Sci. 2017 Jul 18;13(8):1029-1037. doi: 10.7150/ijbs.19309.</li>
 	<li>Xiong, C., Zhang, Z., Baht, G. S., Terrando, N (2018). A Mouse Model of Orthopedic Surgery to Study Postoperative Cognitive Dysfunction and Tissue Regeneration. J. Vis. Exp. (132), e56701, doi:10.3791/56701.</li>
</ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/orthopedic-surgery-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/SP0003-M_group.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-GSP0009-R</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[General Surgery Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Mouse Kit</h5><p> </p><table border="1"><tbody><tr><td><b>Cat.No.</b></td><td><b>Product Description</b></td><td><b>Qty</b></td></tr><tr><td>F11020-11</td><td>Micro Forceps-Str, 0.05mmx0.01mm Tips, 11cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F11021-11</td><td>Micro Forceps-45°Angled, 0.10×0.06mm Tips, 11cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S32001-12</td><td>Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S31011-01</td><td>11# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F35401-50</td><td>NA Terylene Sutures w/Needle-○3/8/3×10/90㎝/5-0 (50/Box)</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>F31047-12</td><td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S11001-08</td><td>VANNAS Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Str/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S11002-08</td><td>VANNAS Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Cvd/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>R22029-04</td><td>Colibri Eye Specula-1.5cm spread, 4cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12005-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12006-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Light Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12007-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Large Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F13029-10</td><td>IRIS 1×2 Teeth Tissue Forceps-Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12003-09</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/9.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12004-09</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/9.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F22002-10</td><td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Str, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F22003-10</td><td>HARTMAN Mosquito Forceps-Cvd, 1.0mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>SP0000-P</td><td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td><td>1</td></tr></tbody></table> <h5>Rat Kit</h5><table border="1"><tbody><tr><td><b>Cat.No.</b></td><td><b>Product Description</b></td><td><b>Qty</b></td></tr><tr><td>F11020-11</td><td>Micro Forceps-Str, 0.05mmx0.01mm Tips, 11cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F11021-11</td><td>Micro Forceps-45°Angled, 0.10×0.06mm Tips, 11cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S32001-12</td><td>Scalpel Handles 3# Solid-12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S31011-01</td><td>11# Scalpel Blades (Box of 100pcs)</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F35401-50</td><td>Needle-○3/8/3×10/90 /5-0 (50/Box)</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>F35205-60</td><td>Needle-△3/8/2.5×7/30 /6-0 (50/Box)</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>F31047-12</td><td>OLSEN-HEGAR Needle Holders with Scissors-Str, 12cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S11001-08</td><td>Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Str/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S11002-08</td><td>Spring Scissors (Triangular)-S/S Cvd/5*0.1mm/8.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>R22009-01</td><td>ALM 4×4 Teeth Retractors-Blunt, 7cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12005-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12006-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Light Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F12007-10</td><td>IRIS Dissecting Forceps-Large Cvd, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F13029-10</td><td>IRIS 1×2 Teeth Tissue Forceps-Str, 0.8mm Tips, 10cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12009-11</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Str/11.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>S12010-11</td><td>IRIS-Fine Scissors (Round Type)-S/S Cvd/11.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F21001-12</td><td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Str, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>F21002-12</td><td>HALSTED Artery Forceps-Cvd, 2.0mm Tips, 12.5cm</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>SP0000-P</td><td>Instrument Storage Portfolio, 32*22cm</td><td>1</td></tr></tbody></table><p> </p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/general-surgery-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/SP0007-R_group.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>765.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-77001D</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Digital Microscope]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Introduction</h5><p>ConductScience's Digital Microscope is a professional digital microscope with a precise operation such as thousand brain positioning or surgical experiment microscopy. It can deliver real-time experimental pictures, high magnification, a clear image, it's economical and reliable, especially for teaching experiments.</p><p>Our 77001D released the eyes of the experimenter, greatly alleviating eye and cervical discomfort caused by long-term observation with a traditional microscope.</p><p>The focusing distance of the digital microscope is 180mm, which provides more space for the surgeon's surgical operation. At the same time, it can also perform vertical or oblique angle imaging according to the experimental conditions to find a better viewing angle.</p><p> </p><h5>Specifications</h5><p><strong>Camera parameters</strong></p><p>● 3.5MP, 1/2.3" CMOS sensor</p><p>● 20x - 120x magnification</p><p>● The shutter can be controlled manually or remotely</p><p>● The focusing distance is 18cm</p><p>● Support manual fine-tuning focal length 8mm</p><p>● LED ring illuminator</p><p><strong>Stage, Focusing, and Construction</strong></p><p>● Pillar-type frame: stable base and metal clips</p><p>● Rod allows adjusting the height (working distance) and horizontal position</p><p>● Coarse-focusing adjustment with a knurled knob on the lens</p><p><strong>Photo/Video Capture, Memory, &amp; Ports</strong></p><p>   Streams 1080p videos via a mini-HDMI port at 60 fps</p><p>● Captures 60 fps AVI videos: HD 1080p, 1920 x 1080</p><p>● Saves visual data to a built-in microSD card</p><p>● Captures interpolated JPEG photos with a resolution of up to 16.0 MP</p><p>● Mini-HDMI video out port for direct streaming to HDTV displays</p><p> </p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/digital-microscope/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Digitall_microscope_71001D_01_3.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>2090.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>3101/3102/3103</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Morris Water Maze]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>		
		<p>The Morris water maze test is a widely used and reliable method for assessing spatial learning and memory in rodents, and it has been used in a wide range of neuroscience research, including studies on aging, brain injury, and neurological disorders.</p><p>Conduct Science offers the Morris Water Maze. Customizations are available upon request. The hidden platform is included in your order.</p>		
			<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Click here
					</a>
			<h2>Accessories</h2>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/camera-gantry/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/gantry_01__00000-qug5087xz8fspascklyshmlyqbvbiyr5ky6insqfo0.jpg" title="gantry_01__00000" alt="gantry_01__00000" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Gantry</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/adjustable-platform" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Water_Morris_maze_platform_01__00003-qufgsio7wf4tnwzsqt4b4lmu88ez444l2dxuft8634.jpg" title="Water_Morris_maze_platform_01__00003" alt="Water_Morris_maze_platform_01__00003" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Adjustable platform</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/steel-frame-with-casters/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Platform2_01-qugjbau4zzj8owm5wr44b5g1af54g2k22bm0tb1428.jpg" title="Platform2_01.jpg" alt="Platform2_01.jpg" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Steel Frame with Casters</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-maze-float-platform/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/floating_01__00004-qugk1duwnh8ovcq6lj0f02hiqckt1p3wnfc38qcte8.jpeg" title="_floating_01__00004" alt="_floating_01__00004" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Floating Platform</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/radial-arm-water-maze" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/radial-arm_01-3-1-qugk1ik3lnf4hejcu31jujatp9xn46mkc2lin45uj4.jpeg" title="radial-arm_01-3-1" alt="radial-arm_01-3-1" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Radial Arm Water Maze</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/rondi-reig-star-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/rondi--qugk1o74qnmuf2b5x5hb9hvl9l5ued8ycuifirxhhs.jpeg" title="rondi" alt="rondi" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Rondi Reig</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-y-maze/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Maze_Y-insert_02_00013-qugk1swbotta144c5pig3yow8iiogurm1hrux5qimo.jpeg" title="Maze_Y-insert_02_00013" alt="Maze_Y-insert_02_00013" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Y  Maze Inserts</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-snowcone" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/snow_cone_02__00006-1-qugk1yjctu0zyrw58ry7ix9nstqvr1e029orsti5lc.jpeg" title="snow_cone_02__00006-1" alt="snow_cone_02__00006-1" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Snowcone Insert</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-plus-maze-insert/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Water_plus_maze_02__00008-1-qugjn4n0zxq4s9fnud646nzudyueayigov4z7nhrrk.jpg" title="Water_plus_maze_02__00008-1.jpg" alt="Water_plus_maze_02__00008-1.jpg" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Plus Insert</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-t-maze-insert" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Morris_water_maze_T_insert_01-qugk26zwjcckv9juvdlund4t5al6obbl3fk54b5m1c.jpeg" title="Morris_water_maze_T_insert_01" alt="T insert" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>T Insert</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-spatial-beacons" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/water_morris_maze_beacon_02__00026-ques3w12syo1n7rzpozkvud0sgcs5eby82yj8it0i8.jpg" title="water_morris_maze_beacon_02__00026" alt="water_morris_maze_beacon_02__00026" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Multiple Beacons</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-radial-tread/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Radial_Water_Tread_maze_02_3-qugk2bp3hij0hbd13xmzhty447y0qsu8s2tkioyn68.jpeg" title="Radial_Water_Tread_maze_02_3" alt="Radial_Water_Tread_maze_02_3" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Radial Arm Tread</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-maze-heater/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Water_Morris_maze_heater_01__00000-qugjmj0qmqwjd8b2cltp3bg8q3sydx4mxw4t6adtqo.jpg" title="Water_Morris_maze_heater_01__00000.jpg" alt="Water_Morris_maze_heater_01__00000.jpg" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Heater</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-straight-swim-channel" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Straight_swim_channel_half_02__00015-qufh3ydj1usex4dryr2wgpqqf01qrjj0mzoin09qds.jpeg" title="Straight_swim_channel_half_02__00015" alt="Straight_swim_channel_half_02__00015" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Swim Channel: Full, Half
 Lenght</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-maze-release-device/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Sinking_device_square_01__00037-qufh3k9y7c942yy992zhxbati7z8k2z1l1w8fuumz4.jpeg" title="Sinking_device_square_01__00037" alt="Sinking_device_square_01__00037" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Release Device</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/mwm-open-field-tower/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Open_field_tower_03__00003-qugk2i9ytcs0ql3h1ihdhaac9x1l8okd4zdyvmovyo.jpeg" title="Open_field_tower_03__00003" alt="Open_field_tower_03__00003" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Tower Inserts</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-maze-pretraining-chamber/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Preswim_MWM_Ring_02__00000-qugk2nwzyczqo8va4kx4w8v3u89siv6r5ravragixc.jpeg" title="Preswim_MWM_Ring_02__00000" alt="Preswim_MWM_Ring_02__00000" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Preswim Chamber</h5>		
														<a href="https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-maze-round-arena" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
							<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/Rats_round_arena_02__00003-qugk2rocpp4vyoptimjn67wy7rr9dnloi9wtoeay8g.jpeg" title="Rats_round_arena_02__00003" alt="Rats_round_arena_02__00003" loading="lazy" />								</a>
			<h5>Round Arena</h5>		
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>The Morris Water Maze (MWM) is a water navigation task developed by Richard G. Morris in 1981 as a response to the Radial Arm Maze (RAM). The task was developed to show that local clues (auditory, visual or olfactory) were not necessary for spatial learning (Morris 1981).  The maze utilizes the averseness of water in motivating the subject to learn and find the escape platform rapidly. The purpose of the MWM is the same as that of the RAM, that is, the assessment of spatial learning. However, the tasks are achieved under different environments and motivations.</p><p>The Morris Water Maze eliminates choice-point decisions as seen in the RAM and other mazes that were modeled on nature’s burrow and trail systems. Further, the MWM forces the animal to use its own spatial localization system to guide it to the goal location. The maze since its development has been a popular water navigation task in behavioral neuroscience to study spatial learning and memory. The task enables accurate assessment of spatial working, and other learning and memory aspects, making it an effective tool in measuring the effects of neurocognitive disorders, lesions, and age. The task can also be extended to studying the development of possible neural treatments.</p><p>The original design of the apparatus created by Morris (1981) included a 1.3 m diameter large pool of height 0.6 m, which was filled with water to a height of 0.4 m above the base. Two distinguishable escape platforms 0.4 m and 0.39 m in height were used to create a visible platform (painted black) and an invisible platform (painted silvery-white), respectively. The water was also made opaque by the addition of powder, paint, or milk to it, such that the invisible platform was concealed. The apparatus can easily be adapted and modified using simple inserts to create hybrid mazes such as the Water T-Maze, Water RAM, Water Y-Maze and Water Plus Maze.</p>https://youtu.be/qVGnlJri9dE?si=J_cces-sXnfULm5Z		
									<h2>
						See our citation list					</h2>
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/citations/">
						Click Here					</a>
			<h2>History</h2>		
		<p><strong>Origin</strong></p><p>In 1981, Morris R. developed the Morris Water Maze, a simple and inexpensive navigational task that required continuous decision-making by the subject to escape from the water. The task involved a large pool filled with water, into which the rats were immersed and forced to swim to find one of the two, visible and invisible, escape platforms. Due to the limitations in local olfactory, auditory and visual clues, the subject is forced to depend on its own spatial learning system to reach the goal. Morris used 4 groups of rats and tested them in a setup wherein they were presented with an escape platform that was above or just below the surface and in a fixed or varied location. The experiment following the initial test, investigated the performance of the rats when they were placed in a novel starting position.</p><p>Further papers published by Morris evaluated hippocampal-dependent learning over several years (Morris 1981, Morris 1982, Morris 1984, Morris 1986). The maze also gained popularity when it was used by Ian Whishaw’s group in Canada (Kolb et al., 1982, Kolb et al., 1983).</p><p><strong>Developments</strong></p><p>Since its conception and development by Richard Morris at the University of St. Andrews in Scotland, the Morris Water Maze became a viral behavioral assay for spatial learning and memory. The MWM allowed testing of different variables of behavioral investigations, including pharmacological assessment and cerebral function, making it a popular choice for research in the domain of neurodegenerative and neuropsychiatric disorders, compound testing, and lesion models.</p><p>Since the initial papers, the maze has been used to study various disease models, including endocrine abnormalities, strokes, Alzheimer’s disease, other neurodegenerative diseases, and their effects on learning and memory (Brandeis et al., 1989).</p><p>Hamm et al. used the Morris Water Maze to investigate the generality of cognitive deficits observed after traumatic brain injury (TBI). The participants were subjected to three tests; the Passive avoidance test and constant-start versions of the MWM that did not require hippocampal processing and the standard MWM task that relied on hippocampal processing. In their findings, they were able to observe that fluid percussion TBI did not impair performance in the passive avoidance test and the constant-start tasks of the MWM.</p><p><strong>Recent developments</strong></p><p>In their investigation, Kishi et al. were able to observe that exercise improved cognitive decline as determined by the Morris Water Maze performance. Cognitive decline is seen as one of the critical organ damage of hypertension and studies have indicated that the decrease in BDNF in hippocampus causes the cognitive decline. Kishi’s investigation tested stroke-prone spontaneously hypertensive rats and was able to conclude that caloric restriction, in addition, to exercise up-regulated BDNF in the hippocampus leading to synergetic protection against cognitive decline.</p><p>Hosseini and colleagues (2017) investigated the effects of vitamin C during neonatal and juvenile growth on the learning and memory abilities of rats. The rats treated with 10-500 mg/kg of vitamin C showed reduced latency and travel distance and an increase in time spent in the target quadrant in the MWM task.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus &amp; Equipment</h2>		
		 The apparatus consists of a large circular pool that has a diameter ranging from 120 cm to 180 cm and a height of anywhere between 55 to 95 cm, depending on the subject being used in the task. The pool is filled with clean, room-temperature water to a height that does not allow the subject to touch the floor of the pool or climb over the walls of the pool. It is ensured that the color of the pool is in contrast to the color of the subject to allow easy location of the subject.<p>The escape platforms are generally 8 cm in diameter and are matched to the color of the pool or water (in the case of using colored water). For trials that require the pool water to be made opaque, milk or non-toxic colorant is mixed with the water. Both intra-maze and extra-maze cues may be used to help orient the subject and assist them in remembering the location of the escape platform.</p><p>Automated scoring can be performed with the assistance of video and tracking software such as the Noldus Ethovision XT and ANY-Maze.</p>		
			<h2>Modifications</h2>		
		<p>Since its introduction, the Morris Water Maze has seen many variations in protocol and varying pool sizes. The maze has shown great success in a variety of investigatory processes and applications, including the testing of transgenic mice (D’Hooge and De Deyn 2001).</p><p>An “on-demand” procedure was described by Buresová et al. in their 1985 paper which replaced rigid platforms with collapsible platforms. The modification prevented a chance finding of the platform by the subject. A computerized system tracked the location of the subject and raised the platform when the subject had remained in the target area for a pre-determined time. The modification was further improved upon by Spooner et al. This modification allowed a highly focused search strategy.</p><p>Markowska et al. suggested a variation to the probe test that provided a more sensitive measure of spatial memory and proved more useful for repeated trials. Their modification suggested using a variable interval probe test wherein the platform is made available to the subject during the trial after a set interval. In comparison to the no-platform probe test, the variable-interval probe test proved to be more useful. Steele and Morris suggested another protocol variation in their paper published in 1999. Their suggestion involved moving the escape platform to a new location on each testing day, thus preventing the animal from knowing the location of the platform during the first trial. Eventually, once the animal had located the platform, it learns and remembers the location in one trial. The varying inter-trial interval can also assist in studying spatial memory.</p><p>In their 2007 investigation, Clark et al. modified the standard water maze by including spatial beacons in each of the four quadrants of the MWM. This modification causes the subjects to abandon a strict spatial strategy in favor of using the beacons to guide them to the escape platforms.</p><p>Other simple modifications include combining the Morris Water Maze with other behavior assessment mazes such as the Radial Arm Maze and T-Maze. RAM inserts add spatial complexity and combine the measures of the dry Radial Arm Maze with the rapid learning and aversive aspect of the Morris Water Maze. Similar in application to the water-based Radial Arm Maze, are the Water Star Maze and Water Plus Maze. Another popular dry behavioral assay that is combined with the Morris Water Maze is the Y-Maze which is modeled on the T-Maze. The Water T-Maze and Water Y-Maze allow the evaluation of spatial memory and learning combined with the fear of drowning.</p><p>Further, varying the type of platform, such as using a floating platform (also see Adjustable platforms), can also provide another measure for spatial learning and memory. Another modification of the MWM is using a snowcone insert to create a geometric cue within the arena. The insert is often used in conjunction with a balloon positioned above or near the escape platform to evaluate cue-based navigation preference in rodents. The Morris Water Maze is a highly adaptable behavioral task and is easy to modify.</p>		
			<h2>Data</h2>		
		<p>In the Morris Water Maze task, the data is recorded for the latency to find the platform and the time spent in the target quadrant. With the help of tracking and video recording software, the path traversed by the subject can be mapped, and the velocity of the subject can also be observed.</p><p>The data obtained from the Morris Water Maze is generally visualized by graphing the time it takes the animal to locate the escape platform, which is referred to as the latency time. This time is obtained by observing the animals in the maze via a video and tracking software or by analyzing the recorded experiments with a stopwatch.</p><p>The latency to find the platform decreases with repeated trials. The latency time can be easily graphed and compared across the sham control and disease model or intervention groups. Using graphs to compare the latency time between different disease or treatment groups, allows for easy visualization of the effect on spatial memory and learning. Animals in the control groups should show a significant decrease in latency time as they rapidly learn the location of the escape platform. Animals as disease models of neurodegenerative disorders, for example, should show a much slower learning curve with higher latency times, even after several trials. Generally, animal cohorts of 20-30 animals are sufficient to obtain p-values of &lt;0.05 using ANOVA, t-tests, or Bonferroni’s post hoc tests (Harrison et al., 2009).</p>		
			<h2>Traslational Data</h2>		
		<p>The Morris Water Maze is a principal task in behavioral investigations and can also be extended to studies involving the understanding of cerebral functions and in the development of potential treatments.</p><p>Laczó et al. validated the translational potential of the Hidden Goal Task in Morris Water Maze in their investigation of disrupting potential scopolamine in rats and humans. Another similar study was conducted by Possin et al. to determine the validity of MWM in translational research for Alzheimer’s disease. Another study by Kishi et al. was able to observe that exercise with the addition of caloric restrictions was able to protect against cognitive decline in stroke-prone spontaneously hypertensive rats.</p><p>Virtual applications of the Morris Water Maze have also evolved with evolving technology. The Virtual Morris Water Maze enables testing of human subjects in a virtual reality version of the classic rodent maze. Astur and team were the first to use the Virtual MWM for evaluation of humans in 1998. Since then, investigations using human subjects in both analogous and homologous versions of the Morris Water Maze have occurred. The task can easily evaluate memory and learning performances of participants with different diseases, injuries, and neuropsychiatric disorders. Using a virtual environment is cost-effective and does not endanger the subjects. Since the maze environments are virtual, the possibility of creating environments to suit the needs of any investigation are endless.</p>		
													<img width="800" height="600" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-white-1.jpg" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-white-1.jpg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-white-1-600x450.jpg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-white-1-300x225.jpg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-white-1-768x576.jpg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-white-1-800x600.jpg 800w" sizes="(max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" />													
			<h2>Advantages</h2>		
		<p>Double channels displayed on UI enables two animals’ surgeries and experiments independently at the same time.</p>
<p>The UI displays a working progress bar of heating pads, and rectal probes working status: Idle, Warning, Standby, and Working</p>
<p>Simultaneous monitoring Heating pads and Rectal Probes data</p>
<p>A corresponding heat insulating pad is underneath every heating pad to prevent temperature loss.</p>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>The Morris Water Maze has high reliability across a wide range of tank configurations and testing procedures. Further, it serves as an effective method for measuring hippocampal-dependent spatial learning and memory. The navigational task in comparison to other mazes is less laborious and time-consuming, despite the requirement of pre-training.</p><p>The task is also able to differentiate between spatial and non-spatial learning by using visible and hidden platforms. The different possible variations in protocols such as Discrimination learning protocol, Cued learning protocol and Latent learning protocol (Vorhees and Williams 2006) allow for measuring the different specificity of spatial learning and memory. Since the task can employ various modifications, it can test the brain function of many brain areas, not only the hippocampus, and this allows the test to evaluate more general cognitive function in addition to specific learning and memory functions.</p><p>Despite the presence of an escape platform, this test places a significant amount of stress on the animals. Initially, when the animals are placed in the pool, they are forced into a stressful situation with no obvious escape route. The act of being immersed in water and forced to swim can induce stress that may alter the outcomes of each repeated trial. It is imperative to ensure that the water temperature is appropriate to minimize the stress experienced by the animals. Mazes can be purchased with temperature control to help reduce stress caused by the water being too cold or too hot. It is also essential to understand that there may be variations in performances of different strains and performances may be dependent on the age, gender and other aspects of the subjects used. The ability of the subject to swim is also a crucial factor in obtaining correct results.</p><ul><li>The Morris water Maze was developed by Richard G. Morris in 1981 to prove that the subjects are capable of spatial learning without the need for local cues (visual, olfactory or auditory)</li><li>The task utilizes the averseness of the water in motivating the subject to learn and find the escape platform rapidly.</li><li>The task eliminates the need for choice points as seen with behavioral assays such as the Radial Arm Maze, T-Maze, etc</li><li>The task provides measures of hippocampal-dependent learning, specifically of spatial and long-term spatial memory.</li><li>The pool water can be colored using milk or colorants such as paint to make it opaque.</li><li>The pool should be filled with just enough water such that the animal’s paws do not touch the floor of the pool nor it can climb over the wall.</li><li>The water temperature should be optimally maintained, and the subject should be gently dried and placed under a heat lamp before returning to its housing to minimize the stress on the subject.</li><li>Subjects with cognitive deficits show a decline in performance in finding the platform and tend to have a slower learning curve with higher escape latency.</li></ul>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li>Developed by Richard G. Morris in 1981. Designed to demonstrate spatial learning without relying on local cues.</li><li>Aversiveness of water used to motivate subjects to learn and find escape platform. Assess spatial learning, similar to the Radial Arm Maze (RAM), but under different conditions.</li><li>Eliminates choice-point decisions seen in other mazes. Forces animals to use their spatial localization system.</li><li>1.3 m diameter pool, 0.6 m height, filled with opaque water. Two escape platforms: visible (painted black) and invisible (painted silvery-white).</li><li>Popular in behavioral neuroscience for studying spatial learning and memory. Various modifications and hybrid mazes (Water T-Maze, Water RAM, etc.).</li><li>Used in disease models (strokes, Alzheimer’s) and interventions. Different protocols and variations for improved sensitivity and memory assessment. Latency to find platform and time spent in target quadrant recorded.</li><li>Path traversed and velocity observed using video and tracking software. High reliability, effective for measuring hippocampal-dependent spatial learning. Differentiates between spatial and non-spatial learning.</li><li>Less laborious than other mazes, despite stress on animals. Stress reduction considerations: water temperature control, drying, and heat lamps. Performance variations based on strains, age, gender, and swimming ability of subjects.</li></ul>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<p>Brandeis, R., Brandys, Y., &amp; Yehuda, S. (1989). The use of the Morris Water Maze in the study of memory and learning. <i>The International journal of neuroscience</i>, <i>48</i>(1-2), 29–69. https://doi.org/10.3109/00207458909002151</p><p>Buresová, O., Krekule, I., Zahálka, A., &amp; Bures, J. (1985). On-demand platform improves accuracy of the Morris water maze procedure. <i>Journal of neuroscience methods</i>, <i>15</i>(1), 63–72. https://doi.org/10.1016/0165-0270(85)90062-7</p><p>D'Hooge, R., &amp; De Deyn, P. P. (2001). Applications of the Morris water maze in the study of learning and memory. <i>Brain research. Brain research reviews</i>, <i>36</i>(1), 60–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0165-0173(01)00067-4</p><p>Hamm, R. J., Lyeth, B. G., Jenkins, L. W., O'Dell, D. M., &amp; Pike, B. R. (1993). Selective cognitive impairment following traumatic brain injury in rats. <i>Behavioural brain research</i>, <i>59</i>(1-2), 169–173. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-4328(93)90164-l</p><p>Kishi, T., &amp; Sunagawa, K. (2012). Exercise training plus calorie restriction causes synergistic protection against cognitive decline via up-regulation of BDNF in hippocampus of stroke-prone hypertensive rats. <i>Annual International Conference of the IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society. IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society. Annual International Conference</i>, <i>2012</i>, 6764–6767. https://doi.org/10.1109/EMBC.2012.6347547</p><p>Markowska, A. L., Long, J. M., Johnson, C. T., &amp; Olton, D. S. (1993). Variable-interval probe test as a tool for repeated measurements of spatial memory in the water maze. <i>Behavioral neuroscience</i>, <i>107</i>(4), 627–632. https://doi.org/10.1037//0735-7044.107.4.627</p><p>Morris, R. G., Garrud, P., Rawlins, J. N., &amp; O'Keefe, J. (1982). Place navigation impaired in rats with hippocampal lesions. <i>Nature</i>, <i>297</i>(5868), 681–683. https://doi.org/10.1038/297681a0</p><p>Morris R. (1984). Developments of a water-maze procedure for studying spatial learning in the rat. <i>Journal of neuroscience methods</i>, <i>11</i>(1), 47–60. https://doi.org/10.1016/0165-0270(84)90007-4</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/morris-water-maze/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Morris_water_maze_01-blue.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1890.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-RAM-3902</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Radial Arm Maze]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[The traditional eight radial arm maze has many variants that allow mice, rats, and even primates to display their spatial working memory for the arms that they have visited by avoiding re-entry.

Typically, they do so by relying on their memory for the spatial location of visited arms relative to extra maze landmarks in the testing environment. Extramaze and intramaze cues are key to this process.
<ul>
 	<li>The Radial Arm Maze is extensively used to test spatial learning and memory.</li>
 	<li>RAM task asks animals to retrieve food rewards at the end of each of eight arms without visiting an arm more than once.</li>
 	<li>Different groups have adapted this maze in order to collect data regarding working or reference memory, and there are many modifications available, both regarding experimental protocol and data analysis.</li>
 	<li>Animals in control groups show rapid learning as they remember the location of the arms from which they have retrieved the food reward, while in comparison, animals as disease models of neurodegenerative disorders or brain injuries show a much slower learning curve with lower memory scores.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Specifications</h2>
<table data-id="ee35560">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="width: 376px;">Species</th>
<th style="width: 364px;">Mouse</th>
<th>Rat</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Arm Width</td>
<td>5 cm</td>
<td>10 cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Arm Length</td>
<td>35 cm</td>
<td>50 cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wall Height</td>
<td>10 cm</td>
<td>20 cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Guillotine Doors</td>
<td>Plus $200</td>
<td>Plus $ 200</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
The radial arm maze test is a widely used and reliable method for assessing spatial learning and memory in rodents, and it has been used in a wide range of neuroscience research. It can also be used to study the effects of manipulations on spatial learning and memory. The test is considered more complex than the T-maze, as it has more options for the animal to choose from, making it harder for the animal to remember which arm had the reward.

Conduct Science offers the Radial Arm Maze.
<h2>Modifications</h2>
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_maze_Goal_box.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_maze_Goal_box.jpeg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_maze_Goal_box-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_maze_Goal_box-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_maze_Goal_box-100x100.jpeg 100w" alt="" width="500" height="500" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/light-cues.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/light-cues.jpeg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/light-cues-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/light-cues-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/light-cues-100x100.jpeg 100w" alt="" width="500" height="500" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/6-arm_radial_01-500x500-1.jpg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/6-arm_radial_01-500x500-1.jpg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/6-arm_radial_01-500x500-1-300x300.jpg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/6-arm_radial_01-500x500-1-150x150.jpg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/6-arm_radial_01-500x500-1-100x100.jpg 100w" alt="" width="500" height="500" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Water-Seal.jpg" sizes="(max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Water-Seal.jpg 350w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Water-Seal-300x300.jpg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/Water-Seal-150x150.jpg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/elementor/thumbs/Water-Seal-qiwoap65gyks6v5exaorgh09nxmqwt7g2tfix1cuds.jpg 200w" alt="" width="350" height="350" />
<h5>Goal Box</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;">Available for all arms</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Mouse:</strong> Cost $250</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">W 9cm x W 9cm x H 10cm</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Rat: </strong>Cost $250</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">W 9cm x W 9cm x H 10cm</p>

<h5>Light Cues</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;">For <strong>Mice</strong> and <strong>Rats</strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">Single Push buttom Manual Light: used for light cues &amp; win experiments.</p>
Manual implementaction and removable.

Cost $ 150
<h5>6 Arm Radial Maze</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;">Available with same modifications: Doors, Goal boxes, Light cues, backlights</p>
<strong>Mouse</strong>: $1690

<strong>Rat: </strong>$1790
<h5>Waterproofing</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;">For <strong>Mice</strong> and <strong>Rats</strong></p>
Cost $400

<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/plus-maze.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/plus-maze.jpeg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/plus-maze-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/plus-maze-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/plus-maze-100x100.jpeg 100w" alt="" width="500" height="500" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Y-maze-insert.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Y-maze-insert.jpeg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Y-maze-insert-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Y-maze-insert-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Y-maze-insert-100x100.jpeg 100w" alt="" width="500" height="500" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/8-arm_radial_t_maze_01__00027-500x500-1.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/8-arm_radial_t_maze_01__00027-500x500-1.jpeg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/8-arm_radial_t_maze_01__00027-500x500-1-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/8-arm_radial_t_maze_01__00027-500x500-1-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/8-arm_radial_t_maze_01__00027-500x500-1-100x100.jpeg 100w" alt="" width="500" height="500" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/8-arm_radial_01__00018-500x500-1.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/8-arm_radial_01__00018-500x500-1.jpeg 500w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/8-arm_radial_01__00018-500x500-1-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/8-arm_radial_01__00018-500x500-1-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/8-arm_radial_01__00018-500x500-1-100x100.jpeg 100w" alt="Elevated_stand_Maze" width="500" height="500" />
<h5>Plus Maze Insert</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;">Goal Box</p>
Turns your Ram into a Plus Maze

Dimensions: <strong>Mouse -</strong> To Fit  / <strong>Rat -</strong> To Fit

Cost: $500
<h5>Y Maze Insert</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Made to fit</strong> your RAM. Turns de 8arm radial into a Y</p>
Cost $ 350
<h5>T Maze Insert</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Made to Fit</strong></p>
Turns your Maze into a T Maze. Made to fit your Maze.
<h5>Elevated Stand</h5>
<p style="text-align: center;">Leg Stand</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Made to fit.</strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">Elevates your RAM.</p>
Cost $500

<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/3d_radial_arm_maze_04__00000.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/3d_radial_arm_maze_04__00000.jpeg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/3d_radial_arm_maze_04__00000-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/3d_radial_arm_maze_04__00000-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/3d_radial_arm_maze_04__00000-600x450.jpeg 600w" alt="3d_radial_arm_maze_04__00000" width="1024" height="768" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-1024x768.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000-600x450.jpeg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/RAM_escape_hole_mod_02__00000.jpeg 1200w" alt="" width="1024" height="768" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Arm-length-variants_01__00002-1024x768.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Arm-length-variants_01__00002-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Arm-length-variants_01__00002-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Arm-length-variants_01__00002-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Arm-length-variants_01__00002-600x450.jpeg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Arm-length-variants_01__00002.jpeg 1200w" alt="" width="1024" height="768" />
<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_variants_02__00005-1024x768.jpeg" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_variants_02__00005-1024x768.jpeg 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_variants_02__00005-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_variants_02__00005-768x576.jpeg 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_variants_02__00005-600x450.jpeg 600w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Radial_arm_variants_02__00005.jpeg 1200w" alt="" width="1024" height="768" />
<h5>3D Radial Arm Maze</h5>
<h5>Escape Hole RAM</h5>
Escape Hole Radial Arm Maze
<h5>Arm Lenght Variants</h5>
<h5>n Arm variants</h5>
<h2>Introduction</h2>
The Radial Arm Maze (RAM) is one of the most widely used behavioral tasks in neuroscience. It was originally designed by Olton and Samuelson in 1976 to understand spatial learning and memory in rodents. It was observed that rodents have a remarkable ability to remember spatial locations, especially when baited with food rewards, and this ability was adapted into a behavioral task. Radial Arm Maze was developed based on the fact that finding and retrieving food quickly and efficiently served as an essential survival strategy for rodents.

The hippocampus plays a vital role in the consolidation of short-term memory to long-term memory, spatial cognition, emotional behavior, learning and regulation of hypothalamic functions. The complex structure is one of the unique brain regions that see neurogenesis continue into adult life and is vulnerable to damage by a variety of stimuli. Studies have also shown the hippocampus to be affected in a variety of neurological and psychiatric disorders(Anand &amp; Dhikav, 2012). Therefore, behavioral tasks, such as Radial Arm Maze, assist in gaining insight into hippocampal-dependent functions and effect of hippocampus changes.

The original design of Radial Arm Maze consisted of a 34 cm wide central platform with eight equal-length arms radiating out and was initially used to observe spatial learning and memory in rodents. Recent adaptations of the maze, however, no longer limit it to the assessment of spatial learning and memory and allow concurrent investigation of working and reference memory. RAM task requires the use of hippocampal-dependent spatial reference memory, and this ability to remember the location of visited arms can be affected by the administration of certain animal models. Variations of the maze have been used in research involving birds, insects, and even humans.
<h2>See our citation list</h2>
<a href="https://maze.conductscience.com/citations/">
Click Here </a>
<h2>History</h2>
<h5><strong>Origin</strong></h5>
The first use of Radial Arm Maze was recorded in 1976 by Olton and Samuelson who used it to demonstrate the efficiency and memory of rodents in choosing an average of more than seven different arms in the first eight choices. It has since been extensively used in behavioral neuroscience research for its ability to measure working and reference memory, its many variations, and for its minimally stressful environment.
<h5><strong>Developments</strong></h5>
Olton published a series of papers describing the maze and evaluation of hippocampal-dependent learning over several years (Olton and Samuelson 1976, Olton et al., 1977, Olton and Collison 1979, Olton 1987). Since these initial papers, the maze has been used to study various lesions, and even the effects of electromagnetic fields emitted from cellular phones on memory deficits (Dubreuil et al., 2003).
<h5><strong>Recent Developments</strong></h5>
The task apparatus has also seen various modifications over the years to include different cues (such as light cues), flexible arms (3D Radial Arm Maze), environments (Water model) and a variable number of arms, to list a few. The apparatus has also been adapted to be used with other subjects such as insects (Elizabeth et al., 2016), and humans (Mennenga et al., 2014).

An adapted human version of the Radial Arm Maze was used by Mennenga et al. to serve as a tool to connect human and rodent models of cognitive functioning. Their study evaluated human working memory and factors that contribute to the navigational ability of humans. The experiments showed that errors increased in a similar pattern as seen in a rodent model of RAM as the working memory demand increased.

The Radial Arm Maze has also seen adaptation as a computerized version wherein the subjects as tested in a virtual environment (Braun et al., 2012, Lee et al., 2014).
<h2>Apparatus &amp; Equipment</h2>
The Radial Arm Maze’s basic construction includes a central circular platform with the arms radiating outwards. The central platform is usually of an approximate diameter of 30 cm, and the arms tend to be approximately 80 cm long with a width of 10 cm. These measurements can be varied and adjusted depending on the experimental requirement and the subject being used. The entrances of the arms usually have doors, that is either removable or guillotine styled, to limit access. The entire apparatus, in general, is transparent to allow the subject to visualize extra-maze cues, although opaque versions are also available. The apparatus is usually raised 50 cm above the floor.

Over the years the apparatus for Radial Arm Maze has been improved upon to meet different requirements of behavioral investigations. Modifications such as adding a goal box to the end of the maze arms, water models, etc. have been made to assist the needs of investigatory processes. A fully automated Radial Arm Maze is also available, which detects the location of the animal within the maze, automates opening and closing of doors within the maze, and detects the presence of the food reward in the arm chambers.

The apparatus should be well lit from above to prevent shadows to ensure the proper utilization of Radial Arm Maze. Observation of the Radial Arm Maze task can be done using tracking software such as Noldus Ethovision XTor ANY-Maze, or Glia Science’s Video Tracking software mounted above the apparatus. Live scoring is also possible.
<h6>Radial Arm Maze - RAM</h6>
<h2>Advantages</h2>
Evaluates<b> place learning skills</b> for discriminating, remembering, and processing information.

<b>Avoids</b> aversive stimuli, reducing stress on animals compared to other mazes.

Uses food rewards for motivation, creating a <b>less stressful</b> environment.

Familiarization before testing allows for better <b>observation</b> of working and reference memory.

Assists in detecting <b>steady-state </b>memory deficits with repeated measures.

Can be modified for <b>specific study needs</b>, allowing automation and versatility in testing.

Often used with other mazes to study <b>disease models</b>, providing a comprehensive understanding of spatial learning
<h2>Training Protocol</h2>
The purpose of the Radial Arm Maze is to assess spatial memory and spatial learning in animals, in control vs. disease model/intervention group, by observing their ability to navigate the arms of the maze and remember which arms they have previously entered. Typically, animals are capable of learning and remembering the location of arms with food rewards using visual cues.

This test can provide information regarding hippocampal-dependent learning, specifically spatial memory. For example, the effects on memory abilities in animal models of aging (Shukitt et al., 2004) or cognition can be tested using the Radial Arm Maze. Learning and remembering are essential to survival strategy and tends to get impacted in subjects with impaired neuro-cognitive abilities. As the aptitude to remember decreases, the subject’s task errors increase, and the subject tends to make multiple re-entries into the arms.

Several protocols exist for Radial Arm Maze depending on the experimental aim, and the data researchers are looking to obtain. The most common protocol, used in the study of hippocampal lesions or degeneration and to determine the involvement of a specific gene or protein in spatial memory, uses a fully baited version of Radial Arm Maze wherein the subject is required to visit each arm only once per trial.

<em>Pre-Training for the Fully-Baited Radial Arm Maze</em>

Pre-training sessions can be done across several days prior to the experiment. Subjects are placed in small groups on the maze and allowed to explore the maze for 20 minutes freely. The maze floor is scattered with food rewards to encourage the subjects to explore. On the subsequent days, food rewards are only placed at the ends of the arms. For tasks involving automated Radial Arm Maze, the subjects are also familiarized with the movements and noise of opening and closing of the automated doors.

<em>Evaluation of Spatial Learning and Memory Using the Radial Arm Maze</em>

Training and testing processes begin with cleaning the apparatus to minimize olfactory cues and setting up of any visual cues within the test areas. Food rewards are placed in the chambers at the end of each arm. For tasks involving automated Radial Arm Maze, doors to each of the arms are closed. The subject is brought into the room and placed on the central platform and allowed an acclimate, if necessary.

For the fully-baited training procedure, subjects are tested over the course of 10 to 20 consecutive days. Each arm chamber consists of a food reward, and the subject is expected to learn to visit each arm only once per session. The session is terminated when the subject has visited all 8 arms and has eaten the reward after 16 arm visits are made (regardless of which arms) or after a maximum of 15 minutes. For the automated Radial Arm Maze task, the subject is placed on the central platform, and the doors are opened simultaneously to allow the subject to explore.

Subject’s reference memory can also be tested by baiting some of the arms while the remaining arms remain un-baited. The session is terminated when eight minutes have passed or until all baited arms are entered. A repeated entry into a baited arm is counted as a working memory error while any entry into an un-baited arm is recorded as a reference memory error.
<h2>Modifications</h2>
Since the introduction of the Radial Arm Maze by Olton and Samuelson in the mid- 1970’s, researchers have adapted the Radial Arm Maze to meet the various requirements of the investigatory process of spatial learning and memory. While each modification allows for the collection of specific data and can help differentiate between working and reference memory, the different versions of the Radial Arm Maze all provide measures of the spatial learning, memory, and overall cognitive function.

Like the fully-baited Radial Arm Maze task, there is also a confinement/delay version of the maze. In this task when the subject enters an arm, it interrupts the infrared beam which triggers the automatic closure of the remaining doors. Once the subject returns to the central platform, the eighth door is also closed, and the subject is confined to the center for 10 seconds. After the completion of the delay, all doors are opened simultaneously, and the same procedure is repeated. (Dubreuil et al., 2003) Longer delays have also been utilized in other research, to test how long the subject can remember spatial locations (Suzuki et al., 1980, Bolhuis et al., 1986, Strijkstra et al., 1987).

Another version of Radial Arm Maze uses a setup that is not fully baited. The trial session is comprised of three phases: a training phase, a delay phase, and a test phase. For the training phase, four arms are randomly chosen and baited with food rewards while the access to the remaining four was blocked by the doors. The subject can explore the baited arms and retrieve the food rewards for approximately 5 minutes. Once the subject has retrieved all the food rewards and returned to the center, all the arms are closed, and the subject is isolated in the center platform for either 30 second or 15 minutes depending on the experimental design. After the delay, all the arm doors are simultaneously opened, and the test phase is initiated. During this phase the previously blocked, un-baited arms are baited with food rewards and the subject is expected to visit the arms that it had not visited in the training phase. The test phase begins with opening the doors and allowing the subject to retrieve the food rewards. The test is concluded when the last food reward is retrieved, or 300 seconds have expired. This version of the Radial Arm Maze has been used to study cognitive dysfunction and its relationship to depression-like symptoms. (Richter et al., 2013)

The Water Radial Arm Maze was developed to overcome the shortcomings of the dry land version of the maze. The water-based model, in contrast to the land-based model, does not require food deprivation, minimizes the influence of scent cues and utilizes the subject’s motivation for escape as an effective means to assess the working and reference learning and the memory simultaneously without the need for pre-training. For the water-based Radial Arm Maze task, the RAM apparatus is placed in a pool of water, and four arms are baited with an escape platform. The trial begins by placing the subject in the start arm, facing the wall. The subject can explore the maze for a maximum of 120 seconds or until it has reached one of the escape platforms. Subsequent trials progress by the removal of the visited escape platform. A record of all the visited arms, remaining platforms and visited platforms is maintained to correctly measure the reference memory and the working memory of the subject. (Penley et al., 2013)

The 3-D Radial Arm Maze is a modified version of the Radial Arm Maze developed by Abdel Ennaceur in 2006. Ennaceur’s 3D radial arm maze became a groundbreaking venture because of the unique design; the subjects exposed to unfamiliar open spaces without a safe alternative. The maze utilizes open spaces and spatial navigation both horizontally and vertically. Flattened, Raised, and lowered arms allow for a high degree of flexibility in various experiments.

A combination of the classic Radial Arm Maze and Barnes Maze, the Radial Arm Barnes Maze combines the advantages of both the mazes into one. The maze was first described by Paganelli’s et al. in their 2004 paper investigating influence of neural lesions on acquisition and retention of cognition in mice.

A common modification of the Radial Arm Maze is varying the arm lengths or the number of arms. The Arm Length variant RAM and the n-Arm variants RAM allow evaluating the effects of changing the lengths and number of the arms on the spatial and memory performance of the subjects.
<h2>Traslational Research</h2>
Radial Arm Maze has also been adapted into a human model to act as a translational instrument in comparison of existing methodologies in rodent and human learning and memory research (Mennenga et al., 2014). The results of the research showed a significant correlation in error patterns seen in rodent-based models and the human-based model, as the working memory demand increased.

Genetic animal models employing delayed spatial win-shift task have shown high translational potential for the study of cognitive function (Richter et al., 2013). The model used two strains of rats: Congenitally helpless rats and rats resistant to helplessness, and tested them using Radial Arm Maze procedures used by Olton et al. and also with imposed temporal delay at some time within the sequence of arm visits. Congenitally helpless rats were shown to have impaired affective processing similar to depressed patients.

The Virtual Radial Arm Maze challenges the participant’s place learning skills, allowing assessment of their capacity to discriminate, remember and process the information as they explore the maze. The Radial Arm Maze can be easily adapted and modified to limit the use of certain strategies by the participants. Using inter-trial delays can also aid in the investigation of the memory capabilities of the participants. The absence of significant stressors and familiarization with the maze before testing allows for better observations of working and reference memory of the participants.
<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>
Radial Arm Maze was developed to allow place learning which was, in models before it, seen as a factor that needed to be controlled. By utilizing the subject’s place learning skills, researchers can assess the capacity of the subject to discriminate, remember and process information as it explores the maze (Olton et al., 1976).

In contrast to other mazes, Radial Arm Maze does not utilize aversive stimulus to test spatial learning as seen in Morris Water Maze that requires the animals to be submerged in water and swim in order to survive by searching for an escape platform (Hodges 1996). The Radial Arm Maze also allows the use of food rewards as task motivation, rather than using escape and survival reinforcers, which intrinsically places less stress on the animals (Hodges 1996). The absence of significant stressors and familiarization with the maze prior to testing allows for better observations of working and reference memory in the animals as they perform in the maze.

The RAM assists in repeated measures of detecting steady-state reference and working memory deficits, although this does require precise analysis (Hodges 1996). Additionally, RAM can be modified to limit the use of particular strategies by limiting route choices using doors to block off arms. Doors can also be used to create novel arms that can be revealed in the subsequent trials. Automation of the apparatus is also helpful in creating triggered delays (Dubreuil et al., 2003) to test how long the subject can remember spatial locations. The Radial Arm Maze can also be modified to complement the specific needs of the study/ experiment, such as using a water environment for a task trial (Shukitt et al., 2004). In many cases, the Radial Arm Maze is used in conjunction with other mazes to study disease models or transgenic animals and gain a fuller understanding of spatial learning and memory.

As with all mazes that measure aspects of learning and memory, it is important to remember that many different processes affect the behavior of the subject in the maze. Overtraining of the subject and the subject’s preferred behavioral response can impact the test results. It should also be kept in mind that the Radial Arm Maze requires more training and is more time-consuming than other mazes used for similar measures.
<h2>Summary</h2>
<ul>
 	<li>The Radial Arm Maze is extensively used to test spatial learning and memory.</li>
 	<li>RAM task asks animals to retrieve food rewards at the end of each of eight arms without visiting an arm more than once.</li>
 	<li>Different groups have adapted this maze in order to collect data regarding working or reference memory, and there are many modifications available, both regarding experimental protocol and data analysis.</li>
 	<li>Animals in control groups show rapid learning as they remember the location of the arms from which they have retrieved the food reward, while in comparison, animals with neurological lesions show a much slower learning curve with lower memory scores.</li>
</ul>
<h2>References</h2>
Anand, K. S., &amp; Dhikav, V. (2012). Hippocampus in health and disease: An overview. <i>Annals of Indian Academy of Neurology</i>, <i>15</i>(4), 239–246. https://doi.org/10.4103/0972-2327.104323

Bolhuis, J. J., Bijlsma, S., &amp; Ansmink, P. (1986). Exponential decay of spatial memory of rats in a radial maze. <i style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); letter-spacing: 0px;">Behavioral and neural biology</i>, <i style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); letter-spacing: 0px;">46</i>(2), 115–122. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0163-1047(86)90584-4

Braun, J. M., Lucchini, R., Bellinger, D. C., Hoffman, E., Nazzaro, M., Smith, D. R., &amp; Wright, R. O. (2012). Predictors of virtual radial arm maze performance in adolescent Italian children. <i style="font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; font-size: 16px; font-family: Poppins, sans-serif;">Neurotoxicology</i>, <i style="font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; font-size: 16px; font-family: Poppins, sans-serif;">33</i>(5), 1203–1211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuro.2012.06.012

Dubreuil, D., Tixier, C., Dutrieux, G., &amp; Edeline, J. M. (2003). Does the radial arm maze necessarily test spatial memory?. <i style="font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; font-size: 16px; font-family: Poppins, sans-serif;">Neurobiology of learning and memory</i>, <i style="font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; font-size: 16px; font-family: Poppins, sans-serif;">79</i>(1), 109–117. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1074-7427(02)00023-0

Olton D. S. (1987). The radial arm maze as a tool in behavioral pharmacology. <i>Physiology &amp; behavior</i>, <i>40</i>(6), 793–797. https://doi.org/10.1016/0031-9384(87)90286-1

Mennenga, S. E., Baxter, L. C., Grunfeld, I. S., Brewer, G. A., Aiken, L. S., Engler-Chiurazzi, E. B., Camp, B. W., Acosta, J. I., Braden, B. B., Schaefer, K. R., Gerson, J. E., Lavery, C. N., Tsang, C. W., Hewitt, L. T., Kingston, M. L., Koebele, S. V., Patten, K. J., Ball, B. H., McBeath, M. K., &amp; Bimonte-Nelson, H. A. (2014). Navigating to new frontiers in behavioral neuroscience: traditional neuropsychological tests predict human performance on a rodent-inspired radial-arm maze. <i style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); letter-spacing: 0px;">Frontiers in behavioral neuroscience</i>, <i style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); letter-spacing: 0px;">8</i>, 294. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2014.00294

Strijkstra, A. M., &amp; Bolhuis, J. J. (1987). Memory persistence of rats in a radial maze varies with training procedure. <i style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); letter-spacing: 0px;">Behavioral and neural biology</i>, <i style="color: var( --e-global-color-text ); letter-spacing: 0px;">47</i>(2), 158–166. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0163-1047(87)90271-8]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/radial-arm-maze/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/6-arm_radial_01-500x500-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>2290.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-HLFP-5202/ HLFP-5201/ HL-5202/HL-5201</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Horizontal Ladder]]></g:title>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/horizontal-ladder/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Horizontal_ladder_V2_02.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1290.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-CTR-AR-3106</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Steel Frame with Casters]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<table data-id="bfe1963">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Type A Mouse</th>
<th>Type A Rat</th>
<th>Type B Mouse</th>
<th>Type B Rat</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Steel Frame, Phenolic Swivel</td>
<td>Steel Frame, Phenolic Swivel</td>
<td>$890</td>
<td>$990</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Two Floor Locks</td>
<td>Two Floor Locks</td>
<td>800kg Capacity</td>
<td>1000kg Capacity</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/steel-frame-with-casters/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/Platform2_01.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>BB-BKTP6</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Diffusion Cell Apparatus]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h2>Specifications</h2>		
                <table data-id="025c7f2"><thead><tr><th style="width: 376px"><p>Description</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Quantity</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Stirrer</p></td><td><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Vertical diffusion tank</p></td><td><p>6 [Capacity 15ml]</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Steel clip</p></td><td><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Protective tube</p></td><td><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Vertical diffusion tank supporting board</p></td><td><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Water circulation whet-slate</p></td><td><p>1</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
										<figure>
										<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/IMG-2-qxcb0w1zdtk988vfqcftu7y1vkw9i4mr2325lp59hg.png" title="IMG 2" alt="IMG 2" loading="lazy" />											<figcaption>Diffusion Tank</figcaption>
										</figure>
										<figure>
										<img src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/elementor/thumbs/IMG-1-qxcb0ph41zb8yz4zsrlfurltpvsp08wmp6hr8rf0p0.png" title="IMG 1" alt="IMG 1" loading="lazy" />											<figcaption>Diffusion Tank Cell Orifice </figcaption>
										</figure>
			<h2>Cell options</h2>		
                <table data-id="a623f17"><thead><tr><th style="width: 185px"><p>Models</p></th><th style="width: 344px"><p>Diffusion Tank [Cell options] </p></th><th><p>Capacity</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Details</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>BB-VC15ML-BKTP6</p></td><td><p>Vertical Diffusion Tank</p><p> [Standard]    </p></td><td><p>15 ml</p></td><td><p>Orifice Inner Diameter: 12-13mm</p><p>Orifice Outer Diameter: 28mm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BB-VC10ML-BKTP6</p></td><td><p>Vertical Diffusion Tank</p></td><td><p>10 ml</p></td><td><p>Orifice Inner Diameter: 9-10mm</p><p> Orifice Outer Diameter: 25mm</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>BB-HC5ML-BKTP6</p></td><td><p>Horizontal Diffusion Tank </p></td><td><p>5 ml</p></td><td><p> Orifice Inner Diameter: 9-10mm</p><p>  Orifice Outer diameter: 16mm</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h2>Accesories</h2>		
                <table data-id="6155c14"><thead><tr><th style="width: 376px"><p>Description</p></th><th style="width: 364px"><p>Quantity</p></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Horizontal diffusion tank supporting board</p></td><td><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Horizontal diffusion tank</p></td><td><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Horizontal diffusion tank fixture</p></td><td><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Horizontal diffusion tank stirrer</p></td><td><p>12</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Horizontal /Vertical Tank Cap/Cover *</p></td><td><p>6/12</p></td></tr></tbody></table>
		<p>*Cell covers available for all Vertical and Horizontal Diffusion Tank Options.</p>		
			<h2>Apparatus &amp; Equipment</h2>		
		<p>Conduct Science's diffusion cell apparatus offers six stirring with six transdermeal cups at 15ml cell capacity. It comes with a digital RPM indicator and speed controller, a water level indicator, and a digital temperature controller. The cell holders contain diffusion cells with stirring bars. The apparatus provides constant stirring to the solutions. It comprises a water heater that helps in attaining the desired temperature. The water circulation system is also provided with a water level sensor that protects the heating element from damage. A magnetic induction knob aids the heavy-duty stirrers to offer constant and non-stop stirring. The stirring range lies between 200 and 800rpm. Moreover, the stainless-steel body of the cell apparatus makes it corrosion-free. Sheet membrane is required to be cut to size for each diffusion cell.</p><strong>Horizontal cells,</strong> the two parts combine to form a diffusion cell. In the horizontal diffusion setup, both the donor and receiver compartments are treated as fluid-filled chambers with nearly identical volumes. The skin preparation acts as a membrane between these two compartments, which are well stirred to maintain uniform conditions. This design allows for accurate measurement of the penetrant concentration across the membrane.		
			<h5>FAQs</h5>		
		<p><strong>How many cell tank positions are included in the system?</strong> The standard model includes 6 pcs vertical cells (15ml).</p><p>Is it possible to choose a smaller cell tank for the set-up of the system? Yes. There are 10 ml vertical and 5m Horizontal cell tank options</p><p><strong>Vertical and Horizontal Cell tanks can be used simultaneously in the system?</strong></p><p>10 ml vertical diffusion tanks can be used with 15 ml vertical diffusion tanks together. The horizontal diffusion tank can't be used with the vertical diffusion tank at the same time.</p><p><strong>Does the system include jacketed or unjacketed cell tanks? </strong>All, Vertical (10ml, 15ml) and horizontal (5ml) cell tank options are unjacked. The system includes a water circulation whet-slate.</p><strong>Is it possible to add a cap/cover to the donor chamber of the cell tanks? </strong>Yes, the system has the option to add glass covers to each donor compartment. These caps are not included in  <p><strong>How to load the polymeric membrane and tissue?</strong><b><br /></b>The cell cap is connected to the cell body through a cell clamp. This way the cell clamp is secured with a steel clip.</p><p><strong style="text-align: var(--text-align); color: var( --e-global-color-text ); font-size: var( --e-global-typography-primary-font-size );">How to prepare the samples (polymeric membrane and tissue)?</strong></p><p>The size of the sample should be larger than the outer diameter of the bottle mouth. The thickness should not exceed 2mm</p><p><strong>Does the system include membranes?</strong> No. Clients can obtain them according to the experimental protocols, either locally or from other suppliers.</p> <p>Six Stirrings</p>		
		<p>Water Heater</p>		
		<p>Digital RPM Indicator</p>		
		<p>Speed Controler</p>		
		<p>Water Level Indicator</p><p>Six Transdermal Cups</p><p style="text-align: left">Cell Holders: Diffusion Cells + Stirring Bars</p>		
		<p>Constant Stirring of Solutions</p><p style="text-align: left">Stainless-steel body of cell apparatus</p>		
		<p>Digital Temperature Controller</p>		
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>The diffusion cell apparatus is used to measure in vitro release of drugs from creams, ointments, oils, and gels. Diffusion is the random movement of molecules across the concentration gradient, i.e., from high concentration to low concentration. In vitro diffusion is the passive diffusion of a solution molecular species from a donor chamber through a membrane into a ‘receptor fluid’ present in the recipient compartment.</p>
<p>The molecular species passing/diffusing through the membrane is called ‘permeant.' 'Permeation’ is defined as "the movement of the permeant through the tissue/membrane that incorporates the first membrane and then diffuses through the membrane."</p>
<p>Flux is defined as the amount of permeant crossing through per unit area of the membrane into the circulating system per unit time. In <i>in vitro </i>diffusion, the circulating system is referred to as the 'system' and expressed in mass, area, and time.</p>
<p>The amount of molecules passing through the membrane in the given time is known as accumulation and is defined in mass and area.</p>
<p>Diffusivity is a characteristic of permeant that measures its ease of penetration through a particular membrane and is expressed in area/time.</p>
<p>Permeability coefficient is described as the 'rate of penetration of the permeant per unit concentration,' expressed in units of distance/time.</p>
<p>Any permeant that permeates through a membrane diffuses into the receptor fluid and reaches a steady state of diffusion takes some time. This time is the ‘lag time.' The permeation rate across the membrane rises in the lag time. Once the sample reaches a steady state, the movement of permeant through the membrane becomes consistent. The attainment of steady-state depends on various factors, including membrane/tissue permeability, compound properties, and the receptor fluid flow rate.</p>
<p>The permeability barrier is a lipid barrier for human cells that depends on lipid type and organization. It should be noted that the permeability of tissue is not related to its thickness. For instance, different permeants exhibit different permeability over different sites on human skin.</p>		
			<h2>Principle</h2>		
		<p>The working of diffusion cell apparatus or Franz cell is based on 'in vitro diffusion.' It consists of two chambers, a donor compartment and a receptor compartment, separated by a membrane. The product to be tested is introduced through the donor compartment (the top chamber). The bottom chamber or the receptor compartment contains fluids from which samples to be analyzed are extracted at regular intervals. The sample collected determines the amount of "active" that permeates through the membrane at point time. The cell temperature constantly remains at 37oC. The receptor compartment of a diffusion cell or Franz cell has a fixed volume, and it allows the stirring of both receptor and donor chambers (Kelin et al., 2018).</p><p>A diffusion cell apparatus helps to evaluate compound uptake into the membrane and determines tissue/membrane permeability, concentration in the receptor compartment, and flux. When working with a highly permeable compound and a large receptor compartment, the reduction in the gradient builds up the compound in the receptor chamber. On the other hand, if the receptor chamber is small, the concentration gradient is reduced due to compound buildup. The reduction in concentration gradient ultimately slows down the compound flux resulting in non-sink conditions. However, if the compound has low permeability, the detection of the compound in a large volume receptor chamber can be problematic.</p><h5>Membrane Types</h5><p>Various types of membranes can be used for diffusion experiments. Some of these are given below:</p><ul><li>Human membranes: Healthy human tissues can be used for permeability experiments on a large scale. Some laboratories also use human cadavers' skin obtained from accredited tissue banks. However, there are some ethical issues with using healthy human tissues.</li></ul><ul><li>Animals: Small and large animal tissues are used for diffusion experiments. Small animals like rodents are used for permeability experiments as they are inexpensive and easy to keep; however, they are morphologically different from human tissues and are relatively thin. Large animals like dogs, monkeys, pigs, etc., might also be used, as their tissue morphology is like that of humans; however, they are expensive.</li><li>Synthetic/Polymeric Membranes:  Polymeric membranes are frequently used for in vitro release testing. They are synthetic, inert, and commercially available as cellulose, polysulfone, etc. Hydrophilic membranes with 0.45µm pore size are usually used for In vitro release tests (IVRT). Once set in the developing phase, the same membrane should be used for the entire experiment.</li><li>Human Skin Equivalents (HSEs): These are synthetically engineered 3D human skin tissues prepared from a combination of human skin cells and extracellular matrix components under controlled conditions. Their main advantage is that they remain viable. However, they have higher permeability as compared to the tissues in vivo. Artificial membranes are beneficial as one can use them to predict the in vivo effect of compounds and formulations.</li></ul><p>While selecting a suitable membrane, one must consider its source, integrity, time of excision, and shelf life. If it is obtained from an animal source, the scientist must know the health and age of the animal, and if the source is human, the researcher must consider the race, age, and gender of the human. If the permeability of the membrane/tissue is altered, it may affect the results of your experiment. Therefore, the experimenter must know beforehand whether the membrane was exposed to any chemicals. Skin tissue, however, may be refrigerated and used later without a change in permeability.</p><h5>Donor Compounds</h5><p>The donor compound can be prepared as liquid, gel, suspension, ointment, lotion, powder, or adhesive patches. One can determine permeant behavior and characteristics based on concentration and permeability.</p><ol><li><h6>Permeant Concentration</h6></li></ol><p>The permeant concentration depends on the aim of the study. An infinite dose is when the permeant does not deplete from the donor compound throughout the experiment and is used to test fundamental permeation behavior in the presence of permeability enhancers. On the contrary, a finite dose relates to the permeant amount that would be practical in actual usage, for example, a specific amount of drug to be administered to a patient. It aims to determine the amount of permeant required to be incorporated in a vehicle that will deliver the required amount of drug to the patient. Alternatively, the application of a compound that will temporarily remain on the tissue can be mimicked. In this case, the permeant is applied to the membrane for a short time and then removed. The researcher should then collect the samples for a given length of time following permeation.</p><ol start="2"><li><h6>Vehicle Formulation</h6></li></ol><p>The vehicle is the medium in which the permeant of interest is incorporated. Vehicle formulation is the “dose to be administered without the drug or active pharmaceutical agent (API).” Aqueous solutions and phosphate buffers serve as excellent vehicles for getting basic permeation data. Lipophilic compounds, however, have low solubility in aqueous solutions. Therefore, vehicles like water, alcohol, or propylene glycol should be used while working with them. Inert materials may alter the flux of compounds.</p><p>Moreover, the potency of enhancers may be altered by the nature of the vehicle. A selection buffer controls the degree of ionization; therefore, adjusting pH can completely dissociate the permeant into ions. Furthermore, vehicle components may also be modified by thermodynamic activity.</p><ol start="3"><li><h6>Permeant Detection</h6></li></ol><p>Spectroscopy and chromatography techniques are used for permeant detection.</p><ol start="4"><li><h6>Other Considerations</h6></li></ol><p>A group of five to six replicate doses should be administered to avoid errors resulting from the biological variability of skin. A minimum of three parallel cells should be used for testing each formulation.</p><h5>Receptor Media</h5><p>The receptor solution is selected based on the nature of the permeant. An ideal receptor compound should mimic in vivo situations. The accumulation in the receptor compartment is minimized by using flow-thru systems, and aqueous receptor fluid is sufficient for this purpose. On the other hand, it raises a concern for static cells where the permeant is not continually cleared. The solubility of the compound is a major concern in this regard. It should be such that it is in its desired form in the donor media and delivered in a certain amount to the receptor compound. Hydrophilic and lipophilic permeants show the best results with the aqueous receptors.</p><p>Similarly, PBS is used for ionizable permeants. If the permeant is un-ionizable, a solubilizer should be added to the receptor compound. Moreover, permeants with low aqueous solubility, like lipophilic permeants, require additional solubilizing agents such as surfactants or organic solvents. However, these agents might alter the membrane permeability and damage or alter the tissue/membrane. Therefore, one should use the minimum possible amount of these agents.</p><h5>Sampling</h5><p>The method of sampling depends on your research question. One can measure the amount of compound passing through the membrane at short intervals or the total amount that passes over a long-time duration. One can also determine flux, permeability constant (Kp), accumulation, etc., using a diffusion cell apparatus.</p><p>The researchers can use radiolabeled or unlabeled compounds for measuring flux and permeability. The results are reported as one of the two types of accumulation:</p><ol><li>The total amount of the compound in the collected sample per time interval (irrespective of volume).</li><li>The compound concentration.</li></ol><p>Radiolabeled compounds can be detected in very small amounts in large volumes of receptor media; however, the results are accurate and robust for such compounds. On the other hand, non-radiolabeled compounds used in permeability research can be detected using HPLC and ELISA methods.</p><p>Calculating flux and Permeability Constant</p><p>Flux is the amount of permeant passing through the membrane in unit time. It is measured in 'Joules' (J), and its formula is given by: J=Q/ (A x t). In the given formula, Q is the amount of permeant crossing the membrane in time t, and A is the membrane area usually given in cm2.</p><p>Steady State Flux is the amount of permeant crossing the membrane at a constant rate. This state is achieved after the lag phase as the amount of permeant continues to increase. When you measure the amount at regular short intervals at this stage, no significant difference in the values is observed. The units of steady-state flux (Jss) are quantity/(cm2*h). the formula for calculating steady-state flux is J = dQ/dt*A, where it is the permeation time, and A is the membrane area in cm2.</p><p>Permeability constant (Kp) can be calculated by using the formula Kp= Q/ [A*t*(Co-Ci)]. It is measured when an infinite dose of permeant is applied to the membrane. In the given formula, Q is the quantity of the permeant passing through the membrane in time t, A is the area of the membrane (cm2), Co is the concentration of the compound on the outer side (donor chamber), and Ci is the compound concentration on the inner side (receptor chamber).</p><p>The apparent permeability of the solution can be calculated by normalizing ‘J’ over drug concentration in the donor compartment Co, i.e., Papp = J/ Co.</p>		
			<h2>Applications</h2>		
		<p><em>In-vitro Release Testing</em></p><p>In vitro release testing (IVRT) employs diffusion cell apparatus to evaluate topical dosage form’s performance and determine the physiochemical properties of a product. Kelin et al. (2018) examined the critical parameters of diffusion cell apparatus and developed methods using this apparatus. IVRT has been used for the past 50 years to understand the release rates of products like hydrocortisone and betamethasone dipropionate. It allows the optimization of a drug formulation to make it ideal for in vivo use. This method also helps establish novel drugs' sameness by making minor changes in drug formulations during clinical testing. These minor changes ensure the sameness of the drug between clinical development stages. They stated that VDC (vertical diffusion cell) method could be validated by assessing attributes like drug solubility and stability in receptor media, binding the drug to the membrane, release rates precision, discrimination sensitivity, selectivity, and specificity, the sturdiness concerning critical parameters, and many others. Moreover, several parameters (like temperature, diffusion cell dimensions, sampling intervals, receptor fluid, membrane, and the amount of the permeant applied to the membrane) are tightly controlled to optimize the permeation experiments using VDC (Klein et al., 2018).</p><p><em>Pre-formulation Characterization of Semi-Solid Dosage Forms</em></p><p>Salamanca et al. (2018) evaluated the ketoprofen (KTP) releasing profiles of two drug formulations, i.e., a gel and a suspension. Ketoprofen is a widely used drug for treating rheumatoid arthritis, spondylitis, osteoarthritis, and gout. The researchers prepared KTP suspension by mixing 12.5g of ketoprofen with 2 ml of glycerin and 500ml of ultra-pure water and used 2.5g of sodium alginate as a suspensor agent. On the contrary, they similarly prepared KTP gel with an additional 2.5g of calcium chloride. The experiment was conducted in three individual Franz cells with 125ml volume of the acceptor compartment and membrane area of 2.5cm2. The amount of permeant in the donor chamber was set at 5g. the samples were stirred at a speed of 480rpm for 24 hours. They used triplicates of each sample and maintained the temperature throughout the experiment at 37oC. Samples were evaluated at regular short intervals, and the scientists measured their releasing efficiency in terms of mass flux. Two aqueous media were used as acceptor phases imitating the physiological conditions corresponding to buffers with pH 5.6 and 7.14 at 0.15M.</p><p>Furthermore, two types of membranes were used, i.e., regenerated cellulose membrane and a transdermal diffusion test. Mass flux was calculated using the formula, and kinetic study of ketoprofen permeation was done using statistics. The researchers concluded that the gel formulation had higher permeation efficiencies as compared to the suspension.  They also reported that evaluating the performance of pharmaceutical products at the pre-formulation stage becomes easier if one uses artificially engineered membranes.</p><p><em>Evaluation of cinnamon oil and chlorhexidine permeation through C. Albicans biofilm</em></p><p>Satthanakul et al. (2020) presented an in vitro method to analyze the permeation of cinnamon oil and chlorhexidine (CHX) through Candida albicans biofilm using diffusion cell apparatus. C. Albicans biofilms contain extracellular polymeric substances (EPS) that act as a barrier to antifungal agents like the mentioned products and prevent them from reaching the target site of the yeast cells. They prepared cinnamon oil and CHX solutions and grew C. Albicans biofilms on membrane filters by inoculating 50µL of C. Albicans on the UV-exposed sterilized filters. They allowed different combinations of CHX and cinnamon oil to pass through the biofilm. To achieve this, they filled the Franz cell with 5.3ml of the sample solution. The sample solution contained 0.5% w/v CHX and 8µL/ml cinnamon oil or 0.2% w/v CHX and 8µl/ml of cinnamon oil. The researchers maintained the volume by adding the solution to the sample port. The sample was stirred at 50rpm for homogenization, and the temperature was maintained at 37oC to mimic the oral cavity environment. The C. Albicans biofilm cultivated at 25mm membrane filters was mounted into a sample holder, and smaller-sized filters were placed on the fixed biofilm. The paper disks moistened with 10µl distilled water were placed on the membrane filters to prevent capillary action. The sample holder was covered with the cap, and the Franz cell was assembled. The experimenters set the temperature at 37oC via a temperature controller and collected paper disks at regular intervals. The disks were then placed on Sabouraud dextrose plates containing C. Albicans. Zones of inhibition were measured after 48 hours of incubation at 37oC. They compared these inhibition zones with the zones formed by cellulose membrane filters lacking biofilms. The sessile biofilms were tested for viability, and the results were subjected to statistical analysis. They concluded that sessile C. Albicans biofilms tested with 0.5% w/v CHX and 8µl/ml of cinnamon oil resulted in a “4 hours log reduction”.</p><p><em>Biomimetic Artificial Membrane Permeability Assay</em></p><p>Permeability of oral drugs through the lipid bilayer of the intestinal epithelial cells is an important parameter to measure the extent of drug absorption. Teixeira et al. (2020) validated a biomimetic artificial membrane permeability assay to assess the permeation profile of six drugs, namely "acyclovir, cimetidine, diclofenac, ibuprofen, piroxicam, and trimethoprim," along with eight model drugs from the Biopharmaceutic Classification System (BCS) using a diffusion cell apparatus. They impregnated the membrane supported with a solution containing a mixture of phospholipids and weighed it on a microanalytical scale. These impregnated membranes were then refrigerated to protect them. They positioned the impregnated membranes between the donor and the recipient compartments for permeation studies, each containing PBS, and stirred the receptor media at 500rpm.</p><p>Moreover, they maintained the temperature at 37oC and added triplicates of each drug in the donor compartment. The donor compartment contained a fixed concentration of the fluid, i.e., 10mg/ml and 1ml of saturated drug solution, and was capped to avoid evaporation. They ran the experiment under infinite dose conditions except for these drugs: caffeine, atenolol, metoprolol, naproxen, propranolol, and ranitidine. Drug solubility for each compound was measured. Then the researchers did permeability calculations using appropriate formulas. They classified 10 out of 17 drugs as low permeability drugs, and out of these 10, the permeability of only three drugs was underestimated as per BCS.</p>		
			<h6>Diffusion Cell Apparatus</h6>		
			<h2>Strengths and Limitations</h2>		
		<p>Ease of Reproducibility. Limited tissue handling. Minimal Sample Collection Requirements.</p><p>Low Drug Sample Requirement. Versatility in Permeation Studies:is well-suited for various permeation studies, allowing researchers to investigate the diffusion of substances across membranes under controlled conditions.</p><p>Limited Sensitivity with Radiolabeled Compounds. Challenges in Handling Radiolabeled Substances.</p>		
			<h2>Precautions</h2>		
		<ul><li>If you are not a pro at permeation experiments, run some simple initial experiments to avoid personal shortcomings.</li><li>While preparing the membrane/tissue, do not overstretch the membrane or damage it by perforation.</li><li>The specimen must be large enough that an edge of the tissue can be safely fixed in the diffusion cell around the orifice.</li><li>The tissue should not protrude into the receptor compartment as it could block the receptor fluid flow.</li><li>Freeze the membrane at -80oC if it is to be used later.</li><li>Be precise with sample preparation, pipetting, and sampling time. The addition of solubilizers or pH changes can alter the membrane permeability, which can affect the results.</li><li>Ensure that the room temperature and skin temperature remain consistent throughout the experiments as temperature variations may disrupt the experimental results. Report the temperature while writing methodologies.</li></ul>		
			<h2>Summary</h2>		
		<ul><li style="font-weight: 400">The diffusion cell apparatus is used to measure in vitro release of drugs from creams, ointments, oils, and gels.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Permeant is the compound passing through a membrane, and permeation is the movement of the permeant through the tissue/membrane that incorporates the first membrane and then diffuses through the membrane.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Flux is the amount of permeant crossing through per unit area of the membrane into the circulating system per unit time.</li><li style="font-weight: 400"><i>Permeability coefficient </i>is described as the 'rate of penetration of the permeant per unit concentration.'</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Human skin tissues, small and large animals, and artificially engineered 3D Human Skin Equivalents (HSEs) can be used as membranes in permeation studies.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">The donor compound can be prepared as liquid, gel, suspension, ointment, lotion, powder, or adhesive patches. A vehicle is sometimes used to incorporate the permeant of interest.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Receptor media are selected based on the nature of the permeant.</li><li style="font-weight: 400">Diffusion cell apparatus is used for <i>in vitro </i>release testing (IVRT), pre-formulation characterization of semi-solid dosage forms, evaluation of permeation of drugs through biofilms, and biomimetic artificial membrane permeability assay.</li></ul>		
			<h2>References</h2>		
		<p>Klein, R. R., Heckart, J. L., &amp; Thakker, K. D. (2018). In vitro release testing methodology and variability with the vertical diffusion cell (VDC). <i>Dissolution Technol</i>, <i>25</i>(3), 52-61.</p><p>Salamanca, C. H., Barrera-Ocampo, A., Lasso, J. C., Camacho, N., &amp; Yarce, C. J. (2018)<strong>. Franz diffusion cell approach for pre-formulation characterisation of ketoprofen semi-solid dosage forms. </strong> <i>Pharmaceutics</i>, <i>10</i>(3), 148.</p><p>Teixeira, L. de Souza., Vila Chagas, T., Alonso, A., Gonzalez-Alvarez, I., Bermejo, M., Polli, J., &amp; Rezende, K. R. (2020). Biomimetic Artificial Membrane Permeability Assay over Franz Cell Apparatus Using BCS Model Drugs.  <i>Pharmaceutics</i>, <i>12</i>(10), 988.</p><p>Satthanakul, P., Taweechaisupapong, S., Luengpailin, S., &amp; Khunkitti, W. (2020). In vitro method for studying the penetration of cinnamon oil and chlorhexidine through Candida albicans biofilm using Franz diffusion apparatus<b>. </b> <i>Songklanakarin Journal of Science &amp; Technology</i>, <i>42</i>(2).1</p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/diffusion-cell-apparatus/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/Transdermal-Diffusion-Meter2.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>2990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-SC-3802</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Sociability Chamber]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
							<li>
											<a href="#spe">
											Specifications
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#introduction">
											Introduction
											</a>
									</li>
								<li>
											<a href="#blog">
											Blog
											</a>
									</li>
						</ul>
                <table data-id="4b16a71"><thead><tr><th>Mouse</th><th>Rat</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Total Cage Size: 40.5 cm x 60 cm x 22 cm (height)</td><td>Total Cage Size: 40.5 cm x 80 cm x 40 cm (height)</td></tr><tr><td>Round Wire Cage: 10 (diameter) 20 (height)</td><td>Round Wire Cage: 15 (diameter) 30 (height)</td></tr><tr><td>Includes 2 round acrylic cages</td><td>Includes 2 round cages</td></tr></tbody></table>
			<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Click here
					</a>
													<img width="1443" height="227" src="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png" alt="" srcset="https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader.png 1443w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-300x47.png 300w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-1024x161.png 1024w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-768x121.png 768w, https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/03/MazeEngineers_TMaze_DocumentationHeader-600x94.png 600w" sizes="(max-width: 1443px) 100vw, 1443px" />													
			<h2>Introduction</h2>		
		<p>This 3-chambered device is a fantastic contraption for researchers studying socialization who require an apparatus in which variables may be altered to change the premises of the experiment. The design permits socialization but disallows aggravated socialization so that auspicious and accurate data may be collected. Measurable factors include transitions between chambers, time spent in direct contact, and unique behavioral variables such as jumping and grooming. Accouterments for this product include floor cues, stainless-steel grids or perforated stainless-steel, to forge an aversive stimulus, and removable doors to establish biased and unbiased conditioned place preference testing.</p><p> </p><ul><li>The Three-Chamber Sociability apparatus is a novel apparatus developed for studying social deficits as seen in neuropsychiatric disorders and neurodevelopment disorders.</li><li>The apparatus is divided into three chambers using dividers that have sliding doors.</li><li>Social deficits are observed in the apparatus by allowing the test subject to choose between chambers containing a novel live stimulus vs. empty chamber and familiar live stimulus vs. unfamiliar live stimulus in the choice chambers.</li><li>Photoelectric sensor beams in an automated Three-Chamber Sociability apparatus allow tracking entries and exits to and from the chambers.</li><li>The acrylic cage used to hold the live stimulus allows for sensory interactions while limiting aggressive behaviors.</li><li>The Three-Chamber Sociability test can be coupled with other tests such as Partition tests, Resident-Intruder tests, Reciprocal Interactions test, etc. to understand the social behavior of the test subject further.</li></ul>		
			<h2>Blog</h2>		
			<h2>Read More about this maze</h2>		
					<a href="https://conductscience.com/sociability-chamber/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
									Go now!
					</a>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/sociability-chamber/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Sociability_maze_mod_01__00003-1024x768-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>1990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-SCFI-3808</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Floor Inserts for Sociability Chamber]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Floor Inserts for Sociability Chamber device
<table data-id="2fe8c0e">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Mouse</th>
<th>Rat</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>40x20cm</td>
<td>80cm x 40cm</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/floor-insert-sociability-chamber/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Sociability_maze_mod_01__00006-1024x768-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>240.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>NCW-AW-01</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Article Writing - 1800 Words]]></g:title>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/article-writing-1800-words/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/14-Making-a-First-Impression-with-Grant-Proposal.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>450.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>ME-APA-6004</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Active Place Avoidance]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h3>See our FULL citation list</h3>
<a href="https://conductscience.com/resources/citations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">
Click here
</a>
<table data-id="5de37e3">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Mouse APA</th>
<th>Rat APA</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1 Grid floor, stainless steel base: Length x Width: approx. 80 cm x 80cm</td>
<td>1 Grid floor, stainless steel base: Length x Width: approx. 105 cm x 105cm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 Rotating Arena, Acrylic: Diameter 78cm, 24cm high.</td>
<td>1 Rotating Arena, Acrylic: Diameter 105cm, 32cm high.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stand 35 cm height, metal</td>
<td>Stand 35 cm height, metal</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shock scrambler</td>
<td>Shock scrambler</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Shock cables</td>
<td>Shock cables</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>High precision servo motor</td>
<td>High precision servo motor</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Electronic control box</td>
<td>Electronic control box</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Other necessary cabling</td>
<td>Other necessary cabling</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
 	<li>The Active Place Avoidance Arena is used to assess spatial navigation and memory in rodents.</li>
 	<li>The rotating arena used in the Active Place Avoidance task eliminates the use of simple associations and forces the subject to keep moving to avoid the shock area.</li>
 	<li>The shock sector of the arena is defined by distal room cues.</li>
 	<li>The dry-arena makes Active Place Avoidance task suitable for evaluating spatial navigation performances of weanling rodents.</li>
 	<li>Active Place Avoidance can be used as an effective tool for investigating the effects of brain lesions, pharmacological manipulations, and diseases on spatial learning and memory.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/active-place-avoidance/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Rotating_avoidance_05__00000-1024x768-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>14990.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R500-00</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Isoflurane &amp; Sevoflurane - Inhalation Anesthesia]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Isoflurane &amp; Sevoflurane Kit
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>SKU</td>
<td>Product Description</td>
<td>Qty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R510-22</td>
<td>Isoflurane (Rodent use)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R511-22</td>
<td>Sevoflurane (Rodent use)</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/isoflurane-sevoflurane-inhalation-anesthesia/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Inhaled_anesthetics_isoflurane_01__00000.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>700.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-R-Y-18</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Tubing &amp; Connectors]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[Tubing &amp; Connectors Kit - Anesthesia Inhalation
<table style="height: 303px;" width="452">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align: center;">SKU</td>
<td style="text-align: center;">Product Description</td>
<td style="text-align: center;">Qty</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>RWD-R-LCM-1/8</td>
<td>Lure connector, male, 1/8"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-Y-1/4</td>
<td>Y type valve, PP, 1/4"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-Y-1/8</td>
<td>Y type valve, PP, 1/8"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-Y-1/16</td>
<td>Y type valve, PP, 1/16"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-LCF-1/4</td>
<td>Lure connector, female, 1/4"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-LCM-1/4</td>
<td>Lure connector, male, 1/4"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-RC-3/8-1/4</td>
<td>T type reduced connector, 3/8" x 3/8" x1/4"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-RC-1/4-3/8</td>
<td>Reduced connector, 1/4"-3/8"</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td> RWD-R-Y-7/8</td>
<td>Y type connector, OD: 22mm</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/tubing-connectors/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/1_1_5-1.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>60.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-68620-R</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Anesthesia Small Animal Operation Platform (Manifold for Cone Mask)]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<ul>
 	<li>Special designed with inlet tubing inside make the animal anesthesia exhaust gas can be absorbed by the gas filter canister;</li>
 	<li>Allows access to eyes, ears, and top of the head;</li>
 	<li>The cone masks can be installed onto the operation bed for a single cone mask (300*210*75mm) or our manifold for five cone masks.</li>
</ul>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/anesthesia-operation-platform-kit-manifold-for-single-cone-mask/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/2__1.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>910.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-OPSK-01</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Optogenetic Stimulation Kit]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Optogenetic Stimulation Kit</h5>
The application of optogenetics has been rapidly developing since 2010, its research field covers several classical experimental animal species, such as flies, C. elegans, mice, rats, zebrafish, and primates (Monkey, cynomolgus monkey, rhesus monkey, etc.). These animals generally have the advantages of the short developmental and reproductive cycle and easy integration of foreign genes, thus facilitating the introduction of the Photosensitive Protein Genes and the screening of the state of expression.
<table data-id="a12d0bb">
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Product Name</th>
<th>SKU</th>
<th>QTY</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Arbitrary Waveform/Function Generator-20MHz</td>
<td>RWD-AFG2021-SC</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>473nm Blu-ray Laser-50mW/power-adjustable/stable&lt;1%</td>
<td>RWD-R-LG473-50-A1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>532nm Green Laser-50mW/power-adjustable/stability&lt;1%</td>
<td>RWD-R-LG532-50-A1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>FC/PC Optic Fiber Patch Cables(m)--200μm/0.22NA</td>
<td>RWD-R-FC-PC-N2-200-L1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1x1 FC-FC Rotary Joint</td>
<td>RWD-R-FC-1x1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Optic Fiber(m),200 um,LC/PC Adapter-Ø1.25mm/0.22NA</td>
<td>RWD-R-FC-L-N2-200-L1</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fiber Ceramic Cannula-Ø1.25mm/200μm/0.22NA (20/pkg)</td>
<td>RWD-R-FOC-L200C-22NA</td>
<td>10</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ceramic Ferrules Protective Cap.Ø1.25mm, pkg of 200pcs</td>
<td>RWD-R-DC-1.25</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fiber Stripper- suitable for 100um - 800um fiber</td>
<td>RWD-R-OFT-600</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Laser Goggles Against Blue and Yellow Light</td>
<td>RWD-R-LS-Y</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Laser Goggles Against Blue and Green Light</td>
<td>RWD-R-LS-G</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><b>Introduction and Principle </b></h2>
The optogenetic stimulation kit aims to modulate the activity of excitable cells by combining genetic and optical techniques. Optogenetics, a method to turn the neurons on or off using light, was developed by Edward Boyden and Karl Deisseroth in 2005. It is a photostimulation technique that allows the modulation of neuronal activity by light. A particular set of light-gated proteins, called microbial opsins that get stimulated by light, are expressed in neurons. An optogenetic stimulation kit comprises a laser source to excite/inhibit target cells, optic fiber, an optogenetic probe, cannulas, ceramic ferrules, and laser goggles. The researchers can utilize this kit to conduct neural modulation experiments in rodents, zebrafish, and primates.

In classical optogenetic experiments, microbial opsins are genetically targeted, and wavelengths of light are required to expose them in neurons. Optogenetic stimulation facilitates bidirectional neural function management and genetic targeting of specific cell types. There are two types of light-activated proteins, i.e., opsins: type I is present in fungi, algae, and prokaryotes, and type II in animals. However, type I opsins are known as "rhodopsins” as they contain both opsin protein and a light-sensitive chromophore. These rhodopsins are frequently used in optogenetic stimulation experiments (<b>Mahmoudi et al., 2017</b>). The technique follows the principle that the opsins are activated when a particular wavelength of light is incident on the targeted neuron cells. These activated opsins cause depolarization and hyperpolarization of the cell membrane, thereby silencing or exciting the neurons within a millisecond.

While performing any experiment using an optogenetic stimulation kit, a researcher should take into account the following considerations.
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Properties of the optogenetic tool like ionic current, nature of transported ions, current amplitude, and much more.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Ability to specifically target desired cell type and deliver light to the area of interest in a precise manner (<b>Ferenczi et al., 2019</b>).</li>
</ul>
Neuroscience research vastly employs the use of optogenetic stimulation kit. The kit mainly comprises an optical cannula, optogenetic probe, <b>laser source</b>, optic fiber, ceramic ferrules, and <b>optogenetic laser goggles</b> to protect the personnel from harmful laser rays. An optogenetic stimulation kit includes lasers of different wavelengths lying within the visible light spectrum. The laser source can be blue (450-480nm), green (520-560nm), yellow (570-600nm), or red (600-780nm) depending on the opsins being expressed. Sometimes, different wavelengths can be combined to excite or inhibit cellular responses. In such cases, the researchers can use compound wavelength lasers to adjust between wavelengths instantly.
<h2><b>Apparatus and Equipment</b></h2>
The optogenetic stimulation kit offered by Conduct Science comprises a 20MHz arbitrary waveform generator, power adjustable 473nm Blu-ray laser, 532nm green laser, optic fiber, optic fiber patch cables, rotary joint, 10 packs of ceramic cannulas, a pack of 1.25mm ceramic ferrule protective caps (containing 200 pieces), fiber stripper, laser goggles against blue and yellow light, and laser goggles against blue and green light. The kit is well-designed to cover most of your optogenetic experiment needs. However, some accessories, like a <b>laser power meter</b>, can be purchased separately. This optogenetic stimulation kit is suitable for classic experimental animals such as flies, rodents (rats and mice), zebrafish, and primates.
<h2><b>Applications</b></h2>
Optogenetic stimulation kit has manifold applications in the field of neuroscience. It has widely been used in labs to excite or inhibit spatially defined neuronal populations over extended durations. Furthermore, it has many applications <i>in vitro </i>electrophysiological recordings and calcium imaging in behaving animals. In general, the applications of optogenetic neuromodulation can be divided into three categories.
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i>Activation and Inhibition of Neural Activity</i></li>
</ul>
An optogenetic stimulation kit can be used to control both activation and inhibition of neuronal activity within the duration of a millisecond. The firing pattern produced by a sequence of light pulses reveals a specific neural code. This process is called "cracking neuronal codes."
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i>Neural Circuit Interrogation</i></li>
</ul>
This kit can assess neural circuits in animal models of various mental disorders and discover treatments for these diseases.
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i>Bidirectional Neural Activity Modulation</i></li>
</ul>
Bidirectional neuronal activity modulation has been possible by employing optogenetic tools (<b>Mahmoudi et al., 2017</b>).
<h2><b>Strengths and Limitations</b></h2>
Optogenetic stimulation kit presents several advantages over other neural stimulation techniques like deep brain stimulation (DBS). Optogenetic stimulation is more specific, whereas other methods can stimulate cells other than target cells or may fail to identify specific cells. Focused, high-intensity light coming in a single spot from the laser source helps target the desired cell types. This technique provides excellent spatiotemporal resolution. However, a potential disadvantage is that exposure to high-intensity lasers can damage the tissue. Therefore, achieving sufficient light exposure to neuromodulate the desired cell without damaging the neural cells is a real challenge for neuroscientists (<b>Mahmoudi et al., 2017</b>).
<h2><b>Summary</b></h2>
<ul>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Optogenetic stimulation kit combines genetic and optical techniques for neuromodulation experiments in animal species via photostimulation.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Edward Boyden and Karl Deisseroth developed the technique of optogenetics in 2005.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The kit works on the principle that when a specific wavelength of light is incident on neural cells, it stimulates light-sensitive proteins in these cells, called opsins. These opsins hyperpolarize or depolarize the cell membrane, thereby exciting or inhibiting cell responses.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">The equipment is frequently employed for bidirectional neuronal activity modulation, neural activity interrogation, and exciting or inhibiting neurons within a millisecond.</li>
 	<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Optogenetic stimulation is more specific than any other neural stimulation method.</li>
</ul>
<h2><b>References </b></h2>
Mahmoudi, P., Veladi, H., &amp; Pakdel, F. G. (2017). <b>Optogenetics, tools and applications in neurobiology</b><b>.</b> <i>Journal of medical signals and sensors</i>, <i>7</i>(2), 71.

Ferenczi, E. A., Tan, X., &amp; Huang, C. L. H. (2019). <b>Principles of optogenetic methods and their application to cardiac experimental systems</b>. <i>Frontiers in physiology</i>, <i>10</i>, 1096.]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/optogenetic-stimulation-kit/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/qq_20171220143743.png</g:image_link>
<g:price>10750.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>RWD-MDB-78000</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Drill Bits for Microdrill]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p> </p><table><tbody><tr><td><b>SKU</b></td><td><b>Product Name</b></td><td><b>Qty</b></td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78040</td><td>Drill Bits HM1005 0.5mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78041</td><td>Drill Bits HM1006 0.6mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78042</td><td>Drill Bits HM1008 0.8mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78043</td><td>Drill Bits HM1010 1.0mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78044</td><td>Drill Bits HM1012 1.2mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78045</td><td>Drill Bits HM1014 1.4mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78046</td><td>Drill Bits HM1016 1.6mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78047</td><td>Drill Bits HM1018 1.8mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78048</td><td>Drill Bits HM1021 2.1mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78049</td><td>Drill Bits HM1023 2.3mm, Round Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78050</td><td>Drill Bits HM1027 2.7mm, Round Tip, pkg of 2</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78060</td><td>Drill Bits HM31008 0.8mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78061</td><td>Drill Bits HM31010 1.0mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78062</td><td>Drill Bits HM31012 1.2mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78063</td><td>Drill Bits HM31014 1.4mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78064</td><td>Drill Bits HM31016 1.6mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78065</td><td>Drill Bits HM31018 1.8mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78066</td><td>Drill Bits HM31021 2.1mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr><tr><td>RWD-78067</td><td>Drill Bits HM31023 2.3mm, Flat Tip, pkg of 5</td><td>1</td></tr></tbody></table><p> </p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/drill-bits-for-microdrill/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/microdrill_01__00001_grande.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>600.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:title><![CDATA[Editing Service]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Editing Process</h5><p>You send us your text in a Word document or Google Doc and we "diagnose" it for you. We determine whether your text requires a light, moderate or developmental edit. Along with the diagnosis, we send you the updates with your invoice based on our rates and the document's length.</p><p> </p><h5>Edit</h5><p>We will edit your text at a rate of 3,000 words per 24 hours.</p><p> </p><h5>Revisions - Final Proofread</h5><h6 id="text_block-44-67">Free; 24 hours</h6>After you have responded to our comments, we go through your document one last time to ensure that the final version is 100% clean and correct.<p> </p><h5>Deliver</h5><p>We deliver your document in three different formats:</p><ul><li>with initial tracked changes and comments;</li><li>with final tracked changes; and</li><li>clean version.</li></ul><p>We understand that unpublished work is sensitive material. We take important measures to ensure that your work remains confidential.</p><ul><li id="text_block-177-67">All editors sign NDR</li></ul><ul><li id="text_block-180-67">We have a confidentiality clause in our Terms</li></ul><ul><li id="text_block-183-67">Our editors are trained to maintain confidentiality</li></ul><ul><li id="text_block-186-67">We use SSL and encryption to transmit texts</li></ul><ul><li id="text_block-189-67">We store your final texts in a highly secure database</li></ul><p> </p>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/editing-service/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/writing-services.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price> USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>NCW-LWS-02</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Light Writing Service]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p><strong>** $0.35/per word = 500 words writing</strong></p><p>See our Writing Services for more information</p><h5> </h5><h5>Features</h5><ol><li>Neuroscience-based content is written in a format that is accessible to general audiences.</li><li>500 words writing</li><li>Correction, formatting and checking for the first 5 references.</li><li>7 helpful comments (at least) to add value to your manuscript.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/light-writing-services/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/conductscience_writing-Copy-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>175.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>NCW-LE-02</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Light Editing Service]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Features</h5><p> </p><ol><li>Corrections for general grammar, spelling, punctuation, word usage, and occasional sentence structure.</li><li>Neuroscience-based content is written in a format that is accessible to general audiences.</li><li>550 words edition of any section from your manuscript.</li><li>Correction, formatting, and checking for the first 5 references.</li><li>7 helpful comments (at least) to add value to your manuscript.</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/light-editing-service/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/writing-services.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>29.50 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>NCW-ME-02</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Moderate Editing Service]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Features</h5><p> </p><ol><li>(&gt; 1000 words you receive a 10% discount)</li><li>Corrections for general grammar, spelling, punctuation, word usage, and occasional sentence structure.</li><li>Neuroscience-based content written in a format that is accessible to general audiences.</li><li>Light editing plus frequent sentence restructuring,</li><li>An attractive and accurate summary of your research or company announcements.</li><li>Edition for clarity, consistency, and conciseness so the science shines through</li><li>Making sure it conforms to all journal instructions</li><li>Free proofread after writing</li><li>One-to-one expert guidance and advice</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/moderate-editing-service/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/writing-services-1-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>62.50 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>NCW-DES-02</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Developmental Editing Service]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<h5>Features</h5><p> </p><ol><li>(&gt; 10000 words you receive a 15% discount)</li><li>Corrections for general grammar, spelling, punctuation, word usage, and occasional sentence structure.</li><li>Neuroscience-based content written in a format that is accessible to general audiences.</li><li>Moderate editing plus paragraph restructuring and re-organization of logical flow.</li><li>Highly technical and thorough scientific write-ups based on literature and research</li><li>Figure preparation</li><li>Reference editing</li><li>Cover letter &amp; abstract writing</li><li>Word count reduction</li><li>Section rearranging</li><li>Personalized guidance and revisions</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/developmental-editing-services/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/developmental-editing-service.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>99.99 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item><item><g:id>NCW-PATWS-02</g:id>
<g:title><![CDATA[Press &amp; Tech Writing Service]]></g:title>
<g:description><![CDATA[<p><strong>** $0.59/per word = 500 words writing</strong></p><p>See our Writing Services for more information</p><h5>Features</h5><ol><li>Neuroscience-based content written in a format that is accessible to general audiences.</li><li>An attractive and accurate summary of your research or company announcements.</li><li>Making sure it conforms to all journal instructions</li><li>Free proofread after writing</li><li>One-to-one expert guidance and advice</li></ol>]]></g:description>
<g:google_product_category><![CDATA[Business & Industrial > Medical]]></g:google_product_category>
<g:link>https://conductscience.com/lab/press-and-tech-writing-services/</g:link>
<g:image_link>https://conductscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/conductscience_writing-Copy-1.jpg</g:image_link>
<g:price>295.00 USD</g:price>
<g:condition>new</g:condition>
<g:availability>in_stock</g:availability>
<g:adult>no</g:adult>
<g:identifier_exists>yes</g:identifier_exists>
<g:is_bundle>no</g:is_bundle>
</item></channel></rss>